Insurance Act

INSURANCE ACT Chapter I‑3 Table of Contents Interpretation 1 Definitions 2 Adjuster 3 Affiliate 4 Beneficial ownership 5 Control 6 Holding body corporate 7 Ordinarily resident in Canada 8 Significant interest 9 Subsidiary 10 Substantial investment 11 Incorporated Application 13 Mutual benefit societies 14 Benefits provided under authority of federal Act 15 Benefit plans for medical care, accident and sickness benefits 15.1 Employee benefit schemes for income replacement 16 Regulations Crown Immunity 16.1 Crown immunity Part 1 Licensing of Insurers and Reciprocal Insurance Exchanges Subpart 1 Licensing of Insurers Insurer ’ s Duty to be Licensed 17 Undertaking insurance and carrying on business 18 Requirement for licence Licensing Requirements 19 Types of insurers 20 Application requirements 21 Names 23 First licence of provincial company 24 Ability to carry on class of insurance 25 Base capital 26 Compliance with market conduct laws 27 Issuing licence 28 Notice of licence 29 Expiry 30 Renewal of licence 31 Duty on expiration of licence 32 Terms and conditions 33 Automobile insurance Classes of Insurance 34 Classes of insurance 35 Restriction on classes of insurance 36 Prohibited activities 37 Scope of insurance Attorney for Service 39 Attorney for service 40 Attorney ’ s change of address 41 Change in attorney 42 No attorney for service Reporting Requirements 43 Annual financial statements 44 Annual return 45 Change in officials 46 Report on business particulars 47 Records to be filed 48 Audit of records 49 Other information — licensed insurers 50 Additional information Suspension, Cancellation and Other Actions Affecting Insurers ’ Licences 51 Federally authorized companies 52 Extra‑provincial companies 53 Cancellation on request 54 Sanctions affecting licences 55 Non‑payment of claims 56 Effect of cancellation or suspension 57 Provisional liquidator 58 Remuneration of provisional liquidator Municipal Licensing Fees 59 Exemption from certain fees Regulations 60 Regulations Subpart 2 Exceptions Unsolicited Insurance 61 Unsolicited insurance Reinsurance 62 Reinsurance Special Brokers 63 Insurance through special broker 64 Certificate of authority 65 Financial guarantee 66 Application for special broker ’ s licence 67 Issuing certificates 68 Terms and conditions 69 Expiration 70 Status of certificate of authority 71 Reporting requirements 72 Payments in respect of premiums 73 Records 74 Financial guarantee not in force 75 Using different names 76 Release of financial guarantee Regulations 77 Regulations Subpart 3 Licensing of Reciprocal Insurance Exchanges 78 Definitions 79 Licence required 80 Exception 81 Classes of insurance 82 Automobile insurance 83 Property insurance 84 Application for licence 85 Name of exchange 86 Issuing licence 87 Notice of licence 88 Premium deposit 89 Management of exchange 90 Term of licence 91 Annual return 92 Signing contracts 93 Court action 94 Attorney for service 95 Attorney ’ s change of address 96 Change in attorney for service 97 No attorney for service 98 Requirements for property insurance 99 Amount of reserve 99.1 Temporary exclusion from premium calculation 100 Guarantee fund 101 Deficiency 102 Investments 103 Contracts 104 Reinsurance 105 Suspension or cancellation of licence 105.1 Information to Minister 106 Regulations Part 2 Provincial Companies Subpart 1 Status and Powers of Provincial Companies 107 Capacity of provincial company 108 Constructive notice 109 Authority of directors, officers and agents 110 Main business 111 Networking 112 Life insurance 113 Security interests 114 Beneficial interests 115 Debt obligations 116 Guarantees Segregated Funds 117 Segregated funds restricted to life companies 118 Where segregated funds required 119 Creation and maintenance of segregated funds 120 Transfers from segregated funds 121 Claims against segregated funds 122 Restriction of claims Regulations 123 Regulations Subpart 2 Incorporation, Fundamental Changes and Dissolution of Provincial Companies 124 Alberta insurers Division 1 Incorporation 125 Application 126 Factors to be considered 127 Incorporation 128 Contents of certificate of incorporation 129 Notice of incorporation 130 First directors 131 Effective date of incorporation Division 2 Organization and Commencement after Incorporation 132 First directors ’ meeting 133 Calling shareholders ’ meeting 134 Term of first directors 135 Carrying on of business 136 Expenses charged to capital 137 No payments until licensed 138 Deposits and investments 139 Time limit to acquire licence 140 Allowed disbursements Division 3 Continuance into Alberta 141 Restriction on continuance 142 Continuance from another jurisdiction 143 Certificate of continuance 144 Effect of certificate of continuance 145 Notice of continuance 146 Effects of continuance Division 4 Continuance out of Alberta 147 Continuance in another jurisdiction 148 Requirements for other jurisdiction ’ s law 149 Abandoning application 150 Certificate of discontinuance Division 5 Mutualization 151 Conversion into mutual provincial company 152 Regulations 153 Payment Division 6 Demutualization 154 Conversion into provincial company with common shares 155 Regulations Division 7 Change of Name, Financial Year and Terms and Conditions 156 Change of name and financial year 157 Changing terms and conditions 158 Proposal to amend Division 8 Amalgamation 159 Amalgamation 160 Amalgamation agreement 161 Minister ’ s approval 162 Regulations 163 Policyholder and shareholder approval 164 Joint application to Minister 165 Certificate of amalgamation 166 Effect of certificate 167 Transitional 168 Notice to other jurisdiction Division 9 Provincial Company Amalgamating Under the Laws of Another Jurisdiction 169 Amalgamation agreement 170 Notice of intention 171 Participating policyholder and shareholder approval 172 Abandoning voting agreement 173 Application to Minister 174 Certificate of discontinuance Division 10 Transfer of Business and Fundamental Reinsurance 175 Interpretation 176 Notice of intention 177 Participating policyholder and shareholder approval 178 Abandoning agreement 179 Application to Minister 180 Federal and extra‑provincial companies Division 11 Dissolution and Revival 181 Application 182 Insolvent provincial companies 183 Returns to Minister Simple Dissolution 184 No property and no liabilities 185 Property and liabilities 186 Application 187 Approval of Minister required 188 Certificate of dissolution Court Supervised Liquidation 189 Court supervision — voluntary liquidation 190 Court supervision — involuntary liquidation 191 Application by provisional liquidator 192 Effect of Court supervision 193 Powers of Court 194 Cessation of business and powers 195 Vacancy in liquidator ’ s office 196 Duties and powers of liquidator 197 Reliance on statements 198 Examination of others 199 Costs of liquidation 200 Final accounts 201 Right to distribution of money 202 Final order 203 Certificate of dissolution General 204 Continuation of actions 205 Limitations on liability 206 Where creditor cannot be found 207 Custody of records after dissolution Revival 208 Revival Division 12 Dissolution and Revival of Mutual Provincial Companies 209 Insolvent mutual provincial companies 210 Regulations Division 13 General 211 Names 212 Regulations 213 Use of “ insurance ” in names 214 Rights preserved 215 Effective date of certificates Subpart 3 Head Office, Records and Financial Statements 216 Head office 217 Records 218 Access to records 219 Standards of financial reporting 220 Approval of annual financial statements 221 Distribution of financial statements 222 List of shareholders 223 Use of list 224 Dealing in lists 225 Information to be given to Minister by provincial companies 226 Records as evidence 227 Certificate of company as evidence 228 Notices to policyholders, shareholders, directors Subpart 4 Capital Structure 229 Definition 230 Application of Business Corporations Act Requirements for Shares 231 Non‑par‑value shares 232 Classes of shares 233 Mutual provincial companies — shares 234 Issue of shares 235 Capital account 236 Shares in series 237 Shareholder ’ s pre‑emptive right Changes to Shares 238 Changing shares 239 Class vote 240 Proposal to amend 241 Restriction on subordinated indebtedness Other Matters 242 Conversion privileges, options and rights 243 Prohibited shareholdings 244 Restrictions on acquisition of shares 245 Acquisition of own shares 246 Alternative acquisition of own shares 247 Redemption of shares 248 Donated and escrowed shares 249 Reduction of share capital 250 Adjustment of capital account 251 Enforceability of contract to purchase shares 252 Commission on sale of shares 253 Payment of dividend 254 Lien on share 255 Restrictions on issue, transfer 256 Interpretation 257 Constraints on ownership 258 Previous approval obtained 259 Shares to underwriter 260 Exception for small holdings 261 Increasing large holdings 262 Minister ’ s approval 263 Minister ’ s right to information 264 Exemption 265 Bylaws re shareholder information 266 Reliance on information Subpart 5 Participating Policyholders and Shareholders Division 1 Meetings and Voting 267 Place of meetings 268 Calling meetings 269 Record date 270 Notice of meeting 271 Notice of adjourned meeting 272 Special business 273 Waiver of notice 274 Policyholder and shareholder proposals 275 Refusal of proposal 276 Policyholder and shareholder lists 277 Quorum 278 One shareholder meeting 279 Meeting by electronic means 280 One share — one vote 281 One participating policyholder — one vote 282 Changing policyholders ’ right to vote 283 Proposal to amend 284 Representative participating policyholder or shareholder 285 Joint voting policyholders or shareholders 286 Voting by hands or ballot 287 Resolution instead of meeting 288 Requisitioned meetings 289 Meeting called by Court 290 Disputed elections and appointments 291 Notice to Minister 292 Triennial solicitation of policyholders Take‑over Bids — Compulsory Purchase 293 Application of Business Corporations Act Participating Policies and Dividends 294 Participating Account 295 Allocation of income 296 Allocation of expenses 297 Filing of allocation method 298 Review of allocation method 299 Regulations 300 Declaration of policy dividend or bonus Division 2 Proxies and Proxy Solicitation 301 Definitions 302 Appointing proxyholder 303 Deposit of proxies 304 Mandatory solicitation 305 Soliciting proxies 306 Attendance at meeting 307 Duty of registrant 308 Restraining order Subpart 6 Directors and Officers Duties 309 Duty to manage 310 Duty of care Qualifications and Number of Directors 311 Minimum number of directors 312 Disqualified persons 313 No requirement to hold shares or policies 314 Affiliated directors Election and Tenure of Directors 315 Number of directors 316 Changing number of directors 317 Proposal to amend 318 Term of directors 319 Determining election of directors 320 Cumulative voting 321 Class or series of shares 322 Re‑election of directors Incomplete Elections and Director Vacancies 323 Void election or appointment 324 Ceasing to hold office 325 Removal of director 326 Statement of director 327 Circulation of statement 328 Shareholders or policyholders filling vacancy 329 Directors filling vacancy 330 Vacancy among shareholders ’ or policyholders ’ directors 331 Class vacancy 332 Unexpired term Meetings of the Board 333 Meeting of directors 334 Notice of meeting 335 Quorum 336 Resident Canadian majority 337 Electronic meeting 338 Resolution instead of meeting 339 Dissent of director 340 Meeting required by Minister Bylaws 341 Bylaws 342 Policyholder or shareholder proposal of bylaw 343 Minister to receive bylaws 344 Entitlement to copies of bylaws Committees of the Board 345 Committees 346 Audit committee 347 Conduct review committee Authority of Directors and Officers 348 Chief executive officer 349 Appointment of officers 350 Delegation 351 Remuneration 352 Validity of acts 353 Right to attend meetings Conflicts of Interest 354 Disclosure of interest 355 Voting 356 Continuing disclosure 357 Avoidance standards 358 Application to Court Liability and Indemnification 359 Liability for incorporation expenses 360 Liability for other matters 361 Contribution 362 Limitation 363 Liability for wages 364 Reliance on statement 365 Indemnification of directors and officers 366 Directors ’ and officers ’ insurance 367 Application to Court for indemnification Subpart 7 Insider Trading 368 Interpretation 369 Application 370 Civil liability Subpart 8 Auditors 371 Definition 372 Appointment of auditor 373 Designated individual 374 Qualifications of auditor 375 Revocation of auditor ’ s appointment 376 Declaration of vacancy by Court 377 Ceasing to hold office 378 Filling vacancy 379 Statement of auditor 380 Duty of replacement auditor 381 Right to attend meetings 382 Right to information 383 Auditor ’ s report 384 Requiring new financial statements 385 Report on director ’ s statement 386 Report to officers 387 Auditor of subsidiaries 388 Calling meeting 389 Notice of errors 390 Auditor ’ s report and extended examination 391 Protection from liability Subpart 9 Actuaries 392 Definition 393 Notice of appointment 394 Designated individual 395 Qualifications of actuary 396 Certain officers precluded 397 Chief financial officer 398 Revocation of actuary ’ s appointment 399 Declaration of vacancy by Court 400 Ceasing to hold office 401 Filling vacancy 402 Statement of actuary 403 Duty of replacement actuary 404 Right to information 405 Actuary ’ s valuation 406 Special valuation 407 Actuary ’ s report 408 Report to directors 409 Report on matters requiring rectification 410 Actuary ’ s procedures 411 Protection from liability 412 Regulations Subpart 10 Adequacy of Assets, Capital and Liquidity 414 Capital and liquidity Subpart 11 Investments 415 Definitions 416 Prudent investment standards 417 Policies and procedures 418 Prohibited investments 419 Restriction on residential mortgages 420 Limitation on ownership of unincorporated body 421 Limitation on shareholding 422 Duty to provide information 423 Divestment order Portfolio Limits 424 Exclusion from portfolio limits 425 Lending limit — life companies 426 Lending limit — property and casualty companies 427 Limit on real property interest 428 Limits on equity acquisitions 429 Aggregate limit 430 Assets transactions 431 Retaining investments 432 Regulations Subpart 12 Transactions with Related Parties 433 Interpretation 434 Meaning of related party 435 Designated related party 436 Transactions contemplating related party status 437 Prohibited transactions, guarantees and investments 438 Exceptions to the prohibition 439 Permitted transactions 440 Transactions requiring directors ’ approval 441 Procedures for approvals by directors 442 Disclosure 443 Transactions requiring Ministerial approval 444 Limits on permitted transactions 445 Review and approval procedures 446 Duty to report contraventions 447 Reliance on information 448 Onus of proof 448.1 Personal information 449 Applications to Court 450 Regulations Subpart 13 Reinsurance 450.1 Definitions 450.2 Limited partnership 450.3 Duties of provincial company 450.4 Application re compliance Part 3 Insurance Agents and Adjusters 451 Definitions Insurance Agents 452 Insurance agent ’ s certificate 453 Exception 454 Restricted insurance agent ’ s certificate 455 Representation 456 Designated representative for businesses 457 Restricted certificate holders — designated individual 458 Recommendations —life insurance 459 Recommendations — property and casualty insurance Adjusters 459.1 Insurer’s liability for employee 460 Adjuster ’ s certificate 462 Representation 463 Designated representative for businesses 464 Recommendation Certificates of Authority 465 Financial guarantee 466 Names 467 Application for certificate 468 Refusing certificates — general grounds 469 Issuing certificates 470 Terms and conditions 471 Expiration 472 Reinstating certificates 473 Ceasing to be worker 474 Changes in designated representative 475 Cancellation of recommendation by insurer — businesses 476 Cancellation of recommendation by designated representative 477 Cancellation of recommendation by insurer — employees 478 Financial guarantee not in force 479 Notice of automatic suspension 480 Sanctions affecting certificates 480.1 Minister’s order 481 Demand for information 482 Appeal 482.1 Evidentiary provisions 483 Consequence of revocation 484 Exemption from municipal licence fee Duties and Prohibitions 485 Screening procedures 486 Knowledgeable personnel 487 Information 488 Insurance broker 489 Advertising 490 Disclosure of business name 491 Representative ’ s duty of disclosure Notices 492 Notices Insurance Councils 493 Insurance councils 494 Delegated powers 495 Bylaws of insurance councils 495.1 Insurance council rules 496 Winding‑up of insurance councils Regulations and Fees 498 Regulations 498.1 Fees, levies, penalties and charges Part 4 Market Conduct 499 Dealing with unauthorized insurance agents 500 Amount of premium 501 Premium refunds 502 Payments to agent 503 Agent receiving premiums 504 Agent trustee of premiums 505 Additional fees 506 Providing copies of policies 506.1 Providing policy information 507 Prohibiting use of certain forms 508 Disclosure of name 509 Unfair practices 510 Dealing with unauthorized insurers 511 Regulations 511.1 Insurance as collateral security 511.2 Life insurance policies Part 5 Insurance Contracts Subpart 1 General Insurance Provisions 512 Definition 513 Application of Subpart 514 Contract made in Alberta 515 Contract must be consistent with Act 516 Terms, etc., of contract 517 Contents of contract 518 Policy in accordance with terms of application or proposal 519 Dispute resolution 520 Relief from forfeiture 521 Waiver and estoppel 522 Effect of delivery of policy 523 Insurer to furnish forms 524 When action may be brought 525 Consolidation of actions 526 Limitation of actions 527 Application of Limitations Act 528 Payment of insurance money 529 Payment to payee domiciled or resident abroad 530 Notice 531 Furnishing of copy to insured 532 Insurance against loss through negligence 533 Claim for indemnity 534 Execution against insured unsatisfied 535 Assignment of premium refund 536 Payment into Court by insurer 537 Filing of copy of policy, etc., with Superintendent 538 Title insurance 539 Mortgagees and other payees 540 Statutory conditions 541 Recovery by innocent persons 542 Premium notes — mutual insurance 543 Limitation of liability clause 544 Rateable contributions 545 Special stipulations 546 Subrogation of insurer to rights of recovery 547 Electronic communications 548 Regulations 548.1 Home warranty insurance contracts Subpart 2 Automobile Insurance 549 Definitions 550 Application of Subpart Approval of Forms 551 Approval of forms Application and Policy 552 Agents 553 Application for insurance 554 Misrepresentation, fraud or violation of condition 555 Adverse contractual action 556 Statutory conditions 557 Conditions not part of policy 558 Limitation of actions 558.1 Right to call expert witnesses Motor Vehicle Liability Policies 559 Coverage of owner ’ s policy 560 Coverage of non‑owner’s policy 561 Effect of lien on automobile 562 Territorial limits 563 Rights on unnamed insured 564 Liability of insurer 565 Liability arising from contamination 566‑569 Exceptions to liability of insurer 570 Reductions of automobile accident claim awards 571 Limits of motor vehicle liability policy 572 Crown’s Right of Recovery Act 573 Accident insurance benefits 574 Stipulation in motor vehicle liability policy 575 Excess insurance 576 Agreements re deductible amounts 577 Coverage under motor vehicle liability and nuclear energy hazard liability policies 578 Determining which insurer is liable 579 Rights of creditors 580 Regulations re notice of legal representation 581 Payment as release of claim 582 Notice of action against insured to insurer 583 Regulations re disclosure of policy limits 584 Physical damage cover 585 Adjustment of claim with insured 585.1 Direct compensation for property damage 585.2 Prejudgment interest Limited Accident Insurances 586 Uninsured motorist 587 Medical expenses, etc. 588 Accident insurance benefits 589 Demand for particulars of insurance 590 Recovery by unnamed insured 591 Priority of payments 592 Payment of insurance money into Court 593 Limitation re commencement of action 594 Demand on claimant for particulars 595 Variations in policy Other Insurance 596 Proportioning liability of insurer Minor Injuries 597 Minor injury Automobile Insurance Rate Board 598 Definitions 599 Rate Board established 600 Powers and duties of Board 601 Annual report Premiums for Basic and Additional Coverage 602 Premiums 604 Procedures 604.1 Board guidelines 608 Regulations 609 Application of Government approved industry plan 611 Withdrawal from business Subpart 3 Fraternal Societies 613 Definitions 614 Policy 615 Group insurance policy 616 Rules deliverable on demand 617 Member’s liability 618 Notice to members Subpart 4 Hail Insurance 619 Definitions 620 Application of Subpart 621 Crops insurable 622 Insurable interest 623 Application for contract 624 Information to appear on face of policy 625 Additional information required 626 Dispute resolution 627 Delivery of application to insurer 628 Effective date of contract 629 Incorrect amount of premium 630 Refund of premium 631 Policy in accordance with application 632 Expiration of hail insurance policies 633 Partial payment of loss clause 634 Notice of cancellation or alteration 635 Adjustment of loss 636 Statutory conditions Subpart 5 Life Insurance 637 Definitions 638 Application of Subpart 1 Application of Subpart 639 Annuity deemed life insurance 640,641 Application of Subpart Issuance and Contents of Policy 642 Issuance of policy 643 Particulars in policy 644 Particulars in group policy 645 Particulars in group certificate Formation of Contract 646 Lack of insurable interest 647 Persons insurable 648 Termination of contract by Court 649 When contract takes effect 650 Remittance for premium 651 Payment of premium by beneficiary 652 Disclosure of material facts 653 Failure to disclose 654 Non‑disclosure and misrepresentation by insurer 655 Misstatement of age 656 Misstatement of age in group insurance 657 Suicide clause 658 Reinstatement of contract 659 Termination and replacement of group contract Beneficiaries 660 Designation of beneficiary 661 Irrevocable designation 662 Designation in will 663 Trustee for beneficiary 664 Predeceased or disclaiming beneficiary 665 Enforcement of payment by beneficiary or trustee 666 Insurance money not part of estate Dealings with Contract 667 Assignment of insurance 668 Entitlement to dividends 668.1 Amounts held under life insurance policies 669 Third party policies 670 Effect of assignment 671 Enforcement of right re group life insurance 672 Enforcement of right re creditor’s group insurance 673 Capacity of minor Proceedings Under Contract 674 Proof of claim 675 Payment of insurance money 676 Action for payment 677 Limitation of actions 678 Persons to whom insurance money payable 679 Declaration as to sufficiency of proof 680 Declaration of presumption of death 681 Court order re payment of insurance money 682 Order stays pending action 683 Order re furnishing of further evidence 684 Order for payment into Court 685 Simultaneous deaths 686 Commutation of instalments of insurance money 687 Insurer holding insurance money 688 Court may order payment 689 Fixing of costs 690 Insurance money payable to minor 691 Payment to representative Miscellaneous Provisions 692 Presumption against agency 693 Information as to notices 694 Regulations Subpart 6 Accident and Sickness Insurance 695 Definitions 696 Application of Subpart 1 Application of Subpart 697 Application of Subpart 698 Application of Subpart to group insurance Issuance and Contents of Policy 699 Issuance of policy 700 Particulars in policy 701 Particulars in group policy 702 Termination and replacement of group contract 703 Particulars in group certificate 704 Exceptions or reductions 705 Statutory conditions 706 Omission or variation of conditions 707 Notice of statutory conditions 708 Limitation of actions 709 Declaration as to sufficiency of proof 710 Declaration of presumption of death 711 Court order re payment of insurance money 712 Order stays pending action 713 Order re furnishing of further evidence 714 Termination for non‑payment Formation of Contract 715 Lack of insurable interest 716 Persons insurable 717 Termination of contract by Court 718 Capacity of minor 719 Disclosure of material facts 720 Failure to disclose 721 Reinstatement of contract 722 Pre‑existing conditions 723 Misstatement of age Beneficiaries 724 Designation of beneficiary 725 Irrevocable designation 726 Designation in will 727 Trustee for beneficiary 728 Predeceasing or disclaiming beneficiary 729 Enforcement of payment by beneficiary or trustee 730 Persons to whom insurance money payable 731 Insurance money not part of estate Dealings with Contract 732 Assignment of insurance 733 Entitlement to dividends 734 Third party policies 735 Enforcement of right re group insurance 736 Enforcement of right re creditor’s group insurance 737 Simultaneous deaths 738 Order for payment into Court 739 Insurance money payable to minor 740 Payment to representative 741 Payments not exceeding $10 000 Proceedings under Contract 742 Payment of insurance money 743 Action for payment 744 Insurer giving information 745 Undue prominence 746 Relief from forfeiture or avoidance 747 Disability benefits 748 Presumption against agency 749 Regulations Subpart 7 Transitional 750 Transitional matters Part 6 Enforcement and Administration Subpart 1 Enforcement 754 Definition Division 1 Determining Compliance and Examinations 755 Exercising examiner ’ s powers 756 Annual examinations 757 Special examination 758 Demand for information 759 Entry into premises 760 Court order 761 Examiner ’ s report 762 Protection from liability Division 2 Appraisal of Assets 763 Appraisal of assets Division 3 Ministerial Orders 764 Minister ’ s order to comply 765 Compliance undertakings 766 Protecting property 767 Order for compliance Division 4 Taking Control of Assets 768 Order for possession and control 769 Powers of Minister — provincial companies 770 Powers of Minister — extra‑provincial company 771 Application to the Court 772 Termination of possession and control 773 Payment of expenses of proceeding Division 5 Remedial Actions 774 Definitions 775 Derivative action 776 Relief by Court from oppression or unfairness 777 Notice of application 778 Costs 779 Stay, etc., of application or action Subpart 2 Offences and Penalties 780,781 Offences 782 Statements of financial standing 783 False or deceptive statements 784 Trafficking in life insurance policies 785 Liability of directors and officers 786 General penalty 787 Limitation on prosecution 788 Order to comply and make restitution 789 Administrative penalties 790 Regulations Subpart 3 Administration, Appeals and General Matters Administration 791 Delegation of powers 792 Superintendent of Insurance 792.1 Guidelines and interpretation bulletins 793 Examiners 794 Insurance Register 795 Inspection and copies of Register 796 Extension of time 797 Approval and consent 798 Orders, etc., binding on successors 799 Publication by Minister 800 Matters under oath 801 Fees 801.1 Regulations 802 Penalty 803 Forms 804 Filing by electronic means 805 Priority of Government claim Appeals 806 Review by review board 807 Recording of evidence 808 Consent to apply to Court directly 809 Application to Court 810 Stay General 811 Published notice as evidence 812 Certificate evidence 813 Copies of documents as evidence 814 Photocopies of documents 815 Court applications 816 Confidentiality of information 816.1 Privileged information 816.2 Insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit Compensation Associations 817 Agreements with compensation associations 818 Compensation association regulations 819 Compensation associations 819.1 General Insurance OmbudService Regulations 820 Regulations Part 7 Financial Responsibility Cards 821 Definitions 822 Owner ’ s policy 823 Non‑Alberta policy — licensed insurer 824 Non‑Alberta policy — unlicensed insurer 825 Fund maintained by corporation 826 Regulations Part 8 Transitional Provisions, Consequential Amendments, Repeals and Coming into Force Subpart 1 Transitional Provisions 827 Definitions 828 Continuation of licensed special Act companies 829 Continuation of unlicensed special Act companies 830 Certificate of continuance 831 Effect of certificate of continuance 832 Effect of continuation 833 Application of Part 2, Subpart 2, Division 2 834 Bylaws 835 Shares with nominal or par value 836 Paid‑up capital 837 Deemed consent — significant interest 838 Voting by participating policyholder 839 Appointment of directors and officers continued 840 Directors ’ remuneration 841 Participating policies 842 Bylaws 843 Deemed bylaws 844 Auditor 845 Actuary 846 Triennial solicitation of policyholders 847 Continuation of licences and certificates 848 Application of section 501 849 Regulations Subpart 2 Consequential Amendments 850-870 Consequential amendments Subpart 3 Repeals 871 Repeal of Acts 872 Repeal of Acts on Proclamation 873 Repeal of section Subpart 4 Coming into Force 874 Coming into force HER MAJESTY, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Assembly of Alberta, enacts as follows: Interpretation Definitions 1 In this Act, (a) “adjuster” has the meaning set out in section 2; (b) “affiliate” has the meaning set out in section 3; (c) “agency contract” means a contract between an insurance agent and an insurer in which the insurance agent agrees to act as an insurance agent in respect of insurance issued by the insurer, but does not include the arrangement that an insurance agent has with an insurer that is the service carrier for the Government approved industry plan under section 609; (d) “automobile” includes a trolley bus and a self‑propelled vehicle, and the trailers, accessories and equipment of automobiles, but does not include watercraft, aircraft or railway rolling stock that runs on rails; (e) “base capital” means base capital as defined in the regulations; (f) “beneficial ownership” has the meaning set out in section 4; (g) “body corporate” means any body corporate with or without share capital, wherever or however formed; (h) “certificate of authority” means an insurance agent’s certificate of authority or an adjuster’s certificate of authority; (i) “chief agency” means, (i) in respect of a provincial company, the head office of the company, and (ii) in respect of an insurer that is not a provincial company, the main office of the company in Alberta; (i.1) repealed 2002 cA‑4.5 s45; (j) “contract of insurance” includes any policy, certificate, interim receipt, renewal receipt or writing evidencing the contract, whether sealed or not, and a binding oral agreement; (k) “control” has the meaning set out in section 5; (l) “Court” means the Court of King’s Bench; (m) “debt obligation” means a bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness whether secured or unsecured; (n) “deposit‑taking institution” means (i) ATB Financial or a bank, credit union, loan corporation or trust corporation, or (ii) a member institution of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation or of any other deposit insurance or guarantee plan prescribed under section 1(1)(l) of the Loan and Trust Corporations Act ; (o) “director” means an individual occupying the position of director of a body corporate regardless of the name given to the position, and “directors” refers to the directors of a body corporate as a body; (p) “electronic media” means electronic media as defined in the regulations; (q) “entity” means a body corporate, an unincorporated body, the Crown in right of Canada or in right of a province or territory, an agency of the Crown, a foreign government and any agency of a foreign government, but does not include an individual; (r) “examiner” means an examiner appointed under section 793; (s) “extra‑provincial company” means an insurer that is incorporated in a province or territory other than Alberta and that is authorized by that province or territory to carry on the business of insurance in that province or territory; (s.1) “extra‑provincial Crown insurer” means an insurer that (i) is formed by or under the laws of another province or territory, (ii) has an exclusive right to perform an insurance activity in that province or territory, and (iii) is beneficially owned or controlled by His Majesty in right of that province or territory; (t) “federally authorized company” means an insurer that is a company, society or foreign company as defined in the Insurance Companies Act (Canada) approved by order under that Act to carry on business or to insure risks in Canada; (u) “financial institution” means (i) a bank, (ii) ATB Financial, (iii) a loan corporation or trust corporation incorporated by or under an Act of Canada, a province or a territory, (iv) a credit union incorporated by or under an Act of Canada, a province or a territory, (v) a federally authorized company, an extra‑provincial company or a licensed provincial company, and (vi) any other prescribed entity; (v) “fraternal society” means a body corporate that is a not for profit society, order or association formed for the purpose of making, with its members only, contracts of life, accident or sickness insurance in accordance with its constitution, bylaws and rules and this Act; (w) “head office”, in respect of an insurer, means the place where the chief executive officer of the insurer transacts business; (x) “holding body corporate” has the meaning set out in section 6; (y) “incorporator”, in respect of a provincial company, means a person who applies for the incorporation of the company; (z) “instrument of incorporation” means the certificate, special Act, charter, letters patent or other document incorporating, amalgamating or continuing a body corporate, and includes all amendments to it; (aa) “insurance” means the undertaking by one person to indemnify another person against loss or liability for loss in respect of certain risk or peril to which the object of the insurance might be exposed or to pay a sum of money or other thing of value on the happening of a certain event and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, includes life insurance; (bb) “insurance agent” means a person who, for compensation, (i) solicits insurance on behalf of an insurer, insured or potential insured, (ii) transmits an application for insurance from an insured or potential insured to an insurer, (iii) transmits a policy of insurance from an insurer to an insured, (iv) negotiates or offers to negotiate insurance on behalf of an insurer, insured or potential insured or the continuance or renewal of insurance on behalf of an insurer or insured, or (v) enrolls individuals in prescribed contracts of group insurance, but does not include an insurer; (cc) “insurance agent’s certificate of authority” includes a restricted insurance agent’s certificate of authority; (dd) “insurance council” means an insurance council referred to in section 493; (ee) “insurance money” includes all insurance money, benefits, surplus, profits, dividends, bonuses and annuities payable by an insurer under a contract of insurance; (ff) “insurer” means any person that undertakes or effects, or agrees or offers for valuable consideration to undertake or effect, a contract of insurance, including the underwriters or syndicates of underwriters operating on the plan known as Lloyd’s, but does not include a person who exchanges with other persons reciprocal contracts of indemnity or inter‑insurance as part of a reciprocal insurance exchange; (gg) “licence” means a licence under this Act unless the provision in which the term is used specifies otherwise; (hh) “licensed provincial company” means a provincial company that holds a valid and subsisting licence or that holds an unexpired licence that has been suspended; (ii) “life company” means an insurer that is permitted to insure (i) only those risks falling within the class of life insurance, or (ii) only those risks falling within the class of life insurance and accident and sickness insurance or another class of insurance specified in the regulations under section 35(2); (jj) “market conduct activities” means activities that are carried out in the course of or for the purpose of the marketing, sale or distribution to the public of, or the performance of, any contract of insurance or service that an insurer offers to the public; (kk) “Minister” means the Minister determined under section 16 of the Government Organization Act as the Minister responsible for this Act; (ll) “motor vehicle liability policy” means a policy or part of a policy evidencing a contract insuring (i) the owner or driver of an automobile, or (ii) a person who is not the owner or driver of an automobile where the automobile is being used or operated by the person’s employee or agent or any other individual on the person’s behalf, against liability arising out of bodily injury to or the death of an individual or loss or damage to property caused by an automobile or the use or operation of an automobile; (mm) “mutual provincial company” means a provincial company that does not have common shares and that is formed for the purpose of issuing participating policies; (nn) “non‑owner’s policy” means a motor vehicle liability policy insuring a person solely in respect of the use or operation by the person or on the person’s behalf of an automobile that the person does not own; (oo) “officer” means (i) in relation to a body corporate, a chief executive officer, president, vice‑president, secretary, controller, treasurer and any other individual designated as an officer of the body corporate by bylaw or by resolution of the directors of the body corporate, and (ii) in relation to any other entity, any individual designated as an officer of the entity by bylaw, by resolution of the members of the entity or otherwise; (pp) “owner’s policy” means a motor vehicle liability policy insuring a person in respect of the ownership, use or operation of an automobile owned by the person and within the description or definition of automobile in the policy and, if the contract so provides, in respect of the use or operation of any other automobile; (qq) “participating policy” means a policy issued by an insurer that entitles its holder to participate in the profits of the insurer; (rr) “participating policyholder” means the holder of a participating policy; (ss) “person” means an individual, entity or personal representative; (tt) “personal representative” means an executor, administrator, guardian, committee, trustee, assignee, receiver or liquidator; (uu) “policy” means an instrument evidencing a contract of insurance; (vv) “premium” means the single or periodical payment to be made for insurance, and includes dues, assessments and other consideration; (ww) “premium note” means an instrument given as consideration for insurance by which the maker of the instrument undertakes to pay the sum or sums that may be legally demanded by the insurer, the aggregate of those sums not to exceed an amount specified in the instrument; (xx) “professional advisor” means (i) an auditor, (ii) an actuary, (iii) a lawyer, accountant, appraiser, architect or engineer, or (iv) any other person whose membership in a profession would tend to lend credibility to a statement made or opinion given by that person, and includes an individual who is a member of or who works in a professional capacity for a partnership, body corporate or other association of persons that is a professional advisor; (yy) “property” that is the subject of a contract of insurance includes (i) profits, earnings and other pecuniary interests, and (ii) expenditure for rents, interest, taxes and other expenses and charges and expenditures in respect of inability to occupy the insured premises, but only to the extent provided for in the contract; (zz) “property and casualty company” means an insurer that is not a life company; (aaa) “provincial company” means an insurer incorporated under this Act; (bbb) “provincial life company” means a provincial company that is a life company; (ccc) “provincial property and casualty company” means a provincial company that is a property and casualty company; (ddd) “proxy” means a completed and executed form of proxy by means of which a participating policyholder or shareholder appoints a proxyholder to attend and act on behalf of the participating policyholder or shareholder at a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders; (eee) “proxyholder” means the person appointed by proxy to attend and act on behalf of a participating policyholder or shareholder at a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders; (fff) “reciprocal insurance exchange” means a group of subscribers exchanging reciprocal contracts of indemnity or inter‑insurance with each other through a principal attorney as defined in section 78(b); (ggg) “relative”, when used with respect to individuals, means related by blood, marriage or adoption or by virtue of an adult interdependent relationship; (hhh) “reporting issuer” means a reporting issuer within the meaning of that term in the Securities Act ; (iii) “security” means (i) in relation to a body corporate, a share of any class of shares of the body corporate or a debt obligation of the body corporate, and includes a warrant of the body corporate, but does not include a deposit with a deposit‑taking institution or any instrument evidencing such a deposit, and (ii) in relation to any other entity, any ownership interest in or debt obligation of the entity, but does not include a policy; (jjj) “security interest” means an interest in or charge on property by way of mortgage, lien, pledge or otherwise taken by a creditor or guarantor to secure the payment or performance of an obligation; (kkk) “significant interest” has the meaning set out in section 8; (lll) “special broker” means a person who, for compensation, negotiates or offers to negotiate insurance, or the continuance or renewal of insurance, with unlicensed insurers in respect of any matter or thing in Alberta; (mmm) “special resolution” means a resolution passed by a majority of not less than 2/3 of the votes cast by the participating policyholders or shareholders who voted in respect of that resolution or signed by all the participating policyholders or shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution; (mmm.1) “spouse” means the spouse of a married person but does not, for the purposes of sections 256, 314 and 434, include a spouse who is living separate and apart from the person if the person and spouse have separated pursuant to a written separation agreement or if their support obligations and family property have been dealt with by a court order; (nnn) “subsidiary” has the meaning set out in section 9; (ooo) “subsisting” means, in respect of a licence or certificate of authority, that the licence or certificate has not expired and has not been cancelled; (ppp) “substantial investment” has the meaning set out in section 10; (qqq) “Superintendent” means the Superintendent of Insurance appointed under this Act; (rrr) “total assets” means total assets as defined in the regulations; (sss) “unincorporated body” means a trust, partnership, fund or other unincorporated association or organization; (ttt) “valid” means, in respect of a licence or certificate of authority, that the licence or certificate is not under suspension and has not been cancelled; (uuu) “voting share” means a share of any class of shares of a body corporate carrying voting rights under all circumstances or by reason of an event that has occurred and is continuing or by reason of a condition that has been fulfilled. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s1;2002 cA‑4.5 s45;2005 c27 s2; 2008 c19 s2;2014 c8 s17;2017 c22 s26;AR 217/2022 Adjuster 2 (1) For the purposes of this Act, “adjuster” means a person who, for compensation, (a) directly or indirectly solicits the right to negotiate the settlement of a loss under a contract of insurance on behalf of an insured or insurer or a reciprocal insurance exchange, or (b) negotiates the settlement of a loss under a contract of insurance on behalf of an insured or insurer or a reciprocal insurance exchange. (2) For the purposes of this Act, an adjuster does not include (a) a lawyer when practising law, (b) a trustee of property or an agent of an owner of or person having an insurable interest in property who negotiates a settlement of a loss under a contract of insurance in respect of the property, (c) an insurer, or (d) an employee of an insured who negotiates the settlement of a loss under a contract of insurance on behalf of the insured. 1999 cI‑5.1 s2 Affiliate 3 (1) An entity is affiliated with another entity if one of them is controlled by the other or both of them are controlled by the same person. (2) The affiliates of an entity are deemed to be affiliated with all other entities with which the entity is affiliated. 1999 cI‑5.1 s3 Beneficial ownership 4 (1) A security or other interest is beneficially owned by a person when it is held (a) directly by that person, or (b) through a personal representative or other intermediary for the use or benefit of that person otherwise than as a security interest. (2) A person is deemed to own beneficially securities that are beneficially owned by an entity controlled by that person. (3) If a person owns securities in a corporation that itself owns securities in a body corporate, in determining the person’s beneficial ownership of securities in the body corporate for the purposes of subsection (2) no regard is to be taken of the securities of the body corporate that are owned by the corporation. 1999 cI‑5.1 s4 Control 5 (1) A person controls a body corporate if the person holds or beneficially owns securities of the body corporate to which are attached more than 50% of the votes that may be cast to elect directors of the body corporate and the votes attached to those securities are sufficient, if exercised, to elect a majority of the directors of the body corporate. (2) A person controls an unincorporated body if the person holds or beneficially owns more than 50% of the beneficial interest, however designated, into which the body is divided and the person is able to direct the affairs of the entity. (3) Despite subsections (1) and (2), a person controls an entity if the person has, in relation to the entity, any direct or indirect influence that, if exercised, would result in control in fact of the entity. (4) A holding body corporate is deemed to control any entity that is controlled or deemed to be controlled by a subsidiary of the holding body corporate. (5) An entity that controls another entity is deemed to control any entity that is controlled or deemed to be controlled by the other entity. 1999 cI‑5.1 s5 Holding body corporate 6 A body corporate is the holding body corporate of a body corporate that is its subsidiary. 1999 cI‑5.1 s6 Ordinarily resident in Canada 7 An individual is ordinarily resident in Canada if the individual is (a) a Canadian citizen ordinarily resident in Canada, (b) a Canadian citizen who does not live in Canada but is a member of a prescribed class of individuals, or (c) a permanent resident within the meaning of the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act (Canada) and ordinarily resident in Canada, except a permanent resident who has been ordinarily resident in Canada for more than one year after the time at which the individual first became eligible to apply for Canadian citizenship.

RSA 2000 cI‑3 s7;2008 c19 s3 Significant interest 8 A person has a significant interest in a class of shares of a body corporate where the aggregate of (a) any shares of that class beneficially owned by the person, and (b) any shares of that class beneficially owned by entities controlled by the person exceeds 10% of all of the outstanding shares of that class of shares of the body corporate. 1999 cI‑5.1 s8 Subsidiary 9 A body corporate is a subsidiary of another body corporate if (a) it is controlled by (i) that other, (ii) that other and one or more bodies corporate each of which is controlled by that other, or (iii) 2 or more bodies corporate each of which is controlled by that other, or (b) it is a subsidiary of a body corporate that is that other’s subsidiary. 1999 cI‑5.1 s9 Substantial investment 10 (1) A person has a substantial investment in a body corporate when (a) the voting rights attached to the aggregate of any voting shares of the body corporate beneficially owned by the person exceed 10% of the voting rights attached to all of the outstanding voting shares of the body corporate, or (b) the aggregate of any shares of the body corporate beneficially owned by the person represents ownership of more than 25% of the shareholders’ equity of the body corporate. (2) A person has a substantial investment in an unincorporated body where the person beneficially owns more than 25% of all the ownership interests, however designated, into which the body is divided. 1999 cI‑5.1 s10 Incorporated 11 (1) When this Act or the regulations refer to a body corporate in relation to the jurisdiction in which it was incorporated or to the legislation under which it was incorporated, “incorporated” includes amalgamated and continued. (2) This section does not apply to Divisions 1 and 2 of Part 2, Subpart 2. 1999 cI‑5.1 s11 12 Repealed 2008 c19 s4. Application Mutual benefit societies 13 (1) In this section, “mutual benefit society” means a body corporate formed for the purpose of providing sick, disability or funeral benefits for its members. (2) This Act does not apply to a mutual benefit society if, (a) in the case of sick or disability benefits, the society provides benefits of $12 or less per week, and (b) in the case of funeral benefits, the society provides benefits of $400 or less in respect of one funeral. 1999 cI‑5.1 s13 Benefits provided under authority of federal Act 14 This Act does not apply to (a) a body corporate that has, by or under the authority of an Act of the Parliament of Canada, created a fund for paying a gratuity on the event of death, sickness, infirmity, casualty, accident or disability or on any change of physical or mental condition, or (b) a body corporate that has, by or under the authority of an Act of the Parliament of Canada, an insurance and provident society or association or an insurance or guarantee fund in connection with the body corporate. 1999 cI‑5.1 s14 Benefit plans for medical care, accident and sickness benefits 15 (1) This Act, except section 570, does not apply to a prescribed entity to the extent of its provision to participants of prescribed benefits relating to medical care, accident and sickness benefits. (2) For the purposes of this section and section 15.1, “participant” includes a beneficiary or dependant of a participant. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s15;2003 c19 s30;2005 c27 s3;2008 c19 s5 Employee benefit schemes for income replacement 15.1 (1) In this section, “non‑accountable entities” means entities that are not accountable organizations within the meaning of section 10 of the Sustainable Fiscal Planning and Reporting Act . (2) Subject to any regulations made under subsection (3), this Act, except section 570, does not apply to an entity to the extent of its provision to its participants of prescribed benefits whose subject‑matter is income replacement due to disability, sickness or disease, provided that no death benefit is payable. (3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) applying this Act to prescribed classes of non‑accountable entities in respect of their provision to their participants of benefits referred to in subsection (2), and (b) respecting such provision of those benefits by those classes, and in particular, in relation to each such class, (i) the nature and sufficiency of its financial resources as a source of continuing financial support for the financial obligations implicit in providing the benefits, (ii) the availability of financial statements, prepared comparably to those referred to in section 219(1), to participants, (iii) the degree of segregation of any assets relating to the provision of the benefits, or offer of the benefits, to participants from the assets of the entity, (iv) the adequacy of any capital or reserves maintained by the entity to support the provision or offer of the benefits, and (v) the extent to which matters referred to in this subsection are to be disclosed to participants, and the timing of any such disclosure. (4) Notwithstanding subsection (3)(b)(v), where a non‑accountable entity provides benefits referred to in subsection (2) that are not underwritten by an insurer, it shall disclose to its participants, prior to or at the time that the benefits are offered, that the benefits are not underwritten by an insurer and that the benefits would be payable from the net income, retained earnings or other financial resources of the non‑accountable entity. 2003 c19 s30;2005 c27 s4;2008 c19 s6;2013 cF‑14.5 s26; 2015 cF‑14.7 s19;2023 c3 s12 Regulations 16 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) defining base capital, electronic media and total assets for the purposes of this Act; (b) respecting any matter that is to be prescribed under sections 1 to 15.1; (c) establishing the classes and subclasses of insurance for the purposes of this Act; (c.1) defining, enlarging or restricting the meaning of any word or phrase used in this Act but not defined in this Act; (c.2) further defining any word or phrase that is defined in this Act; (d) exempting from the application of this Act (i) a specific contract of insurance, (ii) any type of contract of insurance that indemnifies a person who has an interest in a product against the product’s malfunction, failure or breakdown, or (iii) contracts of insurance issued by a specified person or class of persons who operate on a non‑profit basis; (e) respecting the terms and conditions that must be met to maintain an exemption under clause (d). RSA 2000 cI‑3 s16;2003 c19 s31;2008 c19 s7;2026 c8 s4(2) Crown Immunity Crown immunity 16.1 (1) In this section, (a) “Crown” means the Crown in right of Alberta and includes a Minister of the Crown and agents and employees of the Crown; (b) “reform amendments” means the amendments made to this Act by the Insurance Amendment Act, 2003 (No. 2) and the Insurance Amendment Act, 2005 , and any regulations, orders in council, ministerial orders or board orders made pursuant to or by virtue of those amendments. (2) No liability attaches to the Crown for any loss or damages that have arisen or may arise in respect of the reform amendments. (3) All existing and future causes of action in law or in equity against the Crown in respect of the reform amendments, including, without limitation, Alberta Court of King’s Bench action number 0403‑14323 and the claims made in that action, are extinguished without costs. (4) Nothing in this section acknowledges, admits, validates or recognizes a cause of action referred to in subsection (3). 2005 c27 s5;AR 217/2022 Part 1 Licensing of Insurers and Reciprocal Insurance Exchanges Subpart 1 Licensing of Insurers Insurer ’ s Duty to be Licensed Undertaking insurance and carrying on business 17 (1) An insurer undertaking a contract of insurance that is made in Alberta, whether the contract is original or renewed, except the renewal from time to time of life insurance policies, is, for the purposes of this Act, undertaking insurance in Alberta. (2) An insurer is, for the purposes of this Act, carrying on business in Alberta if the insurer (a) undertakes or offers to undertake insurance in Alberta, (b) sets up or causes to be set up in Alberta any sign or inscription that contains the name of the insurer or that refers to insurance, (c) carries on market conduct activities in Alberta, (d) solicits or negotiates insurance in Alberta orally or in writing or by electronic media or any other medium of communication or by vending machines, (e) issues or delivers any policy of insurance or interim receipt in Alberta, (f) collects or receives or negotiates for or causes to be collected or received or negotiated for any premium for a contract of insurance in Alberta, (g) inspects any risk in Alberta, (h) adjusts any loss under a contract of insurance in Alberta, (i) prosecutes or maintains in Alberta any action or proceeding in respect of a contract of insurance, or (j) is listed in a telephone directory for any part of Alberta. (3) Any body corporate or unincorporated body that receives in Alberta contributions from its members out of which any gratuities or benefits are paid directly or indirectly on the death of any of its members is, for the purposes of this Act, an insurer carrying on business in Alberta. 1999 cI‑5.1 s17 Requirement for licence 18 (1) Except as provided for in this Act, no insurer may carry on business in Alberta unless the insurer holds a valid and subsisting licence. (2) Except as provided for in this Act, no insurer may insure a risk in Alberta unless the insurer holds a valid and subsisting licence for a class of insurance that covers that risk. (3) Except as provided for in this Act, no person may enter into or renew a contract of insurance to insure a risk in Alberta with an insurer unless (a) the insurer holds a valid and subsisting licence, and (b) the licence held by the insurer authorizes the insurer to undertake a class of insurance that covers the risk that is insured. 1999 cI‑5.1 s18 Licensing Requirements Types of insurers 19 (1) Only the following insurers are eligible for a licence under this Part: (a) a provincial company; (b) an extra‑provincial company; (b.1) an extra‑provincial Crown insurer or an affiliate of an extra‑provincial Crown insurer; (c) a federally authorized company; (d) an insurer made up of underwriters or syndicates of underwriters operating on the plan known as Lloyd’s or any other plan approved by the Minister. (2) Despite subsection (1), a fraternal society is eligible for a licence under this Part only if (a) the fraternal society is a federally authorized company, or (b) the fraternal society is incorporated under the laws of a province other than Alberta. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s19;2005 c27 s6;2009 c7 s6 Application requirements 20 (1) An application for a licence must (a) be filed with the Minister, (b) specify the classes of insurance that the applicant wishes to be authorized to undertake, and (c) contain the information, material and evidence required by the Minister. (2) An application for a licence must be accompanied with (a) a plan for the conduct and development of the business of the company, (b) in the case of an applicant other than a provincial company, a certified copy of its instrument of incorporation and bylaws, (c) if the applicant is a federally authorized company, a certified copy of the order under the Insurance Companies Act (Canada) approving the company to carry on business or to insure risks in Canada, (d) if the applicant is an extra‑provincial company, a certified copy of its authority to carry on business from the jurisdiction in which the company is incorporated and a certified copy of the latest audited financial statements of the company, (e) copies of all policy forms and forms of application for insurance proposed to be used by the applicant in Alberta, (f) the appointment of an individual as its attorney for service and the consent of the individual to act as the attorney for service, and (g) the address of its chief agency in Alberta. (3) After filing an application for a licence, the applicant must provide to the Minister any additional information, material and evidence the Minister considers necessary. (4) An application by a provincial company for its first licence after its incorporation under this Act must (a) set out the sums of money paid or to be paid by the company in connection with its incorporation and organization, and (b) contain evidence satisfactory to the Minister that the directors have performed their duties under section 309. 1999 cI‑5.1 s20 Names 21 (1) No insurer may be licensed with a name that does not meet the requirements of section 211(1) and the regulations under section 212. (2) Subject to this Act and the regulations, an insurer may be licensed with a name in an English form, a French form, an English form and a French form or a combined English and French form, and it may be legally designated in Alberta by any such name. (3) Where an insurer has a name that contravenes subsection (1), the Minister may license the insurer if it undertakes either to change its name to a name that does not contravene subsection (1) or to carry on business in Alberta under a name that does not contravene subsection (1). (4) Where, through inadvertence or otherwise, an insurer becomes licensed with a name that contravenes subsection (1), the Minister may order as a condition of being licensed that the insurer carry on business under a name specified in the order. 1999 cI‑5.1 s21 22 Repealed 2005 c27 s7. First licence of provincial company 23 Before issuing the first licence to a provincial company, the Minister must be satisfied that (a) the meeting of shareholders referred to in section 133 has been held, (b) the expenses of incorporation or organization that have been paid or are to be paid by the company are reasonable, (c) the management, directors or persons who hold a significant interest in any class of shares of the company are fit as to character, and (d) the management and directors have the competence and experience suitable for involvement in the operation of a financial institution. 1999 cI‑5.1 s23 Ability to carry on class of insurance 24 Before issuing the first licence to an insurer, the Minister must be satisfied that the insurer has the capacity and power to carry on the classes of insurance that it has specified in its application. 1999 cI‑5.1 s24 Base capital 25 (1) Before issuing a licence to or renewing a licence of a provincial or extra‑provincial company or federally authorized company, the Minister must be satisfied that (a) the amount of the company’s base capital is at least, (i) for life companies, $5 000 000 or any greater amount specified by the regulations, and (ii) for property and casualty companies, $3 000 000 or any greater amount specified by the regulations, and (b) the company’s base capital is adequate, taking into account the nature of the business that it proposes to engage in, the expected volume of its business and any restrictions on its business. (2) If, at any time during a year, a provincial or extra‑provincial company or federally authorized company that is licensed ceases to have an adequate base capital as required under subsection (1)(a), the company must promptly (a) give written notice of that fact to the Superintendent, and (b) cease to undertake or to offer to undertake insurance in Alberta until the Superintendent gives written notice to the company that the Superintendent is satisfied that the company’s base capital once again meets the requirements of subsection (1)(a). RSA 2000 cI‑3 s25;2003 c40 s2;2013 c18 s2 Compliance with market conduct laws 26 The Minister may refuse to issue a licence to or renew a licence of an insurer if the Minister is satisfied that the insurer is not complying with the laws respecting market conduct activities of other jurisdictions in which it is licensed. 1999 cI‑5.1 s26 Issuing licence 27 An insurer that applies for a licence under this Subpart or to renew such a licence is entitled to the licence if the Minister is satisfied that (a) the requirements of this Act and the regulations relating to the licence have been met, and (b) the insurer is in compliance with this Act and the regulations. 1999 cI‑5.1 s27 Notice of licence 28 (1) The Minister must publish a notice of the licence of an insurer in The Alberta Gazette. (2) This section does not apply to a renewal of a licence. 1999 cI‑5.1 s28 Expiry 29 The term of a licence is the term determined under the regulations. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s29;2013 c18 s3 Renewal of licence 30 An application for a renewal of a licence must (a) be filed with the Minister, (b) specify the classes of insurance that the applicant wishes to be authorized to undertake, and (c) contain the information, material and evidence required by the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s30 Duty on expiration of licence 31 (1) An insurer must not allow its licence to expire unless (a) the insurer gives the Minister 30 days’ notice of its intention not to renew its licence, and (b) the insurer provides the Minister with a statutory declaration stating that (i) the insurer has no unpaid claims in respect of the insurer’s contracts of insurance made in Alberta, (ii) all of the insurer’s contracts of insurance made in Alberta are discharged or expired or have been transferred or assigned to another licensed insurer, and (iii) the insurer has no outstanding fees or taxes payable to the Government. (2) When an insurer does not renew its licence, the Minister must publish a notice in The Alberta Gazette stating that the licence of the insurer has expired and setting out any information about the insurer or its business in Alberta that the Minister considers appropriate. 1999 cI‑5.1 s31 Terms and conditions 32 (1) The Minister may, when issuing or renewing a licence, or at any time during the term of a licence, impose on the licence any terms or conditions that are consistent with this Act that the Minister considers appropriate. (2) Before imposing terms or conditions under this section, the Minister must notify the insurer of the proposed terms or conditions and provide the insurer with an opportunity to make representations to the Minister. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s32;2005 c27 s8 Automobile insurance 33 An insurer’s licence to undertake automobile insurance in Alberta is subject to the following conditions: (a) in any action in Alberta against the licensed insurer or its insured arising out of an automobile accident in Alberta, the insurer must appear and must not set up any defence to a claim under a contract made outside Alberta, including any defence as to the limit or limits of liability and prescribed accident benefits under the contract, that could not be set up if the contract were evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy issued in Alberta; (b) in any action in another province or territory against the licensed insurer or its insured arising out of an automobile accident in that province or territory, the insurer must appear and must not set up any defence to a claim under a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy issued in Alberta, including any defence as to the limit or limits of liability and prescribed accident benefits under the contract, that could not be set up (i) if the contract were evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy issued in the other province or territory, or (ii) under a scheme of no fault insurance that has been established by statute in the other province or territory. 1999 cI‑5.1 s33 Classes of Insurance Classes of insurance 34 (1) A licence issued by the Minister must set out the classes of insurance that the licensee is authorized to undertake. (2) If a question arises as to the class of insurance into which any specific contract of insurance or form of policy falls, the Minister may determine the question and that determination is final for the purposes of this Act. 1999 cI‑5.1 s34 Restriction on classes of insurance 35 (1) Subject to subsection (2), no licence may be issued that authorizes the licensee to undertake life insurance and any other class of insurance. (2) A licence may be issued that authorizes the licensee to undertake life insurance and (a) accident and sickness insurance, or (b) any other prescribed class of insurance in the prescribed circumstances. 1999 cI‑5.1 s35 Prohibited activities 36 (1) Except as permitted under this Act and the regulations, no licensed insurer may (a) carry on business as an information management corporation as defined in the regulations, except in relation to the main business of an insurer; (b) carry on business as a financial leasing corporation as defined in the regulations; (c) accept deposits; (d) carry on the business of offering services to the public as or accepting or executing the office of (i) executor or administrator or trustee, or (ii) guardian or trustee of a minor’s estate or of the estate of a mentally incompetent person; (e) carry on any other activity that is prescribed for the purposes of this subsection. (2) Nothing in this section prevents a subsidiary of a insurer from engaging in the activities described in subsection (1). 1999 cI‑5.1 s36 Scope of insurance 37 An insurer licensed to undertake property insurance may, under a contract falling within Part 5, Subpart 1, insure an automobile against loss or damage. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s37;2008 c19 s8 38 Repealed 2008 c19 s9. Attorney for Service Attorney for service 39 (1) Every insurer licensed under this Subpart must have an attorney for service who meets the requirements of subsection (2). (2) The attorney for service must be an individual who is resident in Alberta. (3) Service of any document in a legal action, suit or proceeding on an insurer may be effected by (a) delivering the document to its attorney according to the Minister’s records, (b) delivering the document to the address of its attorney according to the Minister’s records, or (c) sending the document by recorded mail to that address. (4) A document sent by recorded mail to the attorney’s address in accordance with subsection (3)(c) is deemed to be served 7 days from the date of mailing unless there are reasonable grounds for believing that the attorney did not receive the document at that time or at all. (5) Every licensed insurer must ensure that its attorney’s office is open during normal business hours. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s39;2016 c23 s3 Attorney ’ s change of address 40 An attorney for service who changes addresses must, before the change occurs, notify the Minister of the date of the change and the new address. 1999 cI‑5.1 s40 Change in attorney 41 (1) If the attorney for service of an insurer dies or resigns or if an insurer revokes the appointment of its attorney for service, the insurer must, as soon as is reasonably possible, provide the Minister with (a) the appointment of its new attorney for service, and (b) the consent of the individual to act as the attorney for service. (2) An attorney for service of an insurer who intends to resign must (a) give not less than 60 days’ notice to the insurer, and (b) send a copy of the notice to the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s41 No attorney for service 42 If an insurer does not have an attorney for service, service on the insurer may be effected by serving the Superintendent. 1999 cI‑5.1 s42 Reporting Requirements Annual financial statements 43 (1) Every insurer licensed under this Act must within 180 days after the end of the insurer’s financial year provide the Minister with a copy of the insurer’s audited financial statements for the financial year. (2) Every licensed provincial company that has a subsidiary must within 180 days after the end of the subsidiary’s financial year provide the Minister with a copy of the subsidiary’s audited financial statements for the financial year. (3) The Minister may, by written notice, require the holding body corporate of a licensed provincial company to provide the Minister with the holding body corporate’s annual audited financial statements and the annual audited financial statements in respect of any of the holding body corporate’s subsidiaries. (4) Every licensed insurer must provide, on written request without charge, one copy of the insurer’s latest audited financial statements to a person who is resident in Alberta and who is a policyholder. 1999 cI‑5.1 s43 Annual return 44 (1) Every licensed provincial company must file an annual return within the time period specified in subsection (2) that meets the requirements of subsections (3) and (4). (2) The annual return must be filed (a) in the case of a provincial company that is limited by the Minister to the reinsurance of risks, within 105 days after the end of the calendar year in respect of which the return is prepared, or (b) in the case of any other provincial company, within 60 days after the end of the calendar year in respect of which the return is prepared. (3) The annual return must (a) set out the provincial company’s name and the address of its head office, the names and residential addresses of its directors, the names of its officers and auditor, the name and address of its attorney for service and, if the company’s records are held outside Alberta under section 217(4), the address at which those records are located, (b) set out the assets, liabilities, receipts and expenditures of the company for the calendar year and be audited in a manner that is satisfactory to the Minister, (c) set out particulars of the business done in Alberta during the calendar year, (d) be accompanied with the actuary’s valuation referred to in section 405, (e) set out any other information considered necessary by the Minister, and (f) be approved and signed by the president, vice‑president or managing director or other director appointed for the purpose by the board of directors and by the secretary or manager of the company. (4) The assets of a provincial company must be valued in accordance with the method established by the regulations under section 432(f). RSA 2000 cI‑3 s44;2016 c18 s10 Change in officials 45 If the directors, officers or auditor of a provincial company change, or if the residential addresses of the directors change, the company must notify the Minister of the new names or addresses within 15 days of the change. 1999 cI‑5.1 s45 Report on business particulars 46 (1) Every insurer, other than a provincial company, licensed under this Act for all or part of a year (the “reporting year”) must submit to the Minister before the last day of February of the year following the reporting year a report that sets out the particulars of the insurer’s insurance business written in Alberta during the reporting year. (2) Instead of submitting the report referred to in subsection (1) to the Minister, the Minister may allow an insurer to submit the report to an official of a government in Canada who has an information sharing agreement with the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s46 Records to be filed 47 (1) Every licensed insurer that carries on in Alberta the business of automobile insurance or any other class of insurance designated by the Minister must prepare and file with the Minister, or with a statistical agency designated by the Minister, (a) a record of its premiums and of its loss and expense costs in Alberta, and (b) a record of any other information required by the Minister, in a manner and according to a system of classification that the Minister approves. (2) A statistical agency designated by the Minister must compile the data in the records filed under subsection (1) in a manner approved by the Minister and submit the compiled data to the Minister. (3) The reasonable remuneration and expenses of the statistical agency designated by the Minister are payable by the insurers whose data is compiled and, if there is a dispute with respect to the amount payable, the Minister’s decision is final. (4) An amount determined by the Minister under subsection (3) is a debt owing to the statistical agency by the insurer specified by the Minister and may be recovered from the insurer by the agency in an action for debt. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s47;2008 c19 s10 Audit of records 48 (1) If at any time it appears to the Minister that an insurer is not keeping records in a manner that shows correctly the experience of the insurer in Alberta as required by section 46 or 47, the Minister may hire an accountant (a) to audit the books and records of the insurer, and (b) to give instructions that will enable the officers of the insurer to comply with those sections. (2) The reasonable remuneration and expenses of the accountant that are approved by the Minister for an audit of an insurer under subsection (1) must be paid by the insurer. (3) If the amount approved under subsection (2) is not paid by the insurer, the Minister may pay the amount and then recover it from the insurer in an action for debt. 1999 cI‑5.1 s48 Other information — licensed insurers 49 Every licensed insurer, other than a provincial company, must provide the Minister with (a) a copy of any change to its instrument of incorporation within 7 days of the making of the change; (b) notice of its being subject to an arrangement in a jurisdiction in which it is licensed other than Alberta that is in the nature of a compliance undertaking, and a copy of the compliance undertaking, within 7 days of the making of the arrangement. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s49;2013 c18 s4 Additional information 50 A licensed insurer must provide to the Minister, within the time specified by the Minister, (a) any information that is required by the Minister to enable the Minister to respond to inquiries on the company’s market conduct activities; (b) any information that is required by the Minister for analytical or policy‑making purposes. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s50;2008 c19 s11 Suspension, Cancellation and Other Actions Affecting Insurers ’ Licences Federally authorized companies 51 (1) In this section, “order” means an order under the Insurance Companies Act (Canada) that approves a federally authorized company to carry on business or to insure risks in Canada. (2) If the order of a federally authorized company is rescinded, the licence of the company under this Act is automatically cancelled. (3) The Minister must revive the licence of a federally authorized company that has been cancelled under this section if the company obtains a new order before the licence would have expired. (4) If the authority to insure a class of risks is deleted from the order of a federally authorized company, that class of insurance is automatically deleted from the licence of the company under this Act. (5) The Minister must restore the class of insurance to the licence of the federally authorized company referred to in subsection (4) if the class of insurance is restored to the company’s order before the licence has expired. 1999 cI‑5.1 s51 Extra-provincial companies 52 (1) If the licence of an extra‑provincial company is cancelled or suspended with or without conditions under the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated, the Minister must, (a) if the jurisdiction cancelled the licence, cancel the licence held by the company under this Act, or (b) if the jurisdiction suspended the licence, suspend the licence on the same conditions. (2) If under the laws of the jurisdiction under which an extra‑provincial company is incorporated terms, conditions or restrictions are imposed on its licence to carry on business in that jurisdiction, the licence held by the company under this Act is automatically subject to the same terms, conditions or restrictions unless the Minister provides otherwise under subsection (3). (3) If the Minister suspends a licence under subsection (1) or if subsection (2) applies, the Minister may make any modifications to the terms, conditions or restrictions imposed under the laws of the other jurisdiction that the Minister considers necessary to take into account circumstances in Alberta. (4) If under the laws of the jurisdiction under which an extra‑provincial company is incorporated a class of insurance is deleted from its licence issued in that jurisdiction, the class of insurance is automatically deleted from the licence held by the company under this Act. (5) The Minister may revive the licence of an extra‑provincial company that has been cancelled under subsection (1), delete or vary terms or conditions imposed on the licence of an extra‑provincial company under subsection (2) or (3) or restore to the licence of an extra‑provincial company a class of insurance that is deleted under subsection (4) if the revival, deletion, variance or restoring occurs in the jurisdiction in which the extra‑provincial company is incorporated. 1999 cI‑5.1 s52 Cancellation on request 53 (1) The Minister may, on the request of a licensed insurer, cancel the insurer’s licence. (2) The Minister must not cancel the licence of an insurer under subsection (1) unless the Minister is satisfied that (a) the insurer has no unpaid claims in respect of the insurer’s contracts of insurance made in Alberta, (b) all of the insurer’s contracts of insurance made in Alberta are discharged or expired, or have been transferred or assigned to another licensed insurer, and (c) the insurer has no outstanding fees or taxes payable to the Government. (3) The Minister must publish a notice of the cancellation of a licence under this section in The Alberta Gazette. 1999 cI‑5.1 s53 Sanctions affecting licences 54 (1) Where (a) a licensed insurer or other person denies the Minister, the Superintendent or an examiner access to any information, records, documents or property that the Minister, Superintendent or examiner is authorized by this Act to have access to, (b) the holding body corporate of a licensed provincial company fails to forward to the Minister audited financial statements in accordance with a notice under section 43(3), (c) a licensed insurer or other person contravenes (i) an order of the Minister, (ii) a decision of a review board under section 806, or (iii) an order of the Court under section 767 or 809, (d) a licensed insurer is convicted of an offence under section 511.1(7) or 605, (e) grounds exist for the possession and control of the assets of a provincial company by the Minister, (f) a provincial company is carrying on or soliciting business in any jurisdiction other than Alberta without first being authorized to do so under the laws of that jurisdiction, (g) a licensed insurer fails to comply with any term or condition to which its licence is subject, (h) a licensed insurer does not, for a period of 5 years or more, engage in the business of insurance, (i) a licensed insurer fails to comply with the provisions of Part 4, or (j) the amount of a licensed extra‑provincial company’s base capital at any time falls below the respective amount specified in or under section 25(a), the Minister may cancel, suspend or refuse to renew the licence of the insurer, or may impose terms or conditions on its licence. (2) Where the Minister proposes to act under subsection (1), the Minister must give notice of that intention to the licensed insurer. (3) If, in the Minister’s opinion, the public interest may be prejudiced or adversely affected by any delay in acting under subsection (1), the Minister may, without notice, cancel or suspend the licence of the insurer or impose terms or conditions on its licence. (4) The Minister must forthwith give notice to the insurer of any action taken under subsection (3). (5) An insurer that receives a notice under subsection (2) or (4) and who wishes to have a hearing before the Minister must serve a written request for the hearing on the Minister within 15 days after receipt of the notice. (6) If an insurer requests a hearing in accordance with subsection (5) in respect of an action taken by the Minister under subsection (3), the Minister may, after giving the insurer an opportunity to be heard, confirm the action taken or modify or reverse the action taken. (7) If an insurer requests a hearing in accordance with subsection (5) in respect of the Minister’s proposed action under subsection (1), the Minister may, after giving the insurer an opportunity to be heard, take any of the proposed actions set out in the notice with or without modifications or decide not to take any of those actions. (8) The Minister must publish in The Alberta Gazette notice of every cancellation or suspension of a licence under this section. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s54;2003 c19 s32;2008 c19 s12 Non‑payment of claims 55 (1) The Minister must cancel the licence of an insurer if the Minister is satisfied that (a) a judgment arising out of a contract of insurance made in Alberta has been issued against the insurer, and (b) the judgment has become final in the regular course of law, is enforceable in Alberta and has remained unpaid for 30 or more days after becoming final. (2) The Minister may revive a licence that has been cancelled under subsection (1) if the judgment against the insurer is paid within 6 months after the cancellation and the licence would not have expired. 1999 cI‑5.1 s55 Effect of cancellation or suspension 56 (1) When an insurer’s licence is cancelled under this Subpart, the insurer may carry on business in Alberta only to the extent that it is necessary for the winding‑up of its business in Alberta. (2) When an insurer’s licence is suspended under this Subpart, the insurer may carry on business in Alberta only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the suspension. (3) When a class of insurance has been deleted from an insurer’s licence under this Subpart, the insurer must cease to undertake or to offer to undertake that class of insurance in Alberta. 1999 cI‑5.1 s56 Provisional liquidator 57 (1) The Minister may appoint a provisional liquidator to be in charge of the affairs of a provincial company if (a) the company fails to renew its licence without complying with section 31, (b) the company’s application to renew its licence is refused, or (c) the company’s licence is cancelled in circumstances other than those set out in section 53. (2) Until a permanent liquidator is appointed by the Court, the provisional liquidator has all of the powers of the insurer, and none of the officers or directors of the provincial company may enter into a contract or incur any liability on behalf of the company without the approval of the provisional liquidator. (3) A provisional liquidator of a provincial company must apply to the Court under section 190 for an order winding up the company. (4) Despite subsection (3), a provisional liquidator of a provincial company may, with the approval of the Court, sell the business of the company as a going concern. 1999 cI‑5.1 s57 Remuneration of provisional liquidator 58 (1) The Minister is responsible for establishing the remuneration of a provisional liquidator. (2) The remuneration of a provisional liquidator of a provincial company and the provisional liquidator’s costs and expenses while acting as the provisional liquidator are payable by the company and are a first lien or charge on the assets of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s58 Municipal Licensing Fees Exemption from certain fees 59 An insurer that holds a licence under this Act is exempt from the payment of any licence fee for the transaction of the business of insurance imposed by a municipality or Metis settlement. 1999 cI‑5.1 s59 Regulations Regulations 60 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) specifying an amount of base capital for life or property and casualty companies for the purposes of section 25(a); (a.1) respecting the term of licence for the purpose of section 29; (b) respecting any matter that is to be prescribed under this Subpart; (c) respecting the issuance of a licence to an extra‑provincial Crown insurer or an affiliate of an extra‑provincial Crown insurer including, without limitation, regulations suspending or modifying the application or operation of any one or more provisions of this Act in respect of the extra‑provincial Crown insurer or the affiliate, as the case may be. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s60;2005 c27 s9;2013 c18 s5 Subpart 2 Exceptions Unsolicited Insurance Unsolicited insurance 61 (1) Despite section 18, an insurer that is not licensed may undertake insurance in Alberta with an insured if (a) the insurance is effected without any solicitation whatsoever on the part of that insurer, and (b) the insured, not later than 30 days after signing the contract of insurance or receiving any policy, interim receipt or insuring document issued by or on behalf of the insurer, whichever occurs first, (i) notifies the Superintendent in writing under oath of the terms of the insurance, the insurer with whom the insurance is placed and the amount of premium paid or payable or premium notes given or to be given in connection with the insurance, and (ii) at the same time pays to the Minister a charge equal to 10% of the premium paid or payable or premium notes given or to be given in connection with the insurance. (2) If the charge referred to in subsection (1)(b)(ii) is not paid within 30 days from the time it becomes payable, a sum equal to 10% of the charge remaining unpaid becomes a penalty that forms a part of the charge and is recoverable with the charge. (2.1) Repealed 2022 c11 s2. (3) Despite section 18, a person may enter into or renew a contract of insurance to insure a risk in Alberta with an unlicensed insurer if the requirements of subsection (1)(a) and (b) have been met. (4) This section does not apply to a contract of insurance that may be evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s61;2005 c27 s19;2008 c19 s13; 2022 c11 s2 Reinsurance Reinsurance 62 (1) In this section, “Alberta contract” means a contract of insurance made in Alberta, but does not include a contract of reinsurance. (2) Despite section 18, an insurer, other than a provincial company, that is not licensed may enter into a contract as the insurer that reinsures risks in respect of an Alberta contract if the insurance business in Alberta of the insurer is restricted to the reinsurance of risks. (3) Despite section 18, a licensed insurer that is the insurer under an Alberta contract may, subject to the regulations, enter into a contract of reinsurance in respect of the Alberta contract with an insurer referred to in subsection (2). 1999 cI‑5.1 s62 Special Brokers Insurance through special broker 63 (1) Despite section 18, an insurer that is not licensed may undertake insurance in Alberta with an insured if (a) the insurance cannot be obtained from licensed insurers, (b) the insurance is effected through a person who holds a valid and subsisting special broker’s licence for that class of insurance, (c) before the insurance is undertaken the special broker obtains from the proposed insured a signed and dated document (i) describing the nature and amount of the insurance required, and (ii) stating that the insurance cannot be obtained from licensed insurers and specifying the licensed insurers who refused the proposed insured’s application, and (d) before the insurance is undertaken the special broker discloses in writing to the proposed insured that the insurance will be placed with an unlicensed insurer. (2) Despite section 18, a person may enter into or renew a contract of insurance to insure a risk in Alberta with an unlicensed insurer if, subject to subsection (2.1), the requirements of subsection (1)(a) to (d) have been met. (2.1) Subsection (1)(c) and (d) do not apply if (a) the special broker is an affiliate of the insurance agent that places the insurance, and (b) the insurance is placed outside Alberta. (3) This section does not apply to a contract of insurance that may be evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s63;2008 c19 s14 Certificate of authority 64 No person may be issued a special broker’s licence for a class of insurance or have a special broker’s licence renewed for a class of insurance unless the person holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority, other than a restricted insurance agent’s certificate of authority, for that class of insurance. 1999 cI‑5.1 s64 Financial guarantee 65 No person may be issued a special broker’s licence or have a special broker’s licence renewed unless the person maintains a financial guarantee in a form satisfactory to the Minister in the prescribed amount. 1999 cI‑5.1 s65 Application for special broker ’ s licence 66 (1) An application for a special broker’s licence or to renew a special broker’s licence must (a) be filed with the Minister, (b) specify the classes of insurance in respect of which the applicant wishes to transact business, (c) contain the information, material and evidence required by the Minister, and (d) be accompanied with proof that the financial guarantee referred to in section 65 is being maintained. (2) After filing an application, the applicant must provide to the Minister any additional information, material and evidence the Minister considers necessary. 1999 cI‑5.1 s66 Issuing certificates 67 An applicant who applies for a special broker’s licence or a renewal of a special broker’s licence is entitled to the licence if the Minister is satisfied that the requirements of this Act and the regulations relating to the licence have been met. 1999 cI‑5.1 s67 Terms and conditions 68 (1) The Minister may issue a special broker’s licence subject to terms and conditions provided for in the regulations. (2) Every holder of a special broker’s licence must comply with the terms and conditions to which the licence is subject. 1999 cI‑5.1 s68 Expiration 69 A special broker’s licence expires on December 31 of the year in which it is issued or renewed. 1999 cI‑5.1 s69 Status of certificate of authority 70 (1) When a person’s insurance agent’s certificate of authority expires, the person’s special broker’s licence is automatically cancelled. (2) When a person’s insurance agent’s certificate of authority is suspended or cancelled, the person’s special broker’s licence is automatically suspended. (3) The Minister must reinstate a person’s special broker’s licence that has been suspended under subsection (1) or (2) for a class of insurance if (a) the person submits an application for reinstatement to the Minister, (b) before the special broker’s licence would have expired, the certificate of authority is reinstated or the person is issued an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for that class of insurance, and (c) the Minister is satisfied that the person is in compliance with the requirements of this Act and the regulations relating to special brokers. 1999 cI‑5.1 s70 Reporting requirements 71 A licensed special broker must within 10 days after the end of each month submit to the Minister a return containing the following information with respect to the insurance effected under section 63 by the broker during the month: (a) the names of the insured; (b) the nature of the insurance; (c) the names of the unlicensed insurers; (d) the amount of insurance placed with each unlicensed insurer and the rate and amount of premium paid to each unlicensed insurer. 1999 cI‑5.1 s71 Payments in respect of premiums 72 (1) In respect of all premiums on insurance effected by a licensed special broker, the special broker must pay to the Minister the taxes on premiums that would be payable if the premiums had been received by a licensed insurer, and the payment must accompany the monthly return provided for in section 71. (2) If the amount referred to in subsection (1) is not paid within 30 days from the time it becomes payable, a sum equal to 10% of the amount remaining unpaid becomes a penalty that forms a part of the amount referred to in subsection (1) and is recoverable with the amount.

RSA 2000 cI‑3 s72;2008 c19 s15;2022 c11 s3 Records 73 A special broker must keep a separate account of insurance effected by the special broker. 1999 cI‑5.1 s73 Financial guarantee not in force 74 (1) If, during the term of a special broker’s licence, the financial guarantee referred to in section 65 maintained in respect of that licence is no longer in force, the special broker must immediately notify the Minister, in writing, that the guarantee is not in force. (2) If, during the term of a special broker’s licence, the financial guarantee referred to in section 65 maintained in respect of the licence is no longer in force, the licence is automatically suspended unless, while the guarantee is in force, the special broker satisfies the Minister that the special broker has obtained a new guarantee that meets the requirements of section 65. (3) The Minister must reinstate a special broker’s licence that has been suspended under subsection (2) if (a) the broker submits an application for reinstatement to the Minister, (b) the broker satisfies the Minister that the broker has obtained a new financial guarantee that meets the requirements of section 65 before the licence would have expired, and (c) the Minister is satisfied that the broker is in compliance with the requirements of this Act and the regulations relating to special brokers. 1999 cI‑5.1 s74 Using different names 75 No person may advertise or carry on business as a special broker in a name other than the name set out in the person’s special broker’s licence. 1999 cI‑5.1 s75 Release of financial guarantee 76 A special broker is entitled to a release or cancellation of the financial guarantee submitted by the special broker when the Minister is satisfied that all insurance effected under section 63 by the broker is no longer in force or has been reinsured. 1999 cI‑5.1 s76 Regulations Regulations 77 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting the maximum proportion of risks that may be reinsured with unlicensed insurers for the purposes of section 62(3); (b) respecting the requirement, conditions, training and experience that must be met before a special broker’s licence is issued or renewed; (c) respecting terms and conditions that may be imposed on a special broker’s licence; (d) respecting any matter that is to be prescribed under this Subpart. 1999 cI‑5.1 s77 Subpart 3 Licensing of Reciprocal Insurance Exchanges Definitions 78 In this Subpart, (a) “approved securities” means (i) in respect of a reciprocal insurance exchange that has its principal office in Alberta, investments that the exchange would be authorized to make if the exchange were a provincial company, (ii) in respect of a reciprocal insurance exchange that has its principal office in a province other than Alberta, investments that the exchange is authorized to make under the laws of that province, and (iii) in respect of a reciprocal insurance exchange that has its principal office outside Canada, investments that the exchange is authorized to make under Part XIII of the Insurance Companies Act (Canada); (b) “principal attorney” means a person authorized by subscribers under a power of attorney to sign reciprocal contracts on their behalf and to act on the subscribers’ behalf in respect of any matter specified in the power of attorney relating to those contracts; (c) “principal office” means the main office of the principal attorney; (d) “reciprocal contract” means a reciprocal contract of indemnity or inter‑insurance; (e) “subscribers” means persons exchanging reciprocal contracts with each other. 1999 cI‑5.1 s78 Licence required 79 (1) No person may exchange a reciprocal contract unless (a) the exchange is made by the person’s principal attorney, (b) the exchange is part of a reciprocal insurance exchange that is licensed under this Subpart, and (c) the reciprocal contract falls within a class of insurance that the reciprocal insurance exchange is authorized to undertake. (2) No person may act as principal attorney or on behalf of a principal attorney in the exchange of reciprocal contracts for persons who are resident in Alberta unless the exchange is part of a reciprocal insurance exchange that is licensed under this Subpart. 1999 cI‑5.1 s79 Exception 80 (1) Despite section 79, a person may, with respect to property located in Alberta, exchange a reciprocal contract that is a contract of property insurance and that is part of an unlicensed reciprocal insurance exchange if (a) the exchange of the contracts is done for protection only and not for profit, (b) the contracts are effected outside Alberta, (c) the exchange of contracts is effected without any solicitation by the unlicensed reciprocal insurance exchange, and (d) the person who owns the property, within 30 days after signing the contract, (i) notifies the Superintendent in writing under oath of the terms of the contract, the persons with whom the insurance is placed and the amount of premium paid or payable or premium notes given or to be given or mutual liability assumed in connection with the insurance, and (ii) at the same time pays to the Minister a fee equal to 10% of the premium paid or payable or premium notes given or to be given or mutual liability assumed in connection with the insurance. (2) If the fee referred to in subsection (1)(d)(ii) is not paid within 30 days from the time when it becomes payable, a sum equal to 10% of the fee remaining unpaid becomes a penalty that forms a part of the fee and is recoverable with the fee. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s80;2005 c27 s19;2008 c19 s16;2022 c11 s3 Classes of insurance 81 Subject to section 82, a reciprocal insurance exchange may be licensed to undertake any class of insurance that a provincial company may be licensed to undertake except for the following classes: (a) life insurance; (b) accident and sickness insurance; (c) surety insurance. (d) repealed 2008 c19 s17. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s81;2008 c19 s17 Automobile insurance 82 (1) No reciprocal insurance exchange may be licensed to undertake the type of automobile insurance that is evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy, except the type of insurance provided in a standard excess automobile policy or standard non‑owned automobile policy. (2) The Minister may issue a licence to a reciprocal insurance exchange that authorizes the exchange to undertake automobile insurance, other than the type described in subsection (1), if the Minister is satisfied that (a) the exchange has signed reciprocal contracts or bona fide applications for such contracts for at least the prescribed number of automobiles, and (b) arrangements are in effect for the reinsurance of all liabilities in excess of the prescribed limits. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s82;2005 c27 s10;2008 c19 s18 Property insurance 83 The Minister must not issue a licence to a reciprocal insurance exchange that authorizes the exchange to undertake property insurance unless the Minister is satisfied that the exchange has bona fide applications for reciprocal contracts for at least the prescribed number of separate property insurance risks in Alberta or elsewhere and for at least the prescribed aggregate amount. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s83;2008 c19 s18 Application for licence 84 (1) Persons who wish to have a reciprocal insurance exchange licensed must submit the following to the Minister: (a) the name of the exchange; (b) the name and address of its principal attorney; (c) the classes of insurance that cover the reciprocal contracts to be exchanged; (d) a copy of the form of the contract, agreement or policy under or by which the reciprocal contracts are to be effected or exchanged; (e) a copy of the form of power of attorney under which the contracts are to be effected or exchanged; (f) the location of the office from which the contracts are to be issued; (g) if the exchange is required by section 94 to have an attorney for service, the appointment of an individual as its attorney for service and the consent of the individual to act as the attorney for service; (h) any other information required by the Minister. (2) Persons who wish to have a reciprocal insurance exchange’s licence renewed must submit the following to the Minister: (a) the name of the exchange; (b) the name of its principal attorney; (c) any other information required by the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s84 Name of exchange 85 The Minister may refuse to issue a licence to a reciprocal insurance exchange if the name or designation under which contracts are issued is so similar to a name or designation of a licensed exchange or licensed insurer that confusion or deception is likely. 1999 cI‑5.1 s85 Issuing licence 86 Applicants who apply for a licence for a reciprocal insurance exchange or to renew such a licence are entitled to the licence if the Minister is satisfied that (a) the requirements of this Act and the regulations relating to the licence have been met, and (b) in the case of an existing reciprocal insurance exchange, the exchange is in compliance with the requirements of this Act and the regulations. 1999 cI‑5.1 s86 Notice of licence 87 (1) The Minister must publish a notice of the licence of a reciprocal insurance exchange in The Alberta Gazette. (2) This section does not apply to the renewal of a licence. 1999 cI‑5.1 s87 Premium deposit 88 Every reciprocal insurance exchange must require its subscribers to provide to its principal attorney, as a condition of membership in the exchange, a premium reasonably sufficient for the risk assumed by the exchange. 1999 cI‑5.1 s88 Management of exchange 89 The affairs of a reciprocal insurance exchange must be managed by an advisory board or committee of subscribers established in accordance with the power of attorney. 1999 cI‑5.1 s89 Term of licence 90 A licence issued under this Subpart expires on December 31 of the year in which it is issued or renewed. 1999 cI‑5.1 s90 Annual return 91 (1) Every licensed reciprocal insurance exchange must file an annual return for each calendar year within the time period specified in subsection (2) that meets the requirements of subsection (3). (2) The annual return for a calendar year must be filed by the last day of the following February. (3) The annual return must (a) set out the name of the reciprocal insurance exchange and the name and address of its principal attorney and of its attorney for service, (b) set out the financial information required by the Minister that is audited in a manner that is satisfactory to the Minister, (c) set out any other information considered necessary by the Minister, and (d) be signed by the principal attorney and at least 2 members of the advisory board or committee of subscribers of the reciprocal insurance exchange. (4) If, in the Minister’s opinion, an annual return prepared by a reciprocal insurance exchange for another jurisdiction meets the requirements of subsection (3), the exchange may file that return to satisfy the requirements of subsection (1). 1999 cI‑5.1 s91 Signing contracts 92 After a reciprocal insurance exchange is licensed under this Subpart, a principal attorney may sign a reciprocal contract on behalf of a subscriber if the attorney is authorized by a power of attorney from the subscriber. 1999 cI‑5.1 s92 Court action 93 Despite any condition or stipulation in a power of attorney or in a reciprocal contract, any action or proceeding in respect of any such contract may be maintained in any court of competent jurisdiction in Alberta. 1999 cI‑5.1 s93 Attorney for service 94 (1) Every reciprocal insurance exchange whose principal attorney is not located in Alberta must have an attorney for service who meets the requirements of subsection (2). (2) The attorney for service must be an individual who is resident in Alberta. (3) Service of any document in a legal action, suit or proceeding on a reciprocal insurance exchange may be effected by (a) delivering the document to its attorney according to the Minister’s records, (b) delivering the document to the address, according to the Minister’s records, of its attorney, or (c) sending the document by recorded mail to that address. (4) A document sent by recorded mail to the attorney’s address in accordance with subsection (3)(c) is deemed to be served 7 days from the date of mailing unless there are reasonable grounds for believing that the attorney did not receive the document at that time or at all. (5) Every reciprocal insurance exchange that is required to have an attorney for service must ensure that its attorney’s office is open during normal business hours. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s94;2016 c23 s3 Attorney ’ s change of address 95 An attorney for service who changes addresses must, before the change occurs, notify the Minister of the date of the change and the new address. 1999 cI‑5.1 s95 Change in attorney for service 96 (1) If the attorney for service of a reciprocal insurance exchange dies or resigns or if an exchange revokes the appointment of an attorney for service, the exchange must, as soon as is reasonably possible, provide the Minister with (a) the appointment of its new attorney for service, and (b) the consent of the individual to act as the attorney for service. (2) An attorney for service of a reciprocal insurance exchange who intends to resign must (a) give not less than 60 days’ notice to the exchange, and (b) send a copy of the notice to the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s96 No attorney for service 97 If a reciprocal insurance exchange that is required to have an attorney for service does not have an attorney for service, service on the exchange may be effected by serving the Superintendent. 1999 cI‑5.1 s97 Requirements for property insurance 98 (1) A reciprocal insurance exchange that is authorized to undertake property insurance must ensure that no subscriber has assumed on any single property insurance risk an amount greater than 10% of the net worth of the subscriber. (2) The principal attorney of a reciprocal insurance exchange that is authorized to undertake property insurance must file, when requested by the Minister, a statement under oath (a) showing the maximum amount of indemnity on any single property insurance risk, and (b) stating that no subscriber has assumed on any single property insurance risk an amount greater than 10% of the net worth of the subscriber. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s98;2008 c19 s19 Amount of reserve 99 Every reciprocal insurance exchange must maintain with the principal attorney as a reserve fund a sum in cash, approved securities or other prescribed assets equal to an amount calculated in accordance with the following formula: (50% of (A‑B)) + (C‑D) where A is the amount of premiums collected or credited to the accounts of subscribers on reciprocal contracts in force having one year or less to run; B is the amount paid to licensed insurers to reinsure the reciprocal contracts referred to in A; C is the amount of premiums collected or credited to the accounts of subscribers on reciprocal contracts in force that have more than one year to run less the amount of those premiums that is attributable to the expired portion of the contracts; D is the amount paid to licensed insurers to reinsure the reciprocal contacts referred to in C less the amount that is attributable to the expired portion of the reinsurance contracts. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s99;2013 c18 s6 Temporary exclusion from premium calculation 99.1 (1) In this section, “premiums” means premiums collected or credited to the accounts of subscribers in respect of reciprocal contracts in force. (2) A reciprocal insurance exchange may provide for the assessment on its subscribers of a premium surcharge over and above the premiums required by section 88. (3) The premium surcharge may be assessed only during the year in which the reciprocal insurance exchange’s licence is initially issued and during the first full year of its renewal after its initial issue, except that the Minister may, on application by the exchange, extend the period of authorization of the surcharge for further one‑year periods until the 2nd anniversary of the end of that year in which the licence was initially issued. (4) The reciprocal insurance exchange may exclude the premium surcharges from “premiums” for the purpose of calculating the reserve fund requirements of section 99. 2003 c19 s33 Guarantee fund 100 (1) In addition to the reserve fund referred to in section 99, every reciprocal insurance exchange must maintain a guarantee fund in cash, approved securities or other prescribed assets in an amount calculated in accordance with the following formula: (A – B – C – D) + E where A is all liabilities associated with the operation of the exchange, including liabilities under reciprocal contracts undertaken by the exchange; B is any amount that is recoverable from licensed insurers that have reinsured reciprocal contracts referred to in the description of A; C is any amount that is recoverable from unlicensed reinsurers that have, with the prior approval of the Minister, reinsured reciprocal contracts referred to in the description of A; D is all unearned premiums; E is an amount set out in the regulations. (2) Cash, approved securities or other prescribed assets maintained in the reserve fund referred to in section 99 must not be included in the guarantee fund. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s100;2013 c18 s7;2016 c23 s3 Deficiency 101 (1) If a reciprocal insurance exchange does not have the minimum amount required under sections 99 and 100, the subscribers or the principal attorney of the exchange must make up the deficiency forthwith. (2) If funds other than those that accrued from premiums of subscribers are supplied to make up a deficiency, the funds must, so long as a deficiency exists, be deposited and held for the benefit of subscribers under the terms and conditions specified by the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s101 Investments 102 (0.1) Every reciprocal insurance exchange that has its principal office in Alberta must ensure that the funds of the exchange are invested in accordance with Part 2, Subpart 11 as if the exchange were a provincial company. (1) Every reciprocal insurance exchange that has its principal office in a province or territory other than Alberta must ensure that the funds of the exchange that are required by the laws of the province or territory in which the principal office is located to be invested (a) are invested in approved securities, and (b) are within the limits for investments established by the laws of that province or territory for reciprocal insurance exchanges. (2) Every reciprocal insurance exchange that has its principal office outside Canada must ensure that the funds of the exchange that are required by Part XIII of the Insurance Companies Act (Canada) to be invested (a) are invested in approved securities, and (b) are within the limits for investments established by Part XIII of the Insurance Companies Act (Canada). RSA 2000 cI‑3 s102;2013 c18 s8 Contracts 103 No reciprocal insurance exchange may, without the approval of the Superintendent, undertake any liability on a reciprocal contract or on any other contract of insurance except on behalf of a subscriber. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s103;2008 c19 s20 Reinsurance 104 No principal attorney or reciprocal insurance exchange may effect reinsurance of any risks undertaken by the exchange in any other reciprocal insurance exchange. 1999 cI‑5.1 s104 Suspension or cancellation of licence 105 (1) If a reciprocal insurance exchange or principal attorney fails or refuses to comply with or contravenes any provision of this Act or the regulations, the licence issued to the exchange may be suspended or cancelled by the Minister after notice and opportunity for a hearing before the Minister has been given to the exchange or its principal attorney. (2) A suspension or cancellation under subsection (1) does not affect the validity of any reciprocal contracts effected before the suspension or cancellation of the rights and obligations of subscribers under the contracts. (3) The principal attorney must give the subscribers notice of the suspension or cancellation and the Minister must publish notice of the suspension or cancellation in The Alberta Gazette. 1999 cI‑5.1 s105 Information to Minister 105.1 A licensed reciprocal insurance exchange must provide to the Minister, within the time specified by the Minister, (a) any information that is required by the Minister to enable the Minister to respond to inquiries on the exchange’s market conduct activities; (b) any information that is required by the Minister for analytical or policy‑making purposes. 2013 c18 s9 Regulations 106 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting the number of automobiles and limits for the purposes of section 82(2); (b) prescribing the amount for “E” for the purposes of section 100; (c) respecting any matter that is to be prescribed under this Subpart. RSA 2000 cI-3 s106;2026 c8 s4(3) Part 2 Provincial Companies Subpart 1 Status and Powers of Provincial Companies Capacity of provincial company 107 (1) Subject to this Act, the regulations, its bylaws and any term or condition in its instrument of incorporation or licence, a provincial company (a) has the capacity and the rights, powers and privileges of an individual, and (b) has the capacity to carry on its business, conduct its affairs and exercise its powers in any jurisdiction outside Alberta to the extent that the laws of that jurisdiction permit. (2) A provincial company must not (a) carry on business or exercise any right, power or privilege that it is prohibited from carrying on or exercising by this Act, the regulations, its bylaws or any term or condition in its instrument of incorporation or licence, or (b) exercise any of its rights, powers and privileges in a manner that contravenes this Act or the regulations. 1999 cI‑5.1 s107 Constructive notice 108 No person is affected by or is deemed to have notice or knowledge of the contents of a document concerning a provincial company by reason only that the document has been filed with the Minister or is available for inspection at an office of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s108 Authority of directors, officers and agents 109 A provincial company, a guarantor of an obligation of the company or a person claiming through the company must not assert against a person dealing with the company or dealing with any person who has acquired rights from the company (a) that the instrument of incorporation or bylaws have not been complied with, (b) that the persons named in the most recent notice of directors filed with the Minister under this Act are not the directors of the company, (c) that a person held out by the company as a director, an officer or an agent of the company (i) has not been duly appointed, or (ii) has no authority to exercise a power or perform a duty that the director, officer or agent might reasonably be expected to exercise or perform, or (d) that a document issued by any director, officer or agent of the company with actual or usual authority to issue the document is not valid or not genuine, unless the person has, or by virtue of the person’s position with or relationship to the company ought to have, knowledge of those facts at the relevant time. 1999 cI‑5.1 s109 Main business 110 (1) Subject to this Act and the regulations, a provincial company must not engage in or carry on any business other than (a) the business of insurance, or (b) the business of providing financial services. (2) For the purposes of this Act, the business of insurance includes any activity that is reasonably ancillary to the business of insurance. (3) For the purposes of this Act, the business of providing financial services includes in respect of a provincial company (a) acting as a receiver, liquidator or sequestrator, (b) issuing payment, credit or charge cards and, in co‑operation with others including other financial institutions, operating a payment, credit or charge card plan, (c) providing real property brokerage services, (d) holding and otherwise dealing with real property, (e) providing information processing services that the company has developed for its own use and that are an integral part of the company’s operations to entities in which the company has a substantial investment that do not provide information processing services to other entities, (f) promoting merchandise and services to the holders of any payment, credit or charge card issued by the company, (g) acting as a custodian of property, (h) acting as a trustee for a trust in respect of a prescribed class of transaction, (i) any of the activities referred to in section 111, and (j) with the consent of the Minister, any other activity that is reasonably ancillary to the business of providing financial services. (4) Subject to subsection (5), a provincial company must not carry on an activity that requires registration under the Securities Act . (5) A provincial company may carry on an activity that is regulated under the Securities Act if the Securities Act allows the company to carry on the activity without being registered under that Act. 1999 cI‑5.1 s110 Networking 111 A provincial company may (a) act as agent for any person in respect of the provision of any service that is provided by a financial institution or a body corporate in which the company is permitted to have a substantial investment, (b) enter into an arrangement with any person in respect of the provision of that service, or (c) refer any person to any such financial institution or body corporate. 1999 cI‑5.1 s111 Life insurance 112 No provincial company may issue a contract of life insurance that does not appear to be self‑supporting on reasonable assumptions as to interest, mortality and expenses. 1999 cI‑5.1 s112 Security interests 113 (1) Subject to subsection (2), a provincial company must not create a security interest in any property of the company to secure an obligation of the company. (2) This section does not apply to the creation of a security interest (a) in relation to the reinsurance by the provincial company of risks insured by another insurer, (b) on prescribed classes of personal property or prescribed classes of transactions, or (c) on property having an aggregate value that is less than the prescribed amount. 1999 cI‑5.1 s113 Beneficial interests 114 A provincial company must not acquire any beneficial interest in property, other than by way of realization, that is subject to a security interest. 1999 cI‑5.1 s114 Debt obligations 115 (1) A provincial life company shall not, and shall not permit its prescribed subsidiaries to, enter into a debt obligation or issue any share, other than a common share, if as a result the aggregate of the total debt obligations and the market value of the prescribed shares of the company and its prescribed subsidiaries would exceed 20% of the total assets of the company and its prescribed subsidiaries. (2) A provincial property and casualty company shall not, and shall not permit its prescribed subsidiaries to, enter into a debt obligation or issue any share, other than a common share, if as a result the aggregate of the total debt obligations and the market value of the prescribed shares of the company and its prescribed subsidiaries would exceed 2% of the total assets of the company and its prescribed subsidiaries. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s115;2008 c19 s21;2013 c18 s27 Guarantees 116 (1) A provincial company must not guarantee on behalf of any person other than itself the payment or repayment of any sum of money unless (a) the sum of money is a fixed sum of money with or without interest on the fixed sum, and (b) the person on whose behalf the company has undertaken to guarantee the payment or repayment has an unqualified obligation to reimburse the company for the full amount of the payment or repayment to be guaranteed. (2) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of any indemnity referred to in section 365. (3) Subsection (1)(a) does not apply to a provincial life company where the person on whose behalf the provincial life company has undertaken to guarantee a payment or repayment is a subsidiary of the company and is primarily engaged in insuring risks that fall within a class of insurance that the company is authorized to insure. 1999 cI‑5.1 s116 Segregated Funds Segregated funds restricted to life companies 117 A provincial property and casualty company must not (a) issue policies, or (b) accept or retain on the direction of a policyholder or beneficiary policy dividends or bonuses or policy proceeds that are payable on the surrender or maturity of the policy or on the death of the person whose life is insured, where the liabilities of the company in respect of the policies or the amounts accepted or retained vary in amount depending on the market value of a fund consisting of a specified group of assets. 1999 cI‑5.1 s117 Where segregated funds required 118 A provincial life company that issues policies described in section 117 or accepts or retains amounts described in section 117 must, in respect of those policies or amounts, (a) maintain separate accounts, and (b) establish and maintain one or more funds consisting of assets that are segregated from the other assets of the company and that are specified as the assets on the market value of which the liabilities of the company in respect of those policies or amounts depend. 1999 cI‑5.1 s118 Creation and maintenance of segregated funds 119 (1) A provincial life company may transfer an amount to a separate account referred to in section 118(a) for the purpose of maintaining or establishing a segregated fund under section 118. (2) Subsection (1) is subject to the regulations and, in the case of a transfer from a participating account maintained pursuant to section 294, to the regulations under section 299. 1999 cI‑5.1 s119 Transfers from segregated funds 120 A provincial life company may, with the approval of the Minister, return the current value of an amount transferred pursuant to section 119 to the account from which the amount was transferred. 1999 cI‑5.1 s120 Claims against segregated funds 121 A claim against a segregated fund maintained pursuant to section 118 under a policy or for an amount in respect of which the fund is maintained has priority over any other claim against the assets of that fund. 1999 cI‑5.1 s121 Restriction of claims 122 The liability of a provincial life company under a policy or for an amount in respect of which a segregated fund is maintained pursuant to section 118 (a) does not, except to the extent that the assets of the fund are insufficient to satisfy a claim for any minimum amount that the company agrees to pay under the policy or in respect of the amount, give rise to a claim against any assets of the company other than the assets of that fund, but (b) to the extent that the assets of the fund are insufficient to satisfy such a claim, gives rise to a claim against the assets of the company, other than the assets of that fund. 1999 cI‑5.1 s122 Regulations Regulations 123 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting the business that a provincial company may engage in or carry on; (b) respecting the disclosure of (i) the name of the principal for whom a provincial company is acting as agent pursuant to section 111, and (ii) whether any commission is being earned by a provincial company when acting as agent pursuant to section 111; (c) respecting the transfer of amounts in respect of a segregated fund for the purposes of section 119; (d) respecting any matter that is to be prescribed under this Subpart. 1999 cI‑5.1 s123 Subpart 2 Incorporation, Fundamental Changes and Dissolution of Provincial Companies Alberta insurers 124 (1) No insurer may be incorporated, amalgamated or continued in Alberta unless it is incorporated, amalgamated or continued under this Act. (2) No fraternal society may be incorporated or continued under the laws of Alberta. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s124;2009 c9 s6 Division 1 Incorporation Application 125 (1) One or more persons who wish to incorporate a provincial company must submit an application to the Minister that contains the following: (a) the information, material and evidence specified by the Minister; (b) a plan for the future conduct and development of the business of the company; (c) its proposed financial year; (d) the location of the head office of the company in Alberta; (e) the names of the first directors of the company. (2) After filing an application for incorporation, the applicants must (a) provide to the Minister any additional information, material and evidence the Minister considers necessary, and (b) publish a notice of the application, containing any information that the Minister specifies, in The Alberta Gazette and in a newspaper having general circulation in the place where the head office of the provincial company is to be located. (3) Any person who objects to the proposed incorporation of a provincial company may, within 30 days after the date of publication of the notice in The Alberta Gazette under subsection (2), submit an objection in writing to the Minister. (4) On receipt of an objection under subsection (3), the Minister may direct that a public hearing into the objection be held. (5) The Minister may make rules governing the proceedings at public hearings held under subsection (4), and the Regulations Act does not apply to the rules. (6) On the completion of the hearing, the Minister must ensure that a report of the hearing is made available to the public. 1999 cI‑5.1 s125 Factors to be considered 126 Before recommending that a provincial company be incorporated, the Minister must take into account all matters that the Minister considers relevant to the application, including (a) the nature and sufficiency of the financial resources of the applicants as a source of continuing financial support for the company, (b) the soundness and feasibility of the plan for the future conduct and development of the business of the company, (c) the business record and experience of the applicants, and (d) whether the company will be operated by persons who are fit as to character or who have the competence and experience suitable for involvement in the operation of an insurer. 1999 cI‑5.1 s126 Incorporation 127 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, on the application of one or more persons and on the recommendation of the Minister, incorporate a provincial company by issuing a certificate of incorporation. 1999 cI‑5.1 s127 Contents of certificate of incorporation 128 (1) The certificate of incorporation of a provincial company must set out the name of the company, its financial year and whether the company is a mutual provincial company. (2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may set out in the certificate of incorporation of a provincial company any term or condition not contrary to this Act that the Lieutenant Governor in Council considers advisable to deal with the particular circumstances of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s128 Notice of incorporation 129 The Minister must publish a notice of the incorporation of a provincial company in The Alberta Gazette. 1999 cI‑5.1 s129 First directors 130 The first directors of a provincial company are the directors named in the application for incorporation. 1999 cI‑5.1 s130 Effective date of incorporation 131 (1) A provincial company comes into existence and is incorporated on the date set out in its certificate of incorporation. (2) A certificate of incorporation is conclusive proof for the purposes of this Act and for all other purposes (a) that the provisions of this Act in respect of incorporation and all requirements precedent and incidental to incorporation have been complied with, and (b) that the provincial company has been incorporated under this Act on the date set out in the certificate of incorporation. 1999 cI‑5.1 s131 Division 2 Organization and Commencement after Incorporation First directors ’ meeting 132 (1) After a provincial company is incorporated, the directors of the company must hold a meeting. (2) At that meeting the directors may, subject to this Subpart, (a) make bylaws, (b) adopt forms of share certificates and corporate records, (c) authorize the issue of shares of the company, (d) appoint officers, (e) appoint an auditor to hold office until the first meeting of shareholders, (f) make banking arrangements, and (g) deal with any other matters necessary to organize the company. (3) An incorporator or a director of the provincial company may call the meeting referred to in subsection (1) by giving not less than 5 days’ notice to each director, stating the time and place of the meeting. 1999 cI‑5.1 s132 Calling shareholders ’ meeting 133 (1) When the base capital of a provincial company reaches the amount required under section 25, the directors of the company must forthwith call a meeting of (a) the shareholders of the company, in the case of a company that is not a mutual provincial company, or (b) the incorporators of the company, in the case of a mutual provincial company. (2) The shareholders or incorporators of a provincial company must, by resolution at the meeting called pursuant to subsection (1), (a) approve, amend or reject any bylaw made by the directors of the company, (b) elect directors to hold office for a term expiring not later than the close of the first annual meeting of shareholders following the election or, in the case of a mutual provincial company, not later than the close of the first annual meeting of policyholders following the election, and (c) appoint an auditor to hold office until the close of the first annual meeting of shareholders or, in the case of a mutual provincial company, until the close of the first annual meeting of policyholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s133 Term of first directors 134 A director named in the application for incorporation of a provincial company holds office until the election of directors at the meeting of shareholders or incorporators referred to in section 133(1). 1999 cI‑5.1 s134 Carrying on of business 135 Except as permitted in sections 136 and 137, a provincial company must not carry on any business until it is licensed under this Act. 1999 cI‑5.1 s135 Expenses charged to capital 136 A provincial company must pay all incorporation and organization expenses from the capital of the company or interest on the capital and the company must not charge directly or indirectly its policyholders for those expenses. 1999 cI‑5.1 s136 No payments until licensed 137 Until a provincial company is licensed under this Act, the company must not make any payment on account of incorporation or organization expenses except reasonable sums (a) for the payment of remuneration of not more than 2 officers, (b) for the payment of costs related to the issue of shares of the company, and (c) for the payment of clerical assistance, legal services, accounting services, office accommodation at one location, office expenses, advertising, stationery, postage and travel expenses. 1999 cI‑5.1 s137 Deposits and investments 138 Until a provincial company is licensed under this Act, the company may (a) deposit its capital and interest on the capital only in a deposit‑taking institution, and (b) invest its capital and interest on the capital only in securities issued or guaranteed by the Government of Canada or any province or territory. 1999 cI‑5.1 s138 Time limit to acquire licence 139 If a provincial company does not become licensed within one year after it comes into existence or within any further period that the Minister may on application allow, (a) its directors must forthwith take all reasonable steps to ensure that the company is dissolved under Division 11, and (b) the company must not carry on any business or activity except for the sole purpose of dissolving the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s139 Allowed disbursements 140 (1) If the directors of a provincial company are required under section 139 to take all reasonable steps to ensure that the company is dissolved, no part of the capital of the company or interest on the capital may be used for the payment of incorporation and organization expenses, other than remuneration and costs referred to in section 137, unless the payment has been approved by a special resolution. (2) If the amount of a payment approved by a special resolution for the payment of any incorporation and organization expenses is considered insufficient by the directors or if no special resolution for the payment of such expenses is passed, the directors may apply to the Court to settle and determine the amounts to be paid out of the capital of the company and interest on the capital before distribution of the balance to the shareholders or, where there are no shareholders, to the incorporators. (3) The directors must, at least 21 days prior to the date fixed for the hearing of the application referred to in subsection (2), send to the shareholders or incorporators, as the case may be, a notice of the application, which notice must contain a statement of the amounts that are proposed to be settled and determined by the Court. (4) In order that the amounts paid and payable under this section may be equitably borne by the shareholders or incorporators, as the case may be, the directors must, after the amounts of the payments have been approved by special resolution or settled and determined by the Court, fix the proportionate part of the amount of the payment chargeable to each shareholder or incorporator in the ratio of the amount paid in by each shareholder or incorporator to the aggregate of all the amounts paid in by all the shareholders or incorporators. (5) After the amounts referred to in this section have been paid, the directors must pay to the shareholders or incorporators the respective balances of the money paid in by them together with any interest earned on that money, less the amount chargeable to each shareholder or incorporator under subsection (4). 1999 cI‑5.1 s140 Division 3 Continuance into Alberta Restriction on continuance 141 Despite anything in this Division, no insurer formed outside Canada may be continued as a provincial company under this Act. 1999 cI‑5.1 s141 Continuance from another jurisdiction 142 A federally authorized company or an extra‑provincial company may be continued as a provincial company if (a) the company submits an application to the Minister, (b) the continuance of the company is authorized under the Act under which the company is incorporated, (c) the applicant meets the requirements for incorporation under this Act, (d) the Minister has received evidence showing the proposed continuance has been approved in conformity with the laws of the jurisdiction in which the company was incorporated, (e) the Minister is satisfied that continuance as a provincial company will not adversely affect the policyholders, security holders or creditors of the company, and (f) the company intends to undertake the classes of insurance in Alberta that it was authorized to undertake in the jurisdiction in which it was incorporated. 1999 cI‑5.1 s142 Certificate of continuance 143 (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister, issue a certificate of continuance continuing a federally authorized company or an extra‑provincial company as a provincial company. (2) The certificate of continuance must set out the name of the company, its financial year and whether the company is a mutual provincial company. (3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may set out in the certificate of continuance any term or condition that the Lieutenant Governor in Council considers advisable to deal with the particular circumstances of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s143 Effect of certificate of continuance 144 (1) On the date set out in the certificate of continuance continuing a federally authorized company or an extra‑provincial company as a provincial company, (a) the company becomes a provincial company as if it had been incorporated under Division 1, and (b) the certificate of continuance is the instrument of incorporation of the continued company. (2) A certificate of continuance is conclusive proof for the purposes of this Act and for all other purposes (a) that the provisions of this Act in respect of continuance and all requirements precedent and incidental to continuance have been complied with, and (b) that the provincial company has been continued under this Act on the date set out in the certificate of continuance. 1999 cI‑5.1 s144 Notice of continuance 145 (1) The Minister must publish a notice of the continuance of a federally authorized company or an extra‑provincial company in The Alberta Gazette. (2) When a federally authorized company or an extra‑provincial company is continued as a provincial company, the Minister must forthwith send a copy of the certificate of continuance to the appropriate official or public body in the jurisdiction in which the federally authorized company or extra‑provincial company was authorized to apply to be continued under this Division. 1999 cI‑5.1 s145 Effects of continuance 146 When a federally authorized company or an extra‑provincial company (referred to as the “body corporate”) is continued as a provincial company under this Division, (a) the property of the body corporate continues to be the property of the provincial company, (b) the provincial company continues to be liable for the obligations of the body corporate, (c) an existing cause of action or claim by or against the body corporate or any liability of the body corporate to prosecution is unaffected, (d) a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding pending by or against the body corporate may continue to be prosecuted by or against the provincial company, (e) a conviction against or ruling, order or judgment in favour of or against the body corporate may be enforced by or against the provincial company, (f) a person who, on the day the body corporate becomes a provincial company, was the holder of a security issued by the body corporate is not deprived of any right or privilege available to the person at that time in respect of the security or relieved of any liability in respect of the security, but any such right or privilege may be exercised only in accordance with this Act, and (g) the bylaws of the body corporate, except those bylaws that are in conflict with this Act, continue as the bylaws of the provincial company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s146 Division 4 Continuance out of Alberta Continuance in another jurisdiction 147 (1) Subject to section 148, a provincial company may, if (a) the proposed continuance is approved by a special resolution of the participating policyholders and shareholders, and (b) the Minister approves the proposed continuance on being satisfied that the continuance will not adversely affect the policyholders, security holders or creditors of the company, apply to the appropriate official or public body of another jurisdiction requesting that the company be continued in that other jurisdiction as if it had been incorporated under the laws of that other jurisdiction. (2) The directors of the provincial company must submit the proposed continuance to a meeting of the participating policyholders and shareholders for approval. (3) The directors must give notice of the meeting and particulars of the proposed continuance (a) in accordance with section 270, and (b) to the Minister at least 21 days before the meeting. (4) The provincial company must advise the Minister if the special resolution approving the continuance is passed.

1999 cI‑5.1 s147 Requirements for other jurisdiction ’ s law 148 A provincial company may be continued as a body corporate under the laws of another jurisdiction only if those laws provide in effect that, if the company is continued, (a) the property of the provincial company continues to be the property of the body corporate, (b) the body corporate continues to be liable for the obligations of the provincial company, (c) an existing cause of action, claim or liability to prosecution is unaffected by the continuance, (d) a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding pending by or against the provincial company may continue to be prosecuted by or against the body corporate, and (e) a conviction against or ruling, order or judgment in favour of or against the provincial company may be enforced by or against the body corporate. 1999 cI‑5.1 s148 Abandoning application 149 The directors of a provincial company may, if authorized by the participating policyholders and shareholders at the time of approving a proposed continuance under this Division, abandon the application for continuance without further approval of the participating policyholders or shareholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s149 Certificate of discontinuance 150 (1) On receipt of notice satisfactory to the Minister that the provincial company has been continued under the laws of another jurisdiction, the Minister must file the notice and issue a certificate of discontinuance, and the continued company is no longer a provincial company. (2) The Minister must publish a notice of the certificate of discontinuance in The Alberta Gazette. 1999 cI‑5.1 s150 Division 5 Mutualization Conversion into mutual provincial company 151 (1) On the application of a provincial company, the Minister may issue a certificate converting the provincial company into a mutual provincial company. (2) The Minister must not issue the certificate unless the requirements of the regulations have been met. 1999 cI‑5.1 s151 Regulations 152 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations respecting mutualization proposals and procedures and requirements that must be met before a provincial company may be converted into a mutual provincial company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s152 Payment 153 Despite anything in this Act, a provincial company may, with the approval of the Minister, pay for shares purchased or otherwise acquired pursuant to a mutualization proposal by (a) making a promissory note that is, or issuing debt securities that are, payable at a fixed or determinable future time not later than 10 years after the date of its making or their issue, or (b) issuing shares that a mutual provincial company may issue. 1999 cI‑5.1 s153 Division 6 Demutualization Conversion into provincial company with common shares 154 (1) On the application of a mutual provincial company, the Minister may issue a certificate converting the mutual provincial company into a provincial company with common shares. (2) The Minister must not issue the certificate unless the requirements of the regulations have been met. (3) On the day that the certificate becomes effective the policyholders of the company cease to have any rights with respect to the company as a mutual provincial company or any interest in the company as a mutual provincial company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s154 Regulations 155 (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting demutualization proposals and procedures and requirements that must be met before a mutual provincial company may be converted into a provincial company with common shares; (b) governing the ownership of shares issued by a mutual provincial company that has been converted into a provincial company with common shares. (2) A regulation made under this section may provide that the Minister may, by order, on such terms and conditions as the Minister considers appropriate, exempt a provincial company from prescribed requirements of that regulation. (3) The Minister may, on such terms and conditions as the Minister considers appropriate, exempt a mutual provincial company from any requirement of this Act or the regulations if (a) the company is applying to convert the company into a company with common shares, and (b) the Minister is of the opinion that the company is, or is about to be, in financial difficulty and that the exemption would help to facilitate an improvement in the financial condition of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s155 Division 7 Change of Name, Financial Year and Terms and Conditions Change of name and financial year 156 (1) On the application of a provincial company authorized by special resolution, the Minister may issue a certificate (a) changing the name of the company, or (b) changing the financial year of the company. (2) Before an application is made under subsection (1) to change the name of a provincial company, a notice of intention to make the application must be published by the applicant in The Alberta Gazette and in a newspaper in general circulation in the place where the head office of the company is located. 1999 cI‑5.1 s156 Changing terms and conditions 157 On the application of a provincial company authorized by special resolution, the Lieutenant Governor in Council may issue a certificate adding, changing or removing any term or condition that is set out in the company’s instrument of incorporation. 1999 cI‑5.1 s157 Proposal to amend 158 (1) Subject to subsection (2), a director or a participating policyholder or shareholder of a provincial company may, in accordance with sections 274 and 275, make a proposal to make an application referred to in section 156 or 157. (2) Notice of a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders at which a proposal to amend the instrument of incorporation is to be considered must set out the proposal. 1999 cI‑5.1 s158 Division 8 Amalgamation Amalgamation 159 (1) Two or more provincial companies may amalgamate under this Division to become one provincial company. (2) One or more provincial companies may amalgamate under this Division with one or more extra‑provincial or federally authorized companies that are licensed under this Act to become one provincial company. (3) Despite anything in this Division, no insurer formed outside Canada may be amalgamated under this Act. 1999 cI‑5.1 s159 Amalgamation agreement 160 (1) The companies proposing to amalgamate must enter into an amalgamation agreement. (2) An amalgamation agreement does not take effect until the Minister’s approval under section 161 and the participating policyholders’ and shareholders’ approval under section 163 have been obtained. 1999 cI‑5.1 s160 Minister ’ s approval 161 (1) Before an amalgamation agreement is submitted for participating policyholders’ and shareholders’ approval under section 163, the agreement must be submitted to the Minister for approval, and any participating policyholders’ or shareholders’ approval under section 163 is invalid if it is obtained prior to the Minister’s approval. (2) An amalgamation agreement submitted to the Minister for approval must be accompanied with the report of an independent actuary on the agreement. (3) The Minister must not approve the amalgamation agreement unless the Minister is satisfied that (a) the agreement meets the requirements of the regulations, (b) the laws of the jurisdiction in respect of each company that is proposing to amalgamate permit the proposed amalgamation, and the proposed amalgamation has obtained the approvals required under the laws of those jurisdictions, and (c) the requirements of the regulations for amalgamation have been met. 1999 cI‑5.1 s161 Regulations 162 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting the requirements for amalgamation agreements; (b) respecting requirements that must be met before companies may be amalgamated under this Division. 1999 cI‑5.1 s162 Policyholder and shareholder approval 163 (1) In this section, “company” means a company that is proposing to amalgamate under this Division. (2) The directors of each company must submit an amalgamation agreement for approval to a meeting of the participating policyholders and shareholders of the company of which they are directors and, subject to subsection (4), to the holders of each class or series of shares. (3) Each share of a company carries the right to vote in respect of an amalgamation whether or not it otherwise carries the right to vote. (4) The holders of shares of a class or series of shares of a company are entitled to vote separately as a class or series in respect of an amalgamation if the amalgamation agreement contains a provision that, if contained in a proposed amendment to the bylaws or instrument of incorporation of the company, would entitle those holders to vote separately as a class or series. (5) Participating policyholders are entitled to vote separately from shareholders in respect of an amalgamation agreement. (6) Subject to subsections (4) and (5), an amalgamation agreement is approved when the participating policyholders and shareholders of each company have approved the amalgamation by special resolution. (7) An amalgamation agreement may provide that, at any time before the issue of a certificate of amalgamation, the agreement may be terminated by the directors of a company even though the agreement has been approved by the participating policyholders or shareholders of all or any of the companies that are proposing to amalgamate. 1999 cI‑5.1 s163 Joint application to Minister 164 (1) Subject to subsection (2), unless an amalgamation agreement is terminated in accordance with section 163(7), companies that are proposing to amalgamate must, within 3 months after the Minister approves their amalgamation agreement, jointly apply to the Minister for a certificate of amalgamation continuing the companies as one provincial company. (2) No application for the issue of a certificate of amalgamation may be made unless (a) notice of intention to make such an application has been published in The Alberta Gazette and in a newspaper in general circulation in the place where the head office of each applicant is located, and (b) the application is supported by satisfactory evidence that the applicants have complied with the requirements of this Division and the regulations relating to amalgamation. 1999 cI‑5.1 s164 Certificate of amalgamation 165 (1) Where an application has been made to the Minister in accordance with section 164, the Lieutenant Governor in Council may issue a certificate of amalgamation continuing the applicants as one provincial company. (2) Section 128 applies with such modifications as the circumstances require when a certificate of amalgamation is issued pursuant to this section. (3) The Minister must publish notice of the issuance of the certificate of amalgamation in The Alberta Gazette. 1999 cI‑5.1 s165 Effect of certificate 166 (1) On the date set out in the certificate of amalgamation issued under section 165, (a) the amalgamation of the applicants and their continuance as one provincial company are effective; (b) the property of each applicant is the property of the amalgamated company; (c) the amalgamated company is liable for the obligations of each applicant; (d) any existing cause of action, claim or liability to prosecution is unaffected; (e) any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding pending by or against an applicant may be prosecuted by or against the amalgamated company; (f) any conviction against or ruling, order or judgment in favour of or against an applicant may be enforced by or against the amalgamated company; (g) if any director or officer of an applicant continues as a director or officer of the amalgamated company, any disclosure of a material interest in any contract made to the applicant by that director or officer is deemed to be disclosure to the amalgamated company; (h) the certificate of amalgamation is the instrument of incorporation of the amalgamated company. (2) Any deemed disclosure under subsection (1)(g) must be recorded in the minutes of the first meeting of the directors of the amalgamated company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s166 Transitional 167 (1) Despite anything in this Act or the regulations, the Minister may grant to a company in respect of which a certificate of amalgamation has been issued under this Division permission (a) to engage in a business activity that a provincial company is not otherwise permitted by this Act to engage in and that one or more of the amalgamating companies was engaging in at the time the application for the certificate was made, (b) to continue to have issued and outstanding debt obligations the issue of which is not authorized by this Act if the debt obligations were outstanding at the time the application for the certificate was made, (c) to hold assets that a provincial company is not otherwise permitted by this Act to hold if the assets were held by one or more of the amalgamating companies at the time the application for the certificate was made, (d) to acquire and hold assets that a provincial company is not otherwise permitted by this Act to acquire or hold if one or more of the amalgamating companies was obliged, at the time the application for the certificate was made, to acquire those assets, and (e) to maintain outside Canada any records or registers required by this Act to be maintained in Canada and maintain and process, outside Canada, information and data relating to the preparation and maintenance of such records or registers. (2) The permission granted under subsection (1) must be expressed to be granted for a specific period not exceeding (a) with respect to any matter described in subsection (1)(a), 30 days after the date of issue of the certificate or, where the activity is conducted pursuant to an agreement existing on the date of issue of the certificate, the expiration of the agreement, (b) with respect to any matter described in subsection (1)(b), 10 years, and (c) with respect to any matter described in subsection (1)(c), (d) or (e), 2 years. (3) Subject to subsection (4), the Minister may renew a permission granted under subsection (1) with respect to any matter described in subsection (1)(b), (c) or (d) for such further period or periods as the Minister considers necessary. (4) The Minister must not grant to a provincial company any permission (a) with respect to matters described in subsection (1)(b) that purports to be effective more than 10 years after the amalgamation became effective unless the Minister is satisfied on the basis of evidence on oath provided by an officer of the company that the company will not be able at law at the end of the 10 years to redeem the outstanding debt obligations to which the permission relates, and (b) with respect to matters described in subsection (1)(c) and (d), that purports to be effective more than 10 years after the amalgamation became effective. 1999 cI‑5.1 s167 Notice to other jurisdiction 168 When a federally authorized company or an extra‑provincial company is amalgamated with a provincial company under this Division, the Minister must forthwith send a copy of the certificate of amalgamation to the appropriate official or public body in the jurisdiction in which the federally authorized company or extra‑provincial company was authorized to apply to be amalgamated under this Division. 1999 cI‑5.1 s168 Division 9 Provincial Company Amalgamating Under the Laws of Another Jurisdiction Amalgamation agreement 169 (1) A provincial company proposing to amalgamate with one or more companies under the laws of another jurisdiction must enter into an amalgamation agreement with the other companies. (2) A provincial company must not proceed with an amalgamation referred to in subsection (1) unless the Minister approves the amalgamation agreement. 1999 cI‑5.1 s169 Notice of intention 170 (1) Before an amalgamation agreement referred to in section 169 is made, a notice of intention to make the agreement must be published (a) in The Alberta Gazette, and (b) in a newspaper in general circulation in the place where the head office of the provincial company is located, stating the date on or after which the application will be made to the Minister to approve the agreement, that date being at least 30 days after the date of publication of the notice. (2) Where a provincial company publishes a notice referred to in subsection (1), the Minister may direct the company to provide its policyholders and shareholders with the information the Minister specifies. (3) Where a provincial company publishes a notice referred to in subsection (1), the company must make the proposed agreement to which the notice relates available for inspection by the policyholders and shareholders of the company at the head office of the company for a period of at least 30 days after the publication of the notice and provide a copy of the agreement to any policyholder or shareholder who sends a request in writing to the head office of the company. (4) Where the Minister is of the opinion that it is in the best interests of a group of policyholders affected by an agreement, the Minister may shorten the periods of 30 days referred to in subsections (1) and (3). (5) The Minister may designate a professional advisor to evaluate the agreement and the provincial company that is proposing to enter into the agreement must provide any assistance required by the professional advisor to enable the advisor to complete the evaluation. (6) The remuneration and expenses of the professional advisor for carrying out the evaluation under subsection (5) are payable by the provincial company on being approved by the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s170 Participating policyholder and shareholder approval 171 (1) A provincial company proposing to make an amalgamation agreement referred to in section 169 must submit the proposed agreement for approval at a meeting of the participating policyholders and shareholders and, subject to subsection (3), to the holders of each class or series of shares. (2) Each share of the provincial company carries the right to vote in respect of a proposed agreement whether or not the share otherwise carries the right to vote. (3) The holders of shares of a class or series of shares of a provincial company are entitled to vote separately as a class or series in respect of a proposed agreement submitted under subsection (1) if the effect of the agreement on the shares of the class or series is different from the effect on the shares of another class or series. (4) Participating policyholders are entitled to vote separately from shareholders in respect of an agreement. (5) For the purpose of subsection (1), and subject to subsections (3) and (4), an agreement is approved when the participating policyholders and shareholders have approved the agreement by special resolution. 1999 cI‑5.1 s171 Abandoning voting agreement 172 Where a special resolution approving an amalgamation agreement under section 171(5) so states, the directors of a provincial company may, subject to the rights of third parties, abandon the agreement without further approval of the participating policyholders and shareholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s172 Application to Minister 173 (1) Unless an amalgamation agreement is abandoned in accordance with section 172, a provincial company referred to in section 171(1) must, within 3 months after the agreement has been approved in accordance with section 171(5), apply to the Minister for approval of the agreement. (2) An amalgamation agreement has no force or effect until it has been approved by the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s173 Certificate of discontinuance 174 (1) On receipt of a notice satisfactory to the Minister that a provincial company has been amalgamated under the laws of another jurisdiction, the Minister must file the notice and issue a certificate of discontinuance, and the amalgamated company is no longer a provincial company. (2) The Minister must publish a notice of the certificate of discontinuance in The Alberta Gazette. 1999 cI‑5.1 s174 Division 10 Transfer of Business and Fundamental Reinsurance Interpretation 175 (1) In this Division, “Division 10 agreement” means an agreement in which an insurer (a) fundamentally reinsures any of its contracts of insurance, (b) fundamentally reinsures any of the contracts of insurance of any other insurer, or (c) sells all or substantially all of its assets. (2) In this Division, a contract of insurance is fundamentally reinsured if (a) the insurer under the contract transfers or assigns all rights and obligations under the contract to another insurer, or (b) the contract is replaced by novation and the insurer under the replacement contract is different from the insurer under the original contract. 1999 cI‑5.1 s175 Notice of intention 176 (1) Before a provincial company enters into a Division 10 agreement, the company must publish a notice of intention to enter into the agreement (a) in The Alberta Gazette, and (b) in a newspaper in general circulation in the place where the head office of the provincial company is located, stating the date on or after which the application will be made to the Minister to approve the agreement, that date being at least 30 days after the date of publication of the notice. (2) Where a provincial company publishes a notice referred to in subsection (1), the Minister may direct the company to provide its policyholders and shareholders with the information the Minister specifies. (3) Where a provincial company publishes a notice referred to in subsection (1), the company must make the proposed agreement to which the notice relates available for inspection by the policyholders and shareholders of the company at the head office of the company for a period of at least 30 days after the publication of the notice and provide a copy of the agreement to any policyholder or shareholder who sends a request in writing to the head office of the company. (4) Where the Minister is of the opinion that it is in the best interests of a group of policyholders affected by an agreement, the Minister may shorten the periods of 30 days referred to in subsections (1) and (3). (5) The Minister may designate a professional advisor to evaluate the agreement, and the provincial company that is proposing to enter into the agreement must provide any assistance required by the professional advisor to enable the advisor to complete the evaluation. (6) The remuneration and expenses of the professional advisor for carrying out the evaluation under subsection (5) are payable by the provincial company on being approved by the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s176 Participating policyholder and shareholder approval 177 (1) A provincial company proposing to make a Division 10 agreement must submit the proposed agreement for approval at a meeting of the participating policyholders and shareholders and, subject to subsection (3), to the holders of each class or series of shares. (2) Each share of the provincial company carries the right to vote in respect of a proposed agreement whether or not the share otherwise carries the right to vote. (3) The holders of shares of a class or series of shares of a provincial company are entitled to vote separately as a class or series in respect of a proposed agreement submitted under subsection (1) if the effect of the agreement on the shares of the class or series is different from the effect on the shares of another class or series. (4) Participating policyholders are entitled to vote separately from shareholders in respect of an agreement. (5) For the purpose of subsection (1), and subject to subsections (3) and (4), an agreement is approved when the participating policyholders and shareholders have approved the agreement by special resolution. 1999 cI‑5.1 s177 Abandoning agreement 178 Where a special resolution approving a Division 10 agreement under section 177(5) so states, the directors of a provincial company may, subject to the rights of third parties, abandon the agreement without further approval of the participating policyholders and shareholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s178 Application to Minister 179 (1) Unless a Division 10 agreement is abandoned in accordance with section 178, a provincial company referred to in section 177(1) must, within 3 months after the agreement has been approved in accordance with section 177(5), apply to the Minister for approval of the agreement. (2) A Division 10 agreement in which a provincial company is a party has no force or effect until it has been approved by the Minister. (3) The Minister must not approve a Division 10 agreement if the reinsuring or purchase or sale of assets would cause any provincial company that would be a party to the agreement to be in contravention of the capital adequacy or liquidity requirements of Subpart 10. 1999 cI‑5.1 s179 Federal and extra-provincial companies 180 (1) A licensed federally authorized company or extra‑provincial company that enters into a Division 10 agreement to fundamentally reinsure any of its contracts of insurance that are made in Alberta with another licensed federally authorized company or extra‑provincial company must provide a copy of the agreement to the Minister. (2) A Division 10 agreement referred to in subsection (1) does not affect contracts of insurance that are made in Alberta until the Division 10 agreement has been provided to the Minister. (3) The Minister may require a licensed federal or extra‑provincial company that is fundamentally reinsuring contracts of insurance made in Alberta to notify, in a form and manner satisfactory to the Minister, the policyholders under those contracts of the fundamental reinsurance. 1999 cI‑5.1 s180 Division 11 Dissolution and Revival Application 181 This Division does not apply to a mutual provincial company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s181 Insolvent provincial companies 182 (1) This Division does not apply to a provincial company that is insolvent within the meaning of that term in the Winding‑up and Restructuring Act (Canada). (2) Any proceedings taken under this Division to dissolve or to liquidate and dissolve a provincial company must be stayed if the company is at any time found to be insolvent within the meaning of that term in the Winding‑up and Restructuring Act (Canada). 1999 cI‑5.1 s182 Returns to Minister 183 A liquidator appointed under this Division to wind up the business of a provincial company must provide the Minister with the information relating to the business and affairs of the company in the form the Minister requires. 1999 cI‑5.1 s183 Simple Dissolution No property and no liabilities 184 (1) A provincial company that has no property and no liabilities may, if authorized by a special resolution of the shareholders or, if there are no shareholders, by a resolution of all the directors, apply to the Minister for a certificate dissolving the company. (2) The Minister may require a provincial company that has applied for a certificate of dissolution to publish a notice of the application in The Alberta Gazette that contains any information that the Minister specifies. (3) Where the Minister has received an application under subsection (1) and is satisfied that all the circumstances so warrant, the Lieutenant Governor in Council may issue a certificate of dissolution that dissolves the provincial company. (4) A provincial company is dissolved and ceases to exist on the date stated in the certificate of dissolution. 1999 cI‑5.1 s184 Property and liabilities 185 (1) The voluntary liquidation and dissolution of a provincial company that has property or has property and liabilities (a) may be proposed by its directors, or (b) may be initiated in accordance with sections 274 and 275 by way of a proposal made by a shareholder who is entitled to vote at an annual meeting of shareholders. (2) A notice of any meeting of shareholders at which the voluntary liquidation and dissolution of a provincial company is to be proposed must set out the terms of the proposal. 1999 cI‑5.1 s185 Application 186 Where the voluntary liquidation and dissolution of a provincial company is proposed under section 185, the company may apply to the Minister for a certificate dissolving the company if authorized by a special resolution of the shareholders or, where the company has issued more than one class of shares, by special resolution of each class of shareholders whether or not those shareholders are otherwise entitled to vote. 1999 cI‑5.1 s186 Approval of Minister required 187 (1) No action directed toward the voluntary liquidation and dissolution of a provincial company under section 185 may be taken by a company until an application made by the company in accordance with section 186 has been approved by the Minister. (2) The Minister may approve an application made pursuant to section 186 where the Minister is satisfied on the basis of the application that (a) the circumstances warrant the voluntary liquidation and dissolution of the provincial company, and (b) the company, in accordance with the provisions of Division 10, (i) has transferred or will be transferring all or substantially all of its policies, or (ii) has reinsured or will be reinsuring itself against all or substantially all of the risks undertaken by it. (3) Where the Minister has approved an application under section 186 with respect to a provincial company, the company must not carry on business except to the extent necessary to complete its voluntary liquidation. (4) Where the Minister has approved an application under section 186 with respect to a provincial company, the company must (a) cause notice of the approval to be sent to each known claimant against and creditor of the company, except policyholders, (b) publish notice of the approval in The Alberta Gazette and in a newspaper having general circulation in the place where the head office of the company is located and take reasonable steps to give notice of the approval of the application in each province or territory in which the company transacted any business within the preceding 12 months, (c) proceed to collect its property, dispose of property that is not to be distributed in kind to its shareholders, discharge or provide for all its obligations and do all other acts required to liquidate its business, (d) transfer its remaining policies, or reinsure itself against the remaining risks undertaken by it, and (e) after giving the notice required under clauses (a) and (b) and adequately providing for the payment or discharge of all its obligations, distribute its remaining property, either in money or in kind, among its shareholders according to their respective rights. 1999 cI‑5.1 s187 Certificate of dissolution 188 (1) Unless the Court has made an order in accordance with section 189, 190 or 191, the Lieutenant Governor in Council may, if satisfied that the provincial company has complied with section 187(4) and that all the circumstances so warrant, issue a certificate of dissolution that dissolves the company. (2) A provincial company is dissolved and ceases to exist on the date stated in the certificate of dissolution. 1999 cI‑5.1 s188 Court Supervised Liquidation Court supervision — voluntary liquidation 189 (1) The Minister or any interested person may, at any time during the voluntary liquidation of a provincial company, apply to the Court for an order directing that the company be wound up subject to the supervision of the Court in accordance with this section and sections 192 to 203, and on such application the Court may so order and make any further order it thinks fit. (2) An application under subsection (1) to the Court for supervision of a voluntary liquidation must state the reasons, verified by an affidavit of the applicant, why the Court should supervise the liquidation. (3) Where a person other than the Minister makes an application under subsection (1), the person must give the Minister notice of the application, and the Minister may appear and be heard in person or by counsel at the hearing of the application. 1999 cI‑5.1 s189 Court supervision — involuntary liquidation 190 (1) The Minister or any interested person may, for the reasons referred to in subsection (2), apply to the Court for an order directing that a provincial company be wound up subject to the supervision of the Court in accordance with this section and sections 192 to 203. (2) The Court may so order and make any further order it sees fit if the Court is satisfied that (a) the company has failed to exercise its corporate powers for any continuous period of 4 years, (b) the company has not commenced business or gone into actual operation within 4 years after it was incorporated, (c) the company has discontinued business for one year after it has undertaken insurance contracts within the meaning of this Act, (d) the company’s licence has been suspended for one year or more, (e) the company has contravened this Act or the regulations and it is in the public interest that the company be wound up, or (f) other sufficient cause has been shown. 1999 cI‑5.1 s190 Application by provisional liquidator 191 (1) A provisional liquidator of a provincial company appointed under section 57(1) must apply to the Court for an order directing that the provincial company be wound up subject to the supervision of the Court in accordance with this section and sections 192 to 203 and for an order appointing a permanent liquidator. (2) The Court may so order and may make any further order it sees fit. 1999 cI‑5.1 s191 Effect of Court supervision 192 (1) When the Court makes an order under section 189, 190 or 191, the liquidation of the provincial company is subject to the supervision of the Court. (2) The supervision of the liquidation of a provincial company by the Court pursuant to an order made under section 189, 190 or 191 commences on the date the order is made. 1999 cI‑5.1 s192 Powers of Court 193 (1) In connection with the liquidation and dissolution of a provincial company, the Court may, where it is satisfied that the company is able to pay or adequately provide for the discharge of all its obligations and to make satisfactory arrangements for the protection of its policyholders, make any order it thinks fit, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) an order to liquidate; (b) an order appointing a liquidator, with or without security, fixing a liquidator’s remuneration and replacing a liquidator; (c) an order appointing inspectors or referees, specifying their powers, fixing their remuneration and replacing inspectors or referees; (d) an order determining the notice to be given to any interested person, or dispensing with notice to any person; (e) an order determining the validity of any claims made against the company; (f) an order, at any stage of the proceedings, restraining the directors and officers of the company from (i) exercising any of their powers, or (ii) collecting or receiving any debt or other property of the company, and from paying out or transferring any property of the company, except as permitted by the Court; (g) an order determining and enforcing the duty or liability of any present or former director, officer, policyholder or shareholder (i) to the company, or (ii) for an obligation of the company; (h) an order approving the payment, satisfaction or compromise of claims against the company and the retention of assets for that purpose, and determining the adequacy of provisions for the payment, discharge or transfer of any obligation of the company, whether liquidated, unliquidated, future or contingent; (i) with the concurrence of the Minister, an order providing for the disposal or destruction of the documents, records or registers of the company; (j) on the application of a creditor, an inspector or the liquidator, an order giving directions on any matter arising in the liquidation; (k) after notice has been given to all interested parties, an order relieving the liquidator from any omission or default on such terms as the Court thinks fit and confirming any act of the liquidator; (l) subject to sections 199, 200 and 202, an order approving any proposed, interim or final distribution to shareholders, if any, or incorporators, in money or in property; (m) an order disposing of any property belonging to creditors, policyholders, shareholders and incorporators who cannot be found; (n) on the application of any director, officer, policyholder, shareholder, incorporator or creditor or the liquidator, (i) an order staying the liquidation proceedings on the terms and conditions the Court thinks fit, (ii) an order continuing or discontinuing the liquidation proceedings, or (iii) an order to the liquidator to restore to the company all of its remaining property; (o) after the liquidator has rendered the liquidator’s final account to the Court, an order directing the company to apply to the Minister for a certificate dissolving the company. (2) The Court may appoint any person as liquidator including a director, an officer or a shareholder of the provincial company being liquidated or of any other provincial company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s193 Cessation of business and powers 194 (1) Where the Court makes an order for the liquidation of a provincial company, (a) the company continues in existence but must cease to carry on business, except the business that is, in the opinion of the liquidator, required for an orderly liquidation; (b) the powers of the directors and shareholders, if any, cease to be vested in the directors and shareholders and are vested in the liquidator, except as specifically authorized by the Court. (2) A liquidator may delegate any of the powers vested by subsection (1)(b) to the directors, officers or shareholders, if any. 1999 cI‑5.1 s194 Vacancy in liquidator ’ s office 195 Where an order for the liquidation of a provincial company has been made and the office of liquidator is or becomes vacant, the property of the company is under the control of the Court until the office of liquidator is filled. 1999 cI‑5.1 s195 Duties and powers of liquidator 196 (1) A liquidator of a provincial company must (a) forthwith after being appointed give notice of the appointment to the Minister and to each claimant and creditor of the provincial company known to the liquidator, (b) forthwith after being appointed publish notice in The Alberta Gazette and once a week for two consecutive weeks in a newspaper in general circulation in the place where the head office of the provincial company is located, and take reasonable steps to give notice in each province where the company transacted business within the preceding 12 months, that (i) any person indebted to the company is required to render an account and to pay any amount owing to the liquidator at the time and place specified in the notice, (ii) any person possessing property of the company is required to deliver it to the liquidator at the time and place specified in the notice, and (iii) any person having a claim against the company, whether liquidated, unliquidated, future or contingent, other than a policyholder having an unliquidated claim, is required to present written particulars of the claim to the liquidator not later than 60 days after the publication of the notice in The Alberta Gazette, (c) take the property of the provincial company into custody and control, (d) transfer the remaining policies of the provincial company, or reinsure the remaining risks undertaken by the company in accordance with Division 10, (e) open and maintain a trust account for the money of the provincial company received by the liquidator, (f) keep accounts of the money of the provincial company received and paid out by the liquidator, (g) maintain separate lists of each class of creditors, shareholders, policyholders and other persons having claims against the provincial company, (h) if at any time the liquidator determines that the provincial company is unable to pay or adequately provide for the discharge of its obligations, apply to the Court for directions, (i) deliver to the Court and to the Minister, at least once in every 12‑month period after the liquidator’s appointment or more often, as the Court requires, the annual return of the provincial company prepared in accordance with section 44 or prepared in a manner the liquidator thinks proper or as the Court requires, and (j) after the final accounts are approved by the Court, distribute any remaining property of the provincial company among the shareholders, if any, or incorporators, according to their respective rights. (2) A liquidator may in respect of a liquidation of a provincial company (a) retain professional advisors, (b) bring, defend or take part in any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding in the name of and on behalf of the company, (c) carry on the business of the company as required for an orderly liquidation, (d) sell any property of the company by public auction or private sale, (e) do all acts and execute documents in the name of and on behalf of the company, (f) with the prior approval of the Court, borrow money on the security of the property of the company, (g) settle or compromise any claims by or against the company, and (h) do all other things necessary for the liquidation of the company and the distribution of its property. (3) A liquidator must not purchase, directly or indirectly, any part of the property of the provincial company without the prior approval of the Court. 1999 cI‑5.1 s196 Reliance on statements 197 A liquidator is not liable if the liquidator relies in good faith on (a) financial statements of the provincial company represented to the liquidator by an officer of the company, or in a written report of the auditor of the company, as reflecting the financial condition of the company fairly, or (b) an opinion, a report or a statement of a professional advisor retained by the liquidator. 1999 cI‑5.1 s197 Examination of others 198 (1) Where a liquidator has reason to believe that any property of the provincial company is in the possession or under the control of a person or that a person has concealed, withheld or misappropriated any such property, the liquidator may apply to the Court for an order requiring that person to appear before the Court at the time and place designated in the order to be examined. (2) Where an examination conducted pursuant to subsection (1) discloses that a person has concealed, withheld or misappropriated any property of the provincial company, the Court may order that person to restore the property or pay compensation to the liquidator. 1999 cI‑5.1 s198 Costs of liquidation 199 A liquidator must pay the costs of liquidation out of the property of the provincial company and must pay or make adequate provision for all claims against the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s199 Final accounts 200 (1) Within one year after the appointment of a liquidator and after paying or making adequate provision for all claims against the provincial company, the liquidator must apply to the Court (a) for approval of the final accounts of the liquidator and for an order permitting the distribution, in money or in kind, of the remaining property of the company to its shareholders, if any, or to the incorporators, according to their respective rights, or (b) for an extension of time. (2) If a liquidator fails to make the application required by subsection (1), a shareholder of the provincial company or, if there are no shareholders of the company, an incorporator may apply to the Court for an order for the liquidator to show cause why a final accounting and distribution should not be made. (3) A liquidator must give notice of the liquidator’s intention to make an application under subsection (1) to the Minister, to each inspector and referee appointed under section 193, to each shareholder of the provincial company or, if there are no shareholders, to each incorporator and to any person who provided a financial guarantee for the liquidation. (4) The liquidator must publish the notice required under subsection (3) in The Alberta Gazette and once a week for two consecutive weeks in one or more newspapers in general circulation in each province or territory in which the provincial company has transacted business within the preceding 12 months or as otherwise directed by the Court. 1999 cI‑5.1 s200 Right to distribution of money 201 (1) If in the course of the liquidation of a provincial company the shareholders resolve, or the liquidator proposes, (a) to exchange all or substantially all of the remaining property of the company for securities of another body corporate that are to be distributed to the shareholders or to the incorporators, or (b) to distribute all or part of the remaining property of the company to the shareholders or to the incorporators in kind, a shareholder or incorporator may apply to the Court for an order requiring the distribution of the remaining property of the company to be in money. (2) On an application under subsection (1), the Court may determine whether any shareholder or incorporator of the provincial company is opposed to the resolution or proposal and, if so, join that shareholder or incorporator as a party and may order (a) that all of the remaining property of the company is to be converted into and distributed in money, or (b) that the claim of any shareholder or incorporator applying under this section is to be satisfied by a distribution in money. (3) Where an order is made by the Court under subsection (2)(b), the Court (a) must fix a fair value on the share of the property of the provincial company attributable to the shareholder or incorporator, (b) may in its discretion appoint one or more appraisers to assist the Court in fixing a fair value in accordance with clause (a), (c) must render a final order against the provincial company in favour of the shareholder or incorporator for the amount of the share of the property of the company attributable to the shareholder or incorporator, and (d) must fix the time within which the liquidator must pay the amount referred to in clause (c) to a shareholder or incorporator, which payment in the case of a shareholder may occur only after delivery of the shareholder’s shares to the liquidator. 1999 cI‑5.1 s201 Final order 202 (1) If the Court approves the final accounts rendered by a liquidator in respect of a provincial company, the Court must make an order (a) directing the custody or disposal of the documents, records and registers of the company, and (b) discharging the liquidator except in respect of the duty of a liquidator under subsection (2). (2) The liquidator must forthwith send a certified copy of the order referred to in subsection (1) to the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s202 Certificate of dissolution 203 (1) After the Minister receives the order under section 202, the Lieutenant Governor in Council may issue a certificate of dissolution that dissolves the provincial company. (2) A provincial company is dissolved and ceases to exist on the day stated in the certificate of dissolution. 1999 cI‑5.1 s203 General Continuation of actions 204 (1) Despite the dissolution of a provincial company under this Division, (a) a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding commenced by or against the company before its dissolution may be continued as if the company had not been dissolved, (b) a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding may be brought against the company within 2 years after its dissolution as if the company had not been dissolved, and (c) any property that would have been available to satisfy any judgment or order if the company had not been dissolved remains available for that purpose.

(2) Service of a document on a provincial company after its dissolution may be effected by serving the document on a person shown as a director in the most recent notice of directors filed under this Act. 1999 cI‑5.1 s204 Limitations on liability 205 (1) In this section, “shareholder” and “incorporator” include the heirs and personal representatives of a shareholder or incorporator. (2) Despite the dissolution of a provincial company, a shareholder or incorporator to whom any of its property has been distributed is liable to any person claiming under section 204(1) to the extent of the amount received by that shareholder or incorporator on the distribution. (3) An action to enforce liability under subsection (2) must not be commenced after 2 years from the date of the dissolution of the provincial company. (4) The Court may order an action referred to in subsections (2) and (3) to be brought against the persons who were shareholders or incorporators as a class, subject to the conditions the Court thinks fit. (5) If the plaintiff establishes a claim in an action under subsection (4), the Court may refer the proceedings to a referee or other officer of the Court, who may (a) add as a party to the proceedings each person found by the plaintiff to have been a shareholder or incorporator, (b) determine, subject to subsection (2), the amount that each person who was a shareholder or incorporator must contribute toward satisfaction of the plaintiff’s claim, and (c) direct payment of the amounts so determined. 1999 cI‑5.1 s205 Where creditor cannot be found 206 If, on the dissolution of a provincial company under this Division, the liquidator is unable to locate a creditor, shareholder, incorporator or other claimant who is entitled to a distribution of property, the liquidator may apply to the Court for directions. 1999 cI‑5.1 s206 Custody of records after dissolution 207 A person who has been granted custody of the documents, records and registers of a dissolved provincial company must keep them available for production for 6 years following the date of the dissolution of the company or until the expiration of a shorter period ordered by the Court under section 202. 1999 cI‑5.1 s207 Revival Revival 208 (1) Any interested person may apply to the Minister to revive, for a specified period, a dissolved provincial company, other than one dissolved pursuant to an order of the Court. (2) On receipt of the application, the Minister may (a) issue a certificate of revival that revives the provincial company for a specified period, subject to any terms or conditions that the Minister considers appropriate, or (b) direct that an application be made to the Court under subsection (3). (3) Any interested person may apply to the Court for an order to revive, for a specified period, a dissolved provincial company (a) where the company was dissolved pursuant to an order of the Court, or (b) where the Minister makes a direction under subsection (2)(b), and the applicant must give notice of the application to the Minister. (4) The Court may order that the provincial company be revived for a specified period and that the revival is subject to any terms or conditions that it considers appropriate. (5) If an order is made under subsection (4), the applicant must forthwith send a certified copy of it to the Minister, and the Minister must issue a certificate of revival that revives the company for the period specified in the order and that sets out any terms or conditions specified in the order. (6) On the application of an interested party, the Minister, in the case of a certificate of revival issued under subsection (2), or the Court, in the case of a certificate of revival issued under subsection (5), may extend the period of time for which a provincial company is revived, and the certificate of revival must be amended to show the extended period. (7) A provincial company is revived on the date shown in the certificate of revival, and subject to any order under this section and to rights acquired by any person prior to the revival, the company is deemed to have continued in existence as if it had not been dissolved. (8) A provincial company that is revived under this section is dissolved on the expiry of the period specified in its certificate of revival. 1999 cI‑5.1 s208 Division 12 Dissolution and Revival of Mutual Provincial Companies Insolvent mutual provincial companies 209 (1) This Division does not apply to a mutual provincial company that is insolvent within the meaning of that term in the Winding‑up and Restructuring Act (Canada). (2) Any proceedings taken under this Division to dissolve or to liquidate and dissolve a mutual provincial company must be stayed if the company is at any time found to be insolvent within the meaning of that term in the Winding‑up and Restructuring Act (Canada). 1999 cI‑5.1 s209 Regulations 210 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations respecting the winding‑up and dissolution of mutual provincial companies and the revival of mutual provincial companies that have been dissolved under the regulations. 1999 cI‑5.1 s210 Division 13 General Names 211 (1) Subject to the regulations, no provincial company may have a name (a) that is prohibited by the regulations or contains a word, expression or symbol that is prohibited by the regulations, (b) that is identical to the name of (i) a body corporate, whether in existence or not, incorporated under the laws of Alberta, (ii) an extra‑provincial body corporate registered in Alberta, or (iii) a body corporate incorporated by or under an Act of the Parliament of Canada, (c) that is similar to the name of (i) a body corporate incorporated under the laws of Alberta, (ii) an extra‑provincial body corporate registered in Alberta, or (iii) a body corporate incorporated by or under an Act of the Parliament of Canada, if the use of that name is confusing or misleading, or (d) that does not meet the prescribed requirements. (2) Subject to this Act and the regulations, a provincial company may have a name in an English form, a French form, an English form and a French form or a combined English and French form, and it may be legally designated by any such name. (3) Where, through inadvertence or otherwise, a provincial company obtains a name that does not comply with this section, the Minister may issue a certificate changing the name of the company. (4) The Minister must publish a notice of a change of name made under subsection (3) in The Alberta Gazette. 1999 cI‑5.1 s211 Regulations 212 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations for the purposes of sections 21 and 211 (a) prohibiting names of insurers or any word, expression or symbol in the names of insurers; (b) respecting requirements for the names of insurers. 1999 cI‑5.1 s212 Use of “ insurance ” in names 213 No entity incorporated or formed by or under an enactment, other than a provincial company, may use the words “insurance company” or “insurance corporation” or the French equivalents of those words in its name. 1999 cI‑5.1 s213 Rights preserved 214 No amendment to the incorporating instrument or bylaws of a provincial company affects an existing cause of action or claim or liability to prosecution in favour of or against the company or its directors or officers, or any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which the company or any of its directors or officers is a party. 1999 cI‑5.1 s214 Effective date of certificates 215 A certificate issued under this Subpart may be stated to be effective for as long as one year before the date on which the certificate is issued. 1999 cI‑5.1 s215 Subpart 3 Head Office, Records and Financial Statements Head office 216 (1) Every provincial company must have a head office in Alberta. (2) A provincial company that changes the address of its head office must, before the change occurs, notify the Minister in writing of the date of the change and of the new address. 1999 cI‑5.1 s216 Records 217 (1) Subject to the regulations, every provincial company must keep a copy of the following records at its head office: (a) its instrument of incorporation and bylaws; (b) the particulars of any terms or conditions imposed on its licence; (c) the particulars of exceptions granted by the Minister that are applicable to the company; (d) the minutes of meetings and resolutions of participating policyholders or shareholders; (e) the name, address and date of appointment of the auditor; (f) the directors register (i) containing the name and address, including any mailing address, and a statement of citizenship of all persons who are or have been directors, the date on which each became a director, the terms of the appointments and the dates on which they ceased to be directors, and distinguishing, in the case of a life company, between policyholders’ directors and shareholders’ directors, (ii) containing a list of the bodies corporate of which each director is an officer or director and the firms of which each director is a member, (iii) containing the names of the directors who are also officers or employees of the company or any of its affiliates and a list of the positions they occupy in the company or affiliates, and (iv) the name of each committee on which each director serves; (g) a central securities register set up and maintained in accordance with section 49 of the Business Corporations Act as incorporated by section 230 of this Act; (h) a copy of the current financial statements of the company and each of its subsidiaries; (i) a copy of the investment committee procedures and policies; (j) minutes of meetings and resolutions of the directors and any committee of the directors; (k) adequate accounting records (i) that will enable the Minister to determine the company’s financial position and whether it is in compliance with this Act and the regulations, (ii) that set out the company’s investments, (iii) with accounts, in the form and manner determined by the Minister, in respect of participating policies that are separate from accounts maintained in respect of other policies, and (iv) that set out the amount owing to it by each customer of or claimant under a policy issued by it, and the nature of its liabilities to the customer or claimant. (2) Every provincial company must keep at its head office any information or data relating to the preparation and maintenance of the records referred to in subsection (1). (3) The Minister may make regulations respecting the manner in which the records referred to in subsection (1) are to be retained by a provincial company and the length of time those records are to be retained. (4) The Minister may, subject to such terms and conditions as the Minister considers appropriate, exempt a provincial company from keeping all or any of the records referred to in subsection (1) in Alberta. (5) A provincial company that is permitted to keep records at a place outside Alberta under the authority of subsection (4) must pay the reasonable transportation and living expenses of any examiner authorized by the Minister to travel to that place to examine those records, and the costs may be recovered from the company by the Minister in an action for debt. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s217;2003 cP‑6.5 s69 Access to records 218 (1) Every provincial company must ensure that (a) its records referred to in section 217(1)(a) to (i) are accessible to participating policyholders, shareholders and creditors of the company and their agents during normal business hours, and (b) the participating policyholders, shareholders and creditors and their agents may examine those records, free of charge, or have copies made of the records on payment of a reasonable fee. (2) Records of a provincial company referred to in section 217 must at all reasonable times be open to inspection by the directors and their agents. (3) Notwithstanding anything in this section, a provincial company shall not disclose any residential address kept by the provincial company under section 217. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s218;2003 cP‑6.5 s69 Standards of financial reporting 219 (1) Where a provincial company provides its or its subsidiaries’ audited financial statements to the Minister, policyholders, shareholders or the public, the company must ensure that the statements are prepared in accordance with the following: (a) Canadian generally accepted accounting principles, which are the accounting standards set out in the CPA Canada Handbook for publicly accountable enterprises, as published by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada from time to time; (b) Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, which are the auditing standards set out in the CPA Canada Handbook, as published by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada from time to time; (c) generally accepted actuarial practices described in the Standards of Practice of the Canadian Institute of Actuaries, as amended from time to time; (d) any modification of those principles, standards or practices established by the Minister or any additional requirements, principles, standards or practices established by the Minister. (2) Repealed 2022 c11 s4. (3) The Regulations Act does not apply to the modifications or additional requirements, principles, standards or practices established under subsection (1)(d). RSA 2000 cI‑3 s219;2014 cC‑10.2 s178;2022 c11 s4 Approval of annual financial statements 220 (1) No provincial company may publish, issue or circulate copies of its annual financial statement unless the statement is (a) approved by the directors of the company, (b) signed in accordance with subsections (2) and (3), and (c) accompanied with the report of its auditor. (2) The approval of the directors must be evidenced by the signature of (a) the chief executive officer or, in the event of that officer’s absence or inability to act, any other officer authorized by the directors to sign in place of the chief executive officer, and (b) one director if the signature required by clause (a) is that of a director, or 2 directors if the signature required by clause (a) is that of an officer who is not a director. (3) One of the directors referred to in subsection (2)(b) must be a member of the company’s audit committee. 1999 cI‑5.1 s220 Distribution of financial statements 221 Every provincial company must send a copy of its annual audited financial statements to its participating policyholders and shareholders not later than 21 days before each annual meeting of participating policyholders and shareholders of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s221 List of shareholders 222 (1) In this section, “basic list of shareholders” of a provincial company means a list of the names of, the number and type of shares owned by, and the address of, each shareholder and any known holder of an option or right to acquire shares of the company, as shown in the records of the company. (2) Every shareholder, participating policyholder or creditor of a provincial company or their agents are entitled to a basic list of shareholders of the company. (3) On the request of a person who is entitled to a basic list of shareholders, the provincial company must furnish a basic list of shareholders to that person within 10 days after the company receives a statutory declaration referred to in subsection (9) and payment of a reasonable fee. (4) The basic list of shareholders must be made up to a date not more than 10 days before the date of receipt of the statutory declaration. (5) A person requesting a basic list of shareholders from a provincial company may also request in the statutory declaration that the company provide a supplemental list of shareholders. (6) On receiving a request for a supplemental list and payment of a reasonable fee, the provincial company must furnish a supplemental list setting out any changes from the basic list of shareholders for each business day from the date that the basic list is made up to, to the date that the supplemental list is made up to. (7) If the statutory declaration requests that the supplemental list be made up to the date the basic list is provided, the supplemental list must be furnished within 10 days following the date that the basic list is provided. (8) If the statutory declaration requests that the supplemental list be made up to a specified date after the basic list is provided, the supplemental list must be furnished within 10 days following the specified date. (9) A statutory declaration must state (a) the name and address for service of the applicant, (b) whether a supplemental list is required and the date that the supplemental list is to be made up to, and (c) that the basic list of shareholders and any supplemental list obtained under this section will not be used except as permitted under section 223. (10) If the applicant is an entity, the statutory declaration must be made by a director or officer of the entity or a person acting in a similar capacity. 1999 cI‑5.1 s222 Use of list 223 A person who receives a basic list of shareholders or a supplemental list of shareholders under section 222 may use the list only in connection with (a) an effort to influence the voting of the shareholders of the provincial company, (b) an offer to acquire shares of the provincial company, or (c) any other matter relating to the affairs of the provincial company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s223 Dealing in lists 224 No person may sell or purchase, offer for sale or purchase or otherwise traffic in (a) a basic list of shareholders or a supplemental list of shareholders referred to in section 222, or (b) a list of holders of securities of a provincial company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s224 Information to be given to Minister by provincial companies 225 Every provincial company must provide to the Minister (a) a copy of any application and supporting documents it makes to be licensed in a jurisdiction other than Alberta within 7 days after making the application and a copy of the approval or refusal of the application within 7 days after the receipt of the approval or refusal; (b) a copy of an order or direction by a court or person in a jurisdiction other than Alberta in which the company is licensed that affects the status of the company in the jurisdiction or that requires the company to undergo special examinations or to do something or to refrain from doing something. 1999 cI‑5.1 s225 Records as evidence 226 Every record that a provincial company is, by this Act, required to keep or maintain is, in any suit or proceeding against the provincial company or against a shareholder, proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of all facts purporting to be stated in the record. 1999 cI‑5.1 s226 Certificate of company as evidence 227 (1) A certificate issued on behalf of a provincial company stating any fact that is set out in the bylaws, in the minutes of the meetings of the directors, a committee of directors or the shareholders, or in a contract to which the company is a party, may be signed by a director, an officer or a transfer agent of the company. (2) When introduced as evidence in any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding, (a) a fact stated in a certificate referred to in subsection (1), (b) a certified extract from a securities register of a provincial company, or (c) a certified copy of minutes or of an extract from minutes of a meeting of directors, a committee of directors or the shareholders of a provincial company, is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of the facts so certified without proof of the signature or official character of the person appearing to have signed the certificate. (3) An entry in a securities register of, or a security certificate issued by, a provincial company is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, that the person in whose name the security is registered is the owner of the securities described in the register or in the certificate. 1999 cI‑5.1 s227 Notices to policyholders, shareholders, directors 228 (1) A notice or document required by this Act, the regulations or the bylaws of a provincial company to be given or sent to a policyholder, shareholder or director of a provincial company may be delivered personally to the policyholder, shareholder or director or sent by mail addressed to (a) the policyholder at the policyholder’s latest address as shown in the records of the company, (b) the shareholder at the shareholder’s latest address as shown in the records of the company or its transfer agent, or (c) the director at the director’s latest address as shown in the records of the company or of the Minister. (2) A notice or document sent by mail in accordance with subsection (1) to a policyholder, shareholder or director is deemed to be received by the policyholder, shareholder or director at the time it would be delivered in the ordinary course of mail unless there are reasonable grounds for believing that the policyholder, shareholder or director did not receive the notice or document at that time or at all. (3) If a provincial company sends a notice or document to a policyholder or shareholder in accordance with subsection (1) and the notice or document is returned on 3 consecutive occasions because the policyholder or shareholder cannot be found, the company is not required to send any further notices or documents to the policyholder or shareholder until the policyholder or shareholder informs the company in writing of the policyholder’s or shareholder’s new address. (4) If there is a conflict between subsections (1) to (3) and a statutory condition contained in a policy, the statutory condition prevails. 1999 cI‑5.1 s228 Subpart 4 Capital Structure Definition 229 In this Subpart, “security” means, subject to Part 6 of the Business Corporations Act as incorporated by section 230 of this Act, a share of any class or series of shares or a debt obligation of a body corporate, and includes a certificate evidencing such a share or debt obligation and includes a warrant. 1999 cI‑5.1 s229 Application of Business Corporations Act 230 Part 6 of the Business Corporations Act applies with respect to a provincial company as if the company were a corporation within the meaning of that Act, and a reference in that Part to a section of that Act, other than to a section in that Part, is deemed to be a reference to the corresponding section of this Act that deals with the same subject‑matter. 1999 cI‑5.1 s230 Requirements for Shares Non‑par‑value shares 231 Shares of a provincial company must be in registered form and must be without nominal or par value. 1999 cI‑5.1 s231 Classes of shares 232 (1) A provincial company, other than a mutual provincial company, must have a class of shares designated as common shares. (2) The rights of the holders of common shares are equal in all respects and include (a) the right to vote at all meetings of shareholders except where only holders of a specified class of shares, or participating policyholders, are entitled to vote, (b) the right to receive dividends of the provincial company if declared on those shares, and (c) the right to receive the remaining property of the provincial company on dissolution. (3) No provincial company may designate more than one class of its shares as common shares or confer all of the characteristics of a common share described in subsection (2) on more than one class of shares. (4) A provincial company may have classes of shares in addition to common shares, and in that case the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the shares of each class must be set out in the bylaws. (5) Subject to section 236, if a provincial company has more than one class of shares, the rights of the holders of the shares of a class are equal in all respects. 1999 cI‑5.1 s232 Mutual provincial companies — shares 233 (1) A mutual provincial company must not issue any share that confers on the shareholder the right to vote at any meeting of the company. (2) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of any share that confers on the shareholder the right to vote by reason of an event that has occurred and is continuing or by reason of a condition that has been fulfilled. 1999 cI‑5.1 s233 Issue of shares 234 (1) Subject to this Act, the instrument of incorporation and the bylaws, shares of a provincial company may be issued at the times, to the persons and for the consideration determined by the directors. (2) Shares issued by a provincial company are non‑assessable and the shareholders are not liable to the company or to its creditors in respect of them. (3) A provincial company must not issue a share until the consideration for the share is fully paid in money and received by the company. (4) The requirement in subsection (3) that the consideration be money does not apply (a) when a share is issued as part of an amalgamation, or (b) when the Minister has given prior approval to the consideration’s being other than money. 1999 cI‑5.1 s234 Capital account 235 (1) A provincial company must maintain a separate capital account for each class and series of shares it issues. (2) Unless the Minister approves otherwise, a provincial company must add to the appropriate capital account in respect of any shares it issues the full amount of the consideration it receives for the shares. (3) On the issue of a share, a provincial company must not add to a capital account in respect of the share an amount greater than the amount referred to in subsection (2). (4) If a provincial company proposes to add any amount to a capital account it maintains in respect of a class or series of shares and (a) the amount to be added was not received by the company as consideration for the issue of shares, and (b) the company has issued outstanding shares of more than one class or series, the addition to the capital account must be approved by special resolution unless all the issued and outstanding shares are shares of not more than 2 classes of convertible shares referred to in section 250(5). (5) Where, in the case of a proposed addition of an amount to a capital account in a situation where a special resolution is required under subsection (4), a class or series of shares of a provincial company would be affected differently from how any other class or series of shares of the company would be affected by such action, the holders of shares of the differently affected class or series are entitled to vote separately as a class or series, as the case may be, on the proposal to take the action, whether or not such shares otherwise carry the right to vote. 1999 cI‑5.1 s235 Shares in series 236 (1) Subject to the instrument of incorporation and the bylaws, the directors of a provincial company may authorize the issue of any class of shares, other than common shares, in one or more series, and they may fix the number of shares in, and determine the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the shares of, each series. (2) If any cumulative dividends or amounts payable on return of capital in respect of a series of shares are not paid in full, the shares of all series of the same class participate ratably in respect of accumulated dividends and return of capital. (3) No rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions attached to a series of shares authorized under this section confer on shares of a series (a) greater voting rights than are attached to shares of any other series in the same class that are then outstanding, or (b) a priority in respect of dividends or return of capital over shares of any other series in the same class that are then outstanding. (4) Subsection (3) does not apply to a right or privilege to exchange a share or shares for, or to convert a share or shares into, a share or shares of another class. 1999 cI‑5.1 s236 Shareholder ’ s pre‑emptive right 237 (1) For the purposes of this section, a pre‑emptive right is a right attached to a class of shares in which no shares of that class may be issued unless the shares to be issued have first been offered to each shareholder holding shares of that class (a) in an amount that is in proportion to their holdings of the shares of that class, and (b) at a price and on the same terms as those shares are to be offered to others. (2) The shares of a provincial company do not have a pre‑emptive right unless the instrument of incorporation or the bylaws provide for a pre‑emptive right. (3) A pre‑emptive right does not apply in respect of shares to be issued (a) for a consideration other than money, (b) as a share dividend, or (c) pursuant to the exercise of conversion privileges, options or rights previously granted by the provincial company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s237 Changes to Shares Changing shares 238 (1) The directors of a provincial company may make, amend or repeal any bylaws (a) to change the maximum number, if any, of shares of any class that the company is authorized to issue, (b) to create new classes of shares, (c) to change the designation of any or all of the company’s shares and add, change or remove any rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions, including rights to accrued dividends, in respect of any or all of the company’s shares, whether issued or unissued, (d) to change the shares of any class or series, whether issued or unissued, into a different number of shares of the same class or series or into the same or a different number of shares of other classes or series, (e) to divide a class of shares, whether issued or unissued, into series and fix the maximum number of shares, if any, in each series and the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the shares in each series, (f) to authorize the directors to divide any class of unissued shares into series and fix the maximum number of shares, if any, in each series and the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the shares in each series, (g) to authorize the directors to change the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to unissued shares of any series, and (h) to revoke, diminish or enlarge any authority conferred under clause (f) or (g). (2) The directors must submit a bylaw, or an amendment to or a repeal of a bylaw, that is made under subsection (1) to the participating policyholders and shareholders, and the policyholders and shareholders may, by special resolution, confirm, amend or reject the bylaw, amendment or repeal. (3) A bylaw, or an amendment to or a repeal of a bylaw, made under subsection (1) is not effective until it is (a) confirmed or confirmed as amended by the policyholders and shareholders under subsection (2), and (b) approved by the Minister. (4) Where a special resolution referred to in subsection (2) so states, the directors may, before it is submitted to the Minister for approval and without further approval of the policyholders or shareholders, revoke the special resolution. 1999 cI‑5.1 s238 Class vote 239 (1) The holders of shares of a class or, subject to subsection (2), of a series are, unless the bylaws otherwise provide in the case of an amendment to the bylaws referred to in clause (a), (b) or (e), entitled to vote separately as a class or series on a proposal to amend the bylaws (a) to increase or decrease any maximum number of authorized shares of that class, or increase any maximum number of authorized shares of a class having rights or privileges equal or superior to the shares of that class, (b) to effect an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of all or part of the shares of that class, (c) to add, change or remove the rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions attached to the shares of that class and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) to remove or change prejudicially rights to accrued dividends or rights to cumulative dividends, (ii) to add, remove or change prejudicially redemption rights, (iii) to reduce or remove a dividend preference or a liquidation preference, or (iv) to add, remove or change prejudicially conversion privileges, options, voting, transfer or pre‑emptive rights, rights to acquire securities of the provincial company or sinking fund provisions, (d) to increase the rights or privileges of any class of shares having rights or privileges equal or superior to the shares of that class, (e) to create a new class of shares equal or superior to the shares of that class, (f) to make any class of shares having rights or privileges inferior to the shares of that class equal or superior to the shares of that class, or (g) to effect an exchange or create a right of exchange of all or part of the shares of another class into the shares of that class. (2) The holders of a series of shares of a class are entitled to vote separately as a series under subsection (1) if that series would be affected by an addition or amendment to the bylaws differently from how other shares of the same class would be affected. (3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply whether or not the shares of a class otherwise carry the right to vote. (4) A proposed addition or amendment to the bylaws referred to in subsection (1) is adopted when the holders of the shares of each class or series entitled to vote separately on the addition or amendment as a class or series and the participating policyholders have approved the addition or amendment by a special resolution. 1999 cI‑5.1 s239 Proposal to amend 240 (1) Subject to subsection (2), a director or a participating policyholder or shareholder of a provincial company may, in accordance with sections 274 and 275, make a proposal to make, amend or repeal the bylaws of the company referred to in section 238(1). (2) If a proposal is made to make, amend or repeal bylaws of a provincial company to effect any of the changes referred to in section 238(1), notice of the meeting of policyholders or shareholders at which the proposal is to be considered must set out the proposal. 1999 cI‑5.1 s240 Restriction on subordinated indebtedness 241 (1) A provincial company must not issue subordinated indebtedness unless the subordinated indebtedness is fully paid for in money or, with the approval of the Minister, in property. (2) A person must not in any prospectus, advertisement, correspondence or literature relating to any subordinated indebtedness issued or to be issued by a provincial company refer to the subordinated indebtedness otherwise than as subordinated indebtedness. (3) When issuing subordinated indebtedness, a provincial company may provide that any aspect of the subordinated indebtedness relating to money or involving the payment of or the liability to pay money in relation to the subordinated indebtedness be in a currency other than that of Canada, including, without restricting the generality of the foregoing, the payment of any interest on the subordinated indebtedness. 1999 cI‑5.1 s241 Other Matters Conversion privileges, options and rights 242 (1) A provincial company may issue certificates, warrants or other evidences of conversion privileges or options or rights to acquire securities of the company and must set out the conditions to which the conversion privileges, options or rights are subject (a) in the certificates, warrants or other evidences, or (b) in certificates evidencing the securities to which the conversion privileges, options or rights are attached. (2) Conversion privileges and options or rights to purchase securities of a provincial company may be made transferable or non‑transferable, and options and rights to purchase may be made separable or inseparable from any securities to which they are attached. (3) If a provincial company has granted privileges to convert any securities issued by the company into shares, or into shares of another class or series, or has issued or granted options or rights to acquire shares, the company must reserve and continue to reserve sufficient authorized shares to meet the exercise of those conversion privileges, options and rights. 1999 cI‑5.1 s242 Prohibited shareholdings 243 (1) A provincial company (a) must not hold shares in itself or in its holding body corporate, and (b) must not permit any of its subsidiaries to hold shares in the company or in the holding body corporate of the company except in accordance with this section and sections 244 to 248 unless the Minister consents to the holding. (2) A provincial company may in the capacity of personal representative hold shares in itself or in its holding body corporate so long as the company or the holding body corporate or a subsidiary of either of them does not have a beneficial interest in the shares. (3) A provincial company may hold shares in itself or in its holding body corporate by way of security for the purposes of a transaction entered into by it in the ordinary course of its business. (4) A provincial company holding shares in itself or in its holding body corporate must not vote or permit those shares to be voted unless the company (a) holds the shares in the capacity of personal representative, and (b) has complied with section 307. 1999 cI‑5.1 s243 Restrictions on acquisition of shares 244 (1) Subject to this section, sections 256 to 266 apply to a purchase, acquisition or redemption for cancellation of voting shares by a provincial company under section 245, 246 or 247 if the purchase, acquisition or redemption of the voting shares (a) would cause a person to have a significant interest in those voting shares or would increase the significant interest of a person in those voting shares, or (b) would cause the combined holdings of a person and a person related to that person to amount to a significant interest in those voting shares or would increase the significant interest of a person and a related person in those voting shares. (2) Despite subsection (1), in the case of a purchase, acquisition or redemption of shares referred to in subsection (1), (a) section 259 does not apply, and (b) the provincial company must make the application referred to in section 262(1). 1999 cI‑5.1 s244 Acquisition of own shares 245 (1) Subject to subsection (2) and to its bylaws, the directors of a provincial company may authorize the company to purchase or otherwise acquire shares issued by it. (2) The directors of a provincial company must not authorize the company to make any payment to purchase or otherwise acquire shares issued by it if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (a) the company is, or after the payment would be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or (b) the realizable value of the company’s assets after the payment would be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and the market value of all its shares. (3) A provincial company that is not a reporting issuer must, within 30 days after the purchase of any of its issued shares, notify its shareholders (a) of the number of shares it has purchased, (b) of the names of the shareholders from whom it has purchased the shares, (c) of the price paid for the shares, and (d) of the balance, if any, remaining due to the shareholders from whom it has purchased the shares. (4) A shareholder of a provincial company other than a reporting issuer is entitled on request and without charge to a copy of the agreement between the company and any of its other shareholders under which the company has agreed to purchase, or has purchased, any of its own shares. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s245;2013 c18 s27 Alternative acquisition of own shares 246 (1) Subject to subsection (2) and to its bylaws, the directors of a provincial company may authorize the company to purchase or otherwise acquire shares issued by it (a) to settle or compromise a debt or claim asserted by or against the company, (b) to eliminate fractional shares, or (c) to fulfil the terms of a non‑assignable agreement under which the company has an option or is obliged to purchase shares owned by a director, officer or employee of the company. (2) Despite section 245(2), a provincial company may purchase or otherwise acquire shares issued by it to comply with an order under section 776. (3) The directors of a provincial company must not authorize the company to make any payment to purchase or acquire under subsection (1) shares issued by it if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (a) the company is, or after the payment would be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, (b) the realizable value of the company’s assets after the payment would be less than the aggregate of (i) its liabilities, and (ii) the amount that would be required to pay the holders of shares who have a right to be paid, on a redemption or in a liquidation, prior to the holders of the shares to be purchased or acquired, or (c) the purchase or acquisition would cause the company to be in contravention of this Act or the regulations. 1999 cI‑5.1 s246 Redemption of shares 247 (1) Subject to subsection (2) and to its bylaws, the directors of a provincial company may authorize the company to purchase or redeem any redeemable shares issued by it at prices not exceeding the redemption price calculated according to a formula stated in the bylaws. (2) The directors of a provincial company must not authorize the company to make any payment to purchase or redeem any redeemable shares issued by it if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (a) the company is, or after the payment would be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, (b) the realizable value of the company’s assets after the payment would be less than the aggregate of (i) its liabilities, and (ii) the amount that would be required to pay the holders of shares who have a right to be paid, on a redemption or in a liquidation, ratably with or prior to the holders of the shares to be purchased or redeemed, or (c) the redemption would cause the company to be in contravention of this Act or the regulations. 1999 cI‑5.1 s247 Donated and escrowed shares 248 A provincial company may accept from any shareholder a share of the company (a) that is surrendered to it as a gift, or (b) that has been held in escrow pursuant to an escrow agreement required by the Executive Director under the Securities Act and that is surrendered pursuant to that agreement. 1999 cI‑5.1 s248 Reduction of share capital 249 (1) Subject to subsection (3), its instrument of incorporation and its bylaws, a provincial company, by special resolution and with the approval of the Minister, may reduce its share capital for any purpose. (2) Where a class or series of shares of a provincial company would be affected by a reduction of share capital under subsection (1) differently from how any other class or series of shares of the company would be affected by such action, the holders of shares of the differently affected class or series are entitled to vote separately as a class or series, as the case may be, on the proposal to take the action, whether or not the shares otherwise carry the right to vote. (3) A provincial company must not reduce its share capital, other than for the purpose of declaring it to be reduced by an amount that is not represented by realizable assets, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (a) the company is, or after the reduction would be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or (b) the reduction would cause the company to be in contravention of this Act or the regulations. (4) A special resolution under this section must specify the capital account or accounts from which the reduction of share capital effected by the special resolution will be made. (5) An application for the Minister’s approval of a special resolution must contain statements showing (a) the number of the provincial company’s shares issued and outstanding, (b) the results of the voting by class of shares of the company, (c) the company’s assets and liabilities, and (d) the reason why the company seeks the reduction of share capital. (6) A shareholder, creditor or participating policyholder of a provincial company may apply to the Court for an order compelling another shareholder or another recipient (a) to pay to the company an amount equal to any liability of that other shareholder that was extinguished or reduced in contravention of this section, or (b) to pay or deliver to the company any money or property that was paid or distributed to that other shareholder or recipient as a consequence of a reduction of share capital made in contravention of this section. (7) A proceeding to enforce a liability imposed by this section must not be commenced after 2 years from the date of the action complained of. (8) This section does not affect any liability that arises under section 360. 1999 cI‑5.1 s249 Adjustment of capital account 250 (1) On a purchase, redemption or other acquisition by a provincial company under section 245, 246, 247, 254 or 776(3)(e) of shares or fractions of shares issued by it, the company must deduct from the capital account maintained for the class or series of shares of which the shares purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired form a part, an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying the market value of the shares of that class or series by the number of shares or fractions of shares of that class or series purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired, divided by the number of issued shares of that class or series immediately before the purchase, redemption or other acquisition. (2) A provincial company must deduct the amount of a payment made by the company to a shareholder under section 776 from the capital account maintained for the class or series of shares in respect of which the payment was made. (3) A provincial company must adjust its capital account or accounts in accordance with any special resolution referred to in section 249(4). (4) On a conversion or change of issued shares of a provincial company into shares of another class or series, the company must (a) deduct from the capital account maintained for the class or series of shares converted or changed an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying the market value of the shares of that class or series by the number of shares of that class or series converted or changed, divided by the number of issued shares of that class or series immediately before the conversion or change, and (b) add the result obtained under clause (a) and any additional consideration received pursuant to the conversion or change to the capital account maintained or to be maintained for the class or series of shares into which the shares have been converted or changed. (5) For the purposes of subsection (4), where a provincial company issues 2 classes or series of shares and there is attached to each class or series a right to convert a share of one class or series into a share of the other class or series, the amount to be attributed to a share in either class or series is the amount obtained when the sum of the market value of both classes or series of shares is divided by the number of issued shares of both classes or series of shares immediately before the conversion. (6) Shares or fractions of shares issued by a provincial company and purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by it must be cancelled or restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares. (7) For the purposes of this section, a provincial company holding shares in itself as permitted by section 243(2) or (3) is deemed not to have purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired those shares. (8) Where shares of a class or series are converted or changed into the same or another number of shares of another class or series, those shares become the same in all respects as the shares of the class or series into which they are converted or changed.

RSA 2000 cI‑3 s250;2013 c18 s27 Enforceability of contract to purchase shares 251 (1) A contract with a provincial company providing for the purchase by it of its own shares is specifically enforceable against the company, except to the extent that it cannot perform the contract without contravening section 245 or 246. (2) In any action brought on a contract referred to in subsection (1), the provincial company has the burden of proving that performance of the contract is prevented by section 245 or 246. (3) Until the provincial company has fully performed a contract referred to in subsection (1), the other party to the contract retains the status of a claimant and is entitled (a) to be paid as soon as the company is lawfully able to perform the contract, or (b) in a liquidation, to be ranked subordinate to the rights of policyholders, creditors, holders of subordinated notes and any class of shareholders whose rights were in priority to the rights given to the class of shares that the other party contracted to sell to the company, but in priority to the rights of other shareholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s251 Commission on sale of shares 252 The directors of a provincial company may authorize the company to pay a reasonable commission to any person in consideration of the person’s (a) purchasing or agreeing to purchase shares of the company from it or from any other person, or (b) procuring or agreeing to procure purchasers for any such shares. 1999 cI‑5.1 s252 Payment of dividend 253 (1) The directors of a provincial company may declare, and a provincial company may pay, a dividend by issuing fully paid shares of the company and, subject to subsection (3), a provincial company may pay a dividend in money or property. (2) If a provincial company issues shares of the company in payment of a dividend, it must add to the capital account for the shares of the class or series issued the declared amount of the dividend, stated as an amount of money. (3) The directors must not declare and a provincial company must not pay a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (a) the company is, or after the payment would be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or (b) the payment would cause the company to be in contravention of this Act or the regulations. 1999 cI‑5.1 s253 Lien on share 254 (1) The bylaws of a provincial company may provide that the company has a lien on a share registered in the name of a shareholder or the shareholder’s personal representative for a debt of that shareholder to the company. (2) A provincial company may enforce a lien referred to in subsection (1) in accordance with its bylaws. 1999 cI‑5.1 s254 Restrictions on issue, transfer 255 A provincial company must not impose restrictions on the issue, transfer or ownership of shares of any class or series except to the extent that it is authorized to do so by its instrument of incorporation or this Act. 1999 cI‑5.1 s255 Interpretation 256 For the purposes of this section, section 244 and sections 257 to 265, a person is deemed to be related to (a) every body corporate the person controls and every affiliate of such a body corporate, (b) every partner of the person, (c) every trust or estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or in respect of which the person serves as trustee or in a similar capacity, (d) the spouse or adult interdependent partner of the person, (e) every relative of the person, or of the person’s spouse or adult interdependent partner, who resides in the same home as the person, and (f) every other person the Minister considers is acting in concert with the person to acquire and control voting shares of a provincial company and that the Minister designates by order as a related person. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s256;2002 cA‑4.5 s45 Constraints on ownership 257 (1) No person may, without the approval of the Minister, purchase or otherwise acquire any share of a provincial company or purchase or otherwise acquire control of any entity that holds any share of a provincial company if (a) the acquisition would cause the person to have a significant interest in any class of shares of the company, or (b) where the person has a significant interest in a class of shares of the company, the acquisition would increase the significant interest of the person in that class of shares. (2) No person and no person related to that person may, without the approval of the Minister, purchase or otherwise acquire any share of a provincial company or purchase or otherwise acquire control of any entity that holds any share of a provincial company if (a) the acquisition would cause the combined holdings of the person and the related person to amount to a significant interest in any class of shares of the company, or (b) where the combined holdings of the person and the related person amount to a significant interest in a class of shares of the company, the acquisition would increase the significant interest of the person and the related person in that class of shares. (3) Unless the acquisition of the share has been approved by the Minister, no provincial company may record in its securities register a transfer or issue of any share of the company to any person if (a) the transfer or issue of the share would cause the person to have a significant interest in any class of shares of the company, or (b) where the person has a significant interest in a class of shares of the company, the transfer or issue of the share would increase the significant interest of the person in that class of shares. (4) Unless the acquisition of the share has been approved by the Minister, no provincial company may record in its securities register a transfer or issue of any share of the company to any person or any person related to that person if (a) the transfer or issue of the share would cause the combined holdings of the person and the related person to amount to a significant interest in any class of shares of the company, or (b) where the combined holdings of the person and the related person amount to a significant interest in a class of shares of the company, the transfer or issue of the share would increase the significant interest of the person and the related person in that class of shares. (5) This section does not apply to any class of non‑voting shares of a provincial company that do not amount to more than 10% of the equity of the company. (6) If the Minister’s approval is required under subsection (1), (2), (3) or (4) before a provincial company may record in its securities register a transfer or issue of a share of the company to a person, the person must not exercise any voting rights attached to those shares until the Minister’s approval is obtained. 1999 cI‑5.1 s257 Previous approval obtained 258 (1) Where the Minister’s approval is given under section 257 with respect to a person or other persons related to that person, no approval under section 257 is required with respect to those persons in respect of a subsequent transfer or issue of voting shares unless, as a result of the transfer or issue, the shareholdings or beneficial ownership of those persons would undergo an increase of more than 5% from the shareholdings or beneficial ownership calculated immediately after the previous approval was given. (2) The exception set out in subsection (1) does not apply (a) to a transfer or issue of shares that would result in a change of control of the provincial company, or (b) where, since the previous approval was given, the shareholdings or beneficial ownership of the person and other persons related to that person have decreased by more than 5% from the shareholdings or beneficial ownership calculated immediately after the previous approval was given. 1999 cI‑5.1 s258 Shares to underwriter 259 The approval of the Minister under section 257 is not required in respect of a transfer or issue of shares to an underwriter, within the meaning of that term in the Securities Act , who receives them in that capacity. 1999 cI‑5.1 s259 Exception for small holdings 260 Despite section 257(3) and (4), where, as a result of a transfer or issue of shares of a class of shares of a provincial company to a person, the total number of shares of that class registered in the securities register of the company in the name of the person (a) would not exceed 5000, and (b) would not exceed 0.1% of the outstanding shares of that class, the company is entitled to act as though no person is acquiring or increasing a significant interest in that class of shares of the company as a result of that issue or transfer of shares unless it has actual knowledge that the person is acquiring or increasing a significant interest in that class of shares. 1999 cI‑5.1 s260 Increasing large holdings 261 The approval of the Minister under section 257 is not required where a person who holds 95% or more of the total rights attached to all of the outstanding voting shares of a company purchases or otherwise acquires additional shares of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s261 Minister ’ s approval 262 (1) Where an approval is required under section 257, (a) the person to whom the shares are to be transferred or issued, or (b) where the person referred to in clause (a) will not be the beneficial owner of the shares, that person and the beneficial owner jointly, must apply for the approval and must provide the Minister with any information the Minister requires in support of the application. (2) On an application under subsection (1), the Minister must take into account all matters that the Minister considers relevant to the application, including (a) whether any of the holders or beneficial owners to whom the approval relates (i) is or has been bankrupt, (ii) has been convicted of a criminal offence, an offence under this Act or an offence under the Securities Act or comparable legislation of another jurisdiction in Canada, (iii) is or has been subject to a cease trading order under the Securities Act or comparable legislation of another jurisdiction in Canada, (iv) is the subject of a special examination under section 757, (v) is, in the Minister’s opinion, contravening any provision of this Act or the regulations or of any comparable legislation of another jurisdiction or of any undertaking given to the Minister, or (vi) has failed to provide the information required under subsection (1); (b) the nature and sufficiency of the financial resources of the holders or beneficial owners to whom the application for approval relates as a source of continuing financial support for the provincial company; (c) where the transfer or issue would result in a change in control of the provincial company, the soundness and feasibility of plans of the holders or beneficial owners to whom application for the approval relates for the future conduct and development of the business of the company; (d) the business record and experience of the holders or beneficial owners to whom the application for approval relates; (e) whether the provincial company will be operated responsibly by persons who are fit as to character and are competent for that purpose; (f) the best interests of the financial system in Alberta. (3) The approval of the Minister under this section takes effect on the date set out in the approval, and the effective date may be a date before the date the approval is given. 1999 cI‑5.1 s262 Minister ’ s right to information 263 (1) The Minister may in writing direct a provincial company to obtain from a person in whose name a share is registered in the securities register of the company or who is the beneficial owner of a share of the company a declaration containing any or all of the following information: (a) information concerning the ownership or beneficial ownership of the share; (b) information as to whether the share is held or beneficially owned by a person who is related to that person, and the name of the related person where applicable; (c) information as to the place in which the shareholder and any person for whose use or benefit the share is held are ordinarily resident; (d) information concerning the ownership or beneficial ownership of the shares of a holding body corporate; (e) information concerning any other matters specified by the Minister. (2) The directors of a provincial company that is the subject of a direction under subsection (1) must ensure that the company forthwith complies with the direction. (3) A provincial company that is the subject of a direction under subsection (1) may request a person who has possession of or access to the information required to provide a declaration containing the information to the Minister, and that person must forthwith comply with the request. 1999 cI‑5.1 s263 Exemption 264 (1) The Minister may by order exempt any provincial company or other person from the application of section 257 in whole or in part and on any terms and conditions set out in the order. (2) The Regulations Act does not apply to an order under subsection (1). 1999 cI‑5.1 s264 Bylaws re shareholder information 265 (1) The directors of a provincial company may make bylaws (a) requiring any person holding any voting share of the company to submit written declarations (i) with respect to the ownership and beneficial ownership of a share of the company or of a holding body corporate, (ii) with respect to the place in which the shareholder and any person for whose use or benefit the share is held are ordinarily resident, (iii) as to whether the shareholder is related to other persons, and (iv) with respect to any other matters the directors consider relevant for the purposes of sections 256 to 263, (b) prescribing the times at which and the manner in which any declarations required under clause (a) are to be submitted, and (c) requiring any person desiring to have a transfer of a share to the person recorded in the securities register of the company to submit a declaration referred to in clause (a) as if the person were a shareholder. (2) Where under any bylaw made under subsection (1) a declaration is required to be submitted by any shareholder or person in respect of the transfer of any share, the directors may refuse to allow the entry of the transfer of the share in the securities register of the provincial company until the required declaration has been submitted. 1999 cI‑5.1 s265 Reliance on information 266 A director of a provincial company and any other person acting as proxy for a shareholder of the company may rely on a statement made in a declaration made pursuant to a bylaw under section 265(1) and on their own knowledge of the circumstances for the purposes of determining (a) the residence of a person, (b) who controls a body corporate, or (c) any other circumstances relevant to the performance of their duties under sections 256 to 263, and the director or other person is not liable in any action for anything done or omitted by the director or other person in good faith in reliance on that statement or that knowledge. 1999 cI‑5.1 s266 Subpart 5 Participating Policyholders and Shareholders Division 1 Meetings and Voting Place of meetings 267 (1) Meetings of participating policyholders or shareholders of a provincial company must be held at the place in Alberta provided for in the bylaws of the company or, in the absence of any such provision, at the place in Alberta that the directors determine. (2) The Minister may, on application, exempt a provincial company from holding a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders in Alberta. 1999 cI‑5.1 s267 Calling meetings 268 The directors of a provincial company (a) must, after the meeting called pursuant to section 133, call the first annual meeting of participating policyholders and shareholders of the provincial company, which meeting must be held not later than 6 months after the end of the first financial year of the company, (b) must subsequently call annual meetings of participating policyholders and shareholders, to be held not later than 6 months after the end of each financial year, and (c) may at any time call a special meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s268 Record date 269 (1) For the purpose of determining (a) shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, (b) participating policyholders or shareholders entitled to participate in a liquidation distribution, (c) who is a shareholder for any other purpose except the right to receive notice of, or to vote at, a meeting, or (d) who is a policyholder for any other purpose except (i) the right to receive notice of, or to vote at, a meeting, (ii) the right to receive payment of a policy dividend or bonus, and (iii) any purpose for which the determination of policyholders is governed by contract, the directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for the determination of policyholders or shareholders, but the record date so fixed must not precede the particular action to be taken by more than 50 days. (2) If no record date is fixed under subsection (1) for the determination of policyholders or shareholders for any purpose for which a record date could have been fixed under that subsection, the record date for the determination of policyholders or shareholders for that purpose is the date on which the directors pass the resolution relating to that purpose. (3) For the purpose of determining participating policyholders entitled to receive notice of a meeting of participating policyholders, the directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for the determination of participating policyholders, but the record date so fixed must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than 90 days or less than 21 days. (4) If no record date is fixed under subsection (3) for the determination of participating policyholders entitled to receive notice of a meeting, the record date for that purpose is (a) the day immediately before the day on which the notice is given, or (b) if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held. (5) Before a meeting of participating policyholders, the directors may fix a date as the record date for the purpose of determining participating policyholders entitled to vote at the meeting, and that record date must not be more than 10 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held. (6) If no record date is fixed under subsection (5) for the determination of participating policyholders entitled to vote at a meeting, the record date for that purpose is the day on which the meeting is held. (7) For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at a meeting of shareholders, the directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for the determination of shareholders, but the record date so fixed must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than 50 days or less than 21 days. (8) If no record date is fixed under subsection (7) for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at a meeting, the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the meeting is (a) the day immediately before the day on which the notice is given, or (b) if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held. (9) Subject to subsections (10) and (11), where a record date is fixed for a provincial company, notice of the record date must be given not less than 7 days before the record date (a) by advertisement in a newspaper in general circulation in the place where the head office of the company is located and in each place in Canada where the company has a transfer agent or where a transfer of the company’s shares may be recorded, and (b) by written notice to each recognized stock exchange in Canada on which the shares of the company are listed for trading. (10) Notice of a record date fixed for a provincial company need not be given if (a) the company has no participating policyholders or notice of the record date is waived in writing by every participating policyholder who holds a policy at the close of business on the date the directors fix as the record date, and (b) notice of the record date is waived in writing by every holder of a share of the class or series affected whose name is set out in the central securities register at the close of business on the date the directors fix as the record date. (11) Where the bylaws provide, a provincial company is not required to give notice by advertisement in a newspaper under subsection (9) of a record date for the determination of participating policyholders or shareholders entitled to receive notice of a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders if the record date is included in the notice of the meeting. 1999 cI‑5.1 s269 Notice of meeting 270 (1) A provincial company must send a notice of the time and place of a meeting of its participating policyholders or shareholders not less than 21 days nor more than 50 days before the meeting to (a) each shareholder entitled to receive notice of the meeting, (b) each participating policyholder who has within 3 years before the record date fixed or determined under section 269(3) or (4) completed and returned to the company the form referred to in section 292(1)(b) if no business referred to in clause (c) is to be dealt with at the meeting, (c) every participating policyholder determined under section 269(3) or (4) if any of the following business is to be dealt with at the meeting: (i) authorizing the company to apply to the Minister for the approval of a mutualization proposal or of an amalgamation agreement, (ii) confirming a bylaw changing the rights of policyholders to vote at meetings of policyholders or shareholders, (iii) approving an agreement setting out the terms and means of effecting (A) the transfer of all or substantially all of the company’s policies, or (B) the reinsurance of all or substantially all of the company’s policies, or (iv) approving a proposal to convert the company from a mutual provincial company into a provincial company with common shares, (d) each director, (e) the auditor of the company, and (f) the actuary of the company. (2) The Minister, having regard to the size of a provincial company and of the companies or bodies corporate with which it proposes to amalgamate, may exempt the company from the application of subsection (1)(c) with respect to business consisting of the approval of an amalgamation agreement. (3) In addition to the notice required under subsection (1), (a) where any class of shares of a provincial company is publicly traded on a recognized stock exchange in Canada, notice of the time and place of the meeting of shareholders must be published once a week for at least 4 consecutive weeks before the date of the meeting in a newspaper in general circulation in the place where the head office of the company is located and in each place in Canada where the company has a transfer agent or where a transfer of the company’s shares may be recorded, or (b) where the company is a mutual provincial company, notice of the time and place of the meeting of participating policyholders of the company and the nature of the business in sufficient detail to permit a participating policyholder to form a reasoned judgment on the nature of the business, together with information on the means by which any policyholder can receive the notice referred to in subsection (1), must be (i) published once a week for at least 4 consecutive weeks before the date of the meeting in a newspaper in general circulation in the place where the head office of the company is located and in each province or territory in which more than 1% of the total number of participating policyholders reside, or (ii) sent to every participating policyholder. (4) A notice of the annual meeting of participating policyholders and shareholders must include a copy of the provincial company’s annual financial statements for the preceding year unless the participating policyholder or shareholder has advised the provincial company that the holder does not wish to receive the annual financial statements. (5) Failure to receive a notice of a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders does not deprive a participating policyholder or shareholder of the right to vote at the meeting. 1999 cI‑5.1 s270 Notice of adjourned meeting 271 (1) If a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders of a provincial company is adjourned for less than 30 days, it is not necessary, unless the bylaws otherwise provide, to give notice of the adjourned meeting, other than by announcement at the time of the adjournment. (2) If a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders of a provincial company is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as for an original meeting but, unless the meeting is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of more than 90 days, section 304 does not apply. 1999 cI‑5.1 s271 Special business 272 (1) All matters dealt with at an annual or special meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders are special business except the election of directors and consideration of (a) the financial statements, (b) the auditor’s report, (c) the actuary’s report, (d) the remuneration of directors and reappointment of the incumbent auditor, or (e) the description of the roles of the actuary and the auditor in the preparation and audit of the financial statements. (2) Notice of a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders of a provincial company at which special business is to be transacted must (a) state the nature of the special business in sufficient detail to permit a participating policyholder or shareholder to form a reasoned judgment on the nature of the special business, (b) contain the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting, and (c) state, where a management proxy circular is sent to shareholders concurrently with the notice, that a participating policyholder is entitled on request to receive a copy of the management proxy circular. (3) The Minister may exempt a provincial company from the application of subsection (2)(b) in relation to participating policyholders on condition that, instead of sending the policyholders the text of a special resolution to be submitted to a meeting, the company send the policyholders a summary of the text. (4) The text of a special resolution may be amended at a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders if the amendments correct manifest errors or are not material. 1999 cI‑5.1 s272 Waiver of notice 273 (1) A participating policyholder, a shareholder and any other person entitled to attend a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders may in any manner waive notice of a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders. (2) Attendance at a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders is a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when a person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called. 1999 cI‑5.1 s273 Policyholder and shareholder proposals 274 (1) A participating policyholder or shareholder of a provincial company may (a) submit to the company notice of a proposal of any matter that the participating policyholder or shareholder intends to raise at the meeting, and (b) discuss at the meeting any matter in respect of which the participating policyholder or shareholder would have been entitled to submit a proposal. (2) A provincial company must attach to the notice of the meeting any notice of proposal of a participating policyholder or shareholder submitted for consideration at a meeting of policyholders and shareholders. (3) If so requested by a participating policyholder or shareholder who submits a notice of proposal to a provincial company, the company must attach to the notice of the meeting a statement by the participating policyholder or shareholder of not more than 200 words in support of the proposal and the name and address of the participating policyholder or shareholder. (4) A proposal may include nominations for the election of directors if the proposal is signed by (a) one or more holders of shares representing in the aggregate not less than 5% of the shares or 5% of the shares of a class of shares of the provincial company entitled to vote at the meeting at which the proposal is to be presented, in the case of nominations for the directors to be elected by shareholders, or (b) at least 100 participating policyholders or 10% of the total number of those policyholders, whichever is fewer, in the case of nominations for the directors to be elected by participating policyholders. (5) A provincial company is not required to comply with subsections (2) and (3) if (a) the notice of the proposal is not submitted to the company at least 90 days before the anniversary date of the previous annual meeting of participating policyholders and shareholders, (b) it clearly appears that the proposal is submitted by the participating policyholder or shareholder primarily for the purpose of enforcing a personal claim or redressing a personal grievance against the company or its directors, officers or security holders, or for a purpose that is not related in any significant way to the business or affairs of the company, (c) the company, at the participating policyholder’s or shareholder’s request, attached a notice of proposal to the notice of a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders held within 2 years preceding the receipt of the request, and the participating policyholder or shareholder failed to present the proposal, in person or by proxy, at the meeting, (d) substantially the same proposal was submitted to participating policyholders or shareholders in a dissident’s proxy circular relating to, or was attached to the notice of, a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders held within 2 years preceding the receipt of the participating policyholder’s or shareholder’s request and the proposal was defeated, (e) in the case of a proposal submitted by a participating policyholder that relates to business that is referred to in section 270(1)(c), the notice of proposal is not signed by at least 100 participating policyholders or 10% of the total number of those policyholders, whichever is fewer, (f) in the case of any other proposal submitted by a participating policyholder, the notice of proposal is not signed by at least 100 participating policyholders, or (g) in the case of a proposal submitted by a participating policyholder, the proposal (i) relates to the management of the ordinary business and affairs of the company, (ii) would, if implemented, result in a change in the character or direction of the company that would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the company to meet the reasonable expectations of the company’s participating policyholders as to the net cost of their insurance, or (iii) would result in the conversion of a mutual provincial company into a provincial company with common shares. (6) No provincial company or person acting on behalf of a company incurs any liability by reason only of circulating a notice of proposal or statement in compliance with subsections (2) and (3). 1999 cI‑5.1 s274 Refusal of proposal 275 (1) If a provincial company refuses to attach a proposal to the notice of the meeting, the company must, within 10 days after receiving the proposal, notify the participating policyholder or shareholder submitting the proposal of its intention not to attach the proposal to the notice of the meeting and send to the participating policyholder or shareholder a statement of the reasons for the refusal. (2) On the application of a participating policyholder or shareholder claiming to be aggrieved by a provincial company’s refusal under subsection (1), the Court may restrain the holding of the meeting at which the proposal is sought to be presented and make any further order it thinks fit. (3) A provincial company or any person claiming to be aggrieved by a proposal may apply to the Court for an order permitting the company not to attach the notice of proposal to the notice of the meeting, and the Court, if it is satisfied that section 274(5) applies, may make any order it thinks fit. (4) An applicant under subsection (2) or (3) must give the Minister written notice of the application, and the Minister may appear and be heard at the hearing of the application in person or by counsel. 1999 cI‑5.1 s275 Policyholder and shareholder lists 276 (1) For each meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders of a provincial company, the company must prepare (a) a list of its participating policyholders entitled to vote at the meeting, and (b) a list of its shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting arranged in alphabetical order and showing the number of shares held by each shareholder. (2) If a record date is fixed under section 269(5), the list of participating policyholders must be prepared not later than the day on which the meeting is held and, if no record date is fixed under section 269(5), the list must be prepared on the day on which the meeting is held. (3) If a record date is fixed under section 269(7), the list of shareholders must be prepared not later than 10 days after that record date, and if no record date is fixed under section 269(7), the list must be prepared (a) at the close of business on the day immediately before the day on which the notice of the meeting is given, or (b) if no notice is given, on the day on which the meeting is held. (4) A list of participating policyholders or shareholders may be in electronic form. (5) Subject to this Act, a person named in a list of participating policyholders prepared under subsection (1) is entitled to vote at the meeting to which the list relates unless, after the record date fixed under section 269(5) or, if no record date is fixed under section 269(5), after the date on which the list was prepared, (a) the person has transferred the policy entitling the holder to vote, in which case the transferee is entitled to vote at the meeting, or (b) the policy entitling the person to vote is not in force. (6) Subject to this Act, a person named in a list of shareholders prepared under subsection (1) is entitled to vote the shares shown opposite that person’s name at the meeting to which the list relates unless (a) the person has transferred the ownership of any of those shares after the record date fixed under section 269(7), or if no record date is fixed under section 269(7), after the date on which the list was prepared, and (b) the transferee of those shares (i) produces properly endorsed share certificates, or (ii) otherwise establishes that the transferee owns the shares, and demands, not later than 10 days before the meeting or such shorter period before the meeting as the bylaws of the company provide, that the transferee’s name be included in the list before the meeting, in which case the transferee may vote those transferred shares at the meeting. (7) A participating policyholder or shareholder of a provincial company may examine the list of shareholders prepared under subsection (1) (a) during normal business hours at the company’s head office or, if the company has been authorized to keep its central securities register at a place other than its head office, at that other place, and (b) at the meeting of shareholders for which the list was prepared. (8) A participating policyholder or shareholder of a provincial company may, at the meeting of participating policyholders for which the list referred to in subsection (1) was prepared, require the company to verify from that list whether a person identified both by name and by some other distinguishing feature is entitled to vote at that meeting. 1999 cI‑5.1 s276 Quorum 277 (1) Unless the bylaws otherwise provide, a quorum of shareholders is present at a meeting of shareholders if the holders of a majority of the shares who are entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxyholders. (2) A quorum of participating policyholders is present at a meeting of participating policyholders if at least 100 participating policyholders or 10% of the total number of those policyholders, whichever is fewer, are present in person or represented by proxyholders. (3) A quorum of participating policyholders and shareholders is present at a meeting of participating policyholders and shareholders if (a) unless the bylaws otherwise provide, the holders of a majority of the shares who are entitled to vote at the meeting, and (b) at least 100 participating policyholders or 10% of the total number of those policyholders, whichever is fewer, are present in person or represented by proxyholders. (4) If a quorum is present at the opening of a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders, the participating policyholders or shareholders present may, unless the bylaws otherwise provide, proceed with the business of the meeting even though a quorum is not present throughout the meeting. (5) If a quorum is not present at the opening of a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders, or within such reasonable time after the opening of the meeting as the participating policyholders or shareholders present may determine, the participating policyholders or shareholders present may adjourn the meeting to a fixed time and place, but must not transact any other business. 1999 cI‑5.1 s277 One shareholder meeting 278 If a provincial company has only one shareholder, or only one holder of any class or series of shares, the shareholder present in person or represented by a proxyholder constitutes a meeting of shareholders or a meeting of shareholders of that class or series. 1999 cI‑5.1 s278 Meeting by electronic means 279 A participating policyholder, shareholder or other person entitled to attend a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders may participate in the meeting by means of telephone or other communication devices that permit all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and a person participating in such a meeting by those means is, for the purposes of this Act, present at the meeting. 1999 cI‑5.1 s279 One share — one vote 280 Unless the bylaws otherwise provide, each share of a provincial company that entitles the holder of the share to vote at a meeting of shareholders or participating policyholders and shareholders entitles the shareholder to one vote at the meeting. 1999 cI‑5.1 s280 One participating policyholder — one vote 281 The holder of one or more participating policies issued by a provincial company is entitled to attend, and is also entitled to one vote at, a meeting of participating policyholders or participating policyholders and shareholders of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s281 Changing policyholders ’ right to vote 282 (1) Subject to section 281, the directors of a provincial company may make, amend or repeal any bylaw to change the rights of participating policyholders to vote at meetings of participating policyholders and shareholders. (2) The directors must submit a bylaw, or an amendment to or a repeal of a bylaw, that is made under subsection (1) to the participating policyholders and shareholders, and the policyholders and shareholders may, by special resolution, confirm, amend or reject the bylaw, amendment or repeal. (3) A bylaw, or an amendment to or a repeal of a bylaw, made under subsection (1) is not effective until it is (a) confirmed or confirmed as amended by the participating policyholders and shareholders under subsection (2), and (b) approved by the Minister. (4) Where a special resolution referred to in subsection (2) so states, the directors may, before it is submitted to the Minister for approval and without further approval of the participating policyholders or shareholders, revoke the special resolution. 1999 cI‑5.1 s282 Proposal to amend 283 (1) Subject to subsection (2), a director or a participating policyholder or shareholder of a provincial company may, in accordance with sections 274 and 275, make a proposal to make, amend or repeal the bylaws of the company referred to in section 282. (2) If a proposal is made to make, amend or repeal the bylaws of a provincial company to effect any of the changes referred to in section 282, notice of the meeting of participating policyholders and shareholders at which the proposal is to be considered must set out the proposal. 1999 cI‑5.1 s283 Representative participating policyholder or shareholder 284 (1) If an entity is a participating policyholder or shareholder of a provincial company, the company must recognize any individual authorized by a resolution of the directors or governing body or similar authority of the entity to represent it at meetings of participating policyholders or shareholders of the company. (2) An individual authorized under subsection (1) to represent an entity may exercise on behalf of the entity all the powers the entity could exercise if the entity were an individual who was a participating policyholder or shareholder. 1999 cI‑5.1 s284 Joint voting policyholders or shareholders 285 Unless the bylaws otherwise provide, if 2 or more persons hold policies or shares jointly, one of those holders present at a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders may, in the absence of the others, vote the shares or policies, but if 2 or more of those persons who are present in person or represented by proxyholder vote, they must vote as one on the policies or shares jointly held by them. 1999 cI‑5.1 s285 Voting by hands or ballot 286 (1) Unless the bylaws otherwise provide, voting at a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders must take place by show of hands except when a ballot is demanded by a participating policyholder, shareholder or proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting. (2) A participating policyholder, shareholder or proxyholder may demand a ballot either before or on the declaration of the result of a vote by show of hands. 1999 cI‑5.1 s286 Resolution instead of meeting 287 (1) Except where a written statement is submitted by a director under section 326 or by an auditor under section 379(1), (a) a resolution in writing signed by all the participating policyholders and shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the participating policyholders or shareholders, and (b) a resolution in writing dealing with all matters required by this Act to be dealt with at a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders, and signed by all the participating policyholders and shareholders entitled to vote at that meeting, satisfies all the requirements of this Act relating to meetings of participating policyholders or shareholders. (2) A copy of every resolution referred to in subsection (1) must be kept with the minutes of the meetings of participating policyholders or shareholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s287 Requisitioned meetings 288 (1) Shareholders who together hold not less than 5% of the issued and outstanding shares of a provincial company that carry the right to vote at a meeting sought to be held may requisition the directors to call a meeting of shareholders or participating policyholders and shareholders for the purposes stated in the requisition. (2) At least 100 participating policyholders or 10% of the total number of those policyholders, whichever is fewer, may requisition the directors to call a meeting of participating policyholders or participating policyholders and shareholders for the purposes stated in the requisition. (3) A requisition referred to in subsection (1) or (2) (a) must state the business to be transacted at the meeting and must be sent to each director and to the provincial company’s head office, and (b) may consist of several documents of similar form, each signed by one or more participating policyholders or shareholders. (4) The requisitioner must give notice to the Minister of a requisition made under subsection (1) or (2). (5) On receipt of a requisition referred to in subsection (1) or (2), the directors must call a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders to transact the business stated in the requisition, unless (a) a record date has been fixed under section 269(3) or (7) and notice of the record date has been given under section 269(9), (b) the directors have called a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders and have given notice of the meeting under section 270, or (c) the business of the meeting as stated in the requisition includes matters described in section 274(5)(b) to (d) and (g). (6) If the directors do not call a meeting within 21 days after receiving a requisition referred to in subsection (1) or (2), any participating policyholder or shareholder who signed the requisition may call the meeting. (7) A meeting called under this section must be called as nearly as possible in the manner in which meetings are to be called pursuant to the bylaws and this Act. (8) Unless the participating policyholders or shareholders otherwise resolve at a meeting called under subsection (6), the provincial company must reimburse the participating policyholders or shareholders for any expenses reasonably incurred by them in requisitioning, calling and holding the meeting. 1999 cI‑5.1 s288 Meeting called by Court 289 (1) Where it is impracticable (a) to call a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders of a provincial company in the manner in which meetings of those policyholders or shareholders are to be called, or (b) to conduct the meeting in the manner required by the bylaws and this Act, or where the Court thinks fit to do so for any other reason, the Court, on the application of a director or a participating policyholder or shareholder, may order a meeting to be called, held and conducted in such manner as the Court directs. (2) Without restricting the generality of subsection (1), the Court may order that the quorum required by the bylaws or this Act be varied or dispensed with at a meeting called, held and conducted pursuant to this section. (3) A meeting called, held and conducted pursuant to this section is for all purposes a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders of the provincial company duly called, held and conducted. 1999 cI‑5.1 s289 Disputed elections and appointments 290 (1) A provincial company or a participating policyholder, shareholder or director of a company may apply to the Court to resolve any dispute in respect of the election or appointment of a director or an auditor of the company. (2) On an application under subsection (1), the Court may make any order it thinks fit, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) an order restraining a director or auditor whose election or appointment is challenged from acting pending determination of the dispute, (b) an order declaring the result of the disputed election or appointment, (c) an order requiring a new election or appointment, including directions for the management of the business and affairs of the company until a new election is held or a new appointment is made, and (d) an order determining the voting rights of shareholders, persons claiming to own shares, participating policyholders and persons claiming to be participating policyholders.

1999 cI‑5.1 s290 Notice to Minister 291 (1) A person who makes an application under section 289(1) or 290(1) must give notice of the application to the Minister before the hearing and must deliver a copy of the order of the Court, if any, to the Minister. (2) The Minister may appear and be heard in person or by counsel at the hearing of an application referred to in subsection (1). 1999 cI‑5.1 s291 Triennial solicitation of policyholders 292 (1) A provincial company must, at the time of the application for or issuance of a policy the holder of which is entitled to vote at meetings of the participating policyholders or participating policyholders and shareholders of the company and at least once every 3 years after the application, (a) advise the participating policyholder of the policyholder’s right to attend and to vote in person or by proxy at those meetings, (b) provide the policyholder with a form for the policyholder to complete and return to the company if the policyholder wishes to receive notices of the meetings of the participating policyholders or participating policyholders and shareholders during the next 3 years, and (c) provide the participating policyholder with a form of proxy. (2) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of a provincial company that provides its participating policyholders with notices of all meetings of participating policyholders and shareholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s292 Take‑over Bids — Compulsory Purchase Application of Business Corporations Act 293 Part 16 of the Business Corporations Act , except section 195(3) of that Act, applies with respect to a provincial company as if the company were a corporation within the meaning of that Act, and a reference in that Part to a section in that Act, other than to a section in that Part, is deemed to be a reference to the corresponding section of this Act that deals with the same subject‑matter. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s293;AR 49/2002 s5;2002 c30 s16 Participating Policies and Dividends Participating Account 294 (1) A provincial company must maintain accounts in respect of participating policies, separate from those maintained in respect of other policies, in the form and manner determined by the Minister. (2) The accounts maintained in respect of participating policies are referred to in this Subpart as participating accounts. 1999 cI‑5.1 s294 Allocation of income 295 A provincial company must credit to, or debit from, a participating account that portion of the investment income or losses of the company for a financial year, including accrued capital gains or losses, whether or not realized, that is determined in accordance with a method that is (a) in the written opinion of the actuary of the company, fair and equitable to the participating policyholders, (b) approved by resolution of the directors, after consideration of the written opinion of the actuary of the company, and (c) not disallowed by the Minister, within 60 days after the Minister receives the resolution under section 297, on the ground that it is not fair and equitable to the participating policyholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s295 Allocation of expenses 296 A provincial company must debit from a participating account that portion of the expenses, including taxes, of the company for a financial year that is determined in accordance with a method that is (a) in the written opinion of the actuary of the company, fair and equitable to the participating policyholders, (b) approved by resolution of the directors, after consideration of the written opinion of the actuary of the company, and (c) not disallowed by the Minister, within 60 days after the Minister receives the resolution under section 297, on the ground that it is not fair and equitable to the participating policyholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s296 Filing of allocation method 297 The directors of a provincial company must file a copy of any resolution referred to in section 295(b) or 296(b) with the Minister, together with a copy of the written opinion of the actuary of the company and any other information that the Minister requests, within 30 days after making the resolution. 1999 cI‑5.1 s297 Review of allocation method 298 The actuary of a provincial company must report annually in writing to the directors on the fairness and equitableness of the method used by the company for allocating its investment income and losses and expenses to a participating account. 1999 cI‑5.1 s298 Regulations 299 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) with respect to a provincial company that has share capital, establishing limits on the payment to shareholders of the company from a participating account or on the transfer of an amount from a participating account to an account from which payment may be made to shareholders of the company; (b) establishing limits on the transfer from a participating account to a segregated fund maintained pursuant to section 118. 1999 cI‑5.1 s299 Declaration of policy dividend or bonus 300 (1) Subject to this section, the directors of a provincial company that issues participating policies may declare, and the company may pay or otherwise satisfy, a dividend, bonus or other benefit on those policies in accordance with its dividend or bonus policy. (2) The directors must, before declaring a dividend, bonus or other benefit on participating policies, consider a written report, which the actuary of the provincial company must make, on whether in the actuary’s opinion the dividend, bonus or other benefit is in accordance with the dividend or bonus policy of the company. (3) The directors of a provincial company must not declare a dividend, bonus or other benefit to participating policyholders if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is, or the payment or other satisfaction would cause the company to be, in contravention of the requirements of Subpart 10. 1999 cI‑5.1 s300 Division 2 Proxies and Proxy Solicitation Definitions 301 In this Division, (a) “registrant” means a securities broker or dealer required to be registered to trade or deal in securities under the laws of any jurisdiction; (b) “solicit” or “solicitation” includes (i) a request for a proxy, whether or not accompanied with or included in a form of proxy, (ii) a request to execute or not to execute a form of proxy or to revoke a proxy, (iii) the sending of a form of proxy or other communication to a participating policyholder or shareholder under circumstances reasonably calculated to result in the procurement, withholding or revocation of a proxy, and (iv) the sending of a form of proxy to a shareholder under section 304, but does not include (v) the sending of a form of proxy in response to an unsolicited request made by or on behalf of a participating policyholder or shareholder, (vi) the performance of administrative acts or professional services on behalf of a person soliciting a proxy, (vii) the sending by a registrant of the documents referred to in section 307, or (viii) a solicitation by a person in respect of shares of which that person is the beneficial owner; (c) “solicitation by or on behalf of the management of a provincial company” means a solicitation by any person pursuant to a resolution or instructions of, or with the acquiescence of, the directors or a committee of the directors of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s301 Appointing proxyholder 302 (1) A participating policyholder or shareholder may, by executing a form of proxy, appoint a proxyholder or one or more alternate proxyholders, who are not required to be policyholders or shareholders, to attend and act at the meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders in the manner and to the extent authorized by the proxy and with the authority conferred by the proxy. (2) A form of proxy must be executed by a participating policyholder or shareholder or by a participating policyholder’s or shareholder’s attorney authorized in writing to do so. (3) No appointment of a proxyholder provides authority for the proxyholder to act in respect of the appointment of an auditor or the election of a director unless (a) a nominee proposed in good faith for the appointment or election is named in the form of proxy, a management proxy circular, a dissident’s proxy circular or a proposal under section 274(1), or (b) the form of proxy was sent to a participating policyholder pursuant to section 292. (4) No appointment of a proxyholder by execution of a form of proxy sent to a participating policyholder pursuant to section 292 provides authority for the proxyholder to act in respect of business referred to in section 270(1)(c). (5) An appointment of a proxyholder by execution of a form of proxy sent to a participating policyholder pursuant to section 292 after a provincial company receives a dissident’s proxy circular does not provide authority for the proxyholder to act at the meeting in respect of which the dissident’s proxy circular is sent. (6) A form of proxy must indicate, in boldface type, that the participating policyholder or shareholder by whom or on whose behalf it is executed may appoint a proxyholder, other than a person designated in the form of proxy, to attend and act on the policyholder’s or shareholder’s behalf at a meeting to which the proxy relates, and must contain instructions as to the manner in which the policyholder or shareholder may do so. (7) Subject to subsections (4) and (5), a proxy given by a policyholder by executing a form of proxy sent to the participating policyholder pursuant to section 292 is valid for a period of 3 years after it is given or a lesser period specified in the proxy and at any adjournment of a meeting begun during that period, and any other proxy is valid only at the meeting in respect of which it is given or any adjournment of the meeting. (8) A participating policyholder or shareholder may revoke a proxy (a) by depositing a letter executed by the policyholder or shareholder or by the policyholder’s or shareholder’s attorney authorized in writing to do so (i) at the provincial company’s head office at any time up to and including the last business day preceding the day of a meeting, or an adjournment of the meeting, at which the proxy is to be used, or (ii) with the chair of the meeting on the day of the meeting or an adjournment of the meeting, or (b) in any other manner permitted by law. 1999 cI‑5.1 s302 Deposit of proxies 303 (1) The directors may specify in a notice calling a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders a time preceding the meeting or an adjournment of the meeting before which time executed forms of proxy to be used at the meeting must be deposited with the provincial company or its transfer agent. (2) The time specified for the deposit of forms of proxy must not precede the meeting by more than (a) 48 hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, in the case of forms of proxy executed by shareholders, and (b) 10 days, in the case of forms of proxy executed by participating policyholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s303 Mandatory solicitation 304 (1) Subject to section 271(2) and subsection (2), the management of a provincial company must, concurrently with giving notice of a meeting of shareholders, send a form of proxy to each shareholder entitled to receive notice of the meeting. (2) Where a provincial company has fewer than 15 shareholders, 2 or more joint holders being counted as one shareholder, the management of the company is not required to send a form of proxy to the shareholders under subsection (1). 1999 cI‑5.1 s304 Soliciting proxies 305 (1) A person must not solicit proxies unless (a) in the case of solicitation by or on behalf of the management of a provincial company, a management proxy circular, either as an appendix to or as a separate document accompanying the notice of the meeting, or (b) in the case of any other solicitation, a dissident’s proxy circular stating the purposes of the solicitation is sent to the auditor of the company, to each participating policyholder or shareholder whose proxy is solicited and, if clause (b) applies, to the company. (2) A person who sends a management proxy circular or dissident’s proxy circular must concurrently file with the Minister (a) in the case of a management proxy circular, a copy of the circular together with a copy of the notice of meeting, form of proxy and any other documents for use in connection with the meeting, and (b) in the case of a dissident’s proxy circular, a copy of the circular together with a copy of the form of proxy and any other documents to be used in connection with the meeting. (3) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of the solicitation of proxies by the provision of a form of proxy pursuant to section 292. (4) On the application of an interested person, the Minister may, on the terms the Minister thinks fit, exempt the interested person from any of the requirements of subsection (1) and section 304, and the exemption may be given retroactive effect. (5) The Minister must set out in The Alberta Gazette the particulars of exemptions granted under subsection (4) together with the reasons for granting the exemptions. 1999 cI‑5.1 s305 Attendance at meeting 306 (1) A person who solicits a proxy and is appointed proxyholder must attend in person or cause an alternate proxyholder to attend every meeting in respect of which the proxy is valid, and the proxyholder or alternate proxyholder must comply with the directions of the participating policyholder or shareholder who executed the form of proxy. (2) A proxyholder or an alternate proxyholder has the same rights as the appointing participating policyholder or shareholder to speak at a meeting of policyholders or shareholders in respect of any matter, to vote by way of ballot at the meeting and, except where the proxyholder or alternate proxyholder has conflicting instructions from more than one policyholder or shareholder, to vote at such a meeting in respect of any matter by way of a show of hands. 1999 cI‑5.1 s306 Duty of registrant 307 (1) Shares of a provincial company that are registered in the name of a registrant or registrant’s nominee and that are not beneficially owned by the registrant must not be voted unless the registrant sends to the beneficial owner (a) forthwith after receiving them, a copy of the notice of the meeting, annual statement, management proxy circular, dissident’s proxy circular and any other documents, other than the form of proxy, that were sent to shareholders by or on behalf of any person for use in connection with the meeting, and (b) a written request for voting instructions, except where the registrant has already received written voting instructions from the beneficial owner. (2) A registrant must not vote or appoint a proxyholder to vote shares of a provincial company registered in the registrant’s name or in the name of the registrant’s nominee that the registrant does not beneficially own unless the registrant receives voting instructions from the beneficial owner. (3) A person by or on behalf of whom a solicitation is made must, at the request of a registrant, forthwith provide the registrant, at that person’s expense, with the necessary number of copies of the documents referred to in subsection (1)(a). (4) A registrant must vote or appoint a proxyholder to vote any shares referred to in subsection (1) in accordance with any written voting instructions received from the beneficial owner. (5) If requested by a beneficial owner, a registrant must appoint the beneficial owner or a nominee of the beneficial owner as proxyholder. (6) The failure of a registrant to comply with any of subsections (1) to (5) does not render void any meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders or any action taken at the meeting. (7) Nothing in this Subpart gives a registrant the right to vote shares that the registrant is otherwise prohibited from voting. 1999 cI‑5.1 s307 Restraining order 308 (1) If a form of proxy, management proxy circular or dissident’s proxy circular contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required in the document or necessary to make a statement contained in the document not misleading in the light of the circumstances in which it was made, an interested person or the Minister may apply to the Court and the Court may make any order it thinks fit, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) an order restraining the solicitation or the holding of the meeting, or restraining any person from implementing or acting on any resolution passed at the meeting, to which the form of proxy, management proxy circular or dissident’s proxy circular relates, (b) an order requiring correction of any form of proxy or proxy circular and a further solicitation, and (c) an order adjourning the meeting. (2) Where a person other than the Minister is an applicant under subsection (1), the applicant must give to the Minister notice of the application and the Minister is entitled to appear and to be heard in person or by counsel. 1999 cI‑5.1 s308 Subpart 6 Directors and Officers Duties Duty to manage 309 (1) Subject to this Act, the directors of a provincial company must manage or supervise the management of the business and affairs of the company. (2) Without limiting the generality of subsection (1), the directors of a provincial company must (a) establish an audit committee and a conduct review committee; (b) establish procedures to resolve conflicts of interest, including techniques for the identification of potential conflict situations and for restricting the use of confidential information; (c) in the case of a company that issues participating policies, establish, before issuing any participating policies, a policy for determining the dividends and bonuses to be paid to the participating policyholders; (d) establish procedures to provide disclosure of information that this Act and the regulations require to be disclosed; (e) establish policies and procedures to ensure that the company applies prudent investment standards in accordance with section 417; (f) appoint the actuary of the company. (3) Subsection (2)(a) does not apply to the directors of a provincial company where (a) all the voting shares of the company, other than directors’ qualifying shares, if any, are beneficially owned by a financial institution incorporated by or under an Act of the Legislature, (b) there are no participating policyholders, and (c) the audit committee or the conduct review committee of the financial institution referred to in clause (a) performs for and on behalf of the company all the functions that would otherwise be required to be performed by the audit committee or conduct review committee of the company under this Act. 1999 cI‑5.1 s309 Duty of care 310 (1) Every director and officer of a provincial company in exercising any of the powers of a director or an officer and discharging any of the duties of a director or an officer must (a) act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company, and (b) exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonable and prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. (2) Every director, officer and employee of a provincial company must comply with this Act, the regulations, the company’s instrument of incorporation and the bylaws of the company. (3) No provision in any contract, in any resolution or in the bylaws of a provincial company relieves any director, officer or employee of the company from the duty to act in accordance with this Act and the regulations or relieves a director, officer or employee from liability for a breach of that duty. 1999 cI‑5.1 s310 Qualifications and Number of Directors Minimum number of directors 311 (1) A provincial company must have at least 5 directors. (2) A majority of the directors must be ordinarily resident in Canada. 1999 cI‑5.1 s311 Disqualified persons 312 (1) The following persons are disqualified from being directors of a provincial company: (a) a person who is less than 18 years of age; (b) a person who is of unsound mind and has been so found by a court in Canada or elsewhere; (c) a person who has the status of an undischarged bankrupt; (d) a person who is not an individual; (e) a person who holds shares of the company where, by section 257(6), the person is prohibited from exercising the voting rights attached to the shares; (f) a person who is an officer, director or full‑time employee of an entity that holds shares of the company where, by section 257(6), the entity is prohibited from exercising the voting rights attached to the shares; (g) a person who is a represented adult as defined in the Adult Guardianship and Trusteeship Act or is the subject of a certificate of incapacity that is in effect under the Public Trustee Act ; (h) a person employed in the public service of Alberta or by a Provincial agency or Crown‑controlled organization within the meaning of the Financial Administration Act and to which that Act applies, whether under a contract of service or a contract for services, whose substantive duties are directly concerned with the business or affairs of insurers, insurance agents or adjusters; (i) a person who fails to meet any other qualification requirements of the bylaws; (j) a person who, within the immediately preceding 5 years, (i) has been convicted of an indictable offence that is of a kind that is related to the qualifications, functions or duties of a corporate director, or (ii) has been convicted of an offence against this Act, if the time for making an appeal has expired without an appeal having been made or the appeal has been finally disposed of by the courts or abandoned. (2) A shareholder of a provincial company is disqualified from being a participating policyholders’ director of the company. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s312;2008 cA‑4.2 s136 No requirement to hold shares or policies 313 A director of a provincial company is not required to hold shares of or a policy issued by the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s313 Affiliated directors 314 (1) In this section, (a) “not in good standing”, in respect of a loan, means that, in respect of that loan, (i) any payment of principal or interest is 90 days or more overdue, (ii) interest is not being accrued on the books of the lender because it is doubtful whether the principal or interest will be paid or recovered, or (iii) the rate of interest is reduced by the lender because the borrower is financially weak; (b) “significant borrower” means (i) an entity that has outstanding indebtedness for money borrowed from the provincial company and from any affiliate of the company in an aggregate principal amount that exceeds 25% of the equity in the entity, or (ii) an individual who has outstanding indebtedness for money borrowed from the provincial company and any affiliate of the company, other than a loan secured by a mortgage on the principal residence of that individual, in an aggregate principal amount that exceeds 25% of the individual’s net worth. (2) Not more than 1/3 of the directors of a provincial company may be individuals who are, or within the preceding 2 years have been, remunerated officers, employees, insurance agents, insurance brokers or adjusters of the company or any of its affiliates. (3) No more than 2/3 of the directors may be affiliated directors. (4) An individual is an affiliated director of a provincial company if the individual (a) is an officer or employee of the company or an affiliate of the company, (b) has a significant interest in a class of shares of the company, (c) has a substantial investment in an affiliate of the company, (d) is a significant borrower in respect of the company, (e) is a director, officer or employee of an entity that is a significant borrower in respect of the company, (f) controls one or more entities of which the total indebtedness to the company or to an affiliate of the company would cause those entities, if treated as a single entity, to be a significant borrower of the company, (g) provides goods or services to the company, or is a partner or an employee in a partnership that provides goods or services to the company or an officer or employee of, or a person who has a substantial investment in, a body corporate that provides goods or services to the company, if the total annual billings to the company in respect of the goods and services provided exceeds 10% of the total annual billings of the individual, partnership or body corporate, as the case may be, (h) has a loan that is not in good standing from the company or from an affiliate of the company or is a director, an officer or an employee of, or an individual who controls, an entity that has a loan that is not in good standing from the company or from an affiliate of the company, (i) is a professional advisor to the company, (j) is an insurance agent, insurance broker or adjuster of the company, (k) is the spouse or adult interdependent partner of an individual described in any of clauses (a) to (j), or (l) is a relative of an individual described in any of clauses (a) to (j) who resides in the same home as the individual. (5) Whether a person is affiliated with a provincial company is determined as of the day the notice of the annual meeting is sent to participating policyholders and shareholders and that determination becomes effective on the day of that meeting, and a person is deemed to continue to be affiliated or unaffiliated, as the case may be, until the next annual meeting of participating policyholders and shareholders. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s314;2002 cA‑4.5 s45 Election and Tenure of Directors Number of directors 315 (1) Subject to sections 311(1) and 320, the directors of a provincial company must, by bylaw, determine the number of directors or the minimum and maximum number of directors, but no bylaw that decreases the number of directors shortens the term of an incumbent director. (2) Subject to sections 311(1) and 320, if a provincial company has common shares and participating policyholders, the directors of the company must by bylaw determine the number of directors, or the minimum and maximum number of directors, who are to be elected by the shareholders and the number, or the minimum and maximum number, who are to be elected by the participating policyholders. (3) A bylaw made pursuant to subsection (1) or (2) that provides for a minimum and maximum number of directors may provide that the number of directors, shareholders’ directors or participating policyholders’ directors to be elected at any annual meeting of the participating policyholders and shareholders is to be the number fixed by the directors prior to the annual meeting. (4) The number of shareholders’ directors and the number of participating policyholders’ directors, whether determined by bylaw or fixed by the directors, must each be at least 1/3 of the total number of directors. (5) If the shareholders of a mutual provincial company are entitled to elect one or more directors of the company, not more than 1/3 of the directors may be elected by the shareholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s315 Changing number of directors 316 (1) Subject to sections 311(1), 315(4) and 320, the directors of a provincial company may make, amend or repeal any bylaw to increase or decrease the number of directors or the minimum or maximum number of directors, directors who are to be elected by the shareholders or directors who are to be elected by the participating policyholders. (2) The directors must submit a bylaw, or an amendment to or a repeal of a bylaw, that is made under subsection (1) to the participating policyholders and shareholders, and the policyholders and shareholders may, by special resolution, confirm, amend or reject the bylaw, amendment or repeal. (3) A bylaw, or an amendment to or a repeal of a bylaw, made under subsection (1) is not effective until it is confirmed or confirmed as amended by the policyholders and shareholders under subsection (2). (4) Where a special resolution referred to in subsection (2) so states, the directors may, without further approval of the policyholders or shareholders, revoke the special resolution. 1999 cI‑5.1 s316 Proposal to amend 317 (1) Subject to subsection (2), a director or a policyholder or shareholder who is entitled to vote at an annual meeting of policyholders and shareholders of a provincial company may, in accordance with sections 274 and 275, make a proposal to make, amend or repeal the bylaws of the company referred to in section 316. (2) If a proposal is made to make, amend or repeal the bylaws of a provincial company to effect any of the changes referred to in section 316, notice of the meeting of policyholders and shareholders at which the proposal is to be considered must set out the proposal. 1999 cI‑5.1 s317 Term of directors 318 (1) The provincial company may, by bylaw, provide that the directors be elected for a maximum of 3 years. (2) The term of a director ends at the close of the annual meeting of participating policyholders and shareholders held in the year in which the director’s term ends. (3) A director who is not elected for an expressly stated term of office holds office for a one‑year term. 1999 cI‑5.1 s318 Determining election of directors 319 (1) Except where the bylaws of a provincial company provide for cumulative voting, the individuals who receive the greatest number of votes at an election of directors of a company, up to the number authorized to be elected, are the directors of the company. (2) If a provincial company has common shares and participating policyholders, a shareholder of the company (a) is not entitled to vote for the participating policyholders’ directors if the shareholder is not a participating policyholder, and (b) is not entitled to vote any shares for the policyholders’ directors. (3) If a provincial company has common shares and participating policyholders, a participating policyholder of the company (a) is not entitled to vote for the shareholders’ directors if the participating policyholder is not a shareholder, and (b) is not entitled to vote as a participating policyholder for the shareholders’ directors. (4) If at any election of directors referred to in subsection (1) 2 or more persons receive an equal number of votes and there are not sufficient vacancies remaining to enable all the individuals receiving an equal number of votes to be elected, the directors who receive a greater number of votes, or the majority of those directors, must, in order to complete the full number of directors, determine which of the persons receiving an equal number of votes are to be elected. 1999 cI‑5.1 s319 Cumulative voting 320 (1) Where the bylaws provide for cumulative voting, (a) in the case of a provincial company that has no participating policyholders, there must be a stated number of directors determined by bylaw, and not a minimum and maximum number; (b) in the case of a provincial company that has participating policyholders, there must be a stated number of shareholders’ directors determined by bylaw, and not a minimum and maximum number; (c) each shareholder entitled to vote at an election of directors to be elected by cumulative voting has the right to cast a number of votes equal to the number of votes attached to the shares held by the shareholder multiplied by the number of directors to be elected by cumulative voting, and the shareholder may cast all such votes in favour of one candidate or distribute them among the candidates in any manner; (d) a separate vote must be taken with respect to each candidate nominated for a position that is to be filled by cumulative voting, unless a resolution is passed unanimously permitting 2 or more persons to be elected by a single vote; (e) if a shareholder has voted for more than one candidate without specifying the distribution of the votes among the candidates, the shareholder is deemed to have distributed the votes equally among the candidates for whom the shareholder voted; (f) if the number of candidates nominated exceeds the number of positions to be filled, the candidates who receive the least number of votes must be eliminated until the number of candidates remaining equals the number of positions to be filled; (g) each director elected by cumulative voting ceases to hold office at the close of the next annual meeting of participating policyholders and shareholders following the director’s election; (h) a director elected by cumulative voting must not be removed from office if the votes cast against the removal would be sufficient to elect the director and those votes could be voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast and the same number of directors required by the bylaws to be elected by cumulative voting were then being elected; (i) the number of directors required by the bylaws to be elected by cumulative voting must not be decreased if the votes cast against the motion to decrease would be sufficient to elect a director and those votes could be voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast and the same number of directors required by the bylaws to be elected by cumulative voting were then being elected. 1999 cI‑5.1 s320 Class or series of shares 321 Nothing in this Act precludes the holders of any class or series of shares of a provincial company from having an exclusive right to elect one or more directors. 1999 cI‑5.1 s321 Re‑election of directors 322 A director who has completed a term of office is, if otherwise qualified, eligible for re‑election. 1999 cI‑5.1 s322 Incomplete Elections and Director Vacancies Void election or appointment 323 (1) If directors are not elected at a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders, the incumbent directors continue in office until their successors are elected. (2) If a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders fails to elect the number of directors required by this Act or the bylaws by reason of disqualification or the incapacity or death of one or more candidates, the directors elected at that meeting, if they constitute a quorum, may exercise all the powers of the directors of the provincial company pending the holding of a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders in accordance with subsection (3). (3) If there is not a quorum of directors, or if there has been a failure to elect the number or minimum number of directors required by this Act or the bylaws, the directors then in office must forthwith call a special meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders, as the case may be, to fill the vacancy or vacancies, and if they fail to call a meeting or if there are no directors then in office, any participating policyholder or shareholder may call the meeting. 1999 cI‑5.1 s323 Ceasing to hold office 324 (1) A director ceases to hold office (a) when the director’s term of office expires, (b) when the director dies or resigns, (c) when the director becomes disqualified under section 312 or ineligible to hold office pursuant to section 355(2), or (d) when the director is removed under section 325. (2) The resignation of a director of a provincial company becomes effective at the time a written resignation is sent to the company by the director or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. 1999 cI‑5.1 s324 Removal of director 325 (1) Subject to section 320(1)(h) and this section, the participating policyholders or shareholders of a provincial company may by resolution at a special meeting remove any director or all the directors from office. (2) A shareholders’ director may be removed only by a resolution of the shareholders at a meeting of shareholders or participating policyholders and shareholders. (3) A participating policyholders’ director may be removed only by a resolution of the participating policyholders at a meeting of participating policyholders or participating policyholders and shareholders. (4) Where the holders of any class or series of shares of a provincial company have the exclusive right to elect one or more directors, a director so elected may be removed only by a resolution at a meeting of the shareholders of that class or series. (5) A vacancy created by the removal of a director may be filled at the meeting of the participating policyholders or shareholders at which the director is removed or, if not so filled, may be filled under section 328. 1999 cI‑5.1 s325 Statement of director 326 (1) A director who (a) resigns, (b) receives a notice or otherwise learns of a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders called for the purpose of removing the director from office, or (c) receives a notice or otherwise learns of a meeting of directors or participating policyholders or shareholders at which another person is to be appointed or elected to fill the office of director, whether because of the director’s resignation or removal or because the director’s term of office has expired or is about to expire, is entitled to submit to the provincial company a written statement giving the reasons for the resignation or the reasons why the director opposes any proposed action or resolution. (2) Where a director of a provincial company resigns as a result of a disagreement with the other directors or the officers of the company, the director must submit to the company and the Minister a written statement setting out the nature of the disagreement. 1999 cI‑5.1 s326 Circulation of statement 327 (1) A provincial company must forthwith on receipt of a director’s statement referred to in section 326(1) relating to a matter referred to in section 326(1)(b) or (c), or a director’s statement referred to in section 326(2), send a copy of the director’s statement (a) to all other directors, and (b) unless the directors of the company consider on reasonable grounds that sending the statement would materially and adversely affect the financial viability of the company, to each participating policyholder and shareholder entitled to receive notice of meetings under section 270(1)(a) or (b) and to the Minister, unless the statement is attached to a notice of a meeting. (2) Where the directors decide, under subsection (1)(b), not to send a copy of the statement to the participating policyholders and shareholders, they must forthwith notify the Minister in writing to that effect, and the Minister may, despite that decision, order the provincial company to send the statement to the participating policyholders and shareholders entitled to receive notice of meetings under section 270(1)(a) or (b). (3) No provincial company or person acting on its behalf incurs any liability by reason only of circulating a director’s statement in compliance with subsection (1). 1999 cI‑5.1 s327 Shareholders or policyholders filling vacancy 328 The bylaws of a provincial company may provide that a vacancy among the directors is to be filled only by vote of (a) the participating policyholders or shareholders, (b) the shareholders, if the vacancy occurs among the shareholders’ directors, (c) the participating policyholders, if the vacancy occurs among the participating policyholders’ directors, or (d) the holders of any class or series of shares having an exclusive right to elect one or more directors if the vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the holders of that class or series. 1999 cI‑5.1 s328 Directors filling vacancy 329 (1) Despite section 335(4)(b) but subject to subsection (2) and sections 328, 330 and 331, a quorum of directors may fill a vacancy among the directors except a vacancy among the directors resulting from a change in the bylaws by which the number or minimum number of directors is increased or from a failure to elect the number or minimum number of directors required by the bylaws. (2) Despite sections 324 and 335(4)(b), where by reason of a vacancy the number of directors or the composition of the board of directors fails to meet any of the requirements of sections 311, 314(2) and (3) and 315(4), the directors who, in the absence of any bylaw, would be empowered to fill that vacancy must do so forthwith. 1999 cI‑5.1 s329 Vacancy among shareholders ’ or policyholders ’ directors 330 Despite section 335(4)(b) but subject to sections 328 and 331, where a provincial company has shareholders’ directors and participating policyholders’ directors and a vacancy occurs among those directors, (a) the remaining shareholders’ directors or participating policyholders’ directors, as the case may be, may fill the vacancy except a vacancy resulting from an increase in, or a failure to elect, the number or minimum number of shareholders’ directors or participating policyholders’ directors, (b) if there are no such remaining directors and, by reason of the vacancy, the number of directors or the composition of the board of directors fails to meet any of the requirements of sections 311, 314(2) and (3) and 315(4), the other directors may fill that vacancy, and (c) if there are no such remaining directors and clause (b) does not apply, any participating policyholder or shareholder may call a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders for the purpose of filling the vacancy. 1999 cI‑5.1 s330 Class vacancy 331 Despite section 335(4)(b) but subject to section 328, where the holders of any class or series of shares of a provincial company have an exclusive right to elect one or more directors and a vacancy occurs among those directors, (a) the remaining directors elected by the holders of that class or series may fill the vacancy except a vacancy resulting from an increase in, or a failure to elect, the number or minimum number of directors for that class or series, (b) if there are no such remaining directors and, by reason of the vacancy, the number of directors or the composition of the board of directors fails to meet any of the requirements of sections 311, 314(2) and (3) and 315(4), the other directors may fill that vacancy, and (c) if there are no such remaining directors and clause (b) does not apply, any holder of shares of that class or series may call a meeting of the holders of those shares for the purpose of filling the vacancy. 1999 cI‑5.1 s331 Unexpired term 332 Unless the bylaws otherwise provide, a director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy holds office for the unexpired term of the director’s predecessor in office. 1999 cI‑5.1 s332 Meetings of the Board Meeting of directors 333 (1) Unless the bylaws otherwise provide, the directors may meet at any place. (2) Notice of meetings of the directors must be given in accordance with the bylaws. 1999 cI‑5.1 s333 Notice of meeting 334 (1) A notice of a meeting of directors must specify each matter referred to in section 350(2) that is to be dealt with at the meeting but, unless the bylaws otherwise provide, need not otherwise specify the purpose of or the business to be transacted at the meeting. (2) A director may in any manner waive notice of a meeting of directors and the attendance of a director at a meeting of directors is a waiver of notice of that meeting except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called. (3) Notice of an adjourned meeting of directors is not required to be given if the time and place of the adjourned meeting was announced at the original meeting. 1999 cI‑5.1 s334 Quorum 335 (1) The number of directors referred to in subsection (2) constitutes a quorum at any meeting of directors or a committee of directors and, despite any vacancy among the directors, a quorum of directors may exercise all the powers of the directors. (2) A quorum for a meeting of the directors is the greater of (a) three directors, and (b) a majority of the directors. (3) A quorum for a meeting of a committee of the directors is a majority of the directors comprising the committee. (4) Despite subsections (2) and (3), there is no quorum unless (a) at least one of the directors present at the meeting is not an affiliated director as determined under section 314(4) and (5), and (b) at least 1/2 of the directors present at the meeting are ordinarily resident in Canada. (5) Any director present at a meeting of directors who is not present at any particular time during the meeting for the purposes of section 355(1) is considered as being present for the purposes of this section. 1999 cI‑5.1 s335 Resident Canadian majority 336 Despite section 335, the directors of a provincial company may transact business at a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors without the required proportion of directors who are ordinarily resident in Canada if (a) a director who is ordinarily resident in Canada and is unable to be present approves, in writing or by telephone or by any other means, the business transacted at the meeting, and (b) there would have been present the required proportion of directors who are ordinarily resident in Canada had that director been present at the meeting. 1999 cI‑5.1 s336 Electronic meeting 337 (1) Subject to the bylaws of a provincial company, a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors may be held by means of telephonic, electronic or other communications facilities that permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other during the meeting. (2) A director participating in a meeting by any means referred to in subsection (1) is, for the purposes of this Act, present at that meeting. 1999 cI‑5.1 s337 Resolution instead of meeting 338 (1) A resolution in writing signed by all the directors of a provincial company entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of directors or a committee of directors is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of directors or a committee of directors. (2) A resolution in writing dealing with all matters required by this Act to be dealt with at a meeting of directors or a committee of directors of a provincial company and signed by all the directors entitled to vote at that meeting satisfies all the requirements of this Act relating to meetings of directors or committees of directors. 1999 cI‑5.1 s338 Dissent of director 339 (1) A director of a provincial company who is present at a meeting of directors or a committee of directors is deemed to have consented to any resolution passed or action taken at that meeting unless (a) the director requests that the director’s dissent be entered or the director’s dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) the director sends a written dissent to the secretary of the meeting before the meeting is adjourned, or (c) the director sends the director’s dissent by recorded mail or delivers it to the head office of the company immediately after the meeting is adjourned. (2) A director of a provincial company who votes for or consents to a resolution is not entitled to dissent under subsection (1). (3) A director of a provincial company who is not present at a meeting at which a resolution is passed or action taken is deemed to have consented to the resolution or action taken unless, within 7 days after the director becomes aware of the resolution or action taken, the director (a) causes the director’s dissent to be placed with the minutes of the meeting, or (b) sends the director’s dissent by recorded mail or delivers it to the head office of the company. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s339;2016 c23 s3 Meeting required by Minister 340 (1) The Minister may, by notice in writing, require a provincial company to hold a meeting of directors of the company to consider the matters set out in the notice. (2) The Minister may attend and be heard at a meeting referred to in subsection (1).

1999 cI‑5.1 s340 Bylaws Bylaws 341 (1) Unless this Act otherwise provides, the directors of a provincial company may by resolution make, amend or repeal any of the company’s bylaws. (2) The directors must submit a bylaw, or an amendment to or a repeal of a bylaw, that is made under subsection (1) to the participating policyholders and shareholders at the next meeting of participating policyholders and shareholders, and the participating policyholders and shareholders may, by resolution, confirm, amend or reject it. (3) Unless this Act or the instrument of incorporation otherwise provides, a bylaw, or an amendment to or a repeal of a bylaw, is effective from the date of the resolution of the directors under subsection (1) until it is confirmed, confirmed as amended or rejected by the participating policyholders and shareholders under subsection (2) or until it ceases to be effective under subsection (4) and, where the bylaw is confirmed, or confirmed as amended, it continues in effect in the form in which it was so confirmed. (4) If a bylaw, or an amendment to or a repeal of a bylaw, is rejected by the participating policyholders and shareholders, or is not submitted to the participating policyholders and shareholders by the directors as required under subsection (2), the bylaw, amendment or repeal ceases to be effective from the date of its rejection or the date of the next meeting of participating policyholders and shareholders, as the case may be, and no subsequent resolution of the directors to make, amend or repeal a bylaw having substantially the same purpose or effect is effective until it is confirmed, or confirmed as amended, by the participating policyholders and shareholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s341 Policyholder or shareholder proposal of bylaw 342 A participating policyholder or shareholder may, in accordance with sections 274 and 275, make a proposal to make, amend or repeal a bylaw. 1999 cI‑5.1 s342 Minister to receive bylaws 343 A provincial company must provide the Minister with a copy of all bylaws of the provincial company, including amendments, within 30 days after they come into force. 1999 cI‑5.1 s343 Entitlement to copies of bylaws 344 Every participating policyholder and shareholder of a provincial company is entitled, on request made not more frequently than once in each calendar year, to receive, free of charge, one copy of the bylaws of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s344 Committees of the Board Committees 345 The directors of a provincial company may appoint from their number, in addition to the committees referred to in section 309(2), such other committees as they deem necessary and, subject to section 350, delegate to those committees such powers of the directors, and assign to those committees such duties, as the directors consider appropriate. 1999 cI‑5.1 s345 Audit committee 346 (1) The audit committee of a provincial company must consist of at least 3 directors. (2) Two thirds of the members of the audit committee of a provincial company must be directors who are not affiliated directors of the company as determined under section 314(4) and (5), and none of the members of the audit committee may be officers, employees, insurance agents, adjusters or brokers of the company or of a subsidiary of the company. (3) The audit committee of a provincial company must (a) review the annual financial statements of the company before the annual financial statements are approved by the directors, (b) review the annual return of the company before the annual return is approved by the directors, (c) ensure that appropriate internal control procedures are in place, (d) review the investments and transactions that could adversely affect the well‑being of the company that the auditor or any officer of the company brings to the attention of the committee, (e) meet with the auditor to discuss the annual financial statements and the annual return and transactions referred to in this subsection, (f) meet with the actuary of the company to discuss the parts of the annual financial statements and the annual return prepared by the actuary, and (g) meet with the chief internal auditor of the company, or the officer or employee of the company acting in a similar capacity, and with management of the company, to discuss the effectiveness of the internal control procedures established for the company. (4) The audit committee of a provincial company must report on the annual financial statements and annual return to the directors before the directors approve the statements and return. (5) The audit committee of a provincial company may call a meeting of the directors of the company to consider any matter of concern to the committee. 1999 cI‑5.1 s346 Conduct review committee 347 (1) The conduct review committee of a provincial company must consist of at least 3 directors. (2) Two‑thirds of the members of the conduct review committee of a provincial company must be directors who are not affiliated directors of the company as determined under section 314(4) and (5), and none of the members of the conduct review committee may be officers, employees, insurance agents, adjusters or brokers of the company or of a subsidiary of the company. (3) The conduct review committee of a provincial company must (a) establish procedures for the review of transactions with related parties of the provincial company to which Subpart 12 applies, (b) review all proposed transactions with related parties of the company in accordance with Subpart 12, and (c) review the practices of the company to ensure that any transactions with related parties of the company that may have a material effect on the stability or solvency of the company are identified. (4) After each meeting of the conduct review committee of a provincial company, the committee must report to the directors of the company on all transactions and other matters reviewed by the committee. 1999 cI‑5.1 s347 Authority of Directors and Officers Chief executive officer 348 The directors of a provincial company must appoint a chief executive officer who must be ordinarily resident in Canada, must specify the duties of the chief executive officer and, subject to section 350, may delegate to that officer any of the powers of the directors. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s348;2013 c18 s10 Appointment of officers 349 (1) The directors of a provincial company may, subject to the bylaws, designate the offices of the company, appoint officers to those offices, specify the duties of those officers and, subject to section 350, delegate to them powers to manage the business and affairs of the company. (2) A director of a provincial company may be appointed to any office of the company. (3) Two or more offices of a provincial company may be held by the same person. 1999 cI‑5.1 s349 Delegation 350 (1) The directors of a provincial company may delegate any of their powers, except for the powers specified in subsection (2). (2) The directors of a provincial company must not delegate the power (a) to submit to the participating policyholders or shareholders a question or matter requiring the approval of the participating policyholders or shareholders, (b) to fill a vacancy among the directors or a committee of directors or in the office of auditor or actuary of the company, (c) to issue or cause to be issued securities, except in the manner and on terms authorized by the directors, (d) to declare a dividend on shares or a policy dividend, bonus or other benefit payable to participating policyholders, other than a dividend on a group policy that is a participating policy, (e) to authorize the redemption or acquisition of shares issued by the company pursuant to section 245, 246 or 247, (f) to authorize the payment of a commission on a securities issue, (g) to approve a management proxy circular, (h) to approve the annual financial statements of the company and any other financial statements issued by the company, (i) to approve the annual return of the company, or (j) to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws. 1999 cI‑5.1 s350 Remuneration 351 (1) A provincial company must make bylaws respecting the remuneration of directors. (2) Subject to the bylaws, the directors of a provincial company may fix the remuneration of the officers and employees of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s351 Validity of acts 352 (1) An act of a director or an officer of a provincial company is valid despite a defect in the director’s qualification or an irregularity in the director’s election or in the appointment of the director or officer. (2) An act of the board of directors of a provincial company is valid despite a defect in the composition of the board or an irregularity in the election of the board or in the appointment of a member of the board. 1999 cI‑5.1 s352 Right to attend meetings 353 A director of a provincial company is entitled to attend and to be heard at every meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s353 Conflicts of Interest Disclosure of interest 354 (1) A director or an officer of a provincial company who (a) is a party to a material contract or proposed material contract with the company, (b) is a director or an officer of any entity that is a party to a material contract or proposed material contract with the company, or (c) has a material interest in any person who is a party to a material contract or proposed material contract with the company must disclose in writing to the company or request to have entered in the minutes of the meetings of directors the nature and extent of that interest. (2) The disclosure required by subsection (1) must be made, in the case of a director, (a) at the meeting of directors at which a proposed contract is first considered, (b) if the director was not then interested in the proposed contract, at the first meeting after the director becomes so interested, (c) if the director becomes interested after a contract is made, at the first meeting after the director becomes so interested, or (d) if a person who is interested in a contract later becomes a director, at the first meeting after that person becomes a director. (3) The disclosure required by subsection (1) must be made, in the case of an officer who is not a director, (a) forthwith after the officer becomes aware that a proposed contract is to be considered or a contract has been considered at a meeting of directors, (b) if the officer becomes interested after a contract is made, forthwith after the officer becomes so interested, or (c) if a person who is interested in a contract later becomes an officer, forthwith after the person becomes an officer. (4) If a material contract or proposed material contract is one that, in the ordinary course of business of the provincial company, would not require approval by the directors or the participating policyholders and shareholders, a director or an officer referred to in subsection (1) must disclose in writing to the company or request to have entered in the minutes of meetings of directors the nature and extent of the director’s or officer’s interest forthwith after the director or officer becomes aware of the contract or proposed contract. 1999 cI‑5.1 s354 Voting 355 (1) A director referred to in section 354(1) must not be present or vote on any resolution to approve the contract unless the contract is (a) an arrangement by way of security for money lent to or obligations undertaken by the director for the benefit of the provincial company or a subsidiary of the company, (b) a contract relating primarily to the director’s remuneration as a director or an officer, employee or agent of the provincial company, a subsidiary of the company, an entity controlled by the company or an entity in which the company has a substantial investment, (c) a contract for indemnity under section 365 or for insurance under section 366, or (d) a contract with an affiliate of the provincial company. (2) Any director who knowingly contravenes subsection (1) ceases to hold office as director and is not eligible, for a period of 5 years after the date on which the contravention occurred, for election or appointment as a director of any financial institution that is incorporated by or under an Act of the Legislature. 1999 cI‑5.1 s355 Continuing disclosure 356 For the purposes of section 354(1), a general notice to the directors by a director or an officer declaring that the director or officer is a director or officer of an entity or has a material interest in a person and is to be regarded as interested in any contract made with that entity or person is a sufficient declaration of interest in relation to any contract so made. 1999 cI‑5.1 s356 Avoidance standards 357 A material contract between a provincial company and one or more of its directors or officers, or between a provincial company and another entity of which a director or an officer of the company is a director or an officer, or between a provincial company and a person in which the director or officer has a material interest, is neither void nor voidable (a) by reason only of that relationship, or (b) by reason only that a director with an interest in the contract is present at or is counted to determine the presence of a quorum at the meeting of directors or the committee of directors that authorized the contract, if the director or officer disclosed the interest in accordance with section 354(2), (3) or (4) or section 356 and the contract was approved by the directors or the participating policyholders and shareholders and the contract was reasonable and fair to the company at the time it was approved. 1999 cI‑5.1 s357 Application to Court 358 Where a director or an officer of a provincial company fails to disclose an interest in a material contract in accordance with sections 354 and 356, the Court may, on the application of the company, a shareholder of the company or a participating policyholder, set aside the contract on such terms as the Court thinks fit. 1999 cI‑5.1 s358 Liability and Indemnification Liability for incorporation expenses 359 (1) The directors of a provincial company who pay incorporation or organization expenses from the capital of the company or from interest on the capital without complying with section 140 are jointly and severally liable to the shareholders or incorporators of the company for the amount of those expenses. (2) A director of a provincial company who has satisfied a claim under this section is entitled to a contribution from the other directors of the company who are liable for the claim. 1999 cI‑5.1 s359 Liability for other matters 360 (1) The directors of a provincial company who vote for or consent to a resolution of the directors authorizing the issue of a share in contravention of section 234(3) or the issue of subordinated indebtedness in contravention of section 241 for a consideration other than money are jointly and severally liable to the company to make good any amount by which the consideration received is less than the fair equivalent of the money that the company would have received if the share or subordinated indebtedness had been issued for money on the date of the resolution. (2) The directors of a provincial company who vote for or consent to a resolution of the directors authorizing (a) a purchase, redemption or acquisition of shares in contravention of section 245, 246 or 247, (b) a reduction of share capital in contravention of section 249, (c) a payment of a dividend in contravention of section 253, (d) a payment of an indemnity in contravention of section 365, or (e) any transaction in contravention of Subpart 12, are jointly and severally liable to restore to the company any amounts so distributed or paid and not otherwise recovered by the company and any amounts in relation to any loss suffered by the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s360 Contribution 361 (1) A director who has satisfied a judgment in relation to the director’s liability under section 360 is entitled to contribution from the other directors who voted for or consented to the unlawful act on which the judgment was founded. (2) A director who is liable under section 360 is entitled to apply to the Court for an order compelling a shareholder or other person to pay or deliver to the director (a) any money or property that was paid or distributed to the shareholder or other person in contravention of section 245, 246, 247, 249, 253 or 365, or (b) an amount equal to the value of the loss suffered by the provincial company as a result of any transaction that contravenes Subpart 12. (3) Where an application is made to the Court under subsection (2), the Court may, where it is satisfied that it is equitable to do so, (a) order a shareholder or other person to pay or deliver to a director any money or property that was paid or distributed to the shareholder or other person in contravention of section 245, 246, 247, 249, 253 or 365 or any amount referred to in subsection (2)(b), (b) order a provincial company to return or issue shares to a person from whom the company has purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired shares, or (c) make any further order it thinks fit. 1999 cI‑5.1 s361 Limitation 362 An action to enforce a liability imposed by section 360 must not be commenced after 2 years from the date of the resolution authorizing the action complained of. 1999 cI‑5.1 s362 Liability for wages 363 (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the directors of a provincial company are jointly and severally liable to each employee of the company for all debts not exceeding 6 months’ wages payable to the employee for services performed for the company while they are directors. (2) A director is not liable under subsection (1) unless (a) the provincial company has been sued for the debt within 6 months after it has become due and execution has been returned unsatisfied in whole or in part, (b) the company has commenced liquidation and dissolution proceedings or has been dissolved and a claim for the debt has been proven within 6 months after the earlier of the date of commencement of the liquidation and dissolution proceedings and the date of dissolution, or (c) a winding‑up order has been issued in respect of the company under the Winding‑up and Restructuring Act (Canada) and a claim for the debt has been allowed or proven within 6 months after the issue of the winding‑up order. (3) A director is not liable under subsection (1) unless the director is sued for a debt referred to in that subsection while a director or within 2 years after the person has ceased to be a director. (4) Where execution referred to in subsection (2)(a) has issued, the amount recoverable from a director is the amount remaining unsatisfied after execution. (5) Where a director of a provincial company pays a debt referred to in subsection (1) that is proven in liquidation and dissolution or winding‑up proceedings, the director is entitled to any preference that the employee would have been entitled to and, where a judgment has been obtained, the director is entitled to an assignment of the judgment. (6) A director of a provincial company who has satisfied a claim under this section is entitled to a contribution from the other directors of the company who are liable for the claim. 1999 cI‑5.1 s363 Reliance on statement 364 A director, an officer or an employee of a provincial company is not liable under section 310(1) or (3), 360 or 363 if the director, officer or employee relies in good faith on (a) financial statements of the company represented to the director, officer or employee by an officer of the company or in a written report of the auditor of the company to reflect fairly the financial condition of the company, or (b) a report of a professional advisor. 1999 cI‑5.1 s364 Indemnification of directors and officers 365 (1) Except in respect of an action by or on behalf of the provincial company to procure a judgment in its favour, a provincial company may indemnify (a) a director or an officer of the company, (b) a former director or officer of the company, or (c) any person who acts or acted at the company’s request as a director or an officer of an entity of which the company is or was a shareholder or creditor against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment reasonably incurred by the person in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which the person is made a party by reason of being or having been a person referred to in any of clauses (a) to (c), if (d) the director, officer or person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company, and (e) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding enforced by a monetary penalty, the director, officer or person had reasonable grounds for believing that the impugned conduct was lawful. (2) A provincial company may, with the approval of the Court, indemnify a person referred to in subsection (1) in respect of an action by or on behalf of the company or entity to procure a judgment in its favour to which the person is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or an officer of the company or entity against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by the person in connection with that action if the person fulfils the conditions set out in subsection (1)(d) and (e). (3) Despite anything in this section, a person referred to in subsection (1) is entitled to indemnity from the provincial company in respect of all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defence of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which the person is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or an officer of the company or an entity if the person seeking indemnity (a) was substantially successful on the merits in the defence of the action or proceedings, and (b) fulfils the conditions set out in subsection (1)(d) and (e). (4) A provincial company may, to the extent referred to in subsections (1) to (3) in respect of the person, indemnify the heirs or personal representatives of any person the company may indemnify pursuant to subsections (1) to (3). 1999 cI‑5.1 s365 Directors ’ and officers ’ insurance 366 A provincial company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any person referred to in section 365 against any liability incurred by the person (a) in the capacity of a director or an officer of the company, except where the liability relates to a failure to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company, or (b) in the capacity of a director or an officer of another entity where the person acts or acted in that capacity at the company’s request, except where the liability relates to a failure to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the entity. 1999 cI‑5.1 s366 Application to Court for indemnification 367 (1) A provincial company or a person referred to in section 365 may apply to the Court for an order approving an indemnity under section 365(2) and the Court may so order and make any further order it thinks fit. (2) An applicant under subsection (1) must give the Minister written notice of the application and the Minister is entitled to appear and to be heard at the hearing of the application in person or by counsel. (3) On an application under subsection (1), the Court may order notice to be given to any interested person and that person is entitled to appear and to be heard at the hearing of the application in person or by counsel. 1999 cI‑5.1 s367 Subpart 7 Insider Trading Interpretation 368 (1) In this Subpart, (a) “business combination” means an acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of one body corporate by another body corporate or an amalgamation of 2 or more bodies corporate; (b) “insider” means, with respect to a provincial company, (i) the company, (ii) an affiliate of the company, (iii) a director or an officer of the company, (iv) a person who has a substantial investment in the company, (v) a person employed or hired by the company, and (vi) a person who receives specific confidential information from a person referred to in this clause, including a person referred to in this subclause, and who has knowledge that the person giving the information is a person described in this clause; (c) “officer”, in relation to a provincial company, means (i) a chief executive officer, president, vice‑president, secretary, controller, treasurer and any other individual designated as an officer of the company by bylaw or by resolution of the directors of the company, and (ii) any individual who performs functions for the company similar to those performed by an individual referred to in subclause (i). (2) For the purposes of this Subpart, (a) if a body corporate becomes an insider of a provincial company or enters into a business combination with a provincial company, or (b) if a provincial company becomes an insider of a body corporate, or enters into a business combination with a body corporate, every director or officer of the body corporate is deemed to have been an insider of the company for the previous six months or for such shorter period as the director or officer was a director or officer of the body corporate. 1999 cI‑5.1 s368 Application 369 This Subpart applies to a transaction in a security of a provincial company or any of its affiliates only if the provincial company is not a reporting issuer. 1999 cI‑5.1 s369 Civil liability 370 (1) An insider who, in connection with a transaction in a security of the provincial company or any of its affiliates, makes use of any specific confidential information for the insider’s own benefit or advantage that, if generally known, might reasonably be expected to affect materially the value of the security is (a) liable to compensate any person for any direct loss suffered by that person as a result of the transaction, unless the information was known or in the exercise of reasonable diligence should have been known to that person at the time of the transaction, and (b) accountable to the company for any direct benefit or advantage received or receivable by the insider as a result of the transaction. (2) An action to enforce a right created by subsection (1) must not be commenced after 2 years from discovery of the facts that gave rise to the cause of action. 1999 cI‑5.1 s370 Subpart 8 Auditors Definition 371 In this Subpart, “designated individual” means the individual that is required to be designated by an auditor under section 373. 1999 cI‑5.1 s371 Appointment of auditor 372 (1) The shareholders and participating policyholders of a provincial company must, by ordinary resolution at each annual meeting of participating policyholders and shareholders, appoint a person as auditor to hold office until the close of the next annual meeting. (2) The remuneration of an auditor may be fixed by ordinary resolution of the participating policyholders and shareholders but, if not so fixed, must be fixed by the directors. 1999 cI‑5.1 s372 Designated individual 373 If the auditor of a provincial company is not an individual, the auditor must designate an individual who is responsible for acting on behalf of the auditor. 1999 cI‑5.1 s373 Qualifications of auditor 374 (1) The designated individual or individual who is the auditor of a provincial company must (a) be a member in good standing of an institute or association of accountants incorporated by or under an Act, (b) have at least 5 years’ experience in performing audits of a financial institution, and (c) be ordinarily resident in Canada. (2) The auditor of a provincial company, every partner in a firm that is the auditor of a provincial company and the designated individual of an auditor must be independent of the company. (3) For the purposes of subsection (2), (a) independence is a question of fact, and (b) a person is deemed not to be independent of a provincial company if that person (i) is a director or an officer or employee of the company or of any affiliate of the company or is a business partner of any director, officer or employee of the company or of any affiliate of the company, (ii) beneficially owns or controls, directly or indirectly, a material interest in the shares of the company or of any affiliate of the company, or (iii) has been a liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver or receiver and manager of any affiliate of the company within the 2 years immediately preceding the person’s or person’s firm’s proposed appointment as auditor of the company or the individual’s proposed designation by the auditor, other than an affiliate that is a subsidiary of the company acquired pursuant to a loan workout or through a realization of security pursuant to section 421(2). (4) No person is disqualified from acting as the auditor of a provincial company or from being a designated individual solely on the grounds that the person or, if the person is a firm, a partner of the firm is a policyholder in the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s374 Revocation of auditor ’ s appointment 375 (1) The directors of a provincial company must revoke the appointment of its auditor if (a) the auditor no longer meets the requirements of section 374 and the auditor does not resign, or (b) the auditor’s designated individual no longer meets the requirements of section 374 and the auditor does not replace its designated individual with an individual who meets the requirements of section 374. (2) The Minister may revoke the appointment of an auditor of a provincial company if the Minister is satisfied that the auditor or the auditor’s designated individual no longer meets the requirements of section 374. (3) The participating policyholders and shareholders of a provincial company may, by ordinary resolution at a special meeting, revoke the appointment of an auditor. (4) Nothing in this section permits the revocation of the appointment of an auditor if the auditor was appointed by the Court, unless the Court provides otherwise. 1999 cI‑5.1 s375 Declaration of vacancy by Court 376 Any interested person may apply to the Court for an order declaring that an auditor or its designated individual no longer meets the requirements of section 374 and declaring the office of auditor to be vacant. 1999 cI‑5.1 s376 Ceasing to hold office 377 (1) The office of auditor of a provincial company becomes vacant when (a) the auditor resigns, (b) if the auditor is an individual, the individual dies, (c) if the auditor is not an individual, the auditor is dissolved, (d) the appointment of the auditor is revoked, or (e) the office of auditor is declared to be vacant under section 376. (2) The resignation of an auditor becomes effective at the time a written resignation is sent to the provincial company or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. 1999 cI‑5.1 s377 Filling vacancy 378 (1) If the office of auditor of a provincial company becomes vacant, the participating policyholders and shareholders or, if the bylaws permit, the directors must forthwith fill the vacancy. (2) An auditor appointed under subsection (1) holds office for the unexpired term of office of the predecessor auditor. (3) If a replacement auditor is not appointed in accordance with subsection (1), the Court may appoint an auditor to hold office for the unexpired term of the predecessor auditor and fix the remuneration of the auditor on the application of (a) a participating policyholder or shareholder of the provincial company, or (b) in addition to the persons referred to in clause (a), the Executive Director under the Securities Act if the provincial company is a reporting issuer. 1999 cI‑5.1 s378 Statement of auditor 379 (1) An auditor of a provincial company who (a) resigns, (b) receives a notice or otherwise learns of a meeting of directors or participating policyholders and shareholders called for the purpose of revoking the appointment of the auditor, or (c) receives a notice or otherwise learns of a meeting of directors or participating policyholders and shareholders at which another person is to be appointed in the auditor’s place, whether because of the auditor’s resignation or revocation of appointment or because the auditor’s term of office has expired or is about to expire, must submit to the company and the Minister a written statement giving the reasons for the resignation or the reasons why, in the auditor’s opinion, the auditor’s appointment is to be revoked or not renewed. (2) If the reasons in the auditor’s statement are based on a disagreement between the auditor and the directors or officers, the provincial company must forthwith send a copy of the statement to each participating policyholder and each voting shareholder. 1999 cI‑5.1 s379 Duty of replacement auditor 380 (1) Where an auditor of a provincial company has resigned or the appointment of an auditor has been revoked, or where the auditor’s term of office has expired or is about to expire and the auditor is not to be reappointed, no person may accept an appointment or consent to be appointed as auditor of the company until (a) the person has requested and received from the predecessor auditor the written statement under section 379(1), or (b) the person has requested from the predecessor auditor the written statement under section 379(1) and the person has not received the statement within 15 days after making the request. (2) If the predecessor auditor’s statement is not received by the person who will be the replacement auditor within 15 days after the request is made, the person must promptly notify the Minister and, if the Minister has received the written statement, the Minister must provide it to the person. 1999 cI‑5.1 s380 Right to attend meetings 381 (1) The auditor of a provincial company is entitled to receive reasonable notice of every meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders, directors, audit committee and conduct review committee of the company and, at the expense of the company, to attend and be heard at those meetings on matters relating to the duties of the auditor. (2) If a director, participating policyholder or shareholder of a provincial company, whether or not the shareholder is entitled to vote at the meeting, gives written notice not less than 10 days before a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders to an auditor or former auditor of the provincial company that the director, policyholder or shareholder wishes the auditor to attend at the meeting, the auditor or former auditor must attend the meeting at the expense of the company and answer questions relating to the auditor’s or former auditor’s duties as auditor. (3) An auditor is not required to comply with subsection (2) where the audit committee is satisfied that the request under subsection (2) is made primarily for the purpose of enforcing a personal claim or redressing a personal grievance against the provincial company or any of its directors, officers or security holders, or for a purpose that is not related in any significant way to the duties of the auditor. (4) A director, participating policyholder or shareholder who gives notice under subsection (2) must send concurrently a copy of the notice to the provincial company, and the company must forthwith send a copy of the notice to the Minister regardless of any decision of the audit committee under subsection (3). (5) The Minister may attend and be heard at any meeting referred to in subsection (2). 1999 cI‑5.1 s381 Right to information 382 (1) On the request of the auditor of a provincial company, the present or former directors, officers, employees or representatives of the company and any former auditors of the company must, to the extent that they are reasonably able to do so, (a) obtain or permit access to such records, assets and security held by the company or any entity in which the company has a substantial investment, and (b) provide such information and explanations as are, in the opinion of the auditor, necessary to enable the auditor to perform the duties of auditor of the company. (2) A person who in good faith makes an oral or written communication under subsection (1) is not liable in any civil action arising from the communication’s having been made. 1999 cI‑5.1 s382 Auditor ’ s report 383 (1) The auditor of a provincial company must make a report in writing on the annual financial statement of the company at the annual meeting of the participating policyholders and shareholders of the company. (2) In each report referred to in subsection (1), the auditor must include such remarks as the auditor considers necessary when (a) the auditor’s examination conducted to report on the annual financial statement has not been made in accordance with the auditing standards referred to in section 219, (b) the annual statement has not been prepared on a basis consistent with that of the preceding financial year, or (c) the annual statement does not present fairly, in accordance with the accounting principles referred to in section 219, the financial position of the provincial company as at the end of the financial year to which it relates or the results of the operations or changes in the financial position of the company for that financial year. 1999 cI‑5.1 s383 Requiring new financial statements 384 If the Minister is satisfied that the financial statements and reports of a provincial company that have been sent to the Minister, policyholders, shareholders or the public were not prepared in accordance with the standards set out in section 219, the Minister may require the company (a) to prepare new financial statements or reports that are prepared in accordance with the standards set out in section 219, and (b) to send the new financial statements or reports to the persons specified by the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s384 Report on director ’ s statement 385 (1) The auditor of a provincial company must, if required by the participating policyholders and shareholders, audit and report to them on any financial statement submitted to them by the directors, and the report must state whether, in the auditor’s opinion, the financial statement presents fairly the information required by the participating policyholders and shareholders. (2) A report of the auditor made under subsection (1) must be attached to the financial statement to which it relates and a copy of the statement and report must be sent by the directors to every participating policyholder, to every shareholder and to the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s385 Report to officers 386 (1) The auditor of a provincial company must report in writing to the audit committee of the company (a) any material transactions or conditions affecting the well‑being of the company that have come to the auditor’s attention and that in the auditor’s opinion are not satisfactory and require rectification, or (b) any material transaction that, in the auditor’s opinion, was not within the powers of the company when the transaction occurred. (2) An auditor is not required to make a report under subsection (1) unless the auditor becomes aware of the transactions or conditions in the ordinary course of the auditor’s duties. (3) If the auditor of a provincial company makes a report under subsection (1), the auditor must also transmit the report, in writing, to the chief executive officer and the actuary of the company and to the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s386 Auditor of subsidiaries 387 A provincial company must take all necessary steps to ensure that its auditor or, with the permission of the Minister, another auditor selected by the company, is duly appointed as the auditor of each of its subsidiaries unless (a) in the case of a subsidiary that carries on its operations in a country other than Canada, the laws of that country do not permit the appointment of the auditor of the provincial company as the auditor of that subsidiary, or (b) the provincial company’s auditor is of the opinion that the total assets of the subsidiary are not a material part of the total assets of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s387 Calling meeting 388 (1) The auditor of a provincial company or a member of the audit committee may call a meeting of the audit committee. (2) The chief internal auditor of a provincial company or any officer or employee of the company acting in a similar capacity must, at the request of the auditor of the company and on reasonable notice, meet with the auditor. 1999 cI‑5.1 s388 Notice of errors 389 (1) A director or an officer of a provincial company must forthwith notify the audit committee, the auditor and, if applicable, a former auditor of the company of any error or misstatement of which the director or officer becomes aware in an annual financial statement or other statement on which the auditor or former auditor has reported. (2) If the auditor or a former auditor of a provincial company is notified or becomes aware of an error or misstatement in an annual financial statement or other statement on which the auditor or former auditor reported, (a) the auditor must, if in the auditor’s opinion the error or misstatement is material, inform each director of the company, the actuary, the former auditor, if applicable, and the Minister, or (b) the former auditor must, if in the former auditor’s opinion the error or misstatement is material, inform each director of the company, the current auditor and the Minister. (3) Where under subsection (2) the auditor or a former auditor of a provincial company informs the directors of an error or misstatement in an annual financial statement or other statement, the directors must (a) prepare and issue a revised annual financial statement or other statement, or (b) inform the Minister and the participating policyholders and shareholders of the company of the impact of the error or misstatement. 1999 cI‑5.1 s389 Auditor ’ s report and extended examination 390 (1) The Minister may, in writing, require that the auditor of a provincial company report to the Minister on the extent of the auditor’s procedures in the examination of the annual return and may, in writing, require that the auditor enlarge or extend the scope of that examination or direct that any other particular procedure be performed in any particular case, and the auditor must comply with the requirement of the Minister and report to the Minister. (2) The Minister may, in writing, require that the auditor of a provincial company make a particular examination relating to the adequacy of the procedures adopted by the company for the safety of its creditors, policyholders and shareholders, or any other examination that, in the Minister’s opinion, the public interest may require, and the auditor must comply with the requirement and report to the Minister. (3) The expenses incurred as a result of the auditor’s performing duties under subsections (1) and (2) are payable by the provincial company on being approved by the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s390 Protection from liability 391 An oral or written statement or report made under this Act by the auditor or a former auditor of a provincial company has qualified privilege. 1999 cI‑5.1 s391 Subpart 9 Actuaries Definition 392 In this Subpart, “designated individual” means the individual that is required to be designated by an actuary under section 394. 1999 cI‑5.1 s392 Notice of appointment 393 A provincial company must, forthwith after the directors appoint a person to be the actuary of the company in accordance with section 309(2)(f), notify the Minister in writing of the appointment. 1999 cI‑5.1 s393 Designated individual 394 If the actuary of a provincial company is not an individual, the actuary must designate an individual who is responsible for acting on behalf of the actuary. 1999 cI‑5.1 s394 Qualifications of actuary 395 (1) A designated individual or an individual who is the actuary of a provincial company must (a) be ordinarily resident in Canada, and (b) be a Fellow in good standing of the Canadian Institute of Actuaries. (2) Repealed 2022 c11 s5. RSA 2000 cI-3 s395;2022 c11 s5 Certain officers precluded 396 (1) The chief executive officer or chief operating officer or a person performing similar functions must not be appointed as or hold the position of actuary of a provincial company unless authorized in writing by the Minister. (2) An authorization under subsection (1) ceases to be in effect on the day specified in the authorization but not later than the day that is 6 months after it is issued, and a person appointed or holding the position of actuary pursuant to the authorization must not hold that position after that day. 1999 cI‑5.1 s396 Chief financial officer 397 (1) The chief financial officer or a person performing similar functions must not be appointed as or hold the position of actuary of a provincial company unless (a) the audit committee of the company has provided the Minister with a written statement indicating that it is satisfied that the duties of both positions in the company will be adequately performed and that the actuarial duties will be performed in an independent manner, and (b) the appointment or holding of the position is authorized by the Minister. (2) An authorization under subsection (1)(b) may contain limitations and conditions, including a limitation on the time during which the person referred to in the authorization may hold the position of actuary of the provincial company. (3) A person holding the position of actuary pursuant to an authorization under subsection (1)(b) must not hold that position after the time limit referred to in subsection (2). 1999 cI‑5.1 s397 Revocation of actuary ’ s appointment 398 (1) The directors of a provincial company may revoke the appointment of the actuary of the company. (2) The directors of a provincial company must revoke the appointment of its actuary if (a) the actuary no longer meets the requirements of section 395 and does not resign, or (b) the actuary’s designated individual no longer meets the requirements of section 395 and the actuary does not replace its designated individual with an individual who meets the requirements of section 395. (3) The Minister may revoke the appointment of an actuary of a provincial company if the Minister is satisfied that the actuary or the actuary’s designated individual no longer meets the requirements of section 395. (4) Nothing in this section permits the revocation of the appointment of an actuary if the actuary was appointed by the Court unless the Court provides otherwise. 1999 cI‑5.1 s398 Declaration of vacancy by Court 399 Any interested person may apply to the Court for an order declaring that an actuary or its designated individual no longer meets the requirements of section 395 and declaring the office of actuary to be vacant. 1999 cI‑5.1 s399 Ceasing to hold office 400 (1) The office of actuary of a provincial company becomes vacant when (a) the actuary resigns, (b) if the actuary is an individual, the individual dies, (c) if the actuary is not an individual, the actuary is dissolved, (d) the appointment of the actuary is revoked, or (e) the office of actuary is declared to be vacant under section 399. (2) The resignation of an actuary becomes effective at the time a written resignation is sent to the provincial company or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later.

1999 cI‑5.1 s400 Filling vacancy 401 When a vacancy occurs in the office of actuary of a provincial company, the directors must forthwith (a) submit a written statement to the Minister of the circumstances and reasons why, in the directors’ opinion, the office of actuary became vacant, and (b) fill the vacancy. 1999 cI‑5.1 s401 Statement of actuary 402 An actuary of a provincial company who resigns or whose appointment is revoked must submit a written statement of the circumstances and reasons why the actuary resigned or why, in the actuary’s opinion, the actuary’s appointment was revoked to (a) the directors of the company, (b) the Minister, and (c) the replacement actuary of the company when a request for the statement is made by the replacement actuary. 1999 cI‑5.1 s402 Duty of replacement actuary 403 (1) If an actuary of a provincial company has resigned or the appointment of an actuary has been revoked, the replacement actuary must promptly after being appointed request the previous actuary to provide the replacement actuary with a copy of the statement referred to in section 402. (2) If the replacement actuary does not receive the statement within 15 days after making the request, the replacement actuary must promptly notify the Minister that the statement has not been received and, if the Minister has received the statement, the Minister must provide it to the actuary. 1999 cI‑5.1 s403 Right to information 404 (1) On the request of the actuary of a provincial company, the present or former directors, officers, employees or representatives of the company, any former actuary of the company and of any of the company’s subsidiaries and holding bodies corporate must, to the extent that they are reasonably able to do so, (a) obtain or permit access to such records held by the company or any of its subsidiaries or holding bodies corporate, and (b) provide such information and explanations as are, in the opinion of the actuary, necessary to enable the actuary to perform the duties of actuary of the company. (2) A person who in good faith makes an oral or written communication under subsection (1) is not liable in any civil action arising from having made the communication. 1999 cI‑5.1 s404 Actuary ’ s valuation 405 (1) The actuary of a provincial company must value (a) the actuarial and other policy liabilities of the company as at the end of a financial year, and (b) any other matter specified in any direction made by the Minister. (2) An actuary who is a Fellow of the Canadian Institute of Actuaries must ensure that the valuation is in accordance with generally accepted actuarial practices with any modification established by the Minister under section 219. 1999 cI‑5.1 s405 Special valuation 406 (1) The Minister may appoint an individual as an actuary to value the matters referred to in section 405(1)(a) or (b) in relation to a provincial company if the Minister is of the opinion that the appointment is necessary. (2) The remuneration and expenses incurred in carrying out a valuation under subsection (1) are payable by the provincial company on being approved by the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s406 Actuary ’ s report 407 (1) The actuary of a provincial company must, not less than 21 days before the date of the annual meeting of the participating policyholders and shareholders of the company, make a report to them on the valuation made under section 405 and on any other matter that is prescribed. (2) In each report required under subsection (1), the actuary must state whether, in the actuary’s opinion, the annual statement presents fairly the results of the valuation made under section 405. 1999 cI‑5.1 s407 Report to directors 408 (1) The directors of the company or, where the directors so choose, the audit committee of the company must meet with the actuary of a provincial company at least once during each financial year. (2) The actuary must report at the meeting (a) on the financial position of the provincial company, and (b) if directed to do so by the Minister, the expected future financial condition of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s408 Report on matters requiring rectification 409 The actuary of a provincial company must report in writing to the directors, chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the company and to the Minister any matters that have come to the actuary’s attention in the course of carrying out the actuary’s duties and that in the actuary’s opinion have material adverse effects on the financial condition of the company and require rectification. 1999 cI‑5.1 s409 Actuary ’ s procedures 410 (1) The Minister may, in writing, require that the actuary of a provincial company report to the Minister on the extent of the actuary’s procedures used in valuing the actuarially based liability figures contained in the annual return and may, in writing, require that the actuary enlarge or extend the scope of that valuation or direct that any other particular procedure be performed in any particular case, and the actuary must comply with the requirement of the Minister and report to the Minister. (2) The expenses incurred as a result of the actuary’s performing duties under subsection (1) are payable by the provincial company on being approved by the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s410 Protection from liability 411 (1) An oral or written statement or report made under this Act by the actuary or former actuary of a provincial company has qualified privilege. (2) The actuary or former actuary of a company who in good faith makes an oral or written statement or report under section 402 or 409 is not liable in any civil action for damages attributable to the actuary’s or former actuary’s having made the statement or report. 1999 cI‑5.1 s411 Regulations 412 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations providing for matters to be included in an actuary’s report under section 407. 1999 cI‑5.1 s412 Subpart 10 Adequacy of Assets, Capital and Liquidity 413 Repealed RSA 2000 cI‑3 s873. Capital and liquidity 414 (1) This section comes into force when section 413 is repealed. (NOTE: Section 413 proclaimed repealed November 26, 2003.) (2) A provincial company must, in relation to its operations, (a) maintain adequate capital and adequate and appropriate forms of liquidity, and (b) comply with any regulations in relation to capital and liquidity. (3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations respecting the maintenance by provincial companies of (a) adequate capital, and (b) adequate and appropriate forms of liquidity. (4) The regulations may specify different requirements for different classes of provincial companies. (5) Even though a provincial company is complying with regulations made under subsection (3), the Minister may, by order, direct the company (a) to increase its capital, or (b) to provide additional liquidity in the forms and amounts that the Minister requires. (6) A provincial company must comply with an order made under subsection (5) within the time the Minister specifies in the order. 1999 cI‑5.1 s414 Subpart 11 Investments Definitions 415 In this Subpart, (a) “commercial loan” means (i) any loan other than (A) loans to an individual in an aggregate prescribed amount or less, (B) a loan to the government of Canada or a province or territory, a municipality or any of their agencies, or to the government of a foreign country or any of its agencies, or to a prescribed international agency, (C) a loan that is guaranteed by, or fully secured by securities issued by, a government, a municipality or an agency referred to in paragraph (B), (D) a loan that is secured by a mortgage on real property (I) where the mortgage is on residential property and the amount of the loan, together with the amount then outstanding of any mortgage having an equal or prior claim against the property, does not exceed 75% of the value of the property at the time the loan is made, or (II) where the mortgage is on real property other than residential property and the amount of the loan, together with the amount then outstanding of any mortgage having an equal or prior claim against the property, does not exceed 75% of the value of the property at the time the loan is made and the property provides an annual income sufficient to pay all annual expenses related to the property, including the payments owing under the mortgage and the mortgages having an equal or prior claim against the property, (E) a loan that is secured by a mortgage on real property where the amount of the loan, together with the amount then outstanding of any mortgage having an equal or prior claim against the property, exceeds 75% of the value of the property at the time the loan is made if repayment of the amount of the loan that exceeds 75% of the value of the property is guaranteed or insured by an insurer approved by the Minister or a government agency, or (F) a loan that (I) is fully secured by a deposit with any deposit‑taking institution, (II) is fully secured by debt obligations that are guaranteed by any financial institution other than the provincial company or an affiliate of the company, or (III) is fully secured by a guarantee of a financial institution other than the provincial company or an affiliate of the company, or (G) an advance on the security of or against the cash surrender value of a policy, (ii) an investment in debt obligations, other than (A) debt obligations that are (I) guaranteed by any financial institution other than the provincial company or an affiliate of the company, (II) fully secured by deposits with any deposit‑taking institution, or (III) fully secured by debt obligations that are guaranteed by any financial institution other than the provincial company or an affiliate of the company, (B) debt obligations that are issued by the government of Canada or a province or territory, a municipality or any of their agencies, or by the government of a foreign country or any of its agencies, or by a prescribed international agency, (C) debt obligations that are guaranteed by, or fully secured by securities issued by, a government, a municipality or an agency referred to in paragraph (B), or (D) debt obligations that are widely distributed, (iii) an investment in shares of a body corporate or ownership interests in an unincorporated body, other than (A) shares or ownership interests that are widely distributed, or (B) participating shares, and (iv) any other prescribed form of financing, but does not include a deposit with a deposit‑taking institution; (v) repealed 2003 c19 s34; (b) “connected” means connected as defined in the regulations; (c) “debt obligation” means a bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness, whether secured or unsecured; (d) “investment” includes a loan to a person; (e) “loan” includes an acceptance, an advance on the security of or against the cash surrender value of a policy, endorsement, letter of credit or other guarantee, a financial lease, a conditional sales contract, a repurchase agreement and any other similar arrangement for obtaining funds or credit, but does not include investments in securities; (f) “participating share” means a share of a body corporate that carries the right to participate in the earnings of the body corporate to an unlimited degree and to participate in a distribution of the remaining property of the body corporate on dissolution; (g) “widely distributed” with respect to securities of a body corporate means (i) securities issued by way of a prospectus and traded on a recognized stock exchange, or (ii) securities issued to more than 25 investors within a 6‑month period, no one of which holds more than 10% of the total amount of the securities issued and of which, on an ongoing basis, the body corporate does not own more than 10% of the securities outstanding. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s415;2003 c19 s34 Prudent investment standards 416 (1) A provincial company must adhere to prudent investment standards in making investment decisions and in managing its total investments. (2) For the purposes of this Act, prudent investment standards are those which, in the overall context of an investment portfolio, a reasonable and prudent person would apply to investments made on behalf of another person with whom there exists a fiduciary relationship to make such investments without undue risk of loss or impairment and with a reasonable expectation of fair return or appreciation. (3) The fact that a provincial company is in compliance with the other provisions of this Act relating to investments does not of itself mean that the company is in compliance with subsection (1). 1999 cI‑5.1 s416 Policies and procedures 417 (1) The directors of a provincial company must establish policies and procedures to ensure that the company applies prudent investment standards in making investment decisions and in managing its total investments. (2) The directors must review the procedures established under subsection (1) at least once each year. 1999 cI‑5.1 s417 Prohibited investments 418 (1) No provincial company may directly or indirectly make loans to or other investments in (a) any person, or (b) any 2 or more persons that to the knowledge of the company are connected, if the outstanding balance of principal and interest of loans for the person or the connected persons, together with the market value of investments in the person or connected persons, would exceed $500 000 or the prescribed percentage of the company’s assets, whichever is greater. (2) This section does not apply so as to restrict a provincial company from acquiring or making investments in (a) a security issued or guaranteed by the government of Canada or any province or territory, (b) a mortgage that is (i) insured under the National Housing Act (Canada) or through an agency of the government of Canada or a province or territory, or (ii) insured by an insurer approved by the Minister, (c) an unincorporated body referred to in section 420(2), (d) a body corporate referred to in section 421(3), or (e) other prescribed investments. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s418;2013 c18 s27 Restriction on residential mortgages 419 (1) No provincial company may make a loan in Canada on the security of residential property in Canada for the purpose of purchasing, renovating or improving that property, or refinance such a loan, if the amount of the loan, together with the amount then outstanding of mortgages having an equal or prior claim against the property, would exceed 75% of the value of the property at the time of the loan. (2) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of (a) a loan if repayment of the amount of the loan that exceeds the maximum set out in subsection (1) is guaranteed or insured by the Government of Alberta, the Government of Canada, the government of another province or territory, an agency of any of those governments or an insurance policy issued by a licensed insurer; (b) the acquisition by the company from an entity of securities issued or guaranteed by the entity that are secured on any residential property, whether in favour of a trustee or otherwise, or the making of a loan by the company to the entity against the issue of such securities, or (c) a loan secured by a mortgage where (i) the mortgage is taken back by the company on a property disposed of by the company, including where the disposition is by way of a realization of a security interest, and (ii) the mortgage secures payment of an amount payable to the company for the property. 1999 cI‑5.1 s419 Limitation on ownership of unincorporated body 420 (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (4), no provincial company may beneficially own more than a 10% interest in an unincorporated body. (2) Subsection (1) does not apply where the unincorporated body is carrying on a business that may be carried on by a body corporate referred to in section 421(3) and is carrying on that business in the same way as if it were such a body corporate. (3) For the purposes of subsection (1), an interest beneficially owned by a subsidiary of a provincial company is deemed to be beneficially owned by the company. (4) Despite subsection (1), a provincial company may, through realization of a security interest held by the company or, subject to the approval of the Minister, by means of a loan workout procedure, beneficially own more than a 10% interest in an unincorporated body, but the company must dispose of the excess interest within (a) two years after acquiring the excess interest, or (b) any longer period the Minister allows. 1999 cI‑5.1 s420 Limitation on shareholding 421 (1) Subject to this section and except as otherwise prescribed, no provincial company may have a substantial investment in a body corporate. (2) Despite subsection (1), a provincial company may, through realization of a security interest held by the company or, subject to the approval of the Minister, by means of a loan workout procedure, have a substantial investment in a body corporate, but the company must dispose of the excess shares that give the company a substantial investment within (a) two years after acquiring the excess shares, or (b) any longer period the Minister allows. (3) Despite subsections (1) and (2) and except as otherwise prescribed, a provincial company may have a substantial investment in any of the following bodies corporate: (a) a bank; (b) a loan corporation or trust corporation incorporated by or under an Act of Canada or a province or territory; (c) with the approval of the Minister, an extra‑provincial company or an insurer formed by or under an Act of Canada; (d) with the approval of the Minister, a foreign financial institution; (e) a prescribed body corporate. (4) A provincial company must not have a substantial investment in a body corporate referred to in subsection (3) if that body corporate has a substantial investment in another body corporate that is not a body corporate referred to in subsection (3). 1999 cI‑5.1 s421 Duty to provide information 422 If a provincial company acquires control of an unincorporated body referred to in section 420(2), or of a body corporate referred to in section 421(3), the provincial company must provide the Minister with any information respecting the unincorporated body or body corporate that the Minister requires. 1999 cI‑5.1 s422 Divestment order 423 (1) If a provincial company beneficially owns an interest in an unincorporated body referred to in section 420(2) and (a) the unincorporated body is carrying on business in an unsound manner that may imperil the company’s investment if continued, or (b) in the case of an unincorporated body that is controlled by the company, the company fails to provide information to the Minister under section 422, the Minister may, by order, direct the company to divest itself of all or part of its beneficial ownership within the time specified in the order. (2) If a provincial company beneficially owns shares in a body corporate referred to in section 421(3) and (a) the body corporate is carrying on business in an unsound manner that may imperil the company’s investment if continued, or (b) in the case of a body corporate that is a subsidiary, the company fails to provide information to the Minister under section 422, the Minister may, by order, direct the company to divest itself of all or part of its beneficial ownership within the time specified in the order. 1999 cI‑5.1 s423 Portfolio Limits Exclusion from portfolio limits 424 (1) Subject to subsection (3), the value of all investments acquired by a provincial company and any of its subsidiaries as a result of a realization of a security interest must not be included in calculating the value of the investments of the company and its subsidiaries under sections 425 to 430 (a) for a period of 7 years following the day on which the interest was acquired, in the case of an interest in real property, and (b) for a period of 2 years following the day on which the investment was acquired, in the case of an investment other than an interest in real property. (2) The Minister may, in the case of any particular provincial company, extend any period referred to in subsection (1) for such further period or periods, and on such terms and conditions, as the Minister considers necessary. (3) Subsection (1) does not apply to interests in real property that are prescribed for the purposes of this subsection. 1999 cI‑5.1 s424 Lending limit — life companies 425 (1) Subject to subsection (2), a provincial life company must not, and must not permit its subsidiaries to, (a) make or acquire a commercial loan, or (b) acquire control of a body corporate referred to in section 421(3) that holds commercial loans, if the aggregate value of all commercial loans held by the company and its subsidiaries exceeds, or if the making or acquisition of the commercial loan or the acquisition of control of the body corporate would cause the aggregate value of all commercial loans held by the company and its subsidiaries to exceed, 5% of the total assets of the company. (2) A provincial life company that has more than $15 000 000 of base capital may, with the prior approval of the Minister, make or acquire a commercial loan or acquire control of a body corporate referred to in section 421(3) that holds commercial loans where the aggregate value of all commercial loans held by the company and its subsidiaries would as a result exceed the limit set out in subsection (1). RSA 2000 cI‑3 s425;2008 c19 s22 Lending limit — property and casualty companies 426 A provincial property and casualty company must not, and must not permit its prescribed subsidiaries to, (a) make or acquire a commercial loan or a loan to an individual, or (b) acquire control of a body corporate referred to in section 421(3) that holds commercial loans or loans to individuals if the aggregate value of all such loans held by the company and its prescribed subsidiaries exceeds, or if the making or acquisition of the loan or the acquisition of control of the body corporate would cause the aggregate value of all such loans held by the company and its prescribed subsidiaries to exceed, 5% of the total assets of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s426 Limit on real property interest 427 A provincial company must not, and must not permit its prescribed subsidiaries to, (a) purchase or otherwise acquire an interest in real property, or (b) make an improvement to any real property in which the company or any of its prescribed subsidiaries has an interest, if the aggregate value of all of the company’s interests in real property exceeds, or if the acquisition of the interest or the making of the improvement would cause that aggregate value to exceed, 10% of the total assets of the company and its prescribed subsidiaries. 1999 cI‑5.1 s427 Limits on equity acquisitions 428 A provincial company must not, and must not permit its prescribed subsidiaries to, (a) purchase or otherwise acquire any participating shares of any body corporate or any ownership interests in any unincorporated body, other than those in which the company has, or by virtue of the acquisition would have, a substantial investment, or (b) acquire control of a body corporate that holds shares or ownership interests referred to in clause (a), if the aggregate value of (c) all participating shares, excluding participating shares of bodies corporate referred to in section 421(3) in which the company has a substantial investment, and (d) all ownership interests in unincorporated bodies beneficially owned by the company and its prescribed subsidiaries exceeds, or if the purchase or acquisition would cause that aggregate value to exceed, the prescribed percentage of the total assets of the company and its prescribed subsidiaries. 1999 cI‑5.1 s428 Aggregate limit 429 A provincial company must not, and must not permit its prescribed subsidiaries to, (a) purchase or otherwise acquire (i) participating shares of a body corporate, other than those of a body corporate referred to in section 421(3) in which the company has, or by virtue of the acquisition would have, a substantial investment, (ii) ownership interests in an unincorporated body, or (iii) interests in real property, or (b) make an improvement to real property in which the company or any of its prescribed subsidiaries has an interest if the aggregate value of (c) all participating shares and ownership interests referred to in clause (a)(i) and (ii) that are beneficially owned by the company and its prescribed subsidiaries, and (d) all of the company’s interests in real property referred to in clause (a)(iii) exceeds, or if the acquisition of the shares or interests or the making of the improvement would cause that aggregate value to exceed, 35% of the total assets of the company and its prescribed subsidiaries. RSA 2000 cI-3 s429;2022 c11 s6 Assets transactions 430 A provincial company must not, without the approval of the Minister, in any transaction or series of transactions with the same party during a period of 12 months, acquire or dispose of assets, directly or indirectly, other than assets that are debt obligations referred to in section 415(a)(ii)(A) to (D), having a value in excess of 10% of the total assets of the company as at the beginning of the 12‑month period. 1999 cI‑5.1 s430 Retaining investments 431 (1) If a provincial company has acquired on or before December 31, 1996 an investment that was allowed under the Insurance Act in force at the time of acquisition, but that is not permitted under this Act and the regulations, the company may retain the investment. (2) A provincial company that has an investment referred to in subsection (1) must not increase the amount of or renew or extend the investment without the prior consent of the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s431 Regulations 432 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) defining terms that are specified in section 415 as being defined in the regulations; (b) defining interests in real property for the purposes of one or more provisions of this Subpart and determining the method of valuating those interests; (c) prescribing quantitative limits on investments that may be made by a provincial company or its subsidiary, including quantitative limits on investments referred to in section 421(3) and, where a limit has been imposed by this Act, prescribing limits that are more restrictive; (d) imposing terms and conditions subject to which a provincial company or its subsidiary may make investments or enter into other transactions, and imposing restrictions on the manner in which investments and other transactions may be made, given or entered into; (e) prescribing investments and other transactions that a provincial company or its subsidiary must not make, give or enter into; (f) respecting the method to be used to value the assets of a provincial company for the purposes of this Act; (f.1) respecting the protection and maintenance of assets of a provincial company, including regulations respecting the bonding of directors, officers and employees of a provincial company; (g) respecting any matter that is to be prescribed under this Subpart. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s432;2008 c19 s23 Subpart 12 Transactions with Related Parties Interpretation 433 (1) In this Subpart, (a) “fundamentally reinsure” with respect to a contract of insurance means (i) that the insurer under the contract transfers or assigns all rights and obligations under the contract to another insurer, or (ii) that the contract is replaced by novation and the insurer under the replacement contract is different from the insurer under the original contract; (b) “loan” includes a deposit, a financial lease, a conditional sales contract, a repurchase agreement and any other similar arrangement for obtaining funds or credit, but does not include investments in securities or the making of an acceptance, endorsement or other guarantee; (c) “senior official” of a body corporate means an individual who (i) is a director and a full‑time employee of the body corporate, (ii) is an officer or the chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief accountant, chief auditor or chief actuary of the body corporate, (iii) performs functions for the body corporate similar to those performed by an official referred to in subclause (ii), (iv) is the head of the strategic planning unit of the body corporate, (v) is the head of the unit of the body corporate that provides legal services or human resources services to the body corporate, (vi) is an official who reports directly to the body corporate’s board of directors, chief executive officer or chief operating officer, or (vii) is prescribed. (2) A transaction, guarantee or investment is made or entered into if an existing transaction, guarantee or investment, including one made or entered into before the coming into force of this section, is modified, added to, extended or renewed. (3) Where a transaction is required by or under this Subpart to be at fair market rate, that requirement is satisfied, subject to subsection (4), if the transaction is not at fair market rate but is at a rate and terms that are more financially advantageous to the provincial company or subsidiary than actual fair market rate. (4) Subsection (3) does not apply where the transaction is between (a) a provincial company and its affiliate, or (b) a subsidiary of a provincial company and an affiliate of the provincial company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s433 Meaning of related party 434 (1) For the purposes of this Subpart, a person is a related party of a provincial company if the person (a) has a significant interest in a class of shares of the company, (b) is a director or senior official of the company or of a body corporate that controls the company or is acting in a similar capacity in respect of an unincorporated body that controls the company, (c) is the spouse or adult interdependent partner, or a child who is less than 18 years of age, of a person described in clause (a) or (b), (d) is an entity that is controlled by a person referred to in any of clauses (a) to (c), (e) is an unincorporated body in which the company beneficially owns more than a 10% interest, (f) is a body corporate in which the company has a substantial investment, (g) is an entity in which a person who controls the company has a substantial investment, (h) is an entity in which the spouse or adult interdependent partner, or a child who is less than 18 years of age, of a person who controls the company has a substantial investment, or (i) is designated under section 435 as a related party. (2) Unless the regulations provide otherwise, the following are not a related party of a provincial company: (a) a financial institution that wholly owns the company; (b) a wholly owned subsidiary of the company. (3) Where the Minister is satisfied that a subsidiary of a provincial company that is not a wholly owned subsidiary of the company functions primarily for the purpose of providing a service, other than a financial service, to the company or the company’s subsidiaries, the Minister may, on application, exempt the subsidiary from the status of related party of the company, subject to any terms and conditions the Minister considers appropriate. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s434;2002 cA‑4.5 s45 Designated related party 435 For the purposes of this Subpart, the Minister may designate any person as a related party of a provincial company if the Minister is of the opinion that (a) the person is acting or has acted jointly or in concert with a related party of the company with respect to entering into a transaction that would be prohibited or restricted under this Subpart if entered into by or with respect to that related party, (b) there exists or has existed between the person and the company an interest or relationship that might reasonably be expected to affect or that has affected the exercise by the company of its best judgment with respect to a transaction, or (c) the person is acting in concert with one or more other persons to own or control, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of voting shares of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s435 Transactions contemplating related party status 436 If a person who, but for this section, is not a related party enters into a transaction with a provincial company or its subsidiary knowing that the person is going to become a related party of the company, the person is a related party of the company with respect to that transaction. 1999 cI‑5.1 s436 Prohibited transactions, guarantees and investments 437 Except as provided in this Subpart, (a) no provincial company or subsidiary of a provincial company may, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction with a related party of the company, (b) no related party of a provincial company may, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction with the company or its subsidiary, (c) no provincial company or subsidiary of a provincial company may, directly or indirectly, enter into any guarantee on behalf of a related party of the company, and (d) no provincial company or subsidiary of a provincial company may, directly or indirectly, make an investment in or take a security interest in any securities of a related party of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s437 Exceptions to the prohibition 438 This Subpart does not apply in respect of (a) the granting of indemnification in accordance with section 365, (b) the issue by the provincial company of shares of any class when fully paid for in money or when issued (i) in accordance with any provisions for the conversion of other issued and outstanding securities of the company into shares of that class, (ii) as a share dividend, (iii) in exchange for shares of a body corporate that has been continued as a provincial company under Subpart 2, (iv) in accordance with the terms of an amalgamation under Subpart 2, (v) by way of consideration in accordance with the terms of an agreement referred to in Subpart 2, Division 10 in which the provincial company agrees to sell all or substantially all of its assets, or (vi) with the approval of the Minister, in exchange for shares of another body corporate, (c) the payment of dividends or policy dividends or bonuses, or (d) transactions that consist of the payment or provision by a provincial company of salaries, fees, stock options, policy premiums, pension benefits, incentive benefits or other benefits or remuneration to persons who are related parties of the company in their capacity as directors, officers or employees of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s438 Permitted transactions 439 (1) A provincial company or a subsidiary of a provincial company may (a) enter into a transaction with a related party that involves minor or general expenditures by the company or the subsidiary, (b) enter into a transaction with a related party for (i) the sale of goods, or (ii) the provision of financial services that are normally sold or provided to the public by the company or the subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, so long as the prices and rates charged by the company or subsidiary are at fair market rate, (c) enter into a transaction with a related party that is a financial institution if (i) the transaction consists of a deposit made at fair market rate and for a prescribed purpose, or (ii) the transaction consists of the acquisition at fair market rate of prescribed securities from a securities dealer who is not an underwriter, within the meaning of that term in the Securities Act , in the distribution of those securities and is not selling them as their principal, and (d) make a loan or give a guarantee on behalf of a senior official of the company or subsidiary if the aggregate of the outstanding principal and interest owing on all such loans and the contracted amount of all outstanding guarantees to or on behalf of that senior official does not exceed the lesser of (i) $100 000, and (ii) twice the annual salary of that senior official. (2) The conduct review committee of a provincial company must, subject to any prescribed limits, develop criteria as to what constitutes minor or general expenditures for the purposes of subsection (1)(a). (3) A provincial company may, subject to Subpart 2, fundamentally reinsure its contracts of insurance with a related party of the company. (4) A related party of a provincial company may, subject to Subpart 2, fundamentally reinsure its contracts of insurance with the company. (5) A provincial company may reinsure a contract of insurance in the ordinary course of its business with a related party of the company in accordance with section 62. (6) A provincial company may accept or retain on the direction of a policyholder or beneficiary who is a related party amounts that are payable as (a) policy dividends or bonuses, or (b) policy proceeds on the surrender or maturity of the policy or on the death of the person whose life is insured where the liabilities of the company in respect of the amount vary in amount depending on the market value of a specified group of assets. 1999 cI‑5.1 s439 Transactions requiring directors ’ approval 440 A provincial company or its subsidiary may with the prior approval of the directors of the company (a) enter into a written contract with a related party for the provision of management services to or by the company or subsidiary if it is reasonable that the company or subsidiary obtain or supply the services and so long as the consideration is reasonable for the services provided and is at fair market rate, (b) enter into a written lease of real estate or personal property with a related party so long as (i) the rent is at fair market rate, (ii) the term of the lease and all renewals does not exceed (A) 5 years in the case of a lease of personal property, or (B) 20 years in the case of a lease of real estate, and (iii) the terms of the lease are otherwise competitive and reasonable, (c) enter into a written contract with a related party at fair market rate for pension and benefit plans, stock options, incentive benefits and other reasonable commitments incidental to employment, (d) enter into a written contract with a related party respecting the provision of goods or services, or providing for a networking arrangement for the provision of goods and services, other than management services, so long as the price paid for those goods or services is at fair market rate and the term of the contract and all renewals does not exceed 5 years in total, (e) acquire from or sell to a related party prescribed securities, other than securities issued by the related party, so long as the transaction is at fair market rate, (f) acquire beneficial ownership of shares of a body corporate as permitted by section 421(3), (g) make a loan to or guarantee the obligations of an entity, other than a financial institution, in which the company beneficially owns shares as permitted by section 421(3) if the loan or guarantee is at fair market rate and meets prescribed conditions, (h) make a loan to (i) a director or senior official of the company, (ii) an employee of a prescribed class of the company, or (iii) the spouse or adult interdependent partner of a director or senior official of the company or of an employee referred to in subclause (ii) on the security of the residence of the person to whom the loan is made, and the loan must be at fair market rate except in the case of a loan to an employee of the prescribed class, to a senior official or to a director who is a senior official or who is an employee of the prescribed class, (i) make a personal loan to (i) a senior official of the company, (ii) an employee of a prescribed class of the company, or (iii) the spouse or adult interdependent partner of a senior official of the company or of an employee referred to in subclause (ii) that is fully secured other than by promissory note, and the loan must be at fair market rate except in the case of a loan to a senior official or to an employee of the prescribed class, (j) make a loan to a related party that is a financial institution in which the company beneficially owns shares as permitted under section 421(3), if the loan is at fair market rate, is fully secured by securities that meet prescribed qualifications and is for prescribed purposes, (k) enter into a transaction with a related party that is a financial institution if the transaction consists of a disposition by the company or subsidiary of assets for which the consideration is fully paid in money and is at fair market rate, (l) guarantee the obligations of a related party that is a financial institution, and (m) enter into any other transaction with a related party that the regulations permit it to enter into with the prior approval of the directors of the company. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s440;2002 cA‑4.5 s45 Procedures for approvals by directors 441 (1) Where this Subpart requires that a transaction have the prior approval of the directors of a provincial company, the approval must be given in writing and in accordance with procedures established under section 445, and the approval may be given with respect to a specific transaction or with respect to a class of transactions. (2) Where this Subpart requires that a transaction have prior approval of the directors of a provincial company and the transaction will be reviewed by the directors of a subsidiary of the company and the subsidiary is a financial institution, the directors of the company are not required to review the transaction. 1999 cI‑5.1 s441 Disclosure 442 (1) A person who knows or has reason to believe that the person is a related party of a provincial company and who proposes to enter into a transaction or guarantee with the company or its subsidiary for which the approval of the directors of the company is required must disclose in writing to the company the nature of the person’s interest in the proposed transaction or guarantee forthwith after becoming aware of the facts that make the person a related party of the company. (2) Where the related party is a director or senior official of a provincial company, disclosure must be made in accordance with section 354. (3) Where, with respect to a proposed transaction or guarantee referred to in subsection (1), a provincial company knows or has reason to believe that a party is a related party of the company, the company must take all reasonable steps to obtain from that other party full disclosure in writing of any interest or relationship, direct or indirect, that would make that other party a related party of the company. (4) The directors of the provincial company must ensure that a disclosure under subsection (1) or (3) is entered in the minutes of the first directors’ meeting held after the making of the disclosure. (5) A related party must not (a) vote or attempt in any way to influence the voting on any resolution to approve the transaction or guarantee, or (b) be present while the subject‑matter of the transaction or guarantee is being discussed or the vote is being conducted. (6) Where a provincial company does not receive full disclosure as required by this section in respect of a proposed transaction or guarantee, the company or its subsidiary, as the case may be, must not enter into the transaction or guarantee. 1999 cI‑5.1 s442 Transactions requiring Ministerial approval 443 A provincial company or its subsidiary may with the prior approval of the Minister enter into a transaction, guarantee or investment or a class of transaction, guarantee or investment with a related party of the company that would otherwise be prohibited or restricted by this Act or the regulations if the Minister is satisfied that the transaction, guarantee or investment is in the best interests of the company and is not prejudicial to the interests of the shareholders and policyholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s443 Limits on permitted transactions 444 No provincial company or subsidiary of a provincial company may enter into a transaction with a related party of the company that is permitted under this Subpart if the transaction exceeds the prescribed limits. 1999 cI‑5.1 s444 Review and approval procedures 445 (1) The conduct review committee of a provincial company must establish written review and approval procedures to be followed by the company to ensure compliance with this Subpart. (2) The procedures referred to in subsection (1) must be reviewed at least once each year by the conduct review committee. (3) The conduct review committee must report on its review under subsection (1) and must give its recommendations, if any, with respect to the procedures to the board of directors. (4) The procedures referred to in subsection (1) must deal with at least the following matters: (a) the formalities governing transactions, guarantees and investments in respect of a related party; (b) the obligations of the provincial company, its subsidiaries and the related party to disclose information; (c) the protection of confidential information held by the provincial company or its subsidiaries relating to its business associates, and the conduct of the company or subsidiary in cases where the interests of the company or subsidiary or of a person affiliated with either of them may be in conflict with the interests of its business associates. (5) The procedures referred to in subsection (1) are subject to the approval of the directors and the directors, on receipt of any recommendation from the conduct review committee, must review the procedures and make any changes they consider necessary. 1999 cI‑5.1 s445 Duty to report contraventions 446 (1) The auditor of a provincial company must promptly report to the directors and the Minister any breach of this Subpart of which the auditor is aware or is made aware under subsection (2). (2) Any person undertaking professional services for a provincial company who, in providing the professional services, becomes aware of a breach of this Subpart must promptly report the breach to the directors and the auditor of the company, unless the breach has already been reported under subsection (1). (3) Nothing in this section abrogates any privilege that may exist between a solicitor and a client. (4) A person who in good faith makes a report under subsection (1) or (2) is not liable in any civil action arising from it. (5) Where a provincial company or its subsidiary has entered into a transaction (a) that is prohibited under this Subpart, or (b) without the approvals required under this Subpart, the company must, on becoming aware of that fact, forthwith notify the auditor and the Minister of that fact. 1999 cI‑5.1 s446 Reliance on information 447 A provincial company and any person who is a director, officer, employee or agent of the company may rely on any information received under section 442 regarding disclosure or any information otherwise acquired in respect of any matter that might be the subject of such a disclosure, and the company and person are not liable in any civil action for anything done or omitted to be done in good faith in reliance on any such information. 1999 cI‑5.1 s447 Onus of proof 448 For the purposes of this Subpart, the onus is on the related party and the provincial company or its subsidiary to establish that a transaction, guarantee or investment between the company or subsidiary and the related party is permitted under this Subpart. 1999 cI‑5.1 s448 Personal information 448.1 (1) In this section, “personal information” means personal information as defined in the Personal Information Protection Act other than business contact information to which that Act does not apply by virtue of section 4(3)(d) of that Act.

(2) For the purposes of complying with this Subpart and any regulations made under this Act respecting related parties, a provincial company may collect and use personal information about persons who are related parties without obtaining their consent. (3) Persons who are not related parties must provide personal information as is necessary for the provincial company to comply with this Subpart. 2003 cP‑6.5 s69 Applications to Court 449 (1) Where a transaction, guarantee or investment that is prohibited under this Subpart takes place, any interested person, including the Minister, may apply to the Court for an order (a) setting aside the transaction, guarantee or investment and directing that the related party account to the provincial company for any profit or gain realized, and (b) that each person who participated in or facilitated the transaction, guarantee or investment pay to the company on a joint and several basis (i) the damages suffered, (ii) the face value of the transaction, guarantee or investment, or (iii) the amount expended by the company in the transaction, guarantee or investment, and on the application the Court may so order or make any other order it thinks fit, including an order for compensation for the loss or damage suffered by the company and punitive or exemplary damages from the related party. (2) A person who is not a director is not liable under subsection (1)(b) unless the person knew or ought reasonably to have known that the transaction, guarantee or investment contravened this Subpart. (3) An application under subsection (1) in respect of a transaction, guarantee or investment, may only be made within 3 months of the transaction, guarantee or investments having been entered into. 1999 cI‑5.1 s449 Regulations 450 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting exceptions to section 434(2); (b) specifying transactions for the purposes of section 440(m) that may be entered into with a related party with the prior approval of the directors of the provincial company; (c) respecting any matter that is to be prescribed under this Subpart. 1999 cI‑5.1 s450 Subpart 13 Reinsurance Definitions 450.1 In this Subpart, “partnership agreement” means a partnership agreement between the general partner and all limited partners in a limited partnership as referred to in section 450.2. 2022 c11 s7 Limited partnership 450.2 (1) A provincial company that restricts its business to the business of reinsurance may participate as a general partner in a limited partnership in accordance with this Subpart. (2) The provincial company may participate as a general partner in a limited partnership formed under the Partnership Act only if (a) there is only one general partner in the limited partnership, (b) the general partner enters into a partnership agreement with all limited partners in accordance with the guidelines issued under this section, (c) the business of the limited partnership is restricted to enabling the general partner to underwrite reinsurance, and (d) the general partner submits the information, documents, records, statements or other things and complies with any other requirements contained in the guidelines established by the Superintendent. (3) The Superintendent may issue guidelines respecting (a) the contents of a partnership agreement referred to in subsection (2)(b), including the ability to specify clauses that must be incorporated into the partnership agreement, and (b) the information, documents, records, statements, things or requirements referred to in subsection (2)(d), and shall publish the guidelines in the manner the Superintendent considers appropriate. (4) The provincial company must provide to the Superintendent (a) a copy of the partnership agreement referred to in subsection (2)(b), (b) the financial statements and audited annual financial statements of the limited partnership, and (c) the information, documents, records, statements or other things required by the guidelines issued under subsection (3)(b). (5) The Minister may, where the Minister is satisfied that the requirements of this section have been met, issue a licence under section 32 that restricts the business of a provincial company to the business of reinsurance, and impose such additional terms or conditions, consistent with this Act and the regulations, that the Minister considers appropriate. 2022 c11 s7 Duties of provincial company 450.3 (1) A provincial company shall not amend the partnership agreement referred to in section 450.2(2)(b) unless the provincial company (a) submits the amended agreement to the Superintendent, and (b) obtains the prior approval of the Superintendent. (2) A provincial company must forthwith notify the Superintendent regarding any material change (a) impacting the information, documents, records, statements or other things submitted under section 450.2, and (b) that may affect its ability to carry on the business of reinsurance or to comply with this Act. 2022 c11 s7 Application re compliance 450.4 (1) The Superintendent may apply to the Court for an Order directing that one or more partners of a limited partnership comply with the following: (a) a partnership agreement referred to in section 450.2(2)(b) and (4)(a) or 450.3(1); (b) this Act. (2) For the purposes of an application under subsection (1), except as otherwise provided by an Order of the Court, the Superintendent is subrogated as against any or all partners of the limited partnership agreement to all rights of the partners under the partnership agreement, and may enforce any or all provisions of the partnership agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as a partner of the limited partnership agreement. 2022 c11 s7 Part 3 Insurance Agents and Adjusters Definitions 451 In this Part, (a) “business” means a body corporate, partnership or sole proprietorship, but does not include an insurer; (b) “designated representative” means a designated representative referred to in section 456 or 463; (c) “general insurance” means any class of property and casualty insurance other than accident and sickness insurance; (d) “group insurance” means insurance in which the lives, well‑being or employment of individuals who enroll in the insurance is insured severally under a single contract between an insurer and an employer, creditor or other person; (e) “independent contractor” means an individual who enters into a contract in the individual’s own name to provide services as an independent contractor; (f) “individual” does not include an individual who is the sole proprietor of a sole proprietorship; (g) “property and casualty insurance” means any class of insurance other than life insurance; (h) “sole proprietorship” includes an independent contractor who has entered into a contract with an insurer, but does not include an independent contractor who has entered into a contract with a business. 1999 cI‑5.1 s451 Insurance Agents Insurance agent ’ s certificate 452 (1) No business may act or offer to act as an insurance agent in respect of a class of insurance unless the business holds a valid and subsisting insurance agent’s certificate of authority for that class of insurance. (2) No individual may act or offer to act as an insurance agent in respect of a class of insurance unless the individual (a) is an employee or independent contractor of a business that holds a valid and subsisting insurance agent’s certificate of authority for that class of insurance and the employee or independent contractor holds a valid and subsisting insurance agent’s certificate of authority for that class of insurance, (b) is an employee of a business that holds a valid and subsisting restricted insurance agent’s certificate of authority for that class of insurance, or (c) is an employee of an insurer that issues insurance of that class and the employee holds a valid and subsisting insurance agent’s certificate of authority for that class of insurance. (3) No business that holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority, other than a restricted insurance agent’s certificate of authority, may employ an individual or enter into a contract with an individual as an independent contractor to act as an insurance agent unless the individual holds a valid and subsisting insurance agent’s certificate of authority. (4) No insurer may employ an individual to act as an insurance agent unless the individual holds a valid and subsisting insurance agent’s certificate of authority. (5) No insurer may allow a business to act as an insurance agent on its behalf unless the business holds a valid and subsisting insurance agent’s certificate of authority. 1999 cI‑5.1 s452 Exception 453 Despite section 452, a member of a licensed fraternal society, other than a member who receives a salary or commission for the purpose of acting as an insurance agent, who acts or offers to act as an insurance agent only with respect to insurance issued by the society for its members is not required to obtain an insurance agent’s certificate of authority. 1999 cI‑5.1 s453 Restricted insurance agent ’ s certificate 454 (1) The Minister may issue a restricted insurance agent’s certificate of authority to a business (a) that is a deposit‑taking institution, or (b) that operates (i) a transportation company, (ii) a travel agency, (iii) an automobile dealership, or (iv) another prescribed enterprise. (2) A restricted insurance agent’s certificate of authority authorizes the holder and the holder’s employees to act or offer to act, subject to prescribed conditions and restrictions, as an insurance agent in respect of classes or types of insurance specified by the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s454 Representation 455 (1) No business that acts as an insurance agent may indicate in any manner that it represents another business that acts as an insurance agent. (2) No individual may act as an insurance agent for a business unless the individual holds a valid and subsisting insurance agent’s certificate of authority specifying that the individual is authorized to represent that business. (3) An individual who is an employee or independent contractor of a business may act as an insurance agent for more than one business, but an individual must obtain a separate insurance agent’s certificate of authority for each business that the individual represents. (4) An individual who is an employee of an insurer and who holds a valid and subsisting insurance agent’s certificate of authority may act as an insurance agent only for (a) that insurer, (b) an insurer that is an affiliate of that insurer, and (c) in the case of automobile insurance, an insurer that is the service carrier for the Government approved industry plan under section 609. (5) An individual who is an employee of an insurer and who holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority specifying that the individual is authorized to represent that insurer must not, while that certificate of authority is subsisting, be issued another insurance agent’s certificate of authority to represent a different insurer or business. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s455;2008 c19 s24 Designated representative for businesses 456 (1) Every business that holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority (a) for life insurance must have a designated representative for life insurance who meets the prescribed requirements and is recommended by the licensed life company that recommended the business be issued an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for life insurance; (b) for general insurance must have a designated representative for general insurance who meets the prescribed requirements and is recommended by the licensed insurer that recommended the business be issued an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for general insurance; (c) for accident and sickness insurance must have a designated representative for accident and sickness insurance who meets the prescribed requirements and is recommended by the licensed insurer that recommended the business be issued an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for accident and sickness insurance. (2) The designated representative of a sole proprietorship is its sole proprietor, unless the proprietor designates someone else to be the designated representative. (3) This section does not apply to a business that holds a restricted insurance agent’s certificate of authority. 1999 cI‑5.1 s456 Restricted certificate holders — designated individual 457 Every business that holds a restricted insurance agent’s certificate of authority must designate an individual to be responsible for receiving notices and other documents under this Act. 1999 cI‑5.1 s457 Recommendations — life insurance 458 (1) Every business that holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for life insurance must be recommended by a licensed life company that has entered into an agency contract with the business. (2) Every individual that holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for life insurance must (a) be an employee or an independent contractor of a business that holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for life insurance and be recommended by the licensed life company that recommended the business receive its certificate of authority, or (b) be an employee of a licensed life company and be recommended by the company. (3), (4) Repealed 2013 cS‑19.3 s3. (5) A holder of an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for life insurance that has been issued on the recommendation of a licensed life company must not, while that certificate of authority is subsisting, be issued another insurance agent’s certificate of authority for life insurance to represent a different licensed life company. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s458;2013 cS‑19.3 s3 Recommendations — property and casualty insurance 459 (1) Every business that holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for general insurance must be recommended by an insurer that is licensed to undertake a class of general insurance and that has entered into an agency contract with the business. (2) Every business that holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for accident and sickness insurance must be recommended by an insurer that is licensed to undertake that class of insurance and that has entered into an agency contract with the business. (3) Every individual that holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for general insurance must (a) be an employee or independent contractor of a business that holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for general insurance and be recommended by the designated representative of the business for general insurance, or (b) be an employee of an insurer that is licensed to undertake a class of general insurance and be recommended by the insurer. (4) Every individual that holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for accident and sickness insurance must (a) be an employee or independent contractor of a business that holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for accident and sickness insurance and be recommended by the licensed insurer that recommended the business receive its certificate of authority for accident and sickness insurance, or (b) be an employee of an insurer that is licensed to undertake accident and sickness insurance and be recommended by the insurer. (5) Subsections (3)(a) and (4)(a) do not apply to the designated representative of a business. (6) A business, or employee or independent contractor of a business, that holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for a class of property and casualty insurance may, unless the certificate is made subject to prescribed conditions that provide otherwise, act as an insurance agent for any insurer that is licensed to undertake that class of property and casualty insurance. 1999 cI‑5.1 s459 Adjusters Insurer’s liability for employee 459.1 Where an individual referred to in section 460(2)(c) contravenes this Act or the regulations in the course of employment as an adjuster, the contravention is deemed to have been committed by the insurer that employs the individual, and any remedy available under this Act in respect of the contravention may be pursued directly against the insurer. 2001 c9 s2 Adjuster ’ s certificate 460 (1) No business may act or offer to act as an adjuster in respect of a contract of insurance unless (a) the business holds a valid and subsisting adjuster’s certificate of authority, or (b) the business holds a valid and subsisting insurance agent’s certificate of authority for the class of insurance under which the contract of insurance falls, the certificate is not a restricted insurance agent’s certificate of authority, the amount of the loss under the contract is less than the prescribed amount and the business is the business that sold the contract of insurance. (2) No individual may act or offer to act as an adjuster in respect of a contract of insurance unless (a) the individual is an employee or independent contractor of a business that holds a valid and subsisting adjuster’s certificate of authority and the employee or independent contractor holds a valid and subsisting adjuster’s certificate of authority, (b) the individual is an employee or independent contractor of a business that holds a valid and subsisting insurance agent’s certificate of authority and the individual holds a valid and subsisting insurance agent’s certificate of authority for the class of insurance under which the contract of insurance falls, the amount of the loss under the contract is less than the prescribed amount and the business is the business that sold the contract of insurance, (c) the individual is an employee of an insurer and the contract was issued by that insurer or by an insurer that is an affiliate of that insurer, or (d) the contract is a reciprocal contract of indemnity or inter‑insurance of a licensed reciprocal insurance exchange and the individual is the principal attorney of the exchange. (3) No business that holds an adjuster’s certificate of authority may employ an individual or enter into a contract with an individual as an independent contractor to act as an adjuster unless the individual holds a valid and subsisting adjuster’s certificate of authority. (4) No insurer may enter into a contract with (a) an individual as an independent contractor, or (b) a business to act as an adjuster unless the individual or business holds a valid and subsisting adjuster’s certificate of authority or meets the requirements of subsection (1)(b) or (2)(b). RSA 2000 cI‑3 s460;2001 c9 s3 461 Repealed 2001 c9 s4. Representation 462 (1) No business that acts as an adjuster may indicate in any manner that it represents another business that acts as an adjuster. (2) No individual may act as an adjuster for a business unless the individual holds a valid and subsisting adjuster’s certificate of authority specifying that the individual is authorized to represent that business. (3) An individual who is an employee or independent contractor of a business may act as an adjuster for more than one business, but an individual must obtain a separate adjuster’s certificate of authority for each business that the individual represents. (4) Repealed 2001 c9 s5. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s462;2001 c9 s5 Designated representative for businesses 463 (1) Every business that holds an adjuster’s certificate of authority must have a designated representative who meets the prescribed requirements. (2) The designated representative of a sole proprietorship is its sole proprietor, unless the proprietor designates someone else to be the designated representative. 1999 cI‑5.1 s463 Recommendation 464 (1) Every individual who holds an adjuster’s certificate of authority must be an employee or independent contractor of a business that holds an adjuster’s certificate of authority and be recommended by the designated representative of the business. (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the designated representative of a business. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s464;2001 c9 s6 Certificates of Authority Financial guarantee 465 (1) Every business and individual that holds a certificate of authority must meet the requirements respecting financial guarantees set out in the regulations. (2) This section does not apply in respect of (a) a certificate of authority issued to an employee of a licensed insurer, or (b) a certificate of authority for a prescribed class or type of insurance or for a prescribed class or type of certificate holder. 1999 cI‑5.1 s465 Names 466 (1) No business may be issued a new certificate of authority or have a certificate of authority renewed or reinstated if the name of the business (a) includes the words “insurance company” or “insurance corporation” or the French equivalent of those words, or (b) is identical or similar to the name of an insurer formed under the laws of Canada or of a province or territory. (2) The Minister may refuse to issue a new certificate of authority or to renew or reinstate a certificate of authority to a business if the Minister is satisfied that the name of the business is confusing or misleading. 1999 cI‑5.1 s466 Application for certificate 467 (1) An application for a certificate of authority must (a) be filed with the Minister, (b) in the case of an insurance agent’s certificate of authority, specify the classes of insurance in respect of which the applicant wishes to transact, (c) contain the information, material and evidence required by the Minister, and (d) be accompanied with proof that the requirements respecting financial guarantees referred to in section 465(1) have been met. (2) An application for an applicant’s new or reinstated certificate of authority must be accompanied with (a) a written recommendation of an insurer or designated representative as required by section 458, 459 or 464, as the case may be, and (b) in the case of an application by a business for an insurance agent’s or adjuster’s certificate of authority, the written designation of an individual to be the business’s designated representative. (3) The requirement to submit a designation under subsection (2)(b) applies to a sole proprietorship only if the sole proprietor designates someone other than the proprietor to be the designated representative. (4) After filing an application, the applicant must provide the Minister with any additional information, material and evidence that the Minister considers necessary. 1999 cI‑5.1 s467 Refusing certificates — general grounds 468 (1) The Minister may refuse to issue an applicant’s new certificate of authority if the requirements of this Act and the regulations relating to the certificate have not been met. (2) The Minister may refuse to renew or reinstate an applicant’s certificate of authority (a) on the grounds set out in section 480(1) in accordance with that section, and (b) if any of the requirements of this Act and the regulations, other than those referred to in section 480(1), relating to the certificate have not been met. 1999 cI‑5.1 s468 Issuing certificates 469 (1) A business that is entitled to receive an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for life insurance and one or more classes of property and casualty insurance must be issued (a) an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for life insurance, and (b) one or more insurance agent’s certificates of authority for the property and casualty insurance. (2) If a certificate of authority is issued or renewed in respect of an individual who is an employee or independent contractor of a business, the certificate must state the name of the business that the individual is authorized to represent. (3) If a certificate of authority is issued or renewed in respect of an individual who is an employee of an insurer, the certificate must state the name of the insurer that the individual is authorized to represent. (4) If an insurance agent’s certificate of authority is to be issued to a sole proprietorship that has or intends to have one or more individuals working as insurance agents or if an adjuster’s certificate of authority is to be issued to a sole proprietorship that has or intends to have one or more individuals working as adjusters, a certificate of authority must be issued in the name of the sole proprietorship and a certificate of authority must be issued in the name of the sole proprietor. 1999 cI‑5.1 s469 Terms and conditions 470 (1) The Minister may issue a certificate of authority that is subject to the following: (a) the terms and conditions provided for in the regulations; (b) any terms and conditions the Minister considers appropriate. (2) Every business and individual who holds a certificate of authority must comply with the terms and conditions to which the certificate is subject. RSA 2000 cI-3 s470;2026 c8 s4(4) Expiration 471 A certificate of authority expires in accordance with the regulations. 1999 cI‑5.1 s471 Reinstating certificates 472 If a certificate of authority is suspended by or under this Act for an unspecified period of time, the certificate may be reinstated only if the holder submits an application for reinstatement to the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s472 Ceasing to be worker 473 (1) The certificate of authority of an individual who is an employee or independent contractor of a business or an employee of an insurer is automatically suspended when the individual ceases to be an employee or independent contractor of the business or an employee of the insurer. (2) If an individual who (a) is an employee or independent contractor of a business and acts as an insurance agent or adjuster, or (b) is an employee of an insurer and acts as an insurance agent ceases to be such an employee or independent contractor, the business or insurer, as the case may be, must, within 14 days from the date that the individual ceased to be such an employee or independent contractor, notify the Minister in writing of that fact. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s473;2001 c9 s7 Changes in designated representative 474 (1) A designated representative who resigns must (a) give a notice of resignation to the business that the designated representative represents, and (b) send a copy of the notice to the Minister. (2) If a business that a designated representative represents revokes the designation or if the designated representative of a business dies, the business must immediately notify the Minister and, in the case of a revocation, provide the reasons for the revocation. (3) If an insurer that has recommended that a designated representative be issued an insurance agent’s certificate of authority cancels the recommendation, the insurer must immediately notify in writing the business and the Minister of the cancellation of the recommendation and the reasons for the cancellation. (4) If a designated representative of a business resigns or dies, the business must, within the prescribed period, submit to the Minister a written designation of an individual who meets the requirements of this Act and the regulations to be the new designated representative and, if the business does not comply with this requirement, the certificate of authority of the business is automatically suspended. (5) When (a) a business revokes the designation of its designated representative, (b) an insurer cancels its recommendation of a designated representative, or (c) a designated representative no longer meets the prescribed requirements for being a designated representative, the certificate of authority of the business represented by the designated representative is automatically suspended unless, before the events referred to in clauses (a) to (c) occur, the business submits to the Minister a written designation of an individual who meets the requirements of this Act and the regulations to be the new designated representative. (6) If a business’s certificate of authority is suspended under subsection (4) or (5), the certificates of authority of the business’s employees and independent contractors are automatically suspended. (7) When a designated representative of a business has died, a reference in this section to suspending the business’s certificate of authority or to suspending the certificates of authority of the employees or independent contractors of the business refers to every class of certificate of authority that was held by the designated representative. (8) When (a) a business’s designated representative resigns as a designated representative in respect of a class of certificate of authority, (b) a business revokes the designation of a designated representative in respect of a class of certificate of authority, (c) an insurer cancels a recommendation of a designated representative of a business, or (d) a business’s designated representative no longer meets the prescribed requirements for being a designated representative in respect of a class of certificate of authority, a reference in this section to suspending the business’s certificate of authority or to suspending the certificates of authority of the employees or independent contractors of the business refers to those certificates of authority that are of the same class as the class of certificate of authority in respect of which the designated representative resigned, was revoked or was no longer meeting the prescribed requirements for or in respect of which the recommendation was cancelled. (9) This section does not apply in respect of a sole proprietorship whose designated representative is its sole proprietor. RSA 2000 cI-3 s474;2026 c8 s4(5) Cancellation of recommendation by insurer — businesses 475 (1) If an insurer that has recommended that a business be issued an insurance agent’s certificate of authority cancels the recommendation or if the agency contract between that insurer and business is no longer in force, the insurer must immediately notify the Minister in writing (a) of the cancellation of the recommendation and the reasons for the cancellation, or (b) that the agency contract is no longer in force and the reasons why the agency contract is no longer in force. (2) When an insurer that has recommended that a business be issued an insurance agent’s certificate of authority cancels the recommendation or when the agency contract between that insurer and business is no longer in force, the business’s insurance agent’s certificate of authority is automatically suspended unless, before the cancellation of the recommendation or the termination or expiration of the agency contract, the business submits to the Minister a new insurer’s written recommendation referred to in section 458(1) or 459(1) or (2), as the case may be. (3) If a business’s insurance agent’s certificate of authority is suspended under subsection (2), the insurance agent’s certificates of authority for the business’s employees and independent contractors are automatically suspended. (4) If an insurer that has recommended that an employee or independent contractor of a business be issued an insurance agent’s certificate of authority cancels the recommendation, the insurer must immediately notify the Minister in writing of the cancellation and the reasons for the cancellation. (5) When an insurer that has recommended that an employee or independent contractor of a business be issued an insurance agent’s certificate of authority cancels the recommendation, the employee’s or independent contractor’s certificate of authority is automatically suspended unless, before the cancellation of the recommendation, the employee or independent contractor submits to the Minister a new insurer’s written recommendation referred to in section 458(2) or 459(4). (6) When a business is required to replace the recommendation of an insurer, a reference in this section to suspending the business’s certificate of authority or to suspending the certificates of authority of the employees or independent contractors of the business refers to (a) certificates of authority for life insurance if the insurer referred to in subsection (2) was the insurer that recommended the business receive an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for life insurance, (b) certificates of authority for general insurance if the insurer referred to in subsection (2) was the insurer that recommended the business receive an insurance agent’s certificate for general insurance, and (c) certificates of authority for accident and sickness insurance if the insurer referred to in subsection (2) was the insurer that recommended the business receive an insurance agent’s certificate of authority for accident and sickness insurance. 1999 cI‑5.1 s475 Cancellation of recommendation by designated representative 476 If a designated representative who recommended that an individual be issued a certificate of authority cancels the recommendation, the certificate of authority is automatically suspended, and the designated representative must immediately notify the Minister in writing of the cancellation and the reasons for the cancellation. 1999 cI‑5.1 s476 Cancellation of recommendation by insurer — employees 477 If an insurer that recommended that one of its employees be issued a certificate of authority cancels the recommendation, the certificate of authority is automatically suspended, and the insurer must immediately notify the Minister in writing of the cancellation and the reasons for the cancellation. 1999 cI‑5.1 s477 Financial guarantee not in force 478 (1) If, during the term of a certificate of authority, the financial guarantee referred to in section 465 maintained in respect of that certificate is no longer in force, the grantor of the financial guarantee must notify the Minister of this fact in accordance with the terms of the guarantee. (2) If, during the term of the certificate of authority, the financial guarantee referred to in section 465 maintained in respect of the certificate is no longer in force, the certificate of authority is automatically suspended unless, while the guarantee is in force, the holder of the certificate satisfies the Minister that the holder is covered by a new financial guarantee that meets the requirements of section 465. (3) If a business’s certificate of authority is suspended under subsection (2), the certificates of authority for the business’s employees and independent contractors are automatically suspended. 1999 cI‑5.1 s478 Notice of automatic suspension 479 When the certificate of authority of an employee or independent contractor of a business is automatically suspended under the provision of this Part, the business must immediately notify the employee or independent contractor of the suspension. 1999 cI‑5.1 s479 Sanctions affecting certificates 480 (1) If the Minister is satisfied that the holder or a former holder of a certificate of authority (a) has been guilty of misrepresentation, fraud, deceit, untrustworthiness or dishonesty, (b) has contravened any provision of this Act or the regulations or similar legislation in another jurisdiction or legislation that is a predecessor of this Act or the regulations, (c) has unreasonably failed to pay any premium collected by the holder within the time period stipulated in the holder’s agency contract to an insurer or an insurance agent who is entitled to the premium, (d) has placed insurance with an insurer not licensed in Alberta under this Act without complying with the provisions of this Act relating to unlicensed insurers, or (e) has demonstrated incompetence to act as an insurance agent in the case of an insurance agent’s certificate of authority or to act as an adjuster in the case of an adjuster’s certificate of authority, the Minister may revoke, suspend or refuse to renew or reinstate one or more of the certificates of authority held by the holder, impose terms and conditions provided for in the regulations, or that the Minister considers appropriate, on one or more of the certificates of authority held by the holder and impose a penalty on the holder or former holder. (2) The amount of a penalty imposed under subsection (1) is governed by the regulations. (3) The Minister must notify the holder or former holder of a certificate of any decision of the Minister under subsection (1). (4) If a penalty levied against a certificate holder under subsection (1) is not paid within 30 days after the serving of the written notice of the penalty and the decision of the Minister is not appealed, the certificate of authority is automatically suspended immediately following the last date for paying the penalty or appealing the decision, whichever is later, and remains suspended until the penalty is paid or cancelled or the certificate expires. (5) If a certificate expires while it is suspended under subsection (1) or (4), the former holder of the certificate must not be issued a certificate of authority until any penalty that is imposed under this section is paid or the penalty is cancelled. (6) A penalty need not be paid while the decision imposing it is under appeal. (7) If any amount of the penalty is due and is not paid, that amount bears interest at the prescribed rate from the last date for paying it. (8) If a business’s certificate of authority is revoked or suspended by the Minister under subsection (1) or by the operation of subsection (4), the certificates of authority held by employees or independent contractors of the business are automatically suspended if they are of the same class as the business’s certificate that is revoked or suspended, and the Minister must notify the employees and independent contractors of the suspension. (9) The Minister must not impose a penalty under this section in respect of an act or omission more than 3 years after (a) the act or omission occurred, or (b) if the act or omission is of a continuing nature, the termination of the act or omission. RSA 2000 cI-3 s480;2026 c8 s4(6) Minister’s order 480.1 (1) If the Minister is satisfied that an employee referred to in section 460(2)(c) has contravened section 509 or a regulation under section 511, the Minister may, by order in writing directed to the insurer that employs the employee, order the insurer to ensure that the employee ceases to act as an adjuster on behalf of the insurer or affiliate. (2) An order under subsection (1) may be made for a definite or indefinite period of time and may be made subject to any terms or conditions the Minister considers appropriate. 2001 c9 s8 Demand for information 481 (1) The Minister may direct the holder or former holder of a certificate of authority to provide to the Minister within a reasonable period of time specified in the direction any information specified by the Minister relating to the matters in section 480(1). (2) A person served with a direction under subsection (1) who has the information must provide the information in accordance with the direction. (3) Where a person served with a direction under this section does not provide the information in accordance with the direction, the Minister may on 2 days’ written notice to that person, without affecting any sanction that the person may be subject to under this Act, apply to the Court for an order under subsection (4). (4) The Court may order the person to provide the information subject to any conditions the Court considers appropriate if the Court is satisfied that the information is in the possession or under the control of the person and is relevant to the matters in section 480(1). (5) The Minister may copy or otherwise record any information provided under this section and must, within a reasonable time, return the originals of any documents that have been provided under this section to the person who provided them. 1999 cI‑5.1 s481 Appeal 482 A decision of the Minister under this Part to refuse to issue, renew or reinstate a certificate of authority, to impose terms and conditions on a certificate of authority, to revoke or suspend a certificate of authority or to impose a penalty on the holder or former holder of a certificate of authority may be appealed in accordance with the regulations. 1999 cI‑5.1 s482 Evidentiary provisions 482.1 Sections 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 of the Public Inquiries Act apply where (a) the Minister holds a hearing for the purposes of exercising powers under section 480, or (b) an appeal body holds a hearing for the purposes of an appeal referred to in section 482. 2001 c9 s9 Consequence of revocation 483 (1) No business or individual whose insurance agent’s certificate of authority has been revoked may be issued a new insurance agent’s certificate of authority for one year after the revocation. (2) Despite subsection (1), a business or individual whose insurance agent’s certificate of authority has been revoked because of incompetence in respect of a class of insurance may be issued an insurance agent’s certificate of authority in respect of a different class of insurance. (3) No business or individual whose adjuster’s certificate of authority has been revoked may be issued a new adjuster’s certificate of authority for one year after the revocation. 1999 cI‑5.1 s483 Exemption from municipal licence fee 484 The holder of a certificate of authority is exempt from payment of any licence fee imposed by a municipality or Metis settlement for the transaction of the business of insurance. 1999 cI‑5.1 s484 Duties and Prohibitions Screening procedures 485 (1) Every insurer that recommends an individual or sole proprietor to be issued an insurance agent’s certificate of authority must (a) establish reasonable screening procedures to determine whether the individual is suitable to act as an insurance agent, and (b) use those procedures to screen an individual or sole proprietor before making a recommendation. (2) Repealed 2001 c9 s10. (3) Every business that acts as an adjuster that designates an individual to be its designated representative must (a) establish reasonable screening procedures to determine whether the individual is suitable to act as an adjuster, and (b) use those procedures to screen an individual before making a designation. (4) Every designated representative who recommends that an individual be issued an insurance agent’s certificate of authority must (a) establish reasonable screening procedures to determine whether the individual is suitable to act as an insurance agent, and (b) use those procedures to screen an individual before making a recommendation. (5) Every designated representative who recommends that an individual be issued an adjuster’s certificate of authority must (a) establish reasonable screening procedures to determine whether the individual is suitable to act as an adjuster, and (b) use those procedures to screen an individual before making a recommendation. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s485;2001 c9 s10 Knowledgeable personnel 486 Every holder of a restricted insurance agent’s certificate of authority and every insurer on behalf of which the holder is marketing insurance must (a) establish reasonable procedures to ensure that personnel marketing insurance for the holder are knowledgeable about the insurance being marketed, and (b) use those procedures. 1999 cI‑5.1 s486 Information 487 Every holder of a certificate of authority must, on the request of the Minister, provide the Minister with information and copies of any document in its possession relating to its insurance activities. 1999 cI‑5.1 s487 Insurance broker 488 No insurance agent may purport to be an insurance broker unless (a) the insurance agent is a party to 2 or more subsisting agency contracts with different insurers, and (b) none of the agency contracts requires the insurance agent to deal only with insurance offered by one insurer. 1999 cI‑5.1 s488 Advertising 489 No business or individual who is required to hold an insurance agent’s or adjuster’s certificate of authority before acting as an insurance agent or adjuster may indicate in an advertisement that the business or individual is an insurance agent or adjuster or offer in an advertisement to provide the services of an insurance agent or adjuster unless the business or individual, as the case may be, holds the appropriate valid and subsisting certificate of authority. 1999 cI‑5.1 s489 Disclosure of business name 490 (1) No business that holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority and no employee or independent contractor of a business that holds an insurance agent’s certificate of authority may indicate in any advertisement or document or in any other manner that the business’s insurance agent activities are carried out under a business name that is different from the name set out in the certificate of authority. (2) No business that holds an adjuster’s certificate of authority and no employee or independent contractor of a business that holds an adjuster’s certificate of authority may indicate in any advertisement or document or in any other manner that the business’s adjuster activities are carried out under a business name that is different from the name set out in the certificate of authority. (3) Every business that holds a certificate of authority must ensure that its name as set out in the certificate of authority is shown in a conspicuous manner in all of its advertising, correspondence and contracts relating to the activities authorized by the certificate of authority. 1999 cI‑5.1 s490 Representative ’ s duty of disclosure 491 An individual who acts as an insurance agent for 2 or more businesses must, before a potential client purchases insurance from the individual, disclose in writing to the client (a) the name of the business the individual is representing, and (b) that the disclosure under clause (a) is made for the purposes of complying with this section. 1999 cI‑5.1 s491 Notices Notices 492 (1) Subject to subsection (2), any notice or document that is required under this Act or the regulations to be given to or served on a business that is required to hold a certificate of authority may be given to or served on the business’s designated representative. (2) Any notice or document that is required under this Act or the regulations to be given to or served on a business that holds a restricted insurance agent’s certificate of authority may be given to or served on the individual designated by the business under section 457. 1999 cI‑5.1 s492 Insurance Councils Insurance councils 493 (1) The following are continued as insurance councils: (a) the Alberta Insurance Council; (b) the General Insurance Council; (c) the Life Insurance Council; (d) the Insurance Adjusters’ Council. (2) The insurance councils referred to in subsection (1) are bodies corporate and consist of members determined in accordance with the regulations. 1999 cI‑5.1 s493 Delegated powers 494 An insurance council may exercise any of the Minister’s powers, duties or functions delegated to it by or under the regulations. 1999 cI‑5.1 s494 Bylaws of insurance councils 495 (1) Every insurance council must make bylaws governing (a) the notice required for and the holding and conduct of its meetings, (b) the quorum for its meetings, (c) the remuneration and expenses of its members, (d) the establishment and functions of any committees of the council, and (e) the indemnification of members of the council for matters in respect of which a provincial company may indemnify its directors pursuant to section 365, and may make bylaws respecting other aspects of its internal proceedings. (2) An insurance council that has made a bylaw or an amendment to a bylaw must file a copy of the bylaw or amendment with the Minister within 30 days after making it, and the bylaw or amendment has no effect unless it is approved by the Minister.

(3) The Minister must, within 60 days after receiving a copy of a bylaw or an amendment from the insurance council that made the bylaw or amendment, give written notice to the insurance council that the Minister approves or does not approve the bylaw or amendment. (4) The only grounds on which the Minister may refuse to approve a bylaw or amendment are that the Minister considers the bylaw or amendment (a) to be unjust or prejudicial to the public interest, or (b) to go beyond the council’s powers to make bylaws. (5) A bylaw or amendment, if approved, comes into force on the date of the approval or the date, if any, specified for commencement in the bylaw or amendment, whichever date is later. 1999 cI‑5.1 s495 Insurance council rules 495.1 (1) An insurance council may, in accordance with the regulations, make rules on any matter related to a power, duty or function delegated to it. (2) The Minister must approve a rule made by an insurance council under subsection (1). (3) An insurance council shall make a rule publicly available in accordance with the regulations. (4) The Regulations Act does not apply to a rule an insurance council makes under subsection (1). 2026 c8 s4(7) Winding-up of insurance councils 496 If an insurance council is wound up, the assets of the insurance council must, after the payment of the costs of the winding‑up and any liabilities of the council, be transferred to the Crown in right of Alberta. 1999 cI‑5.1 s496 Regulations and Fees 497 Repealed 2013 cS‑19.3 s3. Regulations 498 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) establishing classes or levels of certificates of authority and setting out the limitations and restrictions attached to each class or level of certificate; (b) respecting the requirements, conditions, continuing education, training and experience for the issuance of new certificates of authority and the renewal and reinstatement of certificates of authority; (c) respecting the requirements for designated representatives; (d) respecting financial guarantees for the purposes of section 465, including establishing insurance as a type of financial guarantee; (e) respecting the classes or types of insurance or holders of certificates of authority for the purposes of section 465(2)(b); (f) respecting terms and conditions that may be imposed on a certificate of authority; (g) respecting the expiration of certificates of authority; (h) respecting the training and conduct of the employees of the holders of restricted insurance agent’s certificates of authority who market insurance; (i) respecting the penalties that may be imposed under section 480(1); (j) respecting the appeal of a decision of the Minister referred to in section 482 including providing for (i) the formation of an appeal body and the manner of appointment of members, (ii) appeals to the courts, (iii) whether a decision that is being appealed remains in force during an appeal, (iv) matters relating to fees for making an appeal, and (v) the powers, duties and functions of an appeal body; (k) respecting the replacement of an existing life insurance contract by another contract of life insurance and the duties of insurers and insurance agents relating to the replacement; (l) respecting the composition, and the term and manner of determining members, of each insurance council; (m) authorizing the Minister to delegate any of the Minister’s powers, duties or functions under this Part or the regulations under this Part and sections 794 and 795 to any of the insurance councils or to an accreditation committee established by the Minister, establishing the restrictions on and limitations of any such delegation and otherwise respecting any such delegated powers, duties and functions; (m.1) respecting the making and publication of rules by an insurance council under section 495.1; (n) repealed 2021 ch25 s11; (o) respecting the winding‑up and dissolution of an insurance council; (o.1) respecting the publication of information about any fees, levies, penalties and other charges established or being proposed under section 498.1; (p) respecting any matter that is to be prescribed under this Part. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s498;2005 c27 s19;2008 c19 s25;2021 c25 s11; 2026 c8 s4(8) Fees, levies, penalties and charges 498.1 The Minister may (a) establish fees, levies, penalties and other charges that are to be paid to the Minister, to any of the insurance councils or to an accreditation committee established by the Minister, by insurers, insurance agents or adjusters for any thing an insurance council or an accreditation committee does under the authority of this Act or the regulations, (b) establish the means of enforcing payment of fees, levies, penalties or other charges, and (c) specify that all, some or none of the fees, levies, penalties or other charges are to be remitted to the Minister, to any of the insurance councils or to an accreditation committee. 2021 c25 s11 Part 4 Market Conduct Dealing with unauthorized insurance agents 499 (1) No insurer, no officer, employee or agent of an insurer and no insurance agent may, directly or indirectly, pay or allow, or offer or agree to pay or allow, any commission or other compensation or anything of value to any person acting or offering to act as an insurance agent in Alberta, unless that person is authorized to act as an insurance agent under this Act. (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the payment (a) by an insurance agent of part of the agent’s commission to insurance agents outside Alberta, or (b) of renewal commissions under the terms of an agency contract. 1999 cI‑5.1 s499 Amount of premium 500 No insurer, no officer, employee or agent of an insurer and no insurance agent may indicate that the premium to be paid for a policy is an amount that is different than the amount of the premium set out in the policy. 1999 cI‑5.1 s500 Premium refunds 501 (1) This section does not apply to automobile insurance. (2) If an insurer terminates a contract of insurance, the insurer must pay to the insured a refund of premiums in an amount calculated using the prorated method. (3) If an insured terminates a contract of insurance, the insurer must pay to the insured a refund of premiums in an amount calculated under the prorated method unless the contract sets out a formula for a different method of calculating the amount of the refund and, if the different method involves a short rate premium, a table showing the short rate premiums. (4) This section operates despite any statutory condition contained in a policy. 1999 cI‑5.1 s501 Payments to agent 502 (1) A payment to an agent of an insurer or to an insurance agent who represents an insurer, whether in cash or by negotiable instrument and whether in whole or in part, of the amount of a premium (a) due in respect of a contract issued by the insurer, or (b) that will become due in respect of a contract not yet issued by the insurer, is deemed a payment to the insurer, despite any condition or stipulation to the contrary. (2) No agent of an insurer or insurance agent may receive or accept payment of a premium for a life insurance policy if the form of payment is a negotiable instrument payable to the agent unless the agent is a deposit‑taking institution that holds a restricted insurance agent’s certificate of authority. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s502;2003 c19 s35 Agent receiving premiums 503 An insurance agent is, for the purpose of receiving any premium for a contract of insurance, the agent of the insurer under the contract, despite any conditions or stipulations to the contrary. 1999 cI‑5.1 s503 Agent trustee of premiums 504 (1) An insurance agent who acts in negotiating, renewing or continuing a contract of insurance with an insurer and who receives a payment from the insured for a premium for the contract is deemed to hold the premium in trust for the insurer. (2) If the insurance agent fails to pay the premium, less the agent’s commission and any deductions to which, by the written consent of the insurer, the agent is entitled, over to the insurer within 30 days after the agent receives a written demand for payment of the premium, the agent’s failure is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, that the agent has used or applied the premium for a purpose other than paying it over to the insurer. 1999 cI‑5.1 s504 Additional fees 505 (1) In this section, “fee” does not include the premium payable under a contract of insurance. (2) No insurance agent may charge or collect a fee for providing a service to a person who is or is in the process of acquiring insurance through the agent unless the person has agreed in writing before the service is provided to pay the fee. 1999 cI‑5.1 s505 Providing copies of policies 506 Every insurer must, on the request of the Minister, provide the Minister with a copy of any policy that evidences a contract of insurance that is made in Alberta. 1999 cI‑5.1 s506 Providing policy information 506.1 (1) The Minister may direct an insurer, insurance agent or adjuster to provide an insured or applicant for insurance with the information the Minister specifies relating to (a) a contract of insurance in effect between the insurer and insured, in the case of an existing insured, or (b) a contract of insurance that is the subject of an application for, or renewal of, insurance, in the case of an applicant for insurance or an insured renewing a contract of insurance. (2) An insurer, insurance agent or adjuster directed to provide information must do so (a) in accordance with (i) the Minister’s direction, (ii) the form and manner, if any, specified by the Minister, and (iii) the regulations, if any, and (b) within the period specified by the Minister. 2026 c8 s4(9) Prohibiting use of certain forms 507 Where, in the opinion of the Minister, a form of policy or contract of insurance or a form of application, endorsement, information folder or advertisement relating to insurance is unfair, misleading or deceptive, the Minister may by order prohibit an insurer or insurance agent, or both, from using that form, and the person who is subject to the order must comply with the order. 1999 cI‑5.1 s507 Disclosure of name 508 Every licensed insurer must ensure that its name as set out in its licence is shown in a conspicuous manner in all of its advertising, correspondence, contracts of insurance and policies. 1999 cI‑5.1 s508 Unfair practices 509 (1) No insurer, insurance agent or adjuster may (a) make a false or misleading statement, representation or advertisement, (b) engage in a tied selling practice prohibited by the regulations, (c) engage in any unfair, coercive or deceptive act or practice, or (d) make any statement or representation or commit any practice or act that is prohibited by the regulations. (1.1) The Minister may designate an act or practice to be unfair, coercive or deceptive for the purpose of subsection (1)(c). (1.2) As soon as practicable after making the designation, the Minister must publish notice of the designation on the website of the Minister’s department. (2) No person may, by means of misleading or false statements, procure or induce or attempt to procure or induce any person to forfeit, surrender or allow the lapse of any policy of insurance. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s509;2008 c19 s26;2026 c8 s4(10) Dealing with unauthorized insurers 510 (1) In this section, “unauthorized insurer” in respect of a contract of insurance means an insurer that is not permitted by this Act to enter into the contract as the insurer. (2) An insurance agent is personally liable to the insured under a contract of insurance made in Alberta by or through the agent directly or indirectly with an unauthorized insurer in the same manner as if the agent were a licensed insurer. 1999 cI‑5.1 s510 Regulations 511 (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting the underwriting of risks by insurers, including the criteria to be used to determine if a risk is to be insured; (a.1) governing the relationships among, and the duties and functions of, insurers, insurance agents and insurance brokers; (b) respecting the claims settlement practices of insurers and adjusters; (c) respecting the confidentiality of information obtained by insurers, insurance agents or adjusters; (d) respecting insurance marketed through electronic media, including (i) regulating and prohibiting specified activities involved in marketing insurance through electronic media, (ii) disclosure requirements in respect of insurance marketed through electronic media, and (iii) setting out the rights and remedies of insured who enter into contracts of insurance wholly or partly through electronic media; (e) respecting an insured’s right to rescind a contract of life insurance or a contract of accident and sickness insurance and an insurer’s obligation to refund premiums if the contract is rescinded; (f) respecting the disclosure by insurance agents to insured or potential insured of the fact that insurance agents are receiving compensation, inducements or benefits from insurers for contracts of insurance sold by the insurance agents; (g) respecting the disclosure by insurers, insurance agents and adjusters to insured or potential insured of information, other than the information referred to in clause (f), including (i) the disclosure to the insured of amounts paid under contracts of insurance to third parties, and (ii) the disclosure of the insured’s right under an insurance policy to repairs and replacement of property that has been lost or damaged; (g.1) requiring an insurer to notify a claimant before the expiration of the applicable limitation period in the prescribed circumstances and in the prescribed manner, and setting out the consequences and the remedies available to a claimant if an insurer fails to comply with the requirements; (g.11) respecting the provision of information by an insurer, insurance agent or adjuster to an insured or applicant for insurance under section 506.1; (g.2) respecting the dispute resolution process established by section 519, including, without limitation, requiring an insurer to notify an insured of the availability of that dispute resolution process in the prescribed circumstances and in the prescribed manner; (g.3) respecting the use of telephonic communications or other means of communication that do not automatically generate a verbatim record of the communications, including, without limitation, regulations (i) requiring that such communications be concurrently recorded, (ii) requiring that copies, including transcripts, of records made under subclause (i) be provided to the insured or a claimant under a contract, and (iii) excluding the use of such communications in relation to specified records under this Act or a regulation under this Act; (h) describing the types of tied selling practices that are prohibited for the purposes of section 509(1)(b); (h.1) respecting the receiving, handling and resolution of complaints by persons against insurers, including, without limitation, regulations (i) governing the procedures to be followed or otherwise used by insurers in receiving complaints, including procedures for acknowledging receipt of complaints; (ii) governing the procedures to be followed or otherwise used by insurers in handling complaints, including establishing a system of recording complaints; (iii) governing the procedures to be followed or otherwise used by insurers in resolving complaints, including the remedies available to resolve complaints; (iv) requiring insurers to appoint an officer in charge of the insurer’s complaint procedures and prescribing the functions and duties of that officer; (v) requiring insurers to file annual reports with the Superintendent in respect of complaints received by insurers, including the number and nature of the complaints received according to categories prescribed in the regulations; (v.1) requiring an insurer to be a member of a prescribed organization for the purpose of dealing with complaints; (vi) governing the duties, functions and powers of the Superintendent, if any, in respect of the receiving, handling and resolution of complaints; (h.2) respecting the administration of group insurance and creditor’s group insurance in respect of life insurance under Part 5, Subpart 5 and accident and sickness insurance under Part 5, Subpart 6, including, without limitation, regulations (i) respecting the amount and disclosure of compensation payable to an administrator of a group insurance contract or a creditor’s group insurance contract; (ii) respecting the duties and conduct of an administrator of a group insurance contract or a creditor’s group insurance contract; (i) respecting any matter that is to be prescribed under this Part. (2) The Minister may make regulations respecting ethical, operational and trade practices for insurers, insurance agents or adjusters, and the regulations may adopt, with or without modification, industry codes of conduct or guidelines relating to those matters. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s511;2001 c9 s11;2003 c40 s3; 2005 c27 s11;2008 c19 s27;2026 c8 s4(11) Insurance as collateral security 511.1 (1) No mortgagee shall accept or receive either directly or through the mortgagee’s agent or employee, and no officer or employee of a mortgagee shall accept or receive, any commission or other remuneration or benefit in consideration of effecting a contract or renewal of a contract under which contract loss, if any, is payable to the mortgagee. (2) No insurer or insurance agent shall pay, allow or give any commission or other remuneration or benefit to a mortgagee or to any person in the employ of or on behalf of a mortgagee in consideration of effecting a contract or renewal of a contract under which contract loss, if any, is payable to the mortgagee. (3) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to an insurer that pays, allows or gives any commission or other remuneration or benefit to a mortgagee or to any person in the employ of or on behalf of a mortgagee in respect of a contract if the mortgagee is a deposit‑taking institution that holds a restricted insurance agent’s certificate of authority and the contract falls within one or more of the classes or types of insurance specified by the Minister under section 454(2). (4) An insurer or other person who contravenes this section is guilty of an offence. (5) No person who engages in the business of lending money, in this section called a “money‑lender”, and who owns an insurance agency or has any interest in or connection with an insurance agency shall require as a condition of the making of any loan that the borrower must (a) cancel any subsisting contract issued by an insurer licensed to issue that type of policy under this Act, and (b) take out other insurance through the money‑lender or through any insurance agency owned by the money‑lender or in or with which the money‑lender has any interest or connection. (6) No trust corporation shall cancel any subsisting contract that is issued by an insurer licensed to issue that type of contract under this Act that is issued in respect of any property for which the trust corporation is a trustee, unless the necessity for the continuation of the insurance does not exist and no other insurance of a similar description is taken out in respect of the property during the original term of the first‑mentioned insurance. (7) A money‑lender who contravenes subsection (5), a trust corporation that contravenes subsection (6), an insurance agent who knowingly accepts any proposal for any insurance taken out in contravention of subsection (5) or (6) and an insurer that issues any contract with actual or constructive notice that it has been negotiated in contravention of subsection (5) or (6) are guilty of an offence. 2008 c19 s28 Life insurance policies 511.2 (1) In this section, “variable life insurance policy” means a life insurance policy for which all or part of the insurer’s liability under the policy, and the reserves for the liability, vary in amount depending on the market value of a specific group of assets. (2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations respecting life insurance policies, including variable life insurance policies, including, without limitation, regulations (a) providing for the form and contents, or either, of (i) a life insurance policy, (ii) an application for a life insurance policy, (iii) an endorsement or rider to a life insurance policy, (iv) any advertising material in respect of a life insurance policy, or (v) an information folder issued or used by an insurer; (b) requiring an insurer to file with the Superintendent or an industry body designated by the Superintendent the form of any life insurance policy and other materials required by the regulations before the insurer may issue a life insurance policy; (c) requiring an insurer to deliver or otherwise provide to an applicant for a life insurance policy any information or materials required by the regulations. 2008 c19 s28 Part 5 Insurance Contracts Subpart 1 General Insurance Provisions Definition 512 In this Subpart, “contract” means a contract of insurance. 2008 c19 s29 Application of Subpart 513 Subject to sections 638 and 696 and except as otherwise provided, the provisions of this Subpart, where not inconsistent with other provisions of this Act, apply to every contract made in Alberta other than a contract of (a) life insurance, (b) accident and sickness insurance, or (c) reinsurance. 2008 c19 s29 Contract made in Alberta 514 (1) A contract is deemed to have been made in Alberta if (a) it insures a person who is domiciled or resident in Alberta when the contract is made, or (b) the subject‑matter of the contract is property that is or will be located in Alberta. (2) This section has effect despite any agreement, condition or stipulation to the contrary. 2008 c19 s29 Contract must be consistent with Act 515 (1) No insurer shall make a contract that is inconsistent with this Act. (2) An action or omission of an insurer resulting in imperfect compliance with this Act does not render a contract invalid insofar as it benefits an insured. 2008 c19 s29 Terms, etc., of contract 516 (1) All the terms and conditions of a contract must be set out in full in the policy or in writing securely attached to it when it is issued, and unless so set out no term of the contract or condition, stipulation, warranty or proviso modifying or impairing its effect is valid or admissible in evidence to the prejudice of the insured or a person to whom insurance money is payable under the contract. (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to an alteration or modification of the contract agreed on in writing by the insurer and the insured after the policy is issued. (3) Every policy must contain the following: (a) the name of the insurer; (b) the name of the insured; (c) the name of the person to whom the insurance money is payable; (d) the amount or the method of determining the amount of the premium for the insurance; (e) the subject‑matter of the insurance; (f) the indemnity for which the insurer may become liable; (g) the event on the happening of which the liability is to accrue; (h) the date the insurance takes effect; (i) the date the insurance terminates or the method by which that date is established; (j) the following statement: Every action or proceeding against an insurer for the recovery of insurance money payable under the contract is absolutely barred unless commenced within the time set out in the Insurance Act . (4) Subsection (3) does not apply to contracts of surety insurance or hail insurance. (5) When a contract, whether it does or does not provide for its renewal, is renewed by a renewal receipt, it is a sufficient compliance with subsection (1) if the terms and conditions of the contract were set out as required by that subsection and the renewal receipt identifies the contract by its number or date. (6) The application or proposal for insurance must not, as against the insured, be deemed to be a part of or be considered with a contract except insofar as the Court determines that it contains a material misrepresentation by which the insurer was induced to enter into the contract, the proof of which rests with the insurer. (7) No contract may contain or have endorsed on it, or be made subject to, any term, condition, stipulation, warranty or proviso providing that the contract is avoided by reason of any statement in the application or proposal for the insurance inducing the insurer to enter into the contract, unless the term, condition, stipulation, warranty or proviso is limited to cases in which the statement is material to the contract, and no contract may be avoided by reason of the inaccuracy of any such statement unless it is material to the contract. (8) The question of materiality in any contract is a question of fact, and no admission, term, condition, stipulation, warranty or proviso to the contrary contained in the application or proposal for insurance or in the policy or in any agreement or document relating to the contract has any force or validity. (9) Nothing in this section impairs the effect of any statutory condition required by this Act to be part of any contract, or of any express provision of this Act. (10) This section does not apply to contracts of automobile insurance. 2008 c19 s29 Contents of contract 517 (1) Subject to subsection (2), before a policy is issued in respect of a contract, the contract is deemed to include (a) the usual terms and conditions contained in the insurer’s standard policy for the type of insurance concerned, and (b) any other terms and conditions of which the insured is given notice in writing as to their existence and contents. (2) Unless the insured has been given notice in writing of the existence and contents of a term or condition, the term or condition does not apply to a contract described in subsection (1) if the insured is not reasonably able to comply with it in the absence of the notice. (3) This section does not apply to contracts of automobile insurance. 2008 c19 s29 Policy in accordance with terms of application or proposal 518 (1) A policy issued to an insured on an application or proposal is deemed to be in accordance with the terms of the application or proposal unless the insurer immediately gives notice to the insured in writing of the particulars in which the policy and the application or proposal differ, in which case the insured may, within 2 weeks after receiving the notice, reject the policy. (2) If the insured rejects the policy under subsection (1), the insurer must refund as soon as practicable the excess of premium actually paid by the insured over the prorated premium for the expired time, but in no event may the prorated premium for the expired time be less than any minimum retained premium specified in the policy. (3) Despite subsection (2), if the insured failed to disclose material information on the application or proposal the knowledge of which would have resulted in the insurer charging a higher premium than what was charged, the amount that the insurer is required to refund under subsection (2) is the excess of premium actually paid by the insured over the short rate premium for the expired time calculated as if the higher premium had been charged. (4) If the insured does not reject the policy under subsection (1), the insured is deemed to have accepted the policy. 2008 c19 s29 Dispute resolution 519 (1) In this section, “representative” means a dispute resolution representative appointed under subsection (5). (2) This section applies to disputes between an insurer and an insured about a matter that under Statutory Condition 11 set out in section 540 or another condition of the contract must be determined using this dispute resolution process. (3) This section does not apply to a contract of hail insurance. (4) Either the insured or the insurer may demand in writing the other’s participation in a dispute resolution process after proof of loss has been delivered to the insurer. (5) Within 7 days after receiving or giving a demand under subsection (4), the insured and the insurer must each appoint a dispute resolution representative, and within 15 days after their appointment, the 2 representatives must appoint an umpire. (6) A person may not be appointed as a representative if the person is (a) the insured or the insurer, or (b) an employee of the insured or the insurer. (7) The representatives must determine the matters in dispute by agreement and, if they fail to agree, submit their differences to the umpire, and the written determination of any 2 of them determines the matters. (8) Each party to the dispute resolution process must pay the representative whom the party appointed, and each party must bear equally the expense of the dispute resolution process and the umpire. (9) If (a) a party to a dispute resolution process fails to appoint a representative in accordance with subsection (5), or (b) a representative fails or refuses to act or is incapable of acting and the party that appointed that representative has not appointed another representative within 7 days after the failure, refusal or incapacity, on application of the insurer or the insured on 2 days’ notice to the other, the Court may appoint a representative. (10) On an application under subsection (9), the Court may award costs on a solicitor and client basis against the person whose representative is appointed by the Court, whether or not that person appeared on the application. (11) If (a) the representatives fail to appoint an umpire in accordance with subsection (5), or (b) the umpire fails or refuses to act or is incapable of acting, either representative may make an application to the Superintendent for the appointment of an umpire, containing (c) the names of 3 persons the applicant believes are capable of performing the functions of the umpire, and (d) the credentials of the 3 persons. (12) Before making an application under subsection (11), the applicant must give notice in writing to the other representative of the intention to make the application, which notice must contain the names and credentials the applicant is submitting to the Superintendent under subsection (11). (13) An application under subsection (11) must be accompanied with a copy of the notice, and the date it was given, under subsection (12). (14) Within 15 days after receiving a notice under subsection (12), the other representative may give the Superintendent and the applicant (a) the names of 3 persons the representative believes are capable of performing the functions of the umpire, and (b) the credentials of the 3 persons. (15) The Superintendent must appoint an umpire from the names submitted under subsection (11) or (14) as soon as practicable after the earlier of the following occurs: (a) the Superintendent receives names and credentials under subsection (14); (b) the period for providing names and credentials under subsection (14) expires. (16) An umpire is bound by the rules of procedural fairness in carrying out the umpire’s functions under this section. 2008 c19 s29 Relief from forfeiture 520 If the Court considers it inequitable that there has been a forfeiture or avoidance of insurance, in whole or in part, on the ground that there has been imperfect compliance with (a) a statutory condition, or (b) a condition or term of a contract as to the proof of loss to be given by the insured or the claimant or another matter or thing done or omitted to be done by the insured or the claimant with respect to the loss, the Court may relieve against the forfeiture or avoidance on any terms it considers just. 2008 c19 s29 Waiver and estoppel 521 (1) The obligation of an insured to comply with a requirement under a contract is excused to the extent that (a) the insurer has given notice in writing that the insured’s compliance with the requirement is excused in whole or in part, subject to the terms specified in the notice, if any, or (b) the insurer’s conduct reasonably causes the insured to believe that the insured’s compliance with the requirement is excused in whole or in part, and the insured acts on that belief to the insured’s detriment. (2) Neither the insurer nor the insured is deemed to have waived any term or condition of a contract by reason only of (a) the insurer’s or insured’s participation in a dispute resolution process under section 519, (b) the delivery and completion of a proof of loss, or (c) the investigation or adjustment of any claim under the contract. 2008 c19 s29 Effect of delivery of policy 522 (1) When a policy has been delivered, the contract is as binding on the insurer as if the premium had been paid, although (a) the premium has not in fact been paid, and (b) the policy was delivered by an officer or agent of the insurer who had no authority to deliver it. (2) If a premium has not been paid, the insurer may do one or both of the following: (a) sue for any unpaid premium; (b) if there is a claim under the contract, deduct the amount of the unpaid premium from the amount for which the insurer is liable under the contract. (3) If (a) a cheque, bill of exchange, promissory note or other written promise to pay is given for the whole or part of any premium, whether for an original contract or for a renewal of a contract, and (b) the cheque, bill of exchange, promissory note or other written promise to pay is not honoured according to its tenor, the insurer may terminate the contract in accordance with any statutory or policy condition or, if there is no relevant statutory or policy condition, by giving notice by recorded mail. 2008 c19 s29;2016 c23 s3 Insurer to furnish forms 523 (1) An insurer, immediately on receipt of a request, and in any event not later than 60 days after receipt of notice of loss, must furnish to the insured or the person to whom the insurance money is payable forms on which to make the proof of loss required under the contract. (2) An insurer that neglects or refuses to comply with subsection (1) is guilty of an offence and, in addition, section 524 is not available to the insurer as a defence to an action brought, after the neglect or refusal, for the recovery of money payable under the contract. (3) If the insurer has, within 30 days after notification of loss, adjusted the loss acceptably to the person to whom the insurance money is payable, the insurer is deemed to have complied with this section. (4) An insurer by reason only of furnishing forms to make the proof of loss is not to be taken to have admitted that a valid contract is in force or that the loss in question falls within the insurance provided by the contract. 2008 c19 s29 When action may be brought 524 No action lies for the recovery of money payable under a contract until the expiration of 60 days, or of any shorter period fixed by the contract, after proof, in accordance with the provisions of the contract, (a) of the loss, or (b) of the happening of the event on which the insurance money is to become payable. 2008 c19 s29 Consolidation of actions 525 (1) If several actions are brought for the recovery of money payable under one or more contracts, the Court may consolidate or otherwise deal with them so that there is only one action for and in respect of all the claims made in the actions. (2) If an action is brought to recover the share of money payable under a contract to one or more minors, all the other minors entitled, or the trustees, executors or guardians entitled to receive payment of the shares of the other minors, must be made parties to the action, and the rights of all the minors must be determined in one action. (3) In all actions where several persons are interested in the money payable under a contract, the Court may apportion any sum directed to be paid among the persons entitled to the insurance money, and may give all necessary directions and relief. 2008 c19 s29 Limitation of actions 526 (1) An action or proceeding against an insurer under a contract must be commenced (a) in the case of loss or damage to insured property, not later than 2 years after the date the insured knew or ought to have known that the loss or damage occurred, and (b) in any other case, not later than 2 years after the date that the cause of action against the insurer arose. (2) This section does not apply to contracts of automobile insurance and hail insurance. 2008 c19 s29 Application of Limitations Act 527 Section 5 of the Limitations Act applies to a limitation period established in this Act in respect of an action or proceeding on a contract as if the period were established under the Limitations Act. 2008 c19 s29 Payment of insurance money 528 Insurance money is payable in Alberta in lawful money of Canada. 2008 c19 s29 Payment to payee domiciled or resident abroad 529 If a person entitled to receive money payable under a contract, except insurance of the person, is domiciled or resides in a foreign jurisdiction and payment valid according to the law of the foreign jurisdiction is made to the person, the payment is valid and effectual for all purposes. 2008 c19 s29 Notice 530 (1) Subject to any statutory condition and subsection (2), if the method of giving notice is not otherwise expressly provided for, any notice given by an insurer for any of the purposes of this Act may, in the case of an insured, be given by mailing it to the postal address given in the insured’s original application or proposal for insurance or otherwise notified in writing to the insurer. (2) Notices given or sent by provincial companies to policyholders must be given or sent in accordance with section 228. (3) Subject to any statutory condition, if the method of delivering the notice is not otherwise expressly provided for, any notice to be given to an insurer for any of the purposes of this Act may be given by (a) delivering it to the chief agency of the insurer in the province, (b) sending it by recorded mail addressed to the insurer or its manager or agent at that chief agency, or (c) sending it to the authorized agent of the insurer in any manner. 2008 c19 s29;2016 c23 s3 Furnishing of copy to insured 531 (1) An insurer must on request furnish to the insured a copy of (a) the insured’s application or proposal for insurance, and (b) the insured’s policy. (2) An insurer must furnish the first copy of the policy free of charge, but may charge a reasonable fee to cover its expenses in furnishing any additional copies. 2008 c19 s29 Insurance against loss through negligence 532 It is lawful for an insurer to contract to indemnify an insured for financial loss occasioned by reason of liability to a third person, whether or not the loss is caused by the insured through negligence or while contravening any municipal or Metis settlement bylaw or any Act of the Legislature. 2008 c19 s29 Claim for indemnity 533 (1) In this section, “contract of insurance” includes insurance undertaken by an insurer as part of life insurance whereby the insurer undertakes to pay insurance money or to provide other benefits in the event the person whose life is insured becomes disabled as a result of bodily injury or disease. (2) Unless a contract of insurance provides otherwise, a contravention of any criminal or other law in force in Alberta or elsewhere does not render unenforceable a claim for indemnity under a contract of insurance except when the contravention is committed by the insured, or by another person with the consent of the insured, with intent to bring about loss or damage. 2008 c19 s29 Execution against insured unsatisfied 534 (1) In any case in which a person insured against liability for injury or damage to persons or property of others has failed to satisfy a judgment obtained by a claimant for the injury or damage and a writ of enforcement against the insured in respect of the judgment is returned unsatisfied, the enforcement creditor has a right of action against the insurer to recover an amount, not exceeding the amount of insurance under the policy or the amount of the judgment, in the same manner and subject to the same equities as the insured would have if the judgment had been satisfied. (2) This section does not apply to contracts of motor vehicle liability insurance. 2008 c19 s29 Assignment of premium refund 535 (1) If an insured assigns the right to a refund of premium that may accrue by reason of the cancellation or termination of a contract under the terms of the contract and notice of the assignment is given by the assignee to the insurer, the insurer must pay any refund to the assignee despite any provision in this Act or condition in the contract, whether established under this Act or not, requiring the refund to be paid to the insured or to accompany any notice of cancellation or termination to the insured. (2) If the condition in a contract dealing with cancellation or termination by the insurer provides that the refund must accompany the notice of cancellation or termination, the insurer must include in the notice a statement that, instead of payment of the refund in accordance with the condition, the refund is being paid to the assignee under this section. 2008 c19 s29 Payment into Court by insurer 536 (1) If an insurer cannot obtain sufficient discharge for insurance money for which it admits liability, the insurer may apply to the Court ex parte for an order for the payment of the insurance money into Court, and the Court may order the payment into Court to be made on any terms as to costs and otherwise that the Court directs, and may provide to what fund or name the amount is to be credited. (2) The receipt of the clerk or other proper officer of the Court is sufficient discharge to the insurer for the insurance money paid into Court, and the insurance money must be dealt with in accordance with an order of the Court. 2008 c19 s29 Filing of copy of policy, etc., with Superintendent 537 The Superintendent may require an insurer to file with the Superintendent a copy of any form of policy or of the form of application for any contract or of any endorsement or rider or advertising material issued or used by the insurer. 2008 c19 s29 Title insurance 538 A contract of title insurance must be in writing and in addition to the other requirements established by this Act must expressly limit the liability of the insurer to a sum stated in the contract. 2008 c19 s29 Mortgagees and other payees 539 (1) When a loss under a contract has, with the consent of the insurer, been made payable to a person other than the insured, the insurer shall not cancel or alter the contract to the prejudice of that person without notice to that person. (2) The length of notice and method of giving the notice under subsection (1) must be the same as the length and method of giving notice of cancellation to the insured under the statutory conditions in the contract. 2008 c19 s29 Statutory conditions 540 (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), (a) the conditions set out in this section are deemed to be part of every contract in force in Alberta and must be printed on every policy under the heading “Statutory Conditions”, and (b) no variation or omission of or addition to any statutory condition is binding on the insured. (2) This section does not apply to contracts of automobile insurance, hail insurance, surety insurance or any other class of insurance prescribed in the regulations. (3) Statutory Conditions 1 and 6 to 13 apply only to, and need only be printed on, contracts that include insurance against loss or damage to property. (4) In this section, “policy” does not include an interim receipt or a binder. Statutory Conditions MISREPRESENTATION 1 If a person applying for insurance falsely describes the property to the prejudice of the insurer, or misrepresents or fraudulently omits to communicate any circumstance that is material to be made known to the insurer in order to enable it to judge the risk to be undertaken, the contract is void as to any property in relation to which the misrepresentation or omission is material. PROPERTY OF OTHERS 2 The insurer is not liable for loss or damage to property owned by a person other than the insured unless (a) otherwise specifically stated in the contract, or (b) the interest of the insured in that property is stated in the contract. CHANGE OF INTEREST 3 The insurer is liable for loss or damage occurring after an authorized assignment under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) or a change of title by succession, by operation of law or by death. MATERIAL CHANGE IN RISK 4(1) The insured must promptly give notice in writing to the insurer or its agent of a change that is (a) material to the risk, and (b) within the control and knowledge of the insured. (2) If an insurer or its agent is not promptly notified of a change under subparagraph (1) of this condition, the contract is void as to the part affected by the change. (3) If an insurer or its agent is notified of a change under subparagraph (1) of this condition, the insurer may (a) terminate the contract in accordance with Statutory Condition 5, or (b) notify the insured in writing that, if the insured desires the contract to continue in force, the insured must, within 15 days after receipt of the notice, pay to the insurer an additional premium specified in the notice. (4) If the insured fails to pay an additional premium when required to do so under subparagraph (3)(b) of this condition, the contract is terminated at that time and Statutory Condition 5(2)(a) applies in respect of the unearned portion of the premium. TERMINATION OF INSURANCE 5(1) The contract may be terminated (a) by the insurer giving to the insured 15 days’ notice of termination by recorded mail or 5 days’ written notice of termination personally delivered, or (b) by the insured at any time on request. (2) If the contract is terminated by the insurer, (a) the insurer must refund the excess of premium actually paid by the insured over the prorated premium for the expired time, but in no event may the prorated premium for the expired time be less than any minimum retained premium specified in the contract, and (b) the refund must accompany the notice unless the premium is subject to adjustment or determination as to amount, in which case the refund must be made as soon as practicable. (3) If the contract is terminated by the insured, the insurer must refund as soon as practicable the excess of premium actually paid by the insured over the short rate premium for the expired time specified in the contract, but in no event may the short rate premium for the expired time be less than any minimum retained premium specified in the contract. (4) The 15‑day period referred to in subparagraph (1)(a) of this condition starts to run on the day the recorded mail or notification of it is delivered to the insured’s postal address.

REQUIREMENTS AFTER LOSS 6(1) On the happening of any loss or damage to insured property, the insured must, if the loss or damage is covered by the contract, in addition to observing the requirements of Statutory Condition 9, (a) immediately give notice in writing to the insurer, (b) deliver as soon as practicable to the insurer a proof of loss in respect of the loss or damage to the insured property verified by statutory declaration (i) giving a complete inventory of that property and showing in detail quantities and costs of that property and particulars of the amount of loss claimed, (ii) stating when and how the loss occurred, and if caused by fire or explosion due to ignition, how the fire or explosion originated, so far as the insured knows or believes, (iii) stating that the loss did not occur through any wilful act or neglect or the procurement, means or connivance of the insured, (iv) stating the amount of other insurances and the names of other insurers, (v) stating the interest of the insured and of all others in that property with particulars of all liens, encumbrances and other charges on that property, (vi) stating any changes in title, use, occupation, location, possession or exposure of the property since the contract was issued, and (vii) stating the place where the insured property was at the time of loss, (c) if required by the insurer, give a complete inventory of undamaged property showing in detail quantities and cost of that property, and (d) if required by the insurer and if practicable, (i) produce books of account and inventory lists, (ii) furnish invoices and other vouchers verified by statutory declaration, and (iii) furnish a copy of the written portion of any other relevant contract. (2) The evidence given, produced or furnished under subparagraph (1)(c) and (d) of this condition must not be considered proofs of loss within the meaning of Statutory Conditions 12 and 13. FRAUD 7 Any fraud or wilfully false statement in a statutory declaration in relation to the particulars required under Statutory Condition 6 invalidates the claim of the person who made the declaration. WHO MAY GIVE NOTICE AND PROOF 8 Notice of loss under Statutory Condition 6(1)(a) may be given and the proof of loss under Statutory Condition 6(1)(b) may be made (a) by the agent of the insured if (i) the insured is absent or unable to give the notice or make the proof, and (ii) the absence or inability is satisfactorily accounted for, or (b) by a person to whom any part of the insurance money is payable, if the insured refuses to do so, or in the circumstances described in clause (a) of this condition. SALVAGE 9(1) In the event of loss or damage to insured property, the insured must take all reasonable steps to prevent further loss or damage to that property and to prevent loss or damage to other property insured under the contract, including, if necessary, removing the property to prevent loss or damage or further loss or damage to the property. (2) The insurer must contribute on a prorated basis towards any reasonable and proper expenses in connection with steps taken by the insured under subparagraph (1) of this condition. ENTRY, CONTROL, ABANDONMENT 10 After loss or damage to insured property, the insurer has (a) an immediate right of access and entry by accredited representatives sufficient to enable them to survey and examine the property, and to make an estimate of the loss or damage, and (b) after the insured has secured the property, a further right of access and entry by accredited representatives sufficient to enable them to appraise or estimate the loss or damage, but (i) without the insured’s consent, the insurer is not entitled to the control or possession of the insured property, and (ii) without the insurer’s consent, there can be no abandonment to it of the insured property. IN CASE OF DISAGREEMENT 11(1) In the event of disagreement as to the value of the insured property, the value of the property saved, the nature and extent of the repairs or replacements required or, if made, their adequacy, or the amount of the loss or damage, those questions must be determined using the applicable dispute resolution process set out in the Insurance Act whether or not the insured’s right to recover under the contract is disputed, and independently of all other questions. (2) There is no right to a dispute resolution process under this condition until (a) a specific demand is made for it in writing, and (b) the proof of loss has been delivered to the insurer. WHEN LOSS PAYABLE 12 Unless the contract provides for a shorter period, the loss is payable within 60 days after the proof of loss is completed in accordance with Statutory Condition 6 and delivered to the insurer. REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT 13(1) Unless a dispute resolution process has been initiated, the insurer, instead of making payment, may repair, rebuild or replace the insured property lost or damaged, on giving written notice of its intention to do so within 30 days after receiving the proof of loss. (2) If the insurer gives notice under subparagraph (1) of this condition, the insurer must begin to repair, rebuild or replace the property within 45 days after receiving the proof of loss and must proceed with all due diligence to complete the work within a reasonable time. NOTICE 14(1) Written notice to the insurer may be delivered at, or sent by recorded mail to, the chief agency or head office of the insurer in the province. (2) Written notice to the insured may be personally delivered at, or sent by recorded mail addressed to, the insured’s last known address as provided to the insurer by the insured. 2008 c19 s29;2016 c23 s3 Recovery by innocent persons 541 (1) If a contract contains a term or condition excluding coverage for loss or damage to property caused by a criminal or intentional act or omission of an insured or any other person, the exclusion applies only to the claim of a person (a) whose act or omission caused the loss or damage, (b) who abetted or colluded in the act or omission, (c) who (i) consented to the act or omission, and (ii) knew or ought to have known that the act or omission would cause the loss or damage, or (d) who is in a class prescribed by regulation. (2) Nothing in subsection (1) allows a person whose property is insured under the contract to recover more than the person’s proportionate interest in the lost or damaged property. (3) A person whose coverage under a contract would be excluded but for subsection (1) must comply with the requirements prescribed in the regulations. 2008 c19 s29 Premium notes — mutual insurance 542 (1) An insurer may accept a premium note of the insured for insurance and may undertake contracts in consideration of the premium note. (2) When a premium note is assessable for the losses, expenses and reserve of the insurer, all terms and conditions respecting the premium note must be included in the policy. 2008 c19 s29 Limitation of liability clause 543 When a contract evidenced by a policy contains (a) a deductible clause, (b) a co‑insurance, average or similar clause, or (c) a conditional or unconditional clause limiting recovery by the insured to a specific percentage of the value of any property insured at the time of loss, the contract must have printed or stamped on the first page in conspicuous bold type the words: This policy contains a clause which may limit the amount payable. and unless these words are so printed or stamped, the clause is not binding on the insured. 2008 c19 s29 Rateable contributions 544 (1) If, on the happening of loss or damage, there is in force more than one contract covering the loss or damage, the insurers under the respective contracts are each liable to the insured for their rateable proportion of the loss, unless it is otherwise expressly agreed in writing between the insurers. (2) For the purpose of subsection (1), a contract is deemed to be in force despite any term or condition of it that the contract does not cover, attach, come into force or become insurance until after full or partial payment of any loss under any other contract. (3) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the validity of any division of the sum insured into separate items, any limits of insurance on specified property, any clause referred to in section 543 or any contract condition limiting or prohibiting having or placing other insurance. (4) Nothing in subsection (1) affects the operation of any deductible clause, and (a) if one contract contains a deductible clause, the prorated proportions of the insurer under that contract must be first ascertained without regard to the deductible clause and then the clause must be applied only to affect the amount of recovery under that contract, and (b) if more than one contract contains a deductible clause, the prorated proportions of the insurers under those contracts must be first ascertained without regard to the deductible clauses and then the highest deductible must be prorated among the insurers with deductible clauses, and those prorated amounts affect the amount of recovery under those contracts. (5) Nothing in subsection (4) may be construed to have the effect of increasing the prorated contributions of an insurer under a contract that is not subject to a deductible clause. (6) Despite subsection (1), insurance on identified articles is a first loss insurance as against all other insurance. (7) This section does not apply to a subscription contract issued by 2 or more insurers. 2008 c19 s29 Special stipulations 545 (1) If a contract contains a stipulation, condition, term, proviso or warranty, other than a prescribed exclusion referred to in subsection (3)(a), that is or may be material to the risk, including, but not restricted to, a provision in respect of the use, condition, location or maintenance of the insured property, the stipulation, condition, term, proviso or warranty is not binding on the insured if it is held to be unjust or unreasonable by the Court before which a question relating to it is tried. (2) Instead of proceeding under Statutory Condition 11 set out in section 540, an insurer and an insured may agree in writing to make a joint survey, examination, estimate or appraisal of the loss or damage, in which case the insurer is deemed to have waived its right to make a separate survey, examination, estimate or appraisal of the loss or damage. (3) No insurer may provide in a contract that includes coverage for loss or damage by fire or by another prescribed peril an exclusion relating to (a) the cause of the fire or other prescribed peril other than a prescribed exclusion, or (b) the circumstances of the fire or peril if those circumstances are prescribed. (4) An exclusion in a contract contrary to subsection (3) is invalid. (5) For greater certainty, subsection (3) applies in relation to loss or damage by fire however the fire is caused and in whatever circumstances and whether the coverage is under a part of a contract specifically covering loss or damage by fire or under another part. 2008 c19 s29 Subrogation of insurer to rights of recovery 546 (1) Subject to section 570(6), an insurer that makes any payment or assumes liability for making any payment under a contract is subrogated to all rights of recovery of the insured against any person and may bring an action in the name of the insured to enforce those rights. (2) When the net amount recovered by an action or on settlement is, after deduction of the costs of the recovery, not sufficient to provide complete indemnity for the loss or damage suffered, the amount remaining must be divided between the insurer and the insured in the proportion in which the loss or damage has been borne by them. (3) When the interest of an insured in any recovery is limited to the amount provided under a deductible or co‑insurance clause, the insurer has control of the action. (4) When the interest of an insured in any recovery exceeds that referred to in subsection (3) and the insured and the insurer cannot agree as to (a) the solicitors to be instructed to bring the action in the name of the insured, (b) the conduct and carriage of the action or any related matters, (c) any offer of settlement or the apportionment of an offer of settlement, whether an action has been commenced or not, (d) the acceptance or the apportionment of any money paid into Court, (e) the apportionment of costs, or (f) the launching or prosecution of an appeal, either party may apply to the Court for the determination of the matters in question, and the Court may make any order it considers reasonable having regard to the interests of the insured and the insurer in any recovery in the action or proposed action or in any offer of settlement. (5) On an application under subsection (4), the only parties entitled to notice and to be heard on the application are the insured and the insurer, and no material or evidence used or taken on the application is admissible on the trial of an action brought by or against the insured or the insurer. (6) A settlement or release given before or after an action is brought does not bar the rights of the insured or the insurer unless they have concurred in the settlement or release. 2008 c19 s29 Electronic communications 547 (1) In this section and section 548, a reference to “this Act” includes the regulations made under this Act. (2) If under this Act a record is required or permitted to be provided to a person personally, by mail or by any other means, unless regulations referred to in subsection (4) or under section 511(1)(g.3) provide otherwise, the record may be provided to the person in electronic form in accordance with the Electronic Transactions Act . (3) For the purposes of time periods under this Act, a record provided in electronic form is deemed to have been sent by recorded mail to the address required under this Act. (4) The Electronic Transactions Act and subsection (2) do not apply to a record under, or in relation to a provision of, this Act that is excluded from their application by regulation. 2008 c19 s29;2016 c23 s3 Regulations 548 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) prescribing any matter that is required or permitted to be prescribed under this Subpart; (b) excluding a record under or a provision of this Act from the application of the Electronic Transactions Act and section 547(2). 2008 c19 s29 Home warranty insurance contracts 548.1 (1) For the purposes of the New Home Buyer Protection Act , “warranty provider” means a person who (a) is licensed under this Act authorizing the person to undertake the class of home warranty insurance, or (b) is a person or of a class of person that is authorized by the regulations to undertake the class of home warranty insurance. (2) In this section, “home warranty insurance contract” means a home warranty insurance contract as defined in the New Home Buyer Protection Act . (3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) prescribing policy conditions that must be included in home warranty insurance contracts; (b) respecting terms, conditions, exclusions, waivers, limitations and definitions that may be included in a home warranty insurance contract; (c) respecting minimum home warranty insurance coverage limits; (d) authorizing persons or classes of persons for the purpose of subsection (1)(b). 2012 cN‑3.2 s29;2013 c18 s28 Subpart 2 Automobile Insurance Definitions 549 In this Subpart, (a) “accident” means an accident arising from the use or operation of an automobile; (b) “accident claim” means a claim for loss or damages from bodily injury or death arising from an accident; (b.1) “additional coverage” means automobile insurance that may be made available by an insurer that supplements basic coverage, including, without limitation, collision and comprehensive coverage; (c) “basic coverage” means insurance coverage required or provided for under sections 571, 573 and 585.1; (d) “contract” means a contract of automobile insurance; (e) “insured” means a person insured by a contract whether named in the contract or not and includes any person who is stated in a contract to be entitled to benefits payable under the insurance mentioned in section 573 whether described in the contract as an insured person or not; (f) “rating program” means (i) the rules, criteria, policies, guidelines, algorithms and rating variables used by an insurer to determine premiums for basic coverage or additional coverage, and (ii) the underwriting rules that govern the decision by an insurer to accept or decline a risk, coverage or endorsement. 2008 c19 s29;2013 c18 s11;2026 c8 s4(12) Application of Subpart 550 (1) This Subpart applies to contracts providing automobile insurance made or renewed in Alberta on or after January 1, 1969. (2) This Subpart does not apply to contracts insuring only against (a) loss of or damage to an automobile while in or on described premises, (b) loss of or damage to property carried in or on an automobile, or (c) liability for loss of or damage to property carried in or on an automobile. (3) This Subpart does not apply to a contract providing insurance in respect of an automobile not required to be registered under the Traffic Safety Act unless it is insured under a contract evidenced by a form of policy approved under this Subpart. (4) This Subpart does not apply to a contract insuring solely the interest of a person who has a lien on, or has as security legal title to, an automobile and who does not have possession of the automobile. 2008 c19 s29 Approval of Forms Approval of forms 551 (1) No insurer may use a form of application, policy, endorsement or renewal or continuation certificate in respect of automobile insurance other than a form approved by the Superintendent. (2) An insurer may require additional information in an approved application form, but that additional information does not constitute part of the application for the purposes of section 554. (3) When, in the opinion of the Superintendent, any provision of this Subpart, including any statutory condition, is wholly or partly inappropriate to the requirements of a contract or is inapplicable by reason of the requirements of any Act, the Superintendent may approve a form of policy, or part of a form of policy, or a form of endorsement, evidencing a contract sufficient or appropriate to insure the risks required or proposed to be insured, and the contract evidenced by the policy or endorsement in the form so approved is effective and binding according to its terms even if those terms are inconsistent with, vary, omit or add to any provision or statutory condition of this Subpart. (4) Except as to matters mentioned in section 566, the Superintendent may, if the Superintendent considers it to be in the public interest, approve a form of motor vehicle liability policy or endorsement to a motor vehicle liability policy that extends the insurance beyond that required by this Subpart. (5) The Superintendent, in granting an approval under subsection (4), may require the insurer to charge an additional premium for the extension and to state that fact in the policy or in any endorsement. (6) The Superintendent may approve a form of owner’s policy containing insuring agreements and provisions in conformity with this Subpart for use by insurers in general, which, for the purposes of section 553, is the standard owner’s policy. (7) When the Superintendent approves a form referred to in subsection (6), the Superintendent must cause a copy of the form to be published in The Alberta Gazette, but it is not necessary for the Superintendent to publish endorsement forms approved for use with the standard owner’s policy. (8) The Superintendent may revoke an approval given under this section, and no insurer may, after receiving notification of the revocation in writing, use or deliver a form that contravenes the notification. (9) The Superintendent must, on request of any interested insurer, specify in writing the Superintendent’s reasons for granting, refusing or revoking an approval of a form. (10) The Superintendent may at any time approve an amendment to any form that was previously approved by the Superintendent under this section, and where the Superintendent does so, the Superintendent must have a copy of the amendment published in The Alberta Gazette, but it is not necessary for the Superintendent to publish an amendment to endorsement forms approved for use with the standard owner’s policy. (11) Ninety days after the publication of an amendment in The Alberta Gazette or at a later date specified in the Gazette notice, despite anything in this Act and any contract that is then in force, (a) the amendment is deemed to be incorporated into the previously approved form and into any contract that incorporated that form, and (b) the amendment becomes otherwise effective. (12) Despite subsection (11), the amendment also applies to contracts entered into or renewed after the date referred to in that subsection. 2008 c19 s29 Application and Policy Agents 552 No person carrying on the business of financing the sale or purchase of automobiles, no automobile dealer or insurance agent and no officer or employee of such a person, dealer or insurance agent may act as the agent of an applicant for the purpose of signing an application for automobile insurance. 2008 c19 s29 Application for insurance 553 (1) A copy of the written application, signed by the insured or the insured’s agent, or, if no signed application is made, a copy of the purported application, or a copy of the part of the application or purported application that is material to the contract, must be embodied in, endorsed on or attached to the policy when issued by the insurer. (2) If no signed written application is received by the insurer prior to the issue of the policy, the insurer must deliver or mail to the insured named in the policy, or to the agent for delivery or mailing to the insured, a form of application to be completed and signed by the insured and returned to the insurer. (3) Subject to subsection (8), the insurer must deliver or mail to the insured named in the policy, or to the agent for delivery or mailing to the insured, the policy or a true copy of the policy and every endorsement or other amendment to the contract. (4) When a written application signed by the insured or the insured’s agent is made for a contract, the policy evidencing the contract is deemed to be in accordance with the application unless the insurer points out in writing to the insured named in the policy in what respect the policy differs from the application, and in that event the insured is deemed to have accepted the policy unless, within 2 weeks from the receipt of the notification, the insured informs the insurer in writing that the insured rejects the policy. (5) If the insured rejects the policy under subsection (4), the insurer must refund as soon as practicable the excess of premium actually paid by the insured over the prorated premium for the expired time, but in no event may the prorated premium for the expired time be less than any minimum retained premium specified in the contract. (6) Despite subsection (5), if the insured failed to disclose material information on the application the knowledge of which would have resulted in the insurer charging a higher premium than what was charged, the amount that the insurer is required to refund under subsection (5) is the excess of premium actually paid by the insured over the short rate premium for the expired time calculated as if the higher premium had been charged. (7) If the insured does not reject the policy under subsection (4), the insured is deemed to have accepted the policy. (8) When an insurer uses the standard owner’s policy, it may, instead of issuing the policy, issue a certificate in a form approved by the Superintendent, which, when issued, is of the same force and effect as if it were the standard owner’s policy, subject to the limits and coverages shown on the certificate by the insurer and any endorsements issued concurrently with the certificate or subsequent to the certificate, but at the request of an insured at any time, the insurer must issue the policy and a copy of the written application or purported application as required by subsection (1). (9) When a certificate is issued pursuant to subsection (8), subsection (11) and section 584(3) apply with all necessary modifications. (10) When an insurer issues a certificate pursuant to subsection (8), proof of the contents may be given by production of a copy of The Alberta Gazette containing the form of standard owner’s policy approved by the Superintendent. (11) Every application form and policy must have printed or stamped on it in conspicuous bold type a copy of section 554(1). 2008 c19 s29 Misrepresentation, fraud or violation of condition 554 (1) If (a) an applicant for a contract (i) gives false particulars of the described automobile to be insured to the prejudice of the insurer, or (ii) knowingly misrepresents or fails to disclose in the application any fact required to be stated in the application, (b) the insured contravenes a term of the contract or commits a fraud, or (c) the insured wilfully makes a false statement in respect of a claim under the contract, a claim by the insured is invalid and the right of the insured to recover indemnity is forfeited. (2) No statement of the applicant may be used in defence of a claim under the contract unless it is contained in the signed written application for the contract or, when no signed written application is made, in the purported application, or part of the application, that is embodied in, endorsed on or attached to the policy. (3) No statement contained in a copy of the purported application, or part of the application, other than a statement describing the risk and the extent of the insurance, may be used in defence of a claim under the contract unless the insurer proves that the applicant made the statement attributed to the applicant in the purported application or part of the application. 2008 c19 s29 Adverse contractual action 555 (1) In this section, “adverse contractual action” means (a) refusing to provide a premium quotation within a reasonable time; (b) refusing to process an application for automobile insurance; (c) refusing to issue a contract; (d) refusing to renew a contract; (e) terminating a contract; (f) cancelling a contract; (g) refusing to provide any coverage or endorsement; (h) refusing to continue any coverage or endorsement; (i) any action respecting a contract not referred to in clauses (a) to (h) that is prescribed or otherwise described by regulation as adverse contractual action. (2) This section applies only to adverse contractual action taken in respect of basic coverage on private passenger vehicles. (3) An insurer, insurance agent or insurance broker shall not, directly or indirectly, take any adverse contractual action with respect to an insured or an applicant for a contract except for one or more of the following reasons: (a) the non‑payment of a premium or any portion of a premium; (b) the failure of the insured or the applicant for a contract to inform the insurer or to keep the insurer informed, where requested to do so by the insurer, as to who is the principal driver of the automobile for which the insurance coverage is or is to be issued; (c) in the case of an insurer that is a provincial or extra‑provincial company, the insurer is required to cease to undertake or to offer to undertake insurance in Alberta pursuant to section 25(2); (d) the insurer’s licence is suspended or cancelled under section 54, 55, 819 or 819.1; (e) in the case of an insurer that is a federally authorized company, the federal Superintendent of Financial Institutions has ordered or otherwise directed the insurer to cease carrying on business or insuring risks in Canada; (f) the insurer has filed notice under section 611(3) that the insurer intends to withdraw from the business of automobile insurance; (g) where permitted by regulation, any reasons not referred to in clauses (a) to (f) that are prescribed or otherwise described by regulation. (4) Where (a) a premium or any portion of a premium that is owing in respect of a contract is in arrears, (b) the insurer takes adverse contractual action because those arrears have not been paid, and (c) the person liable for those arrears applies to the insurer to renew or issue a contract or to any other insurer to issue a contract, the insurer may refuse to renew or issue a contract to that person, as the case may be, until those arrears are paid to the insurer to which the arrears are owing. (5) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) permitting adverse contractual action to be taken other than under subsection (3)(a) to (f) and prescribing or otherwise describing any reasons not referred to in subsection (3)(a) to (f) for which adverse contractual action may be taken; (b) prescribing or otherwise describing any action not referred to in subsection (1)(a) to (h) as adverse contractual action; (c) governing the taking of adverse contractual action; (d) governing the issuing or renewing of contracts; (e) governing any transitional matter concerning the application of this section in respect of matters dealt with under this section; (f) providing for any matter that the Lieutenant Governor in Council considers advisable for carrying out the purpose and intent of this section. (6) This section applies despite any other Act. 2008 c19 s29 Statutory conditions 556 (1) Subject to sections 551(3), 557 and 584(2), (a) the conditions set out in this section are statutory conditions and are deemed to be part of every contract and must be printed in every policy under the heading “Statutory Conditions”, and (b) no variation or omission of or addition to any statutory condition is binding on the insured. (2) In this section, “policy” does not include an interim receipt or a binder. Statutory Conditions In these statutory conditions, unless the context otherwise requires, “insured” means a person insured by the contract whether named in the contract or not. MATERIAL CHANGE IN RISK 1(1) The insured named in the contract must promptly notify the insurer or its agent in writing of any change in the risk material to the contract and within the insured’s knowledge. (2) Without restricting the generality of subparagraph (1) of this condition, “change in the risk material to the contract” includes (a) any change in the insurable interest of the insured named in the contract in the automobile by sale, assignment or otherwise, except through change of title by succession, death or proceedings under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), and (b) in respect of insurance against loss of or damage to the automobile, (i) any mortgage, lien or encumbrance affecting the automobile after the application for the contract, and (ii) any other insurance of the same interest, whether valid or not, covering loss or damage insured by the contract or any portion of the contract. PROHIBITED USE BY INSURED 2(1) The insured must not drive or operate the automobile (a) unless the insured is for the time being either authorized by law or qualified to drive or operate the automobile, (b) while the insured’s licence to drive or operate an automobile is suspended or while the insured’s right to obtain a licence is suspended or while the insured is prohibited under order of any court from driving or operating an automobile, (c) while the insured is under the age of 16 years or under any other age prescribed by the law of the province in which the insured resides at the time the contract is made as being the minimum age at which a licence or permit to drive an automobile may be issued to the insured, (d) for any illicit or prohibited trade or transportation, or (e) in any race or speed test. PROHIBITED USE BY OTHERS (2) The insured must not permit or allow the use of the automobile (a) by any person (i) unless that person is for the time being either authorized by law or qualified to drive or operate the automobile, or (ii) while that person is under the age of 16 years or under any other age prescribed by the law of the province in which the person resides at the time the contract is made as being the minimum age at which a licence or permit to drive an automobile may be issued to the person, (b) by any person who is a member of the household of the insured while the person’s licence to drive or operate an automobile is suspended or while the person’s right to obtain a licence is suspended or while the person is prohibited under order of any court from driving or operating an automobile, (c) for any illicit or prohibited trade or transportation, or (d) in any race or speed test. REQUIREMENTS WHERE LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY 3(1) The insured must (a) promptly give to the insurer written notice, with all available particulars, of any accident involving loss or damage to persons or property and of any claim made on account of the accident, (b) verify by statutory declaration, if required by the insurer, that the claim arose out of the use or operation of the automobile and that the person operating or responsible for the operation of the automobile at the time of the accident is a person insured under the contract, and (c) forward immediately to the insurer every letter, document, advice or writ received by the insured from or on behalf of the claimant. (2) The insured must not (a) voluntarily assume any liability or settle any claim except at the insured’s own cost, or (b) interfere in any negotiations for settlement or in any legal proceeding. (3) The insured must, whenever requested by the insurer, aid in securing information and evidence and the attendance of any witness, and must co‑operate with the insurer, except in a pecuniary way, in the defence of any action or proceeding or in the prosecution of any appeal. REQUIREMENTS WHERE LOSS OR DAMAGE TO AUTOMOBILE 4(1) When loss of or damage to the automobile occurs, the insured must, if the loss or damage is covered by the contract, (a) promptly give notice of the loss or damage in writing to the insurer with the fullest information obtainable at the time, (b) at the expense of the insurer, and as far as reasonably possible, protect the automobile from further loss or damage, and (c) deliver to the insurer within 90 days after the date of the loss or damage a statutory declaration stating, to the best of the insured’s knowledge and belief, the place, time, cause and amount of the loss or damage, the interest of the insured and of all others in the automobile, the encumbrances on the automobile, all other insurance, whether valid or not, covering the automobile and that the loss or damage did not occur through any wilful act or neglect, procurement, means or connivance of the insured. (2) Any further loss or damage accruing to the automobile directly or indirectly from a failure to protect it as required under subparagraph (1) of this condition is not recoverable under the contract. (3) No repairs, other than those that are immediately necessary for the protection of the automobile from further loss or damage, may be undertaken and no physical evidence of the loss or damage may be removed (a) without the written consent of the insurer, or (b) until the insurer has had a reasonable opportunity to make the inspection for which provision is made in Statutory Condition 5. (4) The insured must submit to examination under oath and must produce for examination at any reasonable place and time designated by the insurer or its representative all documents in the insured’s possession or control that relate to the matters in question, and the insured must permit extracts and copies of the documents to be made. (5) The insurer is not liable for more than the actual cash value of the automobile at the time any loss or damage occurs, and the loss or damage must be ascertained or estimated according to that actual cash value with proper deductions for depreciation, however caused, and must not exceed the amount that it would cost to repair or replace the automobile, or any part of the automobile, with material of similar kind and quality, but if any part of the automobile is obsolete and unavailable, the liability of the insurer in respect of the automobile is limited to the value of that part at the time of loss or damage, not exceeding the maker’s latest list price. (6) Except where a dispute resolution process has been initiated, the insurer, instead of making payment, may, within a reasonable time, repair, rebuild or replace the property damaged or lost with other of similar kind and quality if, within 7 days after the receipt of the proof of loss, it gives written notice of its intention to do so. (7) There must be no abandonment of the automobile to the insurer without the insurer’s consent. (8) If the insurer exercises the option to replace the automobile or pays the actual cash value of the automobile, the salvage, if any, vests in the insurer. (9) In the event of disagreement as to the nature and extent of the repairs and replacements required, or as to their adequacy, if effected, or as to the amount of the loss or damage, those questions must be determined by a dispute resolution process as provided under the Insurance Act before there can be recovery under the contract, whether the right to recover under the contract is disputed or not, and independently of all other questions. (10) There is no right to a dispute resolution process until (a) a specific demand for it is made in writing, and (b) the proof of loss has been delivered. INSPECTION OF AUTOMOBILE 5 The insured must permit the insurer at all reasonable times to inspect the automobile and its equipment. TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENT OF INSURANCE MONEY 6(1) The insurer must pay the insurance money for which it is liable under the contract within 60 days after the proof of loss has been received by it or, where a dispute resolution process is conducted under Statutory Condition 4(9), within 15 days after the decision is rendered. (2) The insured may not bring an action to recover the amount of a claim under the contract unless the requirements of Statutory Conditions 3 and 4 are complied with or until the amount of the loss has been ascertained as provided for under Statutory Conditions 3 and 4 or by a judgment against the insured after trial of the issue, or by agreement between the parties with the written consent of the insurer. WHO MAY GIVE NOTICE AND PROOFS OF CLAIM 7 Notice of claim may be given and proofs of claim may be made by the agent of the insured named in this contract in the case of absence or inability of the insured to give the notice or make the proof, such absence or inability being satisfactorily accounted for or, in the like case or if the insured refuses to do so, by a person to whom any part of the insurance money is payable. TERMINATION 8(1) The contract may be terminated (a) by the insurer giving to the insured 15 days’ notice of termination by recorded mail or 5 days’ written notice of termination personally delivered, or (b) by the insured at any time on request. (2) If the contract is terminated by the insurer, (a) the insurer must refund the excess of premium actually paid by the insured over the prorated premium for the expired time, but in no event may the prorated premium for the expired time be less than any minimum retained premium specified, and (b) the refund must accompany the notice unless the premium is subject to adjustment or determination as to the amount, in which case the refund must be made as soon as practicable. (3) If the contract is terminated by the insured, the insurer must refund as soon as practicable the excess of premium actually paid by the insured over the short rate premium for the expired time, but in no event may the short rate premium for the expired term be deemed to be less than any minimum retained premium specified. (4) The 15‑day period referred to in subparagraph (1)(a) of this condition starts to run on the day the recorded mail or notification of it is delivered to the insured’s postal address. NOTICE 9(1) Any written notice to the insurer may be delivered at, or sent by recorded mail to, the chief agency or head office of the insurer in the province. (2) Written notice may be given to the insured named in the contract by letter personally delivered to the insured or by recorded mail addressed to the insured at the insured’s latest postal address as notified to the insurer. (3) In this condition, “recorded” means recorded in or outside Canada. 2008 c19 s29;2016 c23 s3 Conditions not part of policy 557 (1) Except as otherwise provided in the contract, the statutory conditions set out in section 556 do not apply to insurance described in section 586, 587 or 588. (2) When a contract does not insure against liability for loss or damage to persons and property, Statutory Condition 3 set out in section 556 is not a part of the policy and may be omitted from the printing of the conditions in the policy. (3) When a contract does not insure against loss of or damage to the automobile, Statutory Condition 4 set out in section 556 is not a part of the policy and may be omitted from the printing of the conditions in the policy. 2008 c19 s29 Limitation of actions 558 (1) An action or proceeding against an insurer under a contract must be commenced (a) in the case of loss of or damage to the automobile, not later than 2 years after the occurrence of the loss or damage, and (b) in the case of loss or damage to persons or property, not later than 2 years after the cause of action against the insurer arose. (2) A policy to which this Subpart applies must contain the following statement: Every action or proceeding against an insurer for the recovery of insurance money payable under the contract is absolutely barred unless commenced within the time set out in the Insurance Act . 2008 c19 s29 Right to call expert witnesses 558.1 (1) In this section, (a) “joint expert” means an expert that is jointly appointed by all parties to a motor vehicle injury proceeding; (b) “motor vehicle injury damages” means damages for bodily injury or death resulting from the use or operation of a motor vehicle as defined in the Traffic Safety Act ; (c) “motor vehicle injury proceeding” means a civil proceeding in the Court of King’s Bench that includes a claim for motor vehicle injury damages. (2) Subject to the regulations, (a) a party to a motor vehicle injury proceeding in which value of the claim for motor vehicle injury damages is $100 000 or more shall not tender the following at trial: (i) expert evidence of more than 3 experts on the issue of motor vehicle injury damages; (ii) more than one report on the issue of motor vehicle injury damages from each expert referred to in subclause (i), (b) a party to a motor vehicle injury proceeding in which value of the claim for motor vehicle injury damages is less than $100 000 shall not tender the following at trial: (i) expert evidence of more than one expert on the issue of motor vehicle injury damages; (ii) more than one report on the issue of motor vehicle injury damages from the expert referred to in subclause (i), and the Court of King’s Bench shall not allow a party to tender expert evidence at the trial of a motor vehicle injury proceeding if doing so would result in exceeding the limits set out in this subsection. (3) Notwithstanding the limits set out in subsection (2), if the parties to a motor vehicle injury proceeding appoint a joint expert, a party may tender at trial the expert evidence of the joint expert. (4) Notwithstanding the limits set out in subsection (2), with the consent of all other parties to a motor vehicle injury proceeding, a party may tender at trial (a) expert evidence of one or more additional experts, or (b) one or more additional reports from an expert referred to in subsection (2)(a)(i) or (b)(i) or clause (a). (5) Notwithstanding the limits set out in subsection (2), on application by a party to a motor vehicle injury proceeding, the Court of King’s Bench may, if satisfied that the conditions set out in subsection (6) are met, grant leave to (a) allow expert evidence of one or more additional experts to be tendered, or (b) allow the party to tender as evidence one or more additional reports from an expert referred to in subsection (2)(a)(i) or (b)(i) or (4)(a). (6) The following are the conditions for the purposes of subsection (5): (a) the subject matter of the additional evidence to be tendered is not already addressed by expert evidence permitted under subsection (2) or (4); (b) without the additional expert evidence, the party making the application would suffer prejudice disproportionate to the benefit of not increasing the complexity and cost of the proceeding. (7) In an application under subsection (5), a party must include the following: (a) the name of each expert whose evidence the party intends to tender at trial; (b) the scope of expertise of each expert whose evidence the party intends to tender at trial; (c) records that support the need for the additional evidence. (8) Nothing in this section limits any authority of the Court of King’s Bench to appoint the Court’s own experts on the Court’s own initiative. (9) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations respecting exceptions to the application of subsection (2). (10) This section applies to every motor vehicle injury proceeding commenced on or after January 1, 2021. 2020 c36 s2;AR 217/2022 Motor Vehicle Liability Policies Coverage of owner ’ s policy 559 (1) Every contract evidenced by an owner’s policy insures the insured named in the contract (the “named insured”) and every other person who with the named insured’s consent drives an automobile owned by the named insured that falls within the description or definition of automobile in the contract against liability imposed by law on the named insured or those other persons for loss or damage (a) arising from the ownership, use or operation of the automobile, and (b) resulting from bodily injury to or the death of any person and damage to property. (2) When the contract evidenced by an owner’s policy also provides insurance against liability in respect of an automobile not owned by the named insured, an insurer may stipulate in the contract that the insurance is restricted to those persons who are specified in the contract. (3) If the insured named in an owner’s policy dies, the following persons are deemed to be the insured under the policy: (a) the spouse or adult interdependent partner of the deceased insured if residing in the same dwelling place as the deceased insured at the time of the deceased insured’s death; (b) in respect of the described automobile, a newly acquired automobile that was acquired by the deceased insured prior to the deceased insured’s death and a temporary substitute automobile, all as defined by the policy, (i) any person having proper temporary custody of the automobile until grant of probate or administration to the personal representative of the deceased insured, and (ii) the personal representative of the deceased insured.

2008 c19 s29 Coverage of non‑owner ’ s policy 560 Every contract evidenced by a non‑owner’s policy insures the person named in the contract and any other person who is specified in the policy against liability imposed by law on the insured named in the contract or that other person for loss or damage (a) arising from the use or operation of an automobile within the definition of automobile in the policy, other than an automobile owned by or registered in the name of the insured named in the contract or that other person, and (b) resulting from bodily injury to or the death of any person and loss of or damage to property. 2008 c19 s29 Effect of lien on automobile 561 For the purposes of this Subpart, a person is not deemed to be the owner of an automobile by reason only that the person has a lien on the automobile or has legal title to the automobile as security. 2008 c19 s29 Territorial limits 562 Insurance under section 559 or 560 applies to the ownership, use or operation of the insured automobile within Canada and the United States of America and on a vessel travelling between ports of those countries. 2008 c19 s29 Rights of unnamed insured 563 Any person insured by but not named in a contract to which section 559 or 560 applies may recover indemnity in the same manner and to the same extent as if named in the contract as the insured and for that purpose is deemed to be a party to the contract and to have given consideration for the contract. 2008 c19 s29 Liability of insurer 564 Every contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy must provide that when a person insured by the contract is involved in an accident resulting from the ownership, use or operation of an automobile in respect of which insurance is provided under the contract and resulting in loss or damage to persons or property, the insurer must (a) on receipt of notice of loss or damage caused to persons or property, make any investigations, conduct any negotiations with the claimant and effect any settlement of any resulting claims that are considered expedient by the insurer, (b) defend in the name of and on behalf of the insured and at the cost of the insurer any civil action that is brought against the insured at any time on account of loss or damage to persons or property, (c) pay all costs assessed against the insured in any civil action defended by the insurer and any interest accruing after entry of judgment on that part of the judgment that is within the limits of the insurer’s liability, and (d) if the injury is to a person, reimburse the insured for outlay for any medical aid that is immediately necessary at the time. 2008 c19 s29;2009 c53 s87 Liability arising from contamination 565 Liability arising from contamination of property carried in an automobile is deemed not to be liability arising from the ownership, use or operation of that automobile. 2008 c19 s29 Exceptions to liability of insurer 566 The insurer is not liable under a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy for any liability (a) imposed by any workers’ compensation law on any person insured by the contract, or (b) resulting from bodily injury to or the death of any employee of any person insured by the contract while engaged in the operation or repair of the automobile. 2008 c19 s29 Exceptions to liability of insurer 567 The insurer may provide under a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy that it is not liable for either of the following: (a) to indemnify any person engaged in the business of selling, repairing, maintaining, servicing, storing or parking automobiles for any loss or damage sustained while engaged in the use or operation of or while working on the automobile in the course of that business unless the person is the owner of the automobile or is the owner’s employee; (b) for loss of or damage to (i) property carried in or on the automobile, or (ii) any property owned or rented by or in the care, custody or control of the insured. 2008 c19 s29 Exceptions to liability of insurer 568 Subject to the limitations and exclusions of the endorsement, the insurer may provide by endorsement to a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy that it is not liable for loss or damage resulting from the ownership, use or operation of any machinery or apparatus, including its equipment, mounted on or attached to the automobile while that automobile is at the site of the use or operation of that machinery or apparatus. 2008 c19 s29 Exceptions to liability of insurer 569 (1) The insurer may provide under a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy that it is not liable in any one or more of the following cases: (a) while the automobile is rented or leased to another person; (b) while the automobile is used to carry explosives or to carry radioactive material for research, education, development or industrial purposes or for purposes incidental to those purposes; (c) while the automobile is used as a taxi‑cab, public omnibus, livery, jitney or sightseeing conveyance or for carrying passengers for compensation or hire. (2) Subsection (1)(a) does not include the use by an employee of the employee’s automobile in the business of the employee’s employer for which the employee is paid. (3) In subsection (1)(b), “radioactive material” means (a) spent nuclear fuel rods that have been exposed to radiation in a nuclear reactor, (b) radioactive waste material, (c) unused enriched nuclear fuel rods, or (d) any other radioactive material of such quantity and quality as to be harmful to persons or property if its container were destroyed or damaged. (4) Subsection (1)(c) does not include (a) the use by an insured of the automobile for the carriage of another person in return for the insured’s carriage in the automobile of the other person, (b) the occasional and infrequent use by an insured of the automobile for the carriage of another person who shares the cost of the trip, (c) the use by an insured of the automobile for the carriage of a temporary or permanent domestic servant of the insured or the insured’s spouse or adult interdependent partner, (d) the occasional and infrequent use by an insured of the automobile for the transportation of children to or from activities conducted as part of an educational program, or (e) the use by an insured of the automobile for the carriage of a client or customer or a prospective client or customer. 2008 c19 s29 Reductions of automobile accident claim awards 570 (1) In this section, (a) “award” means a judgment or settlement in respect of an accident claim; (b) “prescribed” means provided for in regulations made under subsection (8). (2) To the extent that an award is for or is determined with reference to loss of earnings, the amount of the award must be reduced by (a) income tax, if the award is not subjected to income tax, (b) contributions by employees, and 50% of contributions by self‑employed persons, under the Canada Pension Plan (Canada), and (c) premiums under the Employment Insurance Act (Canada) relating to the state of being employed, that would be or would have been payable on or with reference to the lost earnings, both before and after the award, had the accident not occurred. (3) The whole of or the portion of an award that is for or is calculated with reference to a head of damages to which any payment in any form specified in subsection (4) relates must be reduced by the aggregate of all payments, both before and after the award, and net of tax, contributions and premiums referred to in subsection (2)(a) to (c) paid or payable on those payments, that (a) are received by or on behalf of the claimant as a result of or otherwise in respect of the accident, (b) are in any form specified in subsection (4)(a) to (h), and (c) relate to that head of damages. (4) The forms of payment referred to in subsection (3) are (a) medical, dental, disability, rehabilitation, income continuation or replacement and hospitalization benefits paid on a no‑fault basis and received by or on behalf of a resident of a jurisdiction other than Alberta under a contract of automobile insurance, (b) medical care, accident and sickness benefits comprising medical care or goods or services that are not provided under Part 1 of the Alberta Health Care Insurance Act or, where the claimant is a resident of another jurisdiction, the equivalent legislation of that jurisdiction, or that exceed the limits for that care or those goods or services under that Act or that equivalent legislation, (c) proceeds of a contract that falls within Subpart 6 or the legislation of another jurisdiction that is equivalent to that Subpart, (d) benefits under a prescribed income continuation or replacement plan or scheme, (e) benefits under an income replacement plan or scheme referred to in section 15.1, (f) disability pensions under the Canada Pension Plan (Canada) or under any equivalent legislation of a jurisdiction outside Canada, (g) compensation under legislation of another jurisdiction that is equivalent to the Workers’ Compensation Act and its regulations, in respect of disability, medical, dental, rehabilitation or hospitalization expenses, and (h) any other prescribed payments, benefits or compensation under the laws of any jurisdiction, other than laws referred to in clauses (e), (f) and (g). (5) The reference in subsection (3) to payments received is deemed to include circumstances where a legal obligation to make the payments or to provide related benefits referred to in subsection (4) to or on behalf of the claimant (netted, where applicable, as referred to in subsection (3)) has been established or acknowledged before the award. (6) A person who makes or assumes liability for a payment referred to in subsection (3) is not subrogated to a right of recovery of the insured against another person in respect of that payment. (7) Nothing in this section is to be construed as limiting a court’s ability to take into account any premiums or other amounts paid by a claimant in respect of any benefits, policies, plans or compensation in any form specified in subsection (4). (8) For the purposes of this section, the Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting any matter or thing that may be or is to be prescribed for the purposes of this section, and (b) defining, for the purposes of this section, any expression used in it and not defined in this Subpart. (9) This section does not apply to any accident claim that arose in respect of an accident that occurred before the coming into force of this section. 2008 c19 s29;2025 c21 s13 Limits of motor vehicle liability policy 571 (1) Every contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy insures, in respect of any one accident, to a limit of not less than $200 000, exclusive of interest and costs, against liability resulting from bodily injury to or the death of one or more persons and loss of or damage to property. (2) A contract must be interpreted to mean that when, by reason of any one accident, liability results from bodily injury or death and from loss of or damage to property, (a) claims against the insured arising out of bodily injury or death have priority to the extent of $190 000 over claims arising out of loss of or damage to property, and (b) claims against the insured arising out of loss of or damage to property have priority to the extent of $10 000 over claims arising out of bodily injury or death. (3) The insurer may, instead of specifying a limit in the policy for an inclusive amount, specify a limit of liability of at least $200 000, exclusive of interest and costs, against liability resulting from bodily injury to or the death of one or more persons and a limit of liability of at least $200 000, exclusive of interest and costs, against liability for loss of or damage to property. (4) Nothing in this Subpart precludes an insurer, with respect to a limit or limits in excess of those specified in subsection (1) or (3), from increasing or reducing the limit or limits specified in the contract with respect to the use or operation of the automobile by a named person, but no reduction is effective for a limit less than that required under subsection (1) or (3). (5) The premium for the insurance required under this section must be shown separately on the motor vehicle liability policy from the premium for any additional or other benefits under the policy. (6) Despite subsection (4) but subject to section 555, no insurer may refuse a request by an insured or an applicant for a contract to increase the limit to one of the following amounts, exclusive of interest and costs, against liability resulting from bodily injury to or the death of one or more persons and loss of or damage to property: (a) $500 000; (b) $1 000 000; (c) $2 000 000. 2008 c19 s29 Crown’s Right of Recovery Act 572 (1) No amount that is required to be paid to the Crown under Part 1, Division 2 of the Crown’s Right of Recovery Act may be shown as a separate amount on (a) an application for automobile insurance, (b) a motor vehicle liability policy, or (c) a certificate referred to in section 553(8). (2) This section is repealed on Proclamation. 2008 c19 s29;2009 cC‑35 s57 Accident insurance benefits 573 (1) In this section, (a) “benefits” means accident insurance benefits provided for in this section or in regulations made under subsection (7)(c); (b) “prescribed” means provided for by regulations made under this section. (2) A contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy insures in respect of an accident, for accident insurance benefits payable to the prescribed person, in or to at least the prescribed amounts and in accordance with or subject to this section and the prescribed terms, conditions, restrictions and exclusions. (3) The insurer, on the death of an insured, must pay (a) death benefits, and (b) actual funeral costs up to the prescribed maximum amount. (4) If an insured is totally disabled, the insurer must pay a weekly disability benefit. (5) The insurer must pay the prescribed medical payments. (6) Section 588 applies to the benefits. (7) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting any matter or thing that may be or is to be prescribed for the purposes of this section; (b) defining for the purposes of this section any expression used in it; (c) increasing the amount of any of the benefits; (d) establishing or governing a system or process for the examination, assessment and treatment or rehabilitation of bodily injuries suffered by an insured as a result of an accident in respect of which benefits are payable under this section; (e) governing the payment of any fees, levies or other assessments in respect of a system or process established under clause (d), including, without limitation, regulations respecting (i) the amount of the fees, levies or other assessments or the manner in which and by whom any of those amounts are to be determined, and (ii) to whom and by whom the fees, levies or other assessments are to be paid; (f) providing for any matter that the Lieutenant Governor in Council considers advisable for carrying out the purpose and intent of this section. 2008 c19 s29 Stipulation in motor vehicle liability policy 574 (1) Every motor vehicle liability policy issued in Alberta must provide that, in the case of liability arising out of the ownership, use or operation of the automobile in any province or territory, (a) the insurer is liable up to the minimum limits established for that province or territory if those limits are higher than the limits established in the policy, (b) the insurer must not set up any defence to a claim that might not be set up if the policy were a motor vehicle liability policy issued in that province or territory, and (c) the insured, by acceptance of the policy, constitutes and appoints the insurer as the insured’s irrevocable attorney to appear and defend in any province or territory in which an action is brought against the insured arising out of the ownership, use or operation of the automobile. (2) A provision in a motor vehicle liability policy in accordance with subsection (1)(c) is binding on the insured. 2008 c19 s29 Excess insurance 575 (1) Nothing in this Subpart precludes an insurer from providing under a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy insurance restricted to a limit in excess of that provided by another designated contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy, whether the designated contract is first loss insurance or excess insurance. (2) When the contract designated in the excess contract terminates or is terminated, the excess contract is also automatically terminated. 2008 c19 s29 Agreements re deductible amounts 576 Nothing in this Subpart precludes an insurer from entering into an agreement with its insured under a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy providing that the insured will reimburse the insurer in an agreed amount in respect of any claim by or judgment in favour of a third party against the insured, and the agreement may be enforced against the insured according to its tenor. 2008 c19 s29 Coverage under motor vehicle liability and nuclear energy hazard liability policies 577 (1) In this section, “nuclear energy hazard” means the radioactive, toxic, explosive or other hazardous properties of prescribed substances under the Nuclear Safety and Control Act (Canada). (2) When an insured, whether named in the contract or not, is covered under a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy for loss or damage resulting from bodily injury to or the death of any person or loss of or damage to property arising directly or indirectly out of a nuclear energy hazard and is, whether named in the contract or not, also covered against that loss or damage under a contract evidenced by a policy of nuclear energy hazard liability insurance issued by a group of insurers and in force at the time of the event giving rise to the loss or damage, (a) the motor vehicle liability insurance is excess to the nuclear energy hazard liability insurance, and the insurer under the contract of motor vehicle liability insurance is not liable to pay beyond the minimum limits established by section 571, and (b) an unnamed insured under the contract of nuclear energy hazard liability insurance may, in respect of the loss or damage, recover indemnity under that contract in the same manner and to the same extent as if named in the contract as the insured, and for that purpose the unnamed insured is deemed to be a party to the contract and to have given consideration for the contract. (3) For the purpose of this section, a contract of nuclear energy hazard liability insurance is deemed to be in force at the time of the event giving rise to the loss or damage even if the limits of liability under the contract have been exhausted. 2008 c19 s29 Determining which insurer is liable 578 (1) When a person is insured under more than one contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy, whether the insurance is first loss insurance or excess insurance, and a question arises under section 564(b) between an insurer and the insured or between the insurers as to which insurer must undertake the obligation to defend in the name of and on behalf of the insured, the insured or any insurer may, whether or not any insurer denies liability under its contract, apply to the Court, and the Court may by order give any directions that appear proper with respect to the performance of the obligation. (2) The only parties entitled to notice of an application under subsection (1) and to be heard are the insured and the insured’s insurers, and no material or evidence used or taken on the application is admissible on the trial of an action brought against the insured for loss or damage to persons or property arising out of the use or operation of the automobile in respect of which the insurance is provided. (3) An order under subsection (1) does not affect the rights and obligations of the insurers in respect of payment of any indemnity under their respective policies. (4) When indemnity is provided to the insured under 2 or more contracts and one or more of them are excess insurance, the insurers must, as between themselves, contribute to the payment of expenses, costs and reimbursement for which provision is made in section 564 in accordance with their respective liabilities for damages awarded against the insured. 2008 c19 s29 Rights of creditors 579 (1) Any person who has a claim against an insured for which indemnity is provided by a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy, even if that person is not a party to the contract, may, on recovering a judgment in respect of the claim against the insured in any province or territory, have the insurance money payable under the contract applied in or toward satisfaction of the judgment and of any other judgments or claims against the insured covered by the contract and may, on the person’s own behalf and on behalf of all persons having such judgments or claims, maintain an action against the insurer to have the insurance money so applied. (2) No action may be brought against an insurer under subsection (1) after the expiration of one year from the final determination of the action against the insured, including appeals, if any. (3) A creditor of the insured is not entitled to share in the insurance money payable under any contract unless the creditor’s claim is one for which indemnity is provided for by that contract. (4) The right of a person who is entitled under subsection (1) to have insurance money applied in or toward the person’s judgment or claim is not prejudiced by (a) an assignment, waiver, surrender, cancellation or discharge of the contract, or of any interest in or of the proceeds of the contract, made by the insured after the event giving rise to the person’s claim under the contract, (b) any act or default of the insured before or after that event in contravention of this Subpart or of the terms of the contract, or (c) any contravention of the Criminal Code (Canada) or a statute of any province or territory or jurisdiction of the United States of America by the owner or driver of the automobile, and nothing mentioned in clause (a), (b) or (c) is available to the insurer as a defence in an action brought under subsection (1). (5) It is not a defence to an action under this section that an instrument issued as a motor vehicle liability policy by a person engaged in the business of an insurer and alleged by a party to the action to be such a policy is not a motor vehicle liability policy, and this section applies, with all necessary modifications, to the instrument. (6) The insurer may require any other insurers liable to indemnify the insured in whole or in part in respect of judgments or claims referred to in subsection (1) to be made parties to the action and to contribute according to their respective liabilities, whether the contribution is rateable or by way of first loss or excess insurance, as the case may be, and the insured must on demand furnish the insurer with particulars of all other insurance covering the subject‑matter of the contract. (7) When a person has recovered a judgment against the insured and is entitled to maintain an action under subsection (1) and the insurer admits liability to pay the insurance money under the contract, and the insurer considers that (a) there are or may be other claimants, or (b) there is no person capable of giving and authorized to give a valid discharge for payment who is willing to do so, the insurer may apply to the Court ex parte for an order for payment of the money into Court, and the Court may make an order accordingly on any notice it thinks necessary. (8) The receipt of the proper officer of the Court is a sufficient discharge to the insurer for the insurance money paid into Court under subsection (7), and the insurance money must be dealt with as the Court orders on application of any interested person. (9) Despite anything to the contrary contained in a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy, every contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy is deemed, for the purposes of this section, to provide all the types of coverage mentioned in section 569, but the insurer is not liable to a claimant with respect to the coverage in excess of the limits established by section 571(1). (10) Despite subsection (4), when one or more contracts provide for coverage of a type mentioned in section 567 or 568, the insurer may, except as provided in subsection (12), (a) with respect to that type of coverage, and (b) as against a claimant, avail itself of any defence that it is entitled to set up against the insured. (11) Despite subsection (4), when one or more contracts provide for coverage in excess of the limits established by section 571, the insurer may, except as provided in subsection (12), (a) with respect to the coverage in excess of those limits, and (b) as against a claimant, avail itself of any defence that it is entitled to set up against the insured other than a defence arising out of a breach of Statutory Condition 2 set out in section 556. (12) When a contract provides coverage for loss or damage resulting from bodily injury to or the death of any person being carried in or on, entering, getting on or alighting from an automobile that is operated in the business of carrying passengers for compensation or hire and insured for that purpose, the insurer may, despite subsection (4), (a) with respect to that type of coverage in excess of the limits established by section 571 or the minimum limits required for that type of coverage under any other Act, whichever is the greater amount, and (b) as against a claimant, avail itself of any defence that it is entitled to set up against the insured other than a defence arising out of a breach of Statutory Condition 2 set out in section 556. (13) The insured must reimburse the insurer on demand in the amount that the insurer has paid by reason of this section that it would not otherwise be liable to pay. (14) When an insurer denies liability under a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy, it must, on application to the Court, be made a third party in any action to which the insured is a party and in which a claim is made against the insured by any party to the action in which it is or might be asserted that indemnity is provided by the contract, whether or not the insured enters an appearance or defence in the action. (15) On being made a third party, the insurer may (a) contest the liability of the insured to any party claiming against the insured, (b) contest the amount of any claim made against the insured, (c) deliver any pleadings in respect of the claim of any party claiming against the insured, (d) have disclosure of records and questioning under Part 5 of the Alberta Rules of Court in respect of any party adverse in interest, and (e) question and cross‑examine witnesses at the trial, to the same extent as if it were a defendant in the action. (16) An insurer may avail itself of subsection (15) even if another insurer is defending, in the name of and on behalf of the insured, an action to which its insured is a party. 2008 c19 s29;2009 c53 s87;2026 c8 s4(13) Regulations re notice of legal representation 580 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations requiring a lawyer retained by a plaintiff in an action arising out of an accident to give notice of that fact to the defendant’s insurer, including regulations respecting the time at which and the manner in which that notice must be given. 2008 c19 s29 Payment as release of claim 581 (1) When an insurer makes a payment on behalf of an insured under a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy to a person who is or alleges to be entitled to recover from the insured covered by the policy, the payment constitutes, to the extent of the payment, a release by the person or the person’s personal representative of any claim that the person or the person’s personal representative or any person claiming through or under the person or by virtue of the Fatal Accidents Act may have against the insured and the insurer. (2) Nothing in this section precludes the insurer making the payment from demanding, as a condition precedent to the payment, release from the person or the person’s personal representative or any other person to the extent of the payment. (3) If the person commences an action, the Court must adjudicate on the matter first without reference to the payment, but in giving judgment the Court must take the payment into account and the person is entitled to judgment only for the net amount, if any. (4) The intention of this section is to permit payments to a claimant without prejudice to the defendant or the defendant’s insurer, either as an admission of liability or otherwise, and the fact of any payment must not be disclosed to the judge or jury until after judgment but may be disclosed before formal entry of the judgment. (5) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) authorizing the Court to make an order requiring an insurer to make a payment under this section to a claimant in advance of any judgment; (b) prescribing or otherwise describing the circumstances under which an order referred to in clause (a) may be made. 2008 c19 s29 Notice of action against insured to insurer 582 (1) Every insured against whom an action is commenced for damages occasioned by an automobile must give notice in writing of each notice or process in the action to the insurer within 5 days after service of each notice or process. (2) An insured against whom an action is commenced for damages occasioned by an automobile must, on recovery of a judgment against the insured, disclose to a judgment creditor entitled to the benefit of any motor vehicle liability policy particulars of the contract within 10 days after written demand for the particulars. 2008 c19 s29 Regulations re disclosure of policy limits 583 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations respecting the disclosure of liability limits under a motor vehicle liability policy, including, without limitation, regulations respecting (a) the circumstances under which the disclosure must be made; (b) to whom and by whom the disclosure must be made; (c) the form and manner in which and the time at which the disclosure must be made. 2008 c19 s29 Physical damage cover 584 (1) Subject to section 551(1), the insurer may provide in a contract any exclusions and limitations in respect of loss of or damage to or the loss of use of the automobile that it considers necessary. (2) A contract or part of a contract providing insurance against loss of or damage to an automobile and the loss of use of an automobile may contain a clause to the effect that, in the event of loss, the insurer is required to pay only (a) an agreed portion of any loss that may be sustained, or (b) the amount of the loss after deduction of a sum specified in the policy, in either case not exceeding the amount of the insurance. (3) When a clause is included in accordance with subsection (2), there must be printed or stamped on the face of the policy in conspicuous bold type the words: “This policy contains a partial payment of loss clause.” 2008 c19 s29 Adjustment of claim with insured 585 (1) When a claim is made under any contract other than a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy, the insurer must, despite any agreement, adjust the amount of the claim with the insured named in the contract as well as with any person having an interest indicated in the contract. (2) When notice is given or a proof of loss is made by a person other than the insured because the insured cannot be located or neglects or refuses or is unable to give notice and make claim under Statutory Conditions 4 and 7 set out in section 556, the insurer may, despite subsection (1) but in any event not earlier than 60 days from delivery of the statutory declaration required under Statutory Condition 4(1)(c), adjust and pay the claim to the other person having an interest indicated in the contract. 2008 c19 s29 Direct compensation for property damage 585.1 (1) This section applies if (a) an automobile or its contents, or both, suffers damage arising directly or indirectly from the use or operation in Alberta of one or more other automobiles, (b) the automobile that suffers the damage or in respect of which the contents suffer damage is insured under a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy issued by an insurer who is licensed to undertake automobile insurance in Alberta or who has filed with the Superintendent, in the form provided by the Superintendent, an undertaking to be bound by this section, and (c) at least one other automobile involved in the accident is insured under a contract evidenced by a motor vehicle liability policy issued by an insurer who is licensed to undertake automobile insurance in Alberta or who has filed with the Superintendent, in the form provided by the Superintendent, an undertaking to be bound by this section. (2) This section applies with any necessary modifications in respect of the following: (a) an automobile, the owner, operator or lessee of which is the Crown in right of Canada or in right of a province or territory, including the Crown in right of Alberta, if the Crown files with the Superintendent an undertaking to be bound by this section; (b) an automobile, the owner, operator or lessee of which is a corporation to which the Superintendent has issued a financial responsibility card under section 825, if the corporation or the Crown in right of Alberta on behalf of the corporation files with the Superintendent an undertaking to be bound by this section. (2.1) For the purposes of subsection (2), “Crown in right of Alberta” includes the participants of the Alberta Risk Management Fund as set out in section 76(11)(a)(ii) of the Financial Administration Act unless otherwise prescribed in the regulations under that section. (2.2) An entity that has filed an undertaking referred to in subsection (2) is an insurer for the purposes of this section. (3) Where this section applies, an insured may recover for the damages to the insured’s automobile and its contents and for loss of use of the insured’s automobile and its contents from the insured’s insurer under the coverage described in section 559(1) as though the insured were a third party. (4) Recovery under subsection (3) must be based on the degree of fault of the insurer’s insured as determined under the fault determination rules prescribed by the regulations. (5) If the insured is not satisfied that the degree of fault established under the fault determination rules accurately reflects the actual degree of fault, the insured may bring an action against the insurer and that action must be determined in accordance with the ordinary rules of law. (6) If a dispute arises because the insured is not satisfied with the amount of a proposed settlement, the dispute must be determined using the dispute resolution process set out in section 519. (7) Where this section applies, (a) an insured has no right of action against any person involved in the accident other than the insured’s insurer for damages to the insured’s automobile or its contents or for loss of use of the insured’s automobile and its contents, (b) an insured has no right of action against a person under an agreement, other than a contract of automobile insurance, in respect of damages to the insured’s automobile or its contents or for loss of use of the insured’s automobile and its contents, except to the extent that the person is at fault or negligent in respect of those damages or that loss, and (c) an insurer, except as permitted by the regulations, has no right of indemnification from or subrogation against any person for payments made to the insurer’s insured under this section. (8) Nothing in this Part precludes an insurer, in a contract belonging to a class prescribed by the regulations, from agreeing with an insured that, in the event that a claim is made by the insured under this section, the insurer shall pay only (a) an agreed portion of the amount that the insured would otherwise be entitled to recover, or (b) the amount that the insured would otherwise be entitled to recover, reduced by a sum specified in the agreement. (9) Subsection (8) does not apply unless, before the insurer enters into the contract referred to in that subsection, the insurer offers to enter into another contract with the prospective insured that does not contain the agreement referred to in that subsection but is identical to the contract referred to in subsection (8) in all other respects except for the amount of the premium. (10) In the circumstances prescribed by the regulations, a contract belonging to a class prescribed by the regulations for the purpose of subsection (8) must provide that, in the event that a claim is made by the insured under this section, the insurer shall pay only the amount that the insured would otherwise be entitled to recover, reduced by a sum specified in the contract. (11) Subsection (9) does not apply to a contract that contains a provision required by subsection (10). (12) Where a contract contains an agreement referred to in subsection (8) or a provision required by subsection (10), the policy must have the words “This policy contains a partial payment of recovery clause for property damage” printed or stamped on its face in conspicuous type. (13) This section does not affect an insured’s right to recover in respect of any physical damage coverage in respect of the insured automobile. (14) This section does not apply to damage to those contents of an automobile that are being carried for reward. (15) This section does not apply if both or all of the automobiles are owned by the same person. (16) This section does not apply to damage to an automobile owned by the insured or to its contents if the damage is caused by the insured while driving another automobile. (17) This section applies only in relation to loss or damage sustained on or after the date on which this section comes into force. (18) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) prescribing rules for determining the degree of fault in various situations for loss or damage arising directly or indirectly from the use or operation of an automobile; (b) respecting indemnification and subrogation when this section applies; (c) prescribing classes of contracts for the purpose of subsection (8); (d) prescribing the circumstances in which a contract belonging to a class prescribed under clause (c) must contain a provision described in subsection (10); (e) prescribing the amount, or the minimum or maximum amount, of a reduction required by a provision described in subsection (8)(b) or (10). 2020 c36 s3;2022 c11 s8 Prejudgment interest 585.2 (1) Notwithstanding section 2(1) of the Judgment Interest Act , in an action for loss or damage from bodily injury or death arising directly or indirectly from the use or operation of an automobile, a court shall not award interest under that section for any period before the earlier of (a) the day on which the statement of claim commencing the action is served on the defendant, and (b) the day on which the plaintiff provides written notice to the insurer of the defendant of the plaintiff’s intention to make a claim in respect of the loss or damage from bodily injury or death. (2) Notwithstanding section 4(1) of the Judgment Interest Act , interest in respect of damages for non-pecuniary loss in an action for loss or damage from bodily injury or death arising directly or indirectly from the use or operation of an automobile must be calculated in accordance with section 4(2) of that Act in the same manner as interest awarded on pecuniary damages. 2020 c36 s3 Limited Accident Insurances Uninsured motorist 586 (1) If an insurer provides in a contract insurance against loss resulting from bodily injury to or the death of a person insured arising out of an accident when (a) there is legal liability of another person for the injury or death, and (b) the other person has no insurance against the liability for the injury or death or cannot be identified, that insurance applies only in respect of (c) a person who sustains bodily injury or death while driving, being carried in or on, entering, getting on or alighting from the described automobile in respect of which insurance against liability arising out of bodily injury to or the death of a person caused by an automobile or the use or operation of an automobile is provided under the contract, and (d) the insured named in the contract and the spouse or adult interdependent partner of the insured named in the contract and any dependent relative residing in the same dwelling place as the insured named in the contract who sustains bodily injury or death while driving, being carried in or on, entering, getting on or alighting from, or as a result of being struck by, any other automobile that is defined in the contract for the purposes of that insurance. (2) The insurance mentioned in subsection (1) does not apply in respect of a person specified in the contract who has a right of recovery under the Motor Vehicle Accident Claims Act or similar legislation of any other province or territory or jurisdiction of the United States of America. 2008 c19 s29;2026 c8 s4(13) Medical expenses, etc. 587 (1) When in a contract an insurer provides insurance against expenses for medical, surgical, dental, ambulance, hospital, professional nursing or funeral services, the insurance applies only in respect of reasonable expenses (a) of or incurred for any person who sustains bodily injury or death while driving, being carried in or on, entering, getting on or alighting from, or, if not the occupant of another automobile, as a result of being struck by, an automobile owned by the insured named in the contract in respect of which insurance against liability arising out of bodily injury to or the death of a person caused by an automobile or the use or operation of an automobile is provided under the contract, and (b) of the insured named in the contract and the spouse or adult interdependent partner of the insured named in the contract and any dependent relative residing in the same dwelling place as the insured named in the contract who sustains bodily injury or death while driving, being carried in or on, entering, getting on or alighting from, or as a result of being struck by, any other automobile that is defined in the contract for the purposes of that insurance. (2) When an insurer makes a payment under a contract referred to in subsection (1), the payment constitutes, to the extent of the payment, a release by the insured or the insured’s personal representatives of any claim that (a) the insured or the insured’s personal representatives, or (b) any person claiming through or under the insured or by virtue of the Fatal Accidents Act may have against (c) the insurer, and (d) any other person who may be liable to the insured or the insured’s personal representatives if that other person is insured under a contract of the same type as that referred to in subsection (1). (3) Nothing in subsection (2) precludes an insurer from demanding, as a condition precedent to payment, a release to the extent of the payment from the insured or the insured’s personal representatives or any other person. (4) The insurance referred to in subsection (1)(a) is a first loss insurance, and any other automobile insurance of the same type available to the injured person or in respect of a deceased person is excess insurance only. (5) The insurance referred to in subsection (1)(a) is excess insurance to any other insurance, other than automobile insurance, of the same type indemnifying the injured person or in respect of a deceased person for the expenses. (6) The insurance referred to in subsection (1)(b) is excess insurance to any other insurance indemnifying the injured person or in respect of a deceased person for the expenses. 2008 c19 s29 Accident insurance benefits 588 (1) When in a contract an insurer provides accident insurance benefits in respect of the death of or injury to an insured arising out of an accident, the insurance applies only in respect of (a) a person who sustains bodily injury or death while driving, being carried in or on, entering, getting on or alighting from, or, if not the occupant of another automobile, as a result of being struck by, an automobile owned by the insured named in the contract in respect of which insurance against liability arising out of bodily injury to or the death of a person caused by an automobile or the use or operation of an automobile is provided under the contract, and (b) the insured named in the contract and the spouse or adult interdependent partner of the insured named in the contract and any dependent relative residing in the same dwelling place as the insured named in the contract who sustains bodily injury or death while driving, being carried in or on, entering, getting on or alighting from, or as a result of being struck by, any other automobile that is defined in the policy for the purposes of that insurance. (2) When an insurer makes a payment under a contract referred to in subsection (1), the payment constitutes, to the extent of the payment, a release by the insured or the insured’s personal representatives of any claim that (a) the insured or the insured’s personal representatives, or (b) any person claiming through or under the insured or by virtue of the Fatal Accidents Act may have against (c) the insurer, and (d) any other person who may be liable to the insured or the insured’s personal representatives if that other person is insured under a contract of the same type as that referred to in subsection (1). (3) Nothing in subsection (2) precludes an insurer from demanding, as a condition precedent to payment, a release to the extent of the payment from the insured or the insured’s personal representatives or any other person. (4) Subject to subsection (6), the insurance referred to in subsection (1)(a) is a first loss insurance, and any other automobile insurance of the same type available to the injured person or in respect of a deceased person is excess insurance only. (5) Subject to subsection (6), the insurance referred to in subsection (1)(b) is excess insurance over any other automobile insurance of the same type available to the injured person or in respect of a deceased person. (6) When a person is entitled to benefits under more than one contract providing insurance of the type referred to in this section, the personal representative of the person entitled to benefits or any person claiming through or under the person entitled to benefits or by virtue of the Fatal Accidents Act may recover only an amount equal to (a) one benefit, if the benefits under the contracts have the same limit, or (b) the highest benefit, if the benefits under the contracts do not have the same limit.

2008 c19 s29 Demand for particulars of insurance 589 (1) When a person is injured or killed in an accident in Alberta involving an automobile, that person or the person’s personal representative may serve a demand by recorded mail (a) on the owner of the automobile, or (b) on the insurer of the owner of the automobile, requiring the owner or insurer, as the case may be, to state in writing to the person making the demand whether or not that owner has insurance of the type referred to in section 587 or 588 and, when the demand is made under clause (a), requiring the owner, if the owner has that insurance, to state the name of the insurer. (2) An owner or insurer that does not comply with a demand made under subsection (1) within 10 days after receiving the demand is guilty of an offence. 2008 c19 s29;2016 c23 s3 Recovery by unnamed insured 590 Any person insured by but not named in a contract to which section 586, 587 or 588 applies may recover under the contract in the same manner and to the same extent as if named in the contract as the insured, and for that purpose is deemed to be a party to the contract and to have given consideration for the contract. 2008 c19 s29 Priority of payments 591 (1) When a person entitled to benefits provided by insurance under a contract referred to in section 587 or 588 (a) is an occupant of an automobile involved in an accident, the insurer is, in the first instance, liable for payment of the benefits provided by the insurance, or (b) is a pedestrian and is involved in an automobile accident, the insurer of the owner of that automobile is, in the first instance, liable for payment of the benefits provided by the insurance. (2) Nothing in this section affects the operation of section 587(2) to (6) or 588. 2008 c19 s29 Payment of insurance money into Court 592 (1) When an insurer admits liability for insurance money payable under section 586, 587 or 588 and it appears to the insurer that (a) there are adverse claimants, (b) the whereabouts of an insured entitled to the insurance money is unknown, or (c) there is no person capable of giving and authorized to give a valid discharge for the insurance money who is willing to do so, the insurer may, at any time after 30 days after the date on which the insurance money becomes payable, apply to the Court ex parte for an order for payment of the money into Court, and the Court may make an order accordingly on any notice it thinks necessary. (2) The receipt of the proper officer of the Court is sufficient discharge to the insurer for the insurance money paid into Court, and the insurance money must be dealt with as the Court orders. 2008 c19 s29 Limitation re commencement of action 593 An action or proceeding against an insurer in respect of insurance under a contract referred to in section 586, 587 or 588 must be commenced within the limitation period specified in the contract, but in no event may the limitation period be less than 2 years from the occurrence of the accident. 2008 c19 s29 Demand on claimant for particulars 594 When a person makes a claim for damages in respect of bodily injury or death sustained by the person or any other person while driving, being carried in or on, entering, getting on or alighting from, or as a result of being struck by, an automobile, the claimant must, if required by the person against whom the claim is made or by someone acting on the person’s behalf, furnish to or for that person full particulars of all insurance available to the claimant under contracts to which section 587 or 588 applies, and of any payments of insurance money made or to be made under those contracts. 2008 c19 s29 Variations in policy 595 Subject to section 551(1), an insurer may in a policy (a) provide insurance that is less extensive in scope than the insurance referred to in section 586, 587 or 588, and (b) provide the terms of the contract that relate to the insurance referred to in section 586, 587 or 588. 2008 c19 s29 Other Insurance Proportioning liability of insurer 596 (1) Subject to section 577, insurance under a contract evidenced by a valid owner’s policy is, in respect of liability arising from or occurring in connection with the ownership, use or operation of an automobile owned by the insured named in the contract and within the description or definition of an automobile in the policy, a first loss insurance, and insurance attaching under any other valid motor vehicle liability policy is excess insurance only. (2) Subject to subsection (1) and to sections 577, 587 and 588, if the insured named in a contract has or places any other valid insurance, whether against liability for the ownership, use or operation of or against loss of or damage to an automobile or otherwise, of the named insured’s interest in the subject‑matter of the contract or any part of the contract, the insurer is liable only for its rateable proportion of any liability, expense, loss or damage. (3) In subsection (2), “rateable proportion” means (a) if there are 2 insurers liable and each has the same policy limits, each of the insurers is liable to share equally in any liability, expense, loss or damage, or (b) if there are 2 insurers liable with different policy limits, the insurers are liable to share equally up to the limit of the smaller policy limit, and if there are more than 2 insurers liable, clauses (a) and (b) apply with all necessary modifications. (4) Despite subsection (1), the Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting the priority of payment of insurance held by a lessor as defined in section 187 of the Traffic Safety Act or a rental car company in respect of liability arising from or occurring in connection with the ownership, use or operation of an automobile owned by the lessor or rental car company; (b) defining terms for the purposes of this section; (c) where regulations are made under clause (a) or (b), modifying any provision of this Act to the extent that the Lieutenant Governor in Council considers necessary in order to carry out the purpose and intent of this section. 2008 c19 s29 Minor Injuries Minor injury 597 (1) In this section, “minor injury” means an injury as defined or otherwise described by regulation as a minor injury. (2) In an accident claim, the amount recoverable as damages for non‑pecuniary loss of the plaintiff for a minor injury must be calculated or otherwise determined in accordance with the regulations. (3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) defining minor injury or otherwise describing what constitutes a minor injury; (b) providing for the classification of or categories of minor injuries; (c) providing for the assessment of injuries, including, without limitation, regulations establishing or adopting guidelines, best practices or other methods for assessing whether an injury is or is not a minor injury; (d) governing damages, including the amounts of or limits on damages, for non‑pecuniary loss for minor injuries; (e) governing deductible amounts or limits and the application of those amounts or limits in respect of damages for non‑pecuniary loss for minor injuries; (f) providing for or otherwise setting out circumstances under which a minor injury to which this section would otherwise apply is exempt from the operation of this section; (g) governing the application of this section in respect of injuries arising out of an accident where (i) it is unclear whether or not this section applies to those injuries, or (ii) the injuries consist of a combination of minor injuries to which this section applies and injuries to which this section does not apply; (h) establishing and governing a system or process under which a person or a committee, panel or other body may review any injury to a person and give an opinion as to whether or not the injury is a minor injury; (i) providing for the appointment or designation of persons or of members of committees, panels or other bodies for the purposes of a system or process established under clause (h); (j) governing the payment of any fees, levies and other assessments in respect of a system or process established under clause (h), including, without limitation, regulations respecting (i) the amount of the fees, levies or other assessments or the manner in which and by whom any of those amounts are to be determined, and (ii) by whom and to whom the fees, levies or other assessments are to be paid; (k) governing any transitional matter concerning the application of this section in respect of matters dealt with under this section; (l) providing for any matter that the Lieutenant Governor in Council considers advisable for carrying out the purpose and intent of this section. (4) This section does not apply to any accident claim that arose in respect of an accident that occurred before the coming into force of this section. 2008 c19 s29 Automobile Insurance Rate Board Definitions 598 In this section and sections 599 to 609, “Board” means the Automobile Insurance Rate Board. 2008 c19 s29;2013 c18 s12;2026 c8 s4(14) Rate Board established 599 (1) The Automobile Insurance Rate Board is established consisting of (a) at least 4 but not more than 8 members appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council, and (b) repealed 2026 c8 s4(15), (c) the Superintendent. (2) Repealed 2026 c8 s4(15). (3) The Superintendent is a non‑voting member of the Board. (4) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may (a) appoint one of the members of the Board, other than the Superintendent, as chair and another as vice‑chair, and (b) fix the remuneration and provide for the payment of expenses to the members who are not employees of the Government. (5) The term of office of a member of the Board referred to in subsection (1)(a) must not exceed 3 years. (6) A member of the Board may be reappointed for further terms not exceeding 3 years so long as the reappointment would not result in the member holding office for more than 12 consecutive years. (7) A person who serves 12 consecutive years as a member of the Board is not eligible to be appointed again as a member of the Board until at least 3 years has elapsed from the date the person ceases to hold office. (7.1) A break in service of less than 2 years shall be disregarded in determining the number of consecutive years for the purposes of subsections (6) and (7). (8) A person appointed as a member of the Board continues to hold office after the expiry of the member’s term until the member is reappointed, the member’s successor is appointed or 12 months has elapsed, whichever occurs first. (9) The Board may from time to time appoint one or more persons having special technical or other knowledge to inquire into and report to the Board in respect of any matter before the Board or in respect of which the Board considers it necessary to have information for the proper carrying out of its duties and functions. (10) Repealed 2020 c36 s4. (11) At least half of the members of the Board constitutes a quorum for the purpose of exercising its powers and performing its duties and functions. (12) An order, direction, approval or other instrument that the Board is permitted or required to make may be made on its behalf by the chair, the vice‑chair or any other member of the Board. (13) An order, direction, approval or other instrument purporting to be signed by the chair, the vice‑chair or a member of the Board on behalf of the Board is admissible in evidence in any proceedings as proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, (a) that the order, direction, approval or instrument is the act of the Board, and (b) that the person signing it was authorized to do so without proof of the appointment of the individual signing as a member of the Board, or the individual’s appointment as chair or vice‑chair, as the case may be, or of the individual’s signature. (14) The Board may make rules governing (a) the approval of rating programs and changes to ratings programs; (b) the Board’s procedures. (15) The Regulations Act does not apply to rules made under subsection (14). (16) Every member of the Board has the power of a commissioner under the Public Inquiries Act . (17) In accordance with the Public Service Act , there may be appointed the staff and other persons required by the Board. (18) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations authorizing the Board to charge and collect from licensed insurers of automobiles fees, levies or other assessments for the Board’s capital costs and operations, and for matters under its administration, including, without limitation, regulations respecting the amount of the fees, levies and other assessments and the manner in which and the times at which they must be paid. 2008 c19 s29;2020 c36 s4;2026 c8 s4(15) Powers and duties of Board 600 (1) In addition to the powers conferred and duties imposed on the Board under this Act or the regulations, the Board must exercise and perform any other powers and duties assigned to it by the Minister or prescribed by the regulations. (2) Despite anything in this Subpart, the Minister may, if the Minister considers it appropriate to do so, exercise any of the powers and perform any of the duties or functions of the Board under this Act. (3) If there is an inconsistency or conflict between an action taken by the Board and an action taken by the Minister under subsection (2), the action taken by the Minister prevails. 2008 c19 s29 Annual report 601 (1) The Board must make and submit to the Minister an annual report on the operations of the Board. (2) Repealed 2026 c8 s4(16). 2008 c19 s29;2026 c8 s4(16) Premiums for Basic and Additional Coverage Premiums 602 (1) No insurer may charge or collect from an insured or an applicant for a contract an amount for basic coverage or additional coverage unless (a) the amount is based on a premium calculated under a rating program of the insurer filed with and approved by the Board or an amount determined by the Lieutenant Governor in Council under subsection (3), and (b) the amount is equal to or less than the maximum premium determined under the regulations. (2) The Board may, subject to the regulations, approve rating programs for basic coverage and additional coverage. (2.1) A rating program filed with the Board is deemed to be approved by the Board in the circumstances, if any, set out in the rules established by the Board under section 599(14)(a). (3) Notwithstanding subsection (2), the Lieutenant Governor in Council may determine the amount for basic coverage or additional coverage for any period the Lieutenant Governor in Council considers appropriate. (4) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting the approval or deemed approval by the Board of rating programs for basic coverage and additional coverage; (b) respecting the maximum premium or the method of determining the maximum premium that may be charged for basic coverage; (c) requiring insurers to provide rating programs, reports and information to the Board, including, without limitation, regulations respecting the nature and contents of rating programs, reports or information to be provided, the form in which the rating programs, reports or information is to be provided and the times at which the rating programs, reports or information is to be provided; (d) respecting the use and confidentiality of the rating programs, reports and information referred to in clause (c); (e) providing for any other matter that the Lieutenant Governor in Council considers advisable for carrying out the purpose and intent of this section. (4.1) The Board may establish written interpretations of words and expressions used in provisions of the regulations made under subsection (4)(b) and, where the Board does so, those provisions of the regulations are to be construed in accordance with those interpretations. (4.2) The Regulations Act does not apply to written interpretations established under subsection (4.1). (5) Nothing in this section precludes an insurer from charging a premium that is less than the premium for basic coverage determined in accordance with the rating program approved by the Board or determined by the Lieutenant Governor in Council under subsection (3), as the case may be. 2008 c19 s29;2013 c18 s13;2020 c36 s5 603 Repealed 2013 c18 s15. Procedures 604 (1) The Board may establish written procedures to be followed by insurers in determining the amount payable for basic coverage or additional coverage by an insured or an applicant for a contract based on (a) the relevant amount of the premium for basic coverage or additional coverage determined pursuant to section 602, and (b) the amount of any discount or surcharge on that premium. (2) The Regulations Act does not apply to written procedures established under subsection (1). 2008 c19 s29;2013 c18 s16;2020 c36 s6 Board guidelines 604.1 (1) The Board may issue guidelines on any matter related to (a) a power conferred or duty imposed on it under this Act or the regulations, or (b) a power or duty assigned to it by the Minister. (2) The Board shall publish a guideline issued under subsection (1) on the Board’s website. (3) The Regulations Act does not apply to a guideline issued under subsection (1). 2026 c8 s4(17) 605 to 607 Repealed 2013 c18 s17. Regulations 608 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting annual reports under section 601; (b) requiring an insurer to give notice to the Registrar of Motor Vehicle Services whenever a contract is terminated, cancelled or not renewed, including regulations respecting the form and manner in which the notice must be given; (b.1) respecting administrative expense targets and profitability targets for insurers; (b.2) respecting the treatment of premiums collected in excess of profitability targets; (c) governing or otherwise respecting any matter related to premiums, charges, surcharges, discounts or other incentives related to automobile insurance; (d) respecting any matter that is to be prescribed under this Subpart; (e) defining for the purposes of this Subpart any term or expression used in this Subpart that is not defined in this Act. 2008 c19 s29;2013 c18 s18;2026 c8 s4(18) Application of Government approved industry plan 609 (1) An insurer licensed under this Act to carry on automobile insurance must participate in and is subject to the terms and conditions of any Government approved industry plan to ensure a market for automobile insurance for all owners of automobiles in Alberta and for operators of automobiles in Alberta who hold operator’s licences issued under the Traffic Safety Act or under any similar legislation of another province or territory. (2) A copy of the constitution, bylaws, rules and regulations of a proposed Government approved industry plan must be filed with the Board for approval. (3) On acceptance of the filing and approval by the Board under subsection (2), the plan is deemed to be a Government approved industry plan to ensure a market for automobile insurance for all owners of automobiles in Alberta and for operators of automobiles in Alberta who hold operator’s licences issued under the Traffic Safety Act or under any similar legislation of another province or territory. (4) A copy of a proposed change to be made in the constitution, bylaws, rules or regulations of a Government approved industry plan or a notice of termination of a plan must be filed with the Board at least 15 days before the change or termination is proposed to be effective, and that change or termination must not take place unless approved by the Board. (5) When an insurance agent receives an application and effects coverage under a Government approved industry plan by binding a risk, the agent is bound by the applicable terms and conditions of the plan in existence at that time for the duration of the coverage so placed. (6) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) governing the operation of a Government approved industry plan; (b) determining the amounts to be paid by each insurer for the operation of a Government approved industry plan; (c) providing for any other matter that the Lieutenant Governor in Council considers advisable for carrying out the purpose and intent of this section. 2008 c19 s29;2026 c8 s4(19) 610 Repealed 2026 c8 s4(20). Withdrawal from business 611 (1) For the purposes of this section, an insurer is withdrawing from the business of automobile insurance if the insurer does anything that results or is likely to result in a significant reduction in the amount of premiums written by the insurer for automobile insurance in any part of Alberta, including any of the following actions that have or are likely to have that result: (a) refusing to process applications for automobile insurance; (b) refusing to issue a contract; (c) refusing to renew a contract; (d) terminating a contract; (e) cancelling a contract; (f) refusing to provide any coverage or endorsement in respect of a contract; (g) refusing to continue any coverage or endorsement in respect of a contract; (h) taking actions that directly or indirectly result in termination of contracts between the insurer and the insurance agents and insurance brokers who solicit or negotiate contracts on behalf of the insurer; (i) reducing the ability of insurance agents or insurance brokers to solicit or negotiate contracts on behalf of the insurer; (j) reducing the insurer’s ability to act as a servicing carrier or ceasing to act as a servicing carrier under a Government approved industry plan referred to in section 609; (k) engaging in any activity, or failing to act, as prescribed or otherwise described in the regulations. (2) An insurer must not withdraw from the business of automobile insurance except in accordance with this section. (3) An insurer that intends to withdraw from the business of automobile insurance must file with the Superintendent a notice in the form prescribed by the Superintendent. (4) The notice must specify the date that the insurer intends to withdraw from the business of automobile insurance and must be filed at least 180 days before that date. (5) The Superintendent may require the insurer to provide the information, material and evidence that the Superintendent considers necessary in addition to the information, material and evidence required to be provided in the notice. (6) Except as otherwise directed by the Superintendent, an insurer who files a notice under subsection (3) must not, after the date of withdrawal specified in the notice or any other date of withdrawal provided for in subsection (7), issue any contracts or renew any existing contracts. (7) The Superintendent may (a) authorize the insurer to withdraw from the business of automobile insurance before the date specified in the notice under subsection (4), or (b) prohibit the insurer from withdrawing from the business of automobile insurance until a date specified by the Superintendent that is not later than 90 days after the date specified in the notice under subsection (4). (8) Except as otherwise directed by the Superintendent, an insurer that withdraws from the business of automobile insurance pursuant to this section may not, for a period prescribed in the regulations, issue contracts or otherwise carry on the business of automobile insurance. (9) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing or otherwise describing any activity or failure to act for the purposes of subsection (1)(k). (10) An insurer who fails to comply with a requirement of this section is guilty of an offence and liable to a fine of not more than $100 000. 2008 c19 s29 612 Repealed 2013 c18 s20. Subpart 3 Fraternal Societies Definitions 613 In this Subpart, (a) “contract” means a contract of insurance; (b) “member” means a member of a fraternal society who is resident in Alberta. 2008 c19 s29 Policy 614 (1) When a person becomes a member of a fraternal society, the society must provide the member with a policy that contains or that has attached to it all the terms and conditions of the contract. (2) If the terms and conditions of the contract between a fraternal society and its members are changed, deleted or added to, the society must as soon as practicable provide its members with a notice that contains the change, deletion or addition. (3) A fraternal society shall not enforce a term or condition of a contract to the prejudice of a member or a beneficiary unless (a) a copy of the term or condition has been provided to the member, or (b) the society has made reasonable attempts to provide a copy of the term or condition to the member. (4) The following provision must be printed in every policy in conspicuous bold type: This policy, the Act or instrument of incorporation of the society, its constitution, by‑laws and rules, and the amendments made from time to time to any of them, the application for the contract and the medical statement of the applicant constitute the entire contract, and no agent has authority to change the contract or waive any of its provisions. (5) This section does not apply to a fraternal society that issues a contract of group insurance to a person representing the members of the society. 2008 c19 s29 Group insurance policy 615 (1) When a person becomes a member of a fraternal society that issues a contract of group insurance to a person representing the members of the society, the society must provide the member covered under the group insurance policy with a summary of the insurance benefits provided by the contract of group insurance. (2) If the benefits under a contract of group insurance referred to in subsection (1) are changed, deleted or added to, the society must as soon as practicable provide its members with a notice of the change, deletion or addition. 2008 c19 s29 Rules deliverable on demand 616 (1) In this section, “insurance fund”, in respect of a fraternal society, includes all money, securities for money and assets appropriated by the rules of the society to the payment of insurance liabilities or appropriated to the management of the insurance branch or department or division of the society, or otherwise legally available for insurance liabilities, but does not include funds of a trade union under the Labour Relations Code or under the Public Service Employee Relations Act appropriated to or applicable for the voluntary assistance of wage‑earners unemployed or on strike. (2) On payment of a reasonable fee, a fraternal society must deliver a copy of all rules of the society relating to its insurance contracts and to the management and application of its insurance fund to any person requiring it. (3) An officer or agent of a fraternal society shall not, with intent to mislead or defraud, give to any person a copy of rules that are not in force on the pretence that they are the rules then in force. 2008 c19 s29 Member’s liability 617 (1) The liabilities of a member under the member’s contract are at any date limited to the assessments, fees and dues that became payable while the person was a member of the society and of which notice has been given in accordance with the constitution and rules of the society. (2) A member may at any time withdraw from the society by delivering or sending by recorded mail to the society notice in writing of the member’s intention to withdraw and by paying or tendering the assessments, fees and dues referred to in subsection (1). (3) This section is subject to any rules to the contrary approved by the Superintendent. 2008 c19 s29;2016 c23 s3 Notice to members 618 (1) Subject to subsection (2), any notice required to be given to a member for any purpose of this Act or of the rules of the fraternal society may be given by written or printed notice delivered or sent to the member by recorded mail or left at the member’s place of residence or business last known to the society or published in the official paper of the society. (2) A notice of the reduction of any benefit payable under a contract or of the increase of the premium payable under the contract must be sent by recorded mail to the member at the member’s place of residence or of business last known to the society. 2008 c19 s29;2016 c23 s3 Subpart 4 Hail Insurance Definitions 619 In this Subpart, (a) “contract” means a contract of hail insurance; (b) “crop” means a growing crop. 2008 c19 s29 Application of Subpart 620 This Subpart applies to hail insurance and to every insurer carrying on the business of hail insurance in Alberta. 2008 c19 s29 Crops insurable 621 (1) Every insurer may, within the limits and subject to the restrictions set out in its licence, insure or reinsure crops. (2) The insurer may by an endorsement on a policy, and in consideration of an additional premium, insure a crop (a) for any period during which it is lying in windrows, or (b) for any period after the crop is desiccated. (3) The insurer may by an endorsement on a policy, and in consideration of an additional premium, insure a crop against loss or damage incidental to crops arising from other causes, and in that case the statutory conditions must be read with those modifications necessary to give effect to the terms and conditions of the endorsement. 2008 c19 s29 Insurable interest 622 (1) A contract is void if, at the time at which it would otherwise take effect, the insured does not have an insurable interest in the insured crop. (2) If an insured has an insurable interest in the insured crop when the contract takes effect, it is not necessary for the validity of the contract that any person to whom the insurance money is payable, whether by the terms of the contract or by assignment, have an insurable interest in the crop. 2008 c19 s29 Application for contract 623 (1) No insurer may effect a contract unless the insurer has received an application for insurance signed by the applicant or the applicant’s agent. (2) An application forms part of the contract and the insurer must give a copy of it to the applicant at the time the application is completed. (3) The application must set out (a) the name and address of the applicant, (b) an itemized description of the location and area of each part of the crop to be insured and the amount of insurance applied for on each hectare, (c) whether the crop has been damaged by hail prior to the time of the application, (d) the insurable interest of the applicant, and (e) the name of the person to whom the insurance money is payable. 2008 c19 s29 Information to appear on face of policy 624 Every policy must include the following: (a) the name of the insurer; (b) the name of the insured; (c) the name of the person to whom the insurance money is payable; (d) the premium for the insurance; (e) the subject-matter of the insurance; (f) the maximum amount that the insurer contracts to pay; (g) the date of the commencement of liability; (h) the event on the happening of which payment is to be made; (i) the term of the contract. 2008 c19 s29 Additional information required 625 There must appear on every application and on every policy in a prominent position and in prominent type the name and address of the insurer’s head or branch office or general agency from which the policy is to be or is issued. 2008 c19 s29 Dispute resolution 626 An insurer must give notice in writing to an insured of the availability of the dispute resolution process set out in Statutory Condition 15 set out in section 636 within 2 days after the insurer becomes aware that there is a disagreement between the insurer and the insured that the contract requires to be determined by a dispute resolution process. 2008 c19 s29 Delivery of application to insurer 627 Every insurance agent who takes an application on behalf of an insurer must deliver it to the insurer or the general agency of the insurer or forward it to the insurer by mail or by electronic means approved by the insurer not later than the day following the day on which the application is taken. 2008 c19 s29 Effective date of contract 628 (1) When an insurance agent of an insurer delivers an application for insurance to the insurer or the general agency of the insurer and tenders payment of the premium with the application, a contract in accordance with the application takes effect at 12 noon of the day following the day the insurer receives the application. (2) The insurer may decline the application on its receipt, and if the application is declined the insurer must forthwith give notice of that decision by recorded mail to the applicant at the applicant’s address as given in the application, or by electronic means agreed to by the applicant, and to the insurance agent who delivered the application, in which case (a) the contract referred to in subsection (1) continues in force only until 12 noon of the day following the day the applicant receives the notice, and (b) the insurer must refund the premium to the applicant after deducting any earned premium for time on risk. (3) Despite subsection (2), notice in writing that the application has been declined may be personally delivered to the applicant by the insurance agent along with a refund of the unearned premium, and in that event the contract referred to in subsection (1) continues in force only until 12 noon of the day following the day the applicant receives the notice. (4) If the insurer does not notify the applicant that the application has been declined, the insurer is deemed to have accepted the application. 2008 c19 s29;2016 c23 s3 Incorrect amount of premium 629 If the amount of premium tendered with an application is not the correct amount, (a) the insurance must, unless readjusted before loss occurs, be either reduced or increased to the amount the premium actually tendered would pay for, according to the correct rate of premium applicable to the risk, and (b) the insurer must immediately notify the applicant in writing of the adjustment. 2008 c19 s29 Refund of premium 630 (1) If the actual area of the insured crop under any item of a policy is found to be less than the area mentioned in the application under that item, the insurer must repay to the insured the premium paid on the excess area. (2) If the actual area of the insured crop under any item of a policy is found to be greater than the area described in the application, the amount of insurance on each hectare is reduced on a prorated basis in its relation to the actual area, unless the area insured is clearly identified in the application or by a diagram in the application. 2008 c19 s29 Policy in accordance with application 631 A policy issued to an insured is deemed to be in accordance with the application unless the insurer immediately gives notice to the insured in writing of the particulars in which the policy and application differ. 2008 c19 s29 Expiration of hail insurance policies 632 If any portion of the insured crop is cut before the expiry date provided for in the contract, then, subject to section 621(2), the liability of the insurer ceases in respect of that portion when it is cut, and the insurance on each hectare of the remaining area continues until the crop on the remaining area is cut, but not beyond the expiry date. 2008 c19 s29 Partial payment of loss clause 633 A policy may contain a partial payment of loss clause to the effect that the insurer is required to pay only an agreed proportion of any loss that is sustained or the amount of the loss after deduction of a sum specified in the policy, in either case not exceeding the amount of the insurance, in which case there must be printed or stamped on the first page of the policy in conspicuous bold type the words: “This policy contains a partial payment of loss clause.” 2008 c19 s29 Notice of cancellation or alteration 634 When a loss has, with the consent of the insurer, been made payable to some person other than the insured, the contract must not be cancelled or altered to the prejudice of that person without reasonable notice to that person by the insurer. 2008 c19 s29 Adjustment of loss 635 When an adjustment of loss under a contract has been made, a copy of the adjustment, signed by the adjuster and the insured or the insured’s agent, must be given to the insured or the insured’s agent. 2008 c19 s29 Statutory conditions 636 The conditions set out in this section (a) are deemed to be part of every contract in force in Alberta and must be printed on every policy under the heading “Statutory Conditions”, and (b) no variation or omission of or addition to any statutory condition is binding on the insured. Statutory Conditions MISDESCRIPTION OR MISREPRESENTATION 1 If in an application the applicant falsely describes the location and area of the crop to the prejudice of the insurer or knowingly misrepresents or fails to disclose any fact required to be stated in the application, the insurance is void as to the item of the application in respect of which the misdescription, misrepresentation or omission is made. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS 2 No term or condition of the contract is deemed to have been waived by the insurer, either in whole or in part, unless the waiver is clearly expressed in writing signed by or on behalf of the insurer. OFFICER PRESUMED AN AGENT 3 Any officer or agent of the insurer who assumes on behalf of the insurer to enter into a written agreement relating to any matter connected with the insurance is deemed to be the agent of the insurer for the purpose. INDEMNITY LIMITATION 4 No claimant is entitled to indemnity under the contract for any loss or damage that is found to be less than 5% of the crop on the area damaged by hail. CONDITIONS OF INDEMNITY 5 No claimant is entitled to indemnity under the contract (a) when the crop is wholly destroyed by any cause other than hail, (b) when the crop is over-ripe, or (c) when the crop or any portion of the crop has been so injured by causes other than hail that the crop or any portion of the crop, as the case may be, would not yield profit over and above the actual cost of harvesting and marketing it. NOTICE OF CLAIM OF LOSS 6(1) Any person claiming under the contract must give notice of claim of loss or damage in writing to the insurer or the general agency of the insurer from which the policy was issued within 3 days of the occurrence of loss, stating the number of the policy, the day and hour of the storm, the estimated damage to each portion of the insured crop and the names of other insurers carrying insurance on the area damaged by hail. (2) Despite subparagraph (1) of this condition, failure to give notice within the time referred to in that subparagraph does not, subject to Statutory Condition 9, invalidate the claim if it is shown that it was not reasonably possible to give notice within that time and that notice was given as soon as was reasonably possible. RIGHT OF ACCESS OF INSURER 7 After any loss or damage to the insured crop, the insurer has an immediate right of access and entry by accredited representatives sufficient to enable them to survey and examine the crop and to make an estimate of the loss or damage. INSURER AND INSURED TO ASCERTAIN PERCENTAGE 8(1) Within 30 days after the receipt of notice of claim of loss or damage the insurer and the insured or their accredited representatives must together ascertain and agree on the percentage of loss or damage sustained on the area of the crop or any portion of the crop insured under any item of the policy. (2) The amount of indemnity must be ascertained on the agreed percentage of the insurance on each hectare of the area sustaining loss or damage by hail, subject to any partial payment of loss clause contained in the policy or subject to the determination of the amount of the loss or damage by a dispute resolution process as provided in Statutory Condition 15. (3) No account may be taken of the cost of cutting or threshing the portion of the crop not destroyed or damaged. (4) The determination of the percentage of loss or damage may be deferred to a later date agreed on by the insurer and the insured. PROOF OF LOSS 9(1) A person making a claim under the contract must, within 30 days after the occurrence of a loss or within 30 days after the deferred adjustment date, unless that time is extended by the insurer with notification to the insured, furnish a statutory declaration (in these conditions called the “proof of loss”) on a form furnished by the insurer, setting out the date and number of the policy, the date of the occurrence of the loss or damage, the location and area of the crop damaged, the estimated percentage of loss or damage sustained on the area of the crop or any portion of the crop insured under any item of the policy and whether the crop was damaged by hail prior to the time of the application. (2) If the claimant fails to furnish proof of loss, the claimant forfeits any claim under the contract. (3) If the insurer, within 30 days after the occurrence of a loss referred to in subparagraph (1) of this condition, or at the time of the deferred adjustment, has ascertained the loss acceptably to the claimant or if the amount of loss has been determined by a dispute resolution process as provided in Statutory Condition 15, the insurer is deemed to have waived proof of loss unless proof of loss is requested by the insurer in writing. PROOF OF LOSS MAY BE MADE BY AGENT OF INSURED 10 Proof of loss must be made by the insured even if the loss is payable to a third person, except that, in the case of the absence of the insured or the insured’s inability to make proof of loss, proof of loss may be made by the insured’s agent or by a person to whom any part of the insurance money is payable. FRAUD OR FALSE STATEMENT 11 Any fraud or wilfully false statement in a proof of loss invalidates the claim of the person making proof of loss. PAYMENT OF MONEY WITHIN PERIOD 12 The insurer must pay the insurance money for which it is liable under the contract within 60 days after proof of loss has been received by it or, when a dispute resolution process is conducted under Statutory Condition 15, within 30 days after the award is rendered by the representatives or umpire. INSURED LIABLE FOR EXPENSES INCURRED 13 If the insured claims for loss or damage under the contract and it is found that the insured is not entitled to indemnity under the conditions of the contract, the insured is liable for the expenses incurred in the adjustment of the insured’s claim. CANCELLATION OF CONTRACT 14 The contract may be cancelled at any time by the insured by giving notice to that effect to the insurer or the general agency of the insurer from which the contract was issued, and the insurer must refund the excess of paid premium above the customary short rate premium for the time the contract has been in force. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 15(1) In the event of a disagreement as to the percentage of damage by hail to any of the insured growing crops, whether the right to recover on the contract is disputed or not, the percentage must, when so required by either party, be ascertained by a dispute resolution process, which must be conducted as follows: (a) the party desiring the dispute resolution process must within 3 days of the disagreement deliver or cause to be delivered by mail or otherwise to the other party a notice in writing requiring a dispute resolution process to be conducted and appointing a dispute resolution representative, who must act either alone or with a dispute resolution representative appointed by the other party to estimate the percentage of the damage; (b) not later than 3 days after receipt of a notice under clause (a) the other party may appoint a dispute resolution representative and, within that period, must notify the first party of the appointment by notice in writing delivered by mail or otherwise; (c) if a party, after receipt of written notice from the other party under clause (a), fails or refuses to appoint a dispute resolution representative within the time set out in clause (b), the percentage of damage must be estimated and determined by the representative appointed by the party giving notice; (d) where each party has appointed a dispute resolution representative, the representatives must together estimate the percentage of damage and if they fail to agree must submit their differences to an umpire, and the finding in writing of any 2 of them determines the percentage of the damage; (e) if (i) the dispute resolution representatives fail to agree on an umpire within 15 days after their appointment, or (ii) the umpire fails or refuses to act or is incapable of acting or dies, the Superintendent may appoint an umpire on the application of either representative; (f) an applicant under clause (e) must provide the Superintendent and the other dispute resolution representative with a notice of application in writing containing (i) the names and contact information of 2 persons the applicant believes are capable of being an umpire, and (ii) the credentials of the 2 persons; (g) the Superintendent must as soon as practicable after receiving a notice under clause (e) appoint an umpire from one of the names submitted by the applicant; (h) if only one dispute resolution representative has been appointed, the parties must share equally the representative’s expenses; (i) if 2 dispute resolution representatives have been appointed, each party must pay the expense of the representative appointed by the party; (j) if an umpire is required, the parties must share equally the umpire’s expenses; (k) the appraisal of damage must be conducted within 2 days of the date on which (i) a dispute resolution representative is appointed under clause (b), or (ii) if no dispute resolution representative is appointed under clause (b), the time for appointing a dispute resolution representative under clause (b) expires, or at a later date as agreed on by the 2 dispute resolution representatives, if 2 representatives have been appointed; (l) if the dispute resolution representatives cannot agree on an extension of time under clause (k), the Superintendent may extend the time on the application of either representative. (2) An umpire is bound by the rules of procedural fairness in carrying out the umpire’s functions under this Statutory Condition. ACTION BROUGHT WITHIN TWO YEARS 16 An action or proceeding against the insurer in respect of loss or damage to the crop insured under the contract must be commenced not later than 2 years after the occurrence of the loss or damage. ASSIGNMENT OR CHANGE OF PROPERTY 17 If the insured crop or the insurable interest of the insured in the insured crop is assigned without the permission of the insurer or the general agency of the insurer from which the contract was issued, the assignment is not binding on the insurer, but this condition does not apply to change of title by succession, by operation of law or by death. 2008 c19 s29 Subpart 5 Life Insurance Definitions 637 In this Subpart, (a) “application” means an application for insurance or for the reinstatement of insurance; (b) “beneficiary” means a person, other than the insured or the insured’s personal representative, to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is made payable in a contract or by a declaration; (c) “blanket insurance” means group insurance that covers loss (i) arising from specific hazards incidental to or defined by reference to a particular activity or activities, and (ii) occurring during a limited or specified period not exceeding 30 days in duration; (d) “contract” means a contract of insurance; (e) “creditor’s group insurance” means insurance effected by a creditor under which the lives of a number of the creditor’s debtors are insured severally under a single contract; (f) “debtor insured” means a debtor whose life is insured under a contract of creditor’s group insurance;

(g) “declaration”, except in sections 677 to 681, means an instrument signed by the insured (i) with respect to which an endorsement is made on the policy, (ii) that identifies the contract, or (iii) that describes the insurance or insurance fund or a part of the insurance or insurance fund, in which the insured (iv) designates, or alters or revokes the designation of, the insured, the insured’s personal representative or a beneficiary as one to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable, or (v) makes, alters or revokes an appointment under section 663(1) or a nomination referred to in section 669; (h) “family insurance” means insurance under which the lives of the insured and one or more persons related to the insured by blood, marriage or adoption or by virtue of an adult interdependent relationship are insured under a single contract between an insurer and the insured; (i) “group insurance” means insurance, other than creditor’s group insurance and family insurance, under which the lives of a number of persons are insured severally under a single contract between an insurer and an employer or other person; (j) “group life insured” means a person (the “primary person”) whose life is insured under a contract of group insurance, but does not include a person whose life is insured under the contract as a person dependent on or related to the primary person; (k) “instrument” includes a will; (l) “insurance” means life insurance; (m) “insured” means (i) in the case of group insurance, in the provisions of this Subpart relating to the designation of beneficiaries or personal representatives as recipients of insurance money and their rights and status, the group life insured, and (ii) in all other cases, the person who makes a contract with an insurer; (n) “side account” means an account that is associated with or part of a contract of life insurance and is intended to hold amounts in excess of the maximum amount permitted to be held under a contract of life insurance that is exempt from accrual taxation pursuant to the Income Tax Act (Canada). 2008 c19 s29;2020 c3 s2 Application of Subpart 1 638 Sections 515, 521, 527, 533, 537 and 547 apply to contracts of life insurance. 2008 c19 s29 Application of Subpart Annuity deemed life insurance 639 For the purposes of this Subpart, an undertaking entered into by an insurer to provide an annuity, or what would be an annuity except that the periodic payments may be unequal in amount, is deemed to be and always to have been life insurance whether the annuity is for (a) a term certain, (b) a term dependent either solely or partly on a human life, or (c) a term dependent solely or partly on the happening of an event not related to a human life. 2008 c19 s29 Application of Subpart 640 (1) Despite any agreement, condition or stipulation to the contrary, but subject to a regulation made under section 750, this Subpart applies to a contract made in Alberta on or after July 1, 1962 and, subject to subsections (2) and (3), applies to a contract made in Alberta before that date. (2) The rights and interests of a beneficiary for value under a contract that was in force immediately before July 1, 1962 are those provided in Part 6 of the Act then in force. (3) If the person who would have been entitled to the payment of insurance money if the money had become payable immediately before July 1, 1962 was a preferred beneficiary within the meaning of Part 6 of the Act then in force, the insured must not, except in accordance with that Part, (a) alter or revoke the designation of a beneficiary, or (b) assign, exercise rights under or in respect of, surrender or otherwise deal with the contract, but this subsection does not apply after a time at which the insurance money, if it were then payable, would be payable wholly to a person other than a preferred beneficiary within the meaning of that Part. 2008 c19 s29 Application of Subpart 641 In the case of a contract of group insurance made with an insurer authorized to transact insurance in Alberta at the time the contract was made, this Subpart applies in determining (a) the rights and status of beneficiaries and personal representatives as recipients of insurance money if the group life insured was resident in Alberta at the time the group life insured became insured, and (b) the rights and obligations of the group life insured if the group life insured was resident in Alberta at the time the group life insured became insured. 2008 c19 s29 Issuance and Contents of Policy Issuance of policy 642 (1) An insurer entering into a contract must (a) issue a policy, and (b) furnish to the insured the policy and a copy of the insured’s application. (2) Subject to subsection (3), the provisions in (a) the application, (b) the policy, (c) any document attached to the policy when issued, and (d) any amendment to the contract agreed on in writing after the policy is issued constitute the entire contract. (3) In the case of a contract made by a fraternal society, the policy, the Act or instrument of incorporation of the society, its constitution, bylaws and rules and the amendments made from time to time to any of them, the application for the contract and the medical statement of the applicant constitute the entire contract. (4) Except in the case of a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, an insurer, on request, must furnish to the insured or a claimant under the contract a copy of (a) the entire contract as set out in subsection (2) or (3), as applicable, and (b) any written statement or other record provided to the insurer as evidence of insurability under the contract. (5) In the case of a contract of group insurance, an insurer (a) on request, must furnish to a group life insured or claimant under the contract a copy of (i) the group life insured’s application, and (ii) any written statement or other record, not otherwise part of the application, provided to the insurer as evidence of the insurability of the group life insured under the contract; (b) on request and reasonable notice, must permit a group life insured or claimant under the contract to examine, and must furnish to that person, a copy of the policy of group insurance. (6) In the case of a contract of creditor’s group insurance, an insurer, (a) on request, must furnish to a debtor insured or claimant under the contract a copy of (i) the debtor insured’s application, and (ii) any written statement or other record, not otherwise part of the application, provided to the insurer as evidence of the insurability of the debtor insured under the contract; (b) on request and reasonable notice, must permit a debtor insured or claimant under the contract to examine, and must furnish to that person, a copy of the policy of creditor’s group insurance. (7) An insurer may charge a reasonable fee to cover its expenses in furnishing copies of documents under subsection (4), (5) or (6), other than the first copy furnished to each person. (8) Access to the documents described in subsections (5)(b) and (6)(b) does not extend (a) to information contained in those documents that would reveal personal information, as defined in the Personal Information Protection Act , about a person without that person’s consent, other than information about (i) the group life insured or debtor insured in respect of whom the claim is made, or (ii) the person who requests the information, or (b) to information prescribed by the regulations. (9) A claimant’s access to documents under subsections (4) to (6) extends only to information that is relevant to (a) a claim under the contract, or (b) a denial of such a claim. 2008 c19 s29 Particulars in policy 643 (1) This section does not apply to a contract (a) of group insurance, (b) of creditor’s group insurance, or (c) made by a fraternal society. (2) An insurer must set out in the policy the following: (a) the name or a sufficient description of the insured and of the person whose life is insured; (b) the amount, or the method of determining the amount, of the insurance money payable, and the conditions under which it becomes payable; (c) the amount, or the method of determining the amount, of the premium and the period of grace, if any, within which it may be paid; (d) whether the contract provides for participation in a distribution of surplus or profits that may be declared by the insurer; (e) the conditions on which the contract may be reinstated if it lapses; (f) the options, if any, (i) of surrendering the contract for cash, (ii) of obtaining a loan or an advance payment of the insurance money, and (iii) of obtaining paid‑up or extended insurance; (g) the following statement: Every action or proceeding against an insurer for the recovery of insurance money payable under the contract is absolutely barred unless commenced within the time set out in the Insurance Act . (3) If a policy contains a provision removing or restricting the right of the insured to designate persons to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable, the front page of the policy must include the following statement in conspicuous bold type: This policy contains a provision removing or restricting the right of the insured to designate persons to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable. 2008 c19 s29 Particulars in group policy 644 In the case of a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, an insurer must set out in the policy the following: (a) the name or a sufficient description of the insured; (b) the method of determining the persons whose lives are insured; (c) the amount, or the method of determining the amount, of the insurance money payable, and the conditions under which it becomes payable; (d) the period of grace, if any, within which the premium may be paid; (e) whether the contract provides for participation in a distribution of surplus or profits that may be declared by the insurer; (f) in the case of a contract of group insurance, any provision removing or restricting the right of a group life insured to designate persons to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable; (g) in the case of a contract of group insurance that replaces another contract of group insurance on some or all of the group life insured under the replaced contract, whether a designation of a group life insured, a group life insured’s personal representative or a beneficiary as one to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable under the replaced contract applies to the replacing contract; (h) the following statement: Every action or proceeding against an insurer for the recovery of insurance money payable under the contract is absolutely barred unless commenced within the time set out in the Insurance Act . 2008 c19 s29 Particulars in group certificate 645 (1) In the case of a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, an insurer must issue, for delivery by the insured to each group life insured or debtor insured, a certificate or other document in which are set out the following: (a) the name of the insurer and a sufficient identification of the contract; (b) the amount, or the method of determining the amount, of insurance on (i) the group life insured and any person whose life is insured under the contract as a person dependent on or related to the group life insured, or (ii) the debtor insured; (c) the circumstances in which the insurance terminates and the rights, if any, on termination of the insurance of (i) the group life insured and any person whose life is insured under the contract as a person dependent on or related to the group life insured, or (ii) the debtor insured; (d) in the case of a contract of group insurance that contains a provision removing or restricting the right of the group life insured to designate persons to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable, (i) the method of determining the persons to whom or for whose benefit the insurance money is or may be payable, and (ii) the following statement in conspicuous bold type: This policy contains a provision removing or restricting the right of the group life insured to designate persons to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable. (e) in the case of a contract of group insurance that replaces another contract of group insurance on some or all of the group life insured under the replaced contract, whether a designation of a group life insured, a group life insured’s personal representative or a beneficiary as one to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable under the replaced contract applies to the replacing contract; (f) the rights of the group life insured, debtor insured or a claimant under the contract to obtain copies of documents under section 642(5) or (6); (g) the following statement: Every action or proceeding against an insurer for the recovery of insurance money payable under the contract is absolutely barred unless commenced within the time set out in the Insurance Act . (2) This section does not apply to a contract of blanket insurance. 2008 c19 s29 Formation of Contract Lack of insurable interest 646 (1) Subject to subsection (2), if at the time a contract would otherwise take effect the insured has no insurable interest, the contract is void. (2) A contract is not void for lack of insurable interest (a) if it is a contract of group insurance, or (b) if the person whose life is insured has consented in writing to the insurance being placed on his or her life. (3) If the person whose life is insured is under the age of 16 years, consent to insurance being placed on the person’s life may be given by one of his or her guardians within the meaning of Part 2 of the Family Law Act . 2008 c19 s29 Persons insurable 647 Without restricting the meaning of “insurable interest”, a person, in this section called the “primary person”, has an insurable interest (a) in the case of a primary person who is a natural person, in his or her own life and the lives of (i) the primary person’s child or grandchild, (ii) the primary person’s spouse or adult interdependent partner, (iii) a person on whom the primary person is wholly or partly dependent for, or from whom the primary person is receiving, support or education, (iv) the primary person’s employee, and (v) a person in the duration of whose life the primary person has a pecuniary interest, and (b) in the case of a primary person that is not a natural person, the lives of (i) the primary person’s director, officer or employee, and (ii) a person in the duration of whose life the primary person has a pecuniary interest. 2008 c19 s29 Termination of contract by Court 648 (1) If (a) a person whose life is insured under a contract is someone other than the insured, and (b) the person reasonably believes that the person’s life or health might be endangered by the insurance on that person’s life continuing under that contract, on application of that person, the Court may make the orders the Court considers just in the circumstances. (2) Without limiting subsection (1), the orders that the Court may make under subsection (1) include (a) an order that the insurance on that person’s life under the contract be terminated in accordance with the terms of the contract other than any terms respecting notice of termination, and (b) an order that the amount of insurance under the contract on that person’s life be reduced. (3) An application under subsection (1) must be made on at least 30 days’ notice to the insured, the beneficiary, the insurer and any other person the Court considers to have an interest in the contract. (4) Despite subsection (3), if the Court considers it just to do so, it may dispense with the notice in the case of a person (a) other than the insurer, or (b) if the contract is a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, the insured. (5) An order made under subsection (1) binds any person having an interest in the contract. 2008 c19 s29 When contract takes effect 649 (1) Subject to a provision to the contrary in the application or the policy, a contract does not take effect unless (a) the policy is delivered to an insured, the insured’s assign or agent, or to a beneficiary, (b) payment of the initial premium is made to the insurer or its authorized agent, and (c) no change has taken place in the insurability of the life to be insured between the time the application was completed and the time the policy is delivered. (2) When a policy is issued on the terms applied for and is delivered to an agent of the insurer for unconditional delivery to a person referred to in subsection (1)(a), it is deemed to have been delivered to the insured, but not to the prejudice of the insured. 2008 c19 s29 Remittance for premium 650 (1) If a cheque or other bill of exchange or a promissory note or other written promise to pay is given for the whole or part of a premium and the cheque, bill of exchange, promissory note or other promise to pay is not honoured according to its tenor, the premium or the part of the premium has not been paid. (2) If a remittance for or on account of a premium is sent by recorded mail to an insurer and is received by the insurer, the remittance is deemed to have been received at the time the mail is recorded. 2008 c19 s29;2016 c23 s3 Payment of premium by beneficiary 651 (1) In this section, “industrial contract” means a contract of life insurance for an amount not exceeding $2000, exclusive of any benefit, surplus, profit, dividend or bonus also payable under the contract, that provides for payment of premiums every 2 weeks or at shorter intervals or, if the premiums are usually collected at the home of the insured, at monthly intervals. (2) Except in the case of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, an assignee of a contract, a beneficiary or a person acting on behalf of one of them or on behalf of the insured may pay any premium that the insured is entitled to pay. (3) If a premium, other than the initial premium, is not paid at the time it is due, the premium may be paid within a period of grace of (a) 30 days or, in the case of an industrial contract, 28 days, after the day on which the premium is due, or (b) the number of days, if any, specified in the contract for payment of an overdue premium, whichever is the longer period. (4) If the happening of the event on which the insurance money becomes payable occurs during the period of grace and before the overdue premium is paid, the contract is deemed to be in effect as if the premium had been paid at the time it was due and, except in the case of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, the amount of the premium may be deducted from the insurance money. 2008 c19 s29 Disclosure of material facts 652 (1) An applicant for insurance and a person whose life is to be insured must each disclose to the insurer in the application, on a medical examination, if any, and in any written statements or answers furnished as evidence of insurability, every fact within the applicant’s or person’s knowledge that is material to the insurance and is not so disclosed by the other. (2) Subject to section 653 and subsection (3), a failure to disclose, or a misrepresentation of, a fact referred to in subsection (1) renders the contract voidable by the insurer. (3) A failure to disclose, or a misrepresentation of, a fact referred to in subsection (1) relating to evidence of insurability with respect to an application for (a) additional coverage under a contract, (b) an increase in insurance under a contract, or (c) any other change to insurance after the policy is issued, renders the contract voidable by the insurer, but only in relation to the addition, increase or change. 2008 c19 s29 Failure to disclose 653 (1) This section does not apply (a) to a misstatement to an insurer of the age of a person whose life is insured, or (b) to insurance under which an insurer, as part of a contract, undertakes to pay insurance money or to provide other benefits in the event the person whose life is insured becomes disabled as a result of bodily injury or disease. (2) Subject to subsection (3), if a contract, or an addition, increase or change referred to in section 652(3), has been in effect for 2 years during the lifetime of the person whose life is insured, a failure to disclose, or a misrepresentation of, a fact required by section 652 to be disclosed does not, in the absence of fraud, render the contract voidable. (3) In the case of a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, a failure to disclose, or a misrepresentation of, a fact required by section 652 to be disclosed in respect of a person whose life is insured under the contract does not render the contract voidable, but (a) if the failure to disclose or misrepresentation relates to evidence of insurability specifically requested by the insurer at the time of application for the insurance in respect of the person, the insurance in respect of that person is voidable by the insurer, and (b) if the failure to disclose or misrepresentation relates to evidence of insurability specifically requested by the insurer at the time of application for an addition, increase or change referred to in section 652(3) in respect of the person, the addition, increase or change in respect of that person is voidable by the insurer, unless the insurance, addition, increase or change has been in effect for 2 years during the lifetime of that person, in which case the insurance, addition, increase or change is not, in the absence of fraud, voidable. 2008 c19 s29 Non‑disclosure and misrepresentation by insurer 654 If an insurer fails to disclose or misrepresents a fact material to the insurance, the contract is voidable by the insured, but in the absence of fraud the contract is not by reason of the failure or misrepresentation voidable after the contract has been in effect for 2 years. 2008 c19 s29 Misstatement of age 655 (1) This section does not apply to a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance. (2) Subject to subsection (3), if the age of a person whose life is insured is misstated to the insurer, the insurance money provided by the contract must be increased or decreased to the amount that would have been provided for the same premium at the correct age. (3) If a contract limits insurable age and the correct age of the person whose life is insured exceeds that limit at the date of the application, the contract is voidable by the insurer for 5 years after the date the contract takes effect, but not afterwards, and only if (a) the person is alive, and (b) the insurer voids the contract within 60 days after it discovers the misstatement of age. 2008 c19 s29 Misstatement of age in group insurance 656 In the case of a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, a misstatement to the insurer of the age of a person whose life is insured does not of itself render the contract voidable, and the provisions, if any, of the contract with respect to age or misstatement of age apply. 2008 c19 s29 Suicide clause 657 (1) If a contract contains an undertaking, express or implied, that insurance money will be paid if a person whose life is insured commits suicide, the undertaking is lawful and enforceable. (2) If a contract provides that if a person whose life is insured commits suicide within a certain period of time the contract is void or the amount payable under it is reduced, if the contract lapses and is subsequently reinstated on one or more occasions, the period of time commences to run from the date of the latest reinstatement. 2008 c19 s29 Reinstatement of contract 658 (1) This section does not apply to a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance or to a contract made by a fraternal society. (2) If a contract lapses at the end of a period of grace because a premium due at the beginning of the period of grace was not paid, the contract may be reinstated by payment of the overdue premium within a further period of 30 days after the end of the period of grace, but only if the person whose life was insured under the contract is alive at the time payment is made. (3) If a contract lapses and is not reinstated under subsection (2), the insurer must reinstate it if, within 2 years of the date the contract lapsed, the insured (a) applies for the reinstatement, (b) pays to the insurer all overdue premiums and other indebtedness under the contract together with interest not exceeding the rate prescribed under section 4(2) of the Judgment Interest Act , and (c) produces evidence satisfactory to the insurer of the good health and insurability of the person whose life was insured. (4) Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply if the cash surrender value has been paid or an option of taking paid-up or extended insurance has been exercised. (5) Sections 652 and 653 apply, with any necessary modifications, to reinstatement of a contract. 2008 c19 s29 Termination and replacement of group contract 659 (1) If a contract of group insurance, or a benefit provision in a contract of group insurance, under which the insurer undertakes to pay insurance money or provide other benefits if a group life insured becomes disabled as a result of bodily injury or disease is terminated, the insurer continues, as though the contract or benefit provision had remained in full force and effect, to be liable to pay insurance money or provide benefits in respect of a group life insured for liability arising from bodily injury or disease that occurred before the termination of the contract or benefit provision if the disability is reported to the insurer within the 6‑month period following the termination or a longer continuous period specified in the contract. (2) Despite subsection (1), an insurer does not remain liable under a contract or benefit provision described in that subsection to pay insurance money or provide a benefit for the recurrence of a disability after both of the following occur: (a) the termination of the contract or benefit provision; (b) a continuous period of 6 months, or any longer period provided in the contract, during which the group life insured was not disabled. (3) An insurer that is liable under subsection (1) to pay insurance money or provide a benefit as a result of the disability of a group life insured is not liable to pay the insurance money or provide the benefit for any period longer than the portion remaining, at the date the disability began, of the maximum period provided under the contract for the payment of insurance money or the provision of other benefits in respect of a disability of the group life insured. (4) If a contract of group insurance, in this section called the “replacement contract”, is entered into within 31 days after the termination of another contract of group insurance, in this section called the “other contract”, and that replacement contract insures some or all of the same group life insured as the other contract, (a) the replacement contract is deemed to provide that any person who was insured under the other contract at the time of its termination is insured under the replacement contract from and after the termination of the other contract if (i) the insurance on that person under the other contract terminated by reason only of the termination of the other contract, and (ii) the person is a member of a class eligible for insurance under the replacement contract, and (b) no person who was insured under the other contract at the time of its termination may be excluded from eligibility under the replacement contract by reason only of not being actively at work on the effective date of the replacement contract, and despite subsection (1), if the replacement contract provides that insurance money or other benefits to be paid or provided under subsection (1) by the insurer of the other contract are to be paid instead under the replacement contract, the insurer of the other contract is not liable to pay that insurance money or provide those benefits. 2008 c19 s29;2013 c18 s21 Beneficiaries Designation of beneficiary 660 (1) Subject to subsection (4), an insured may in a contract or by a declaration designate the insured, the insured’s personal representative or a beneficiary as one to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable. (2) Subject to section 661(1), an insured may by declaration alter or revoke a designation referred to in subsection (1). (3) A designation in favour of the “heirs”, “next of kin” or “estate” of an insured, or the use of words having similar meaning in a designation, is deemed to be a designation of the personal representative of the insured. (4) Subject to the regulations, an insurer may restrict or exclude in a contract the right of an insured to designate persons to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable. (5) A contract of group insurance replacing another contract of group insurance on some or all of the group life insured under the replaced contract may provide that a designation applicable to the replaced contract of a group life insured, a group life insured’s personal representative or a beneficiary as one to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable is deemed to apply to the replacing contract. (6) If a contract of group insurance replacing another contract of group insurance provides that a designation referred to in subsection (5) is deemed to apply to the replacing contract, (a) each certificate in respect of the replacing contract must indicate that the designation under the replaced contract has been carried forward and that the group life insured should review the existing designation to ensure it reflects the group life insured’s current intentions, and (b) as between the insurer under the replacing contract and a claimant under that contract, that insurer is liable to the claimant for any errors or omissions by the previous insurer in respect of the recording of the designation carried forward under the replacing contract. (7) If a beneficiary becomes entitled to insurance money and all or part of that insurance money remains with the insurer under a settlement option provided for in the contract or permitted by the insurer, that portion of the insurance money remaining with the insurer is deemed to be insurance money held under a contract on the life of the beneficiary and, subject to the provisions of the settlement option, the beneficiary has the rights and interests of an insured with respect to the insurance money. 2008 c19 s29 Irrevocable designation 661 (1) An insured may in a contract or by a declaration, other than a declaration that is part of a will, filed with the insurer at its head or principal office in Canada during the lifetime of the person whose life is insured, designate a beneficiary irrevocably, and in that event the insured, while the beneficiary is living, may not alter or revoke the designation without the consent of the beneficiary, and the insurance money is not subject to the control of the insured or the claims of the insured’s creditors and does not form part of the insured’s estate. (2) If an insured purports to designate a beneficiary irrevocably in a will or in a declaration that is not filed under subsection (1), the designation has the same effect as if the insured had not purported to make it irrevocable. 2008 c19 s29 Designation in will 662 (1) A designation in an instrument purporting to be a will is not ineffective by reason only of the fact that the instrument is invalid as a will, or that the designation is invalid as a bequest under the will. (2) Despite the Wills and Succession Act , a designation in a will is of no effect against a designation made later than the making of the will. (3) If a designation is contained in a will and subsequently the will is revoked by operation of law or otherwise, the designation is revoked. (4) If a designation is contained in an instrument that purports to be a will and the instrument, if it were valid as a will, would be revoked by operation of law or otherwise, the designation is revoked. 2008 c19 s29;2010 cW‑12.2 s115 Trustee for beneficiary 663 (1) An insured may in a contract or by a declaration appoint a trustee for a beneficiary and may alter or revoke the appointment by a declaration. (2) A payment made by an insurer to a trustee for a beneficiary discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. 2008 c19 s29 Predeceased or disclaiming beneficiary 664 (1) If a beneficiary predeceases the person whose life is insured and no disposition of the share of the deceased beneficiary in the insurance money is provided for in the contract or by a declaration, the share is payable (a) to the surviving beneficiary, (b) if there is more than one surviving beneficiary, to the surviving beneficiaries in equal shares, or (c) if there is no surviving beneficiary, to the insured or the insured’s personal representative. (2) If 2 or more beneficiaries are designated otherwise than alternatively but no division of the insurance money is made, the insurance money is payable to them in equal shares. (3) A beneficiary may disclaim the beneficiary’s right to insurance money by filing notice in writing with the insurer at its head or principal office in Canada. (4) A notice of disclaimer filed under subsection (3) is irrevocable. (5) Subsection (1) applies in the case of a disclaiming beneficiary or in the case of a beneficiary determined by a court to be disentitled to insurance money as if the disclaiming or disentitled beneficiary predeceased the person whose life is insured. 2008 c19 s29 Enforcement of payment by beneficiary or trustee 665 A beneficiary may enforce for the beneficiary’s own benefit, and a trustee appointed pursuant to section 663 may enforce as trustee, the payment of insurance money made payable to the beneficiary or trustee in the contract or by a declaration in accordance with the provisions of the contract or declaration, but the insurer may set up any defence that it could have set up against the insured or the insured’s personal representative. 2008 c19 s29 Insurance money not part of estate 666 (1 ) I f a beneficiary is designated, any insurance money payable to the beneficiary is not, from the time of the happening of the event on which the insurance money becomes payable, part of the estate of the insured and is not subject to the claims of the creditors of the insured. (2) While there is in effect a designation in favour of any one or more of a spouse or adult interdependent partner, child, grandchild or parent of a person whose life is insured, the insurance money and the rights and interests of the insured in the insurance money and in the contract are exempt from civil enforcement proceedings under the Civil Enforcement Act or execution or seizure under any other law in force in Alberta. 2008 c19 s29 Dealings with Contract Assignment of insurance 667 (1) If a beneficiary (a) is not designated irrevocably, or (b) is designated irrevocably but has attained the age of 18 years and consents, the insured may assign, exercise rights under or in respect of, surrender or otherwise deal with the contract as provided in the contract or in this Subpart or as may be agreed on with the insurer. (2) Despite section 661(1), if a beneficiary is designated irrevocably and has not consented as described in subsection (l)(b), the insured may exercise any rights in respect of the contract that are prescribed by regulation. (3) Subject to the terms of a consent under subsection (l)(b) or an order of the Court under subsection (4), if there is an irrevocable designation of a beneficiary under a contract, a person acquiring an interest in the contract takes that interest subject to the rights of that beneficiary. (4) When a beneficiary who is designated irrevocably is unable to provide consent under subsection (1)(b) because of legal incapacity, an insured may apply to the Court for an order permitting the insured to deal with the contract without that consent. (5) The Court may grant an order under subsection (4) on any notice and terms it considers just. 2008 c19 s29 Entitlement to dividends 668 (1) Despite the irrevocable designation of a beneficiary, the insured is entitled, before his or her death, to the dividends or bonuses declared on a contract unless the contract provides otherwise. (2) Unless the insured directs otherwise, the insurer may apply the dividends or bonuses declared on the contract for the purpose of keeping the contract in force. 2008 c19 s29 Amounts held under life insurance policies 668.1 (1) In this section, “actuarial basis” means the assumptions and methods generally accepted and used by Fellows of the Canadian Institute of Actuaries to establish the cost of life insurance in relation to the contingencies of human life. (2) Subject to any lesser limit provided under the terms of a contract of life insurance, (a) with respect to a contract of life insurance that is exempt from accrual taxation pursuant to the Income Tax Act (Canada), the amount that may be held in a side account must not exceed the sum of (i) the amount that would be required to pay future costs of insurance, related premium taxes, administrative fees or charges, and (ii) the additional amount, if any, that could in the future be held under the contract of life insurance on an accrual tax exempt basis under the Income Tax Act (Canada), (b) with respect to a contract of life insurance that is not exempt from accrual taxation pursuant to the Income Tax Act (Canada), the amount that may be held under a contract of life insurance together with any associated side account must not exceed the amount required to pay future costs of insurance, related premium taxes, administrative fees or charges, and (c) the amounts in clauses (a) and (b) are as determined from time to time by the insurer on an actuarial basis using the remaining lifetime of the person then insured under the contract of life insurance. (3) Any amount that exceeds the limits set out in subsection (2) is not and has never been a premium and cannot be held under a contract of life insurance or in an associated side account regardless of the date of issue of the contract. (4) This section has retroactive effect to a contract of life insurance that exists as of the coming into force of this section, and any such contract is deemed to be amended to the extent necessary to make the contract consistent with this section. (5) This section does not apply to annuities. 2020 c3 s2 Third party policies 669 (1) Despite the Wills and Succession Act , if in a contract or declaration it is provided that a person named in the contract or declaration has, on the death of the insured, the rights and interests of the insured in the contract, (a) the rights and interests of the insured in the contract do not, on the death of the insured, form part of the insured’s estate, and (b) on the death of the insured, the person named in the contract or declaration has the rights and interests given to the insured by the contract and by this Subpart and is deemed to be the insured. (2) If a contract or declaration referred to in subsection (1) provides that, on the death of the insured, 2 or more persons named in the contract or declaration have successively on the death of each of them the rights and interests of the insured in the contract, this section applies successively, with all necessary modifications, to each of those persons and their rights and interests in the contract. (3) Despite a nomination referred to in subsection (1), the insured, before his or her death, may (a) assign, exercise rights under or in respect of, surrender or otherwise deal with the contract as if the nomination had not been made, and (b) subject to the terms of the contract, alter or revoke the nomination by declaration . 2008 c19 s29;2010 cW‑12.2 s115 Effect of assignment 670 (1) When an assignee of a contract gives notice in writing of the assignment to the insurer at its head or principal office in Canada, the assignee has priority of interest as against (a) an assignee other than one who gave notice earlier to the insurer of the assignment in the manner provided for in this subsection, and (b) a beneficiary other than one designated irrevocably as provided in section 661 before the assignee gave notice to the insurer of the assignment in the manner provided for in this subsection. (2) If a contract is assigned as security, the rights of a beneficiary under the contract are affected only to the extent necessary to give effect to the rights and interests of the assignee. (3) If a contract is assigned unconditionally and otherwise than as security, the assignee has all the rights and interests given to the insured by the contract and by this Subpart and is deemed to be the insured. (4) Unless the document by which the contract is assigned specifies otherwise, an assignment described in subsection (3) made on or after the date this section comes into force revokes (a) a designation of a beneficiary made before or after that date and not made irrevocably, and (b) a nomination referred to in section 669 made before or after that date. (5) A contract may provide that the rights or interests of the insured or, in the case of a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, of the group life insured or debtor insured, as the case may be, are not assignable. 2008 c19 s29 Enforcement of right re group life insurance 671 A group life insured may, in his or her own name, enforce a right given to the group life insured under a contract, subject to any defence available to the insurer against the group life insured or the insured. 2008 c19 s29 Enforcement of right re creditor’s group insurance 672 (1) A debtor insured or a debtor who is jointly liable for the debt with the debtor insured may enforce in his or her own name the creditor’s rights in respect of a claim arising in relation to the debtor insured, subject to any defence available to the insurer against the creditor or debtor insured. (2) Subject to subsection (3), if an insurer pays insurance money in respect of a claim under subsection (1), the insurer must pay the insurance money to the creditor. (3) If satisfactory evidence is provided to the insurer that the insurance money exceeds the debt then owing to the creditor, the insurer may pay the excess directly to the debtor insured or to a debtor who is jointly liable for the debt with the debtor insured. 2008 c19 s29;2013 c18 s22 Capacity of minor 673 Except in respect of a minor’s rights as beneficiary, a minor who has reached the age of 16 years has the capacity of an adult (a) to make an enforceable contract, and (b) in respect of a contract. 2008 c19 s29 Proceedings Under Contract Proof of claim 674 If an insurer receives sufficient evidence of (a) the happening of the event on which insurance money becomes payable, (b) the age of the person whose life is insured, (c) the right of the claimant to receive the insurance money, and (d) the name and age of the beneficiary, if there is a beneficiary, it must, within 30 days after receiving the evidence, pay the insurance money to the person entitled to it. 2008 c19 s29 Payment of insurance money 675 ( 1) Subject to subsections (3) to (5), insurance money is payable in Alberta. (2) Unless a contract provides otherwise, a reference in the contract to dollars means Canadian dollars whether the contract by its terms provides for payment in Canada or elsewhere. (3) If a person entitled to receive insurance money is not resident in Alberta, the insurer may pay the insurance money to that person or to any person who is entitled to receive it on the person’s behalf by the law of the jurisdiction in which the payee resides, and the payment discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. (4) In the case of a contract of group insurance, insurance money is payable in the province or territory of Canada in which the group life insured was resident at the time the group life insured became insured. (5) If insurance money is payable under a contract to a deceased person who was not resident in Alberta at the date of the person’s death or to that person’s personal representative, the insurer may pay the insurance money to the deceased person’s personal representative as appointed under the law of the jurisdiction in which the person was resident at the date of the person’s death, and the payment discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. 2008 c19 s29 Action for payment 676 Regardless of the place where a contract was made, a claimant who is resident in Alberta may bring an action in Alberta if the insurer was authorized to transact insurance in Alberta at the time the contract was made or is so authorized at the time the action is brought. 2008 c19 s29 Limitation of actions 677 (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (5), an action or proceeding against an insurer for the recovery of insurance money payable in the event of a person’s death must be commenced not later than the earlier of (a) 2 years after the date evidence is furnished under section 674, and (b) 6 years after the date of the death. (2) Subject to subsection (5), if a declaration has been made under section 680, an action or proceeding referred to in subsection (1) must be commenced not later than 2 years after the date of the declaration. (3) Subject to subsection (5), an action or proceeding against an insurer for the recovery of insurance money not referred to in subsection (1) must be commenced not later than 2 years after the date the claimant knew or ought to have known of the first instance of the loss or occurrence giving rise to the claim for insurance money. (4) If insurance money is not payable unless a loss or occurrence continues for a period of time specified in the contract, the date of the first instance of the loss or occurrence for the purposes of subsection (3) is deemed to be the first day after the end of that period. (5) An action or proceeding against an insurer for the recovery of insurance money payable on a periodic basis must be commenced not later than the later of (a) the last day of the applicable period under subsection (1), (2), (3) or (4) for commencing an action or proceeding, and (b) if insurance money was paid, 2 years after the date the next payment would have been payable had the insurer continued to make periodic payments. 2008 c19 s29 Persons to whom insurance money payable 678 (1) Until an insurer receives at its head or principal office in Canada an instrument or an order of a court affecting the right to receive insurance money, or a notarial copy or a copy verified by statutory declaration of the instrument or order, it may make payment of the insurance money and is discharged to the extent of the amount of the payment as if there were no instrument or order. (2) Subsection (1) does not affect the rights or interests of any person other than the insurer. 2008 c19 s29 Declaration as to sufficiency of proof 679 If an insurer admits the validity of the insurance but does not admit the sufficiency of the evidence required by section 674 and there is no other question in issue except a question under section 680, the insurer or the claimant may, before or after action is brought and on at least 30 days’ notice, apply to the Court for a declaration as to the sufficiency of the evidence furnished, and the Court may make the declaration or may direct what further evidence is to be furnished and on the furnishing of the evidence may make the declaration or, in special circumstances, may dispense with further evidence and make the declaration.

2008 c19 s29 Declaration of presumption of death 680 (1) If a claimant alleges that the person whose life is insured should be presumed to be dead by reason of the person not having been heard of for 7 years, and there is no other question in issue except a question under section 679, the insurer or the claimant may, before or after action is brought and on at least 30 days’ notice, apply to the Court for a declaration as to presumption of the death, and the Court may make the declaration. (2) A declaration of presumption of death made by the Court under subsection (1) must contain particulars of the following information to the extent that those particulars have been established to the satisfaction of the Court: (a) the full name of the person presumed dead, including a maiden or married name where applicable; (b) the sex of the person presumed dead; (c) the place where death is presumed to have occurred; (d) the date on which death is presumed to have occurred; (e) whether the presumed death was accidental. 2008 c19 s29 Court order re payment of insurance money 681 (1) On making a declaration under section 679 or 680, the Court may make an order respecting the payment of the insurance money and respecting costs that it considers just and a declaration or direction or an order made under this subsection is binding on the applicant and on all persons to whom notice of the application has been given. (2) A payment made under an order made under subsection (1) discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. 2008 c19 s29 Order stays pending action 682 Unless the Court orders otherwise, an application made under section 679 or 680 operates as a stay of any pending action with respect to the insurance money. 2008 c19 s29 Order re furnishing of further evidence 683 If the Court finds that the evidence furnished under section 674 is not sufficient or that a presumption of death is not established, it may order that the matters in issue be decided in an action brought or to be brought, or may make any other order it considers just respecting further evidence to be furnished by the claimant, publication of advertisements, further inquiry or any other matter, or respecting costs. 2008 c19 s29 Order for payment into Court 684 (1) If an insurer admits liability for insurance money, or any part of it, and it appears to the insurer that (a) there are adverse claimants, (b) the whereabouts of a person entitled to the insurance money is unknown, (c) there is no person capable of giving and authorized to give a valid discharge for the insurance money who is willing to do so, (d) there is no person entitled to the insurance money, or (e) the person to whom the insurance money is payable would be disentitled on public policy or other grounds, the insurer may, at any time after 30 days from the date of the happening of the event on which the insurance money becomes payable, apply to the Court ex parte for an order for payment of the insurance money into Court, and the Court may make an order accordingly on any notice it thinks necessary. (2) The Court may fix, without assessment, the costs incurred on or in connection with an application or order made under subsection (1) and may order the costs to be paid out of the insurance money or by the insurer or otherwise, as it considers just. (3) A payment made by an insurer under an order made under subsection (1) discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. 2008 c19 s29;2009 c53 s87 Simultaneous deaths 685 Unless a contract or a declaration provides otherwise, if the person whose life is insured and a beneficiary die at the same time or in circumstances rendering it uncertain which of them survived the other, the insurance money is payable as if the beneficiary had predeceased the person whose life is insured. 2008 c19 s29 Commutation of instalments of insurance money 686 (1) In this section, “instalments” includes insurance money held by the insurer under section 687. (2) Subject to subsections (3) and (4), if insurance money is payable in instalments and a contract, or an instrument signed by the insured and delivered to the insurer, provides that a beneficiary does not have the right to commute the instalments or to alienate or assign the beneficiary’s interest in the instalments, the insurer must not, unless the insured subsequently directs otherwise in writing, commute the instalments or pay them to any person other than the beneficiary, and the instalments are not, in the hands of the insurer, subject to any legal process except an action to recover the value of necessaries supplied to the beneficiary or the beneficiary’s minor children. (3) The Court may, on the application of a beneficiary on at least 10 days’ notice, declare that in view of special circumstances (a) the insurer may, with the consent of the beneficiary, commute instalments of insurance money, or (b) the beneficiary may alienate or assign the beneficiary’s interest in the insurance money. (4) After the death of a beneficiary, the beneficiary’s personal representative may, with the consent of the insurer, commute any instalments of insurance money payable to the beneficiary. 2008 c19 s29 Insurer holding insurance money 687 (1) An insurer may hold insurance money (a) subject to the order of an insured or a beneficiary, or (b) on trusts or other agreements for the benefit of the insured or the beneficiary, as provided in the contract, by an agreement in writing to which it is a party or by a declaration, with interest at a rate agreed on in the contract, agreement or declaration or, when no rate is agreed on, at the rate declared by the insurer in respect of insurance money held by it. (2) The insurer is not bound to hold insurance money as provided in subsection (1) under the terms of a declaration to which it has not agreed in writing. 2008 c19 s29 Court may order payment 688 (1) If an insurer does not pay insurance money to some person competent to receive it or into Court within 30 days after receipt of the evidence required by section 674, the Court may on application of any person order that the insurance money or any part of the insurance money be paid into Court, or may make any other order as to the distribution of the money that it considers just. (2) A payment made by an insurer under an order under subsection (1) discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. 2008 c19 s29 Fixing of costs 689 The Court may fix, without assessment, the costs incurred in connection with an application or order made under section 688 and may order them to be paid out of the insurance money or by the insurer or the applicant or otherwise as it considers just. 2008 c19 s29;2009 c53 s87 Insurance money payable to minor 690 (1) If an insurer admits liability for insurance money payable to a minor and there is no person capable of giving and authorized to give a valid discharge for the insurance money who is willing to do so, the insurer may, at any time after 30 days from the date of the event on which the insurance money becomes payable, pay the money to the Public Trustee for the benefit of the minor and notify the Public Trustee of the name, date of birth and residential address of the minor. (2) A payment made by an insurer under subsection (1) discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. 2008 c19 s29 Payment to representative 691 Despite section 690, when it appears to an insurer that a representative of a beneficiary who is a minor or is otherwise under a legal disability may accept payments on behalf of the beneficiary under the law of the jurisdiction in which the beneficiary resides, the insurer may make payment to the representative, and the payment discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. 2008 c19 s29 Miscellaneous Provisions Presumption against agency 692 An officer, agent or employee of an insurer, or a person soliciting insurance, whether or not an agent of the insurer, must not be considered to be the agent of the insured, person whose life is insured, group life insured or debtor insured, to that person’s prejudice, in respect of any question arising out of a contract. 2008 c19 s29 Information as to notices 693 An insurer does not incur any liability for any default, error or omission in giving or withholding information as to any notice or instrument that it has received that affects the insurance money. 2008 c19 s29 Regulations 694 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting the circumstances under which an insurer may not restrict or exclude in a contract the right of an insured to designate persons to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable; (b) prescribing any matter that is required or permitted by this Subpart to be prescribed. 2008 c19 s29 Subpart 6 Accident and Sickness Insurance Definitions 695 In this Subpart, (a) “application” means an application for insurance or for the reinstatement of insurance; (b) “beneficiary” means a person, other than the insured or the insured’s personal representative, to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is made payable in a contract or by a declaration; (c) “blanket insurance” means group insurance that covers loss (i) arising from specific hazards incidental to or defined by reference to a particular activity or activities, and (ii) occurring during a limited or specified period not exceeding 6 months in duration; (d) “contract” means a contract of insurance; (e) “creditor’s group insurance” means insurance effected by a creditor under which the lives or well‑being, or both, of a number of the creditor’s debtors are insured severally under a single contract; (f) “debtor insured” means a debtor whose life or well‑being, or both, are insured under a contract of creditor’s group insurance; (g) “declaration”, except in sections 708 to 711 and 730, means an instrument signed by the insured (i) with respect to which an endorsement is made on the policy, (ii) that identifies the contract, or (iii) that describes the insurance or insurance fund or a part of the insurance or insurance fund, in which the insured (iv) designates, or alters or revokes the designation of, the insured, the insured’s personal representative or a beneficiary as one to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable, or (v) makes, alters or revokes an appointment under section 727(1) or a nomination referred to in section 734; (h) “family insurance” means insurance under which the lives or well‑being, or both, of the insured and one or more persons related to the insured by blood, marriage or adoption or by virtue of an adult interdependent relationship are insured under a single contract between an insurer and the insured; (i) “group insurance” means insurance, other than creditor’s group insurance and family insurance, under which the lives or well‑being, or both, of a number of persons are insured severally under a single contract between an insurer and an employer or other person; (j) “group person insured” means a person (the “primary person”) whose life or well‑being, or both, are insured under a contract of group insurance, but does not include a person whose life or well‑being, or both, are insured under the contract as a person dependent on or related to the primary person; (k) “instrument” includes a will; (l) “insurance” means accident and sickness insurance; (m) “insured” means (i) in the case of group insurance, in the provisions of this Subpart relating to the designation of beneficiaries or personal representatives as recipients of insurance money and their rights and status, the group person insured, and (ii) in all other cases, the person who makes a contract with an insurer; (n) “person insured” means a person in respect of an accident to whom, or in respect of whose sickness, insurance money is payable under a contract, but does not include a group person insured or debtor insured. 2008 c19 s29 Application of Subpart 1 696 Sections 515, 521, 527, 530, 533, 537 and 547 apply to contracts of accident and sickness insurance. 2008 c19 s29 Application of Subpart Application of Subpart 697 (1) Despite any agreement, condition or stipulation to the contrary, but subject to a regulation made under section 750, this Subpart applies to a contract made in Alberta on or after October 1, 1970 and this section and sections 695, 696, 698, 699, 707, 715, 716, 719, 722 and 724 to 748 apply also to a contract made in Alberta before that date. (2) Sections 309, 310, 311, 312, 314, 320a and 320d of The Alberta Insurance Act , RSA 1955 c159, as they read on January 1, 1970, apply to a contract made in Alberta before October 1, 1970. (3) This Subpart does not apply (a) except as otherwise provided by regulations, to insurance that is part of a contract of life insurance under which the insurer undertakes to pay insurance money, or to provide other benefits, in the event the person whose life is insured becomes disabled as a result of bodily injury or disease, (b) to insurance that is part of a contract of life insurance under which the insurer undertakes to pay an additional amount of insurance money in the event of death by accident of the person whose life is insured, or (c) to insurance provided under section 586, 587 or 588. 2008 c19 s29 Application of Subpart to group insurance 698 In the case of a contract of group insurance made with an insurer authorized to transact insurance in Alberta at the time the contract was made, this Subpart applies in determining (a) the rights and status of beneficiaries and personal representatives as recipients of insurance money if the group person insured was resident in Alberta at the time the group person insured became insured, and (b) the rights and obligations of the group person insured if the group person insured was resident in Alberta at the time the group person insured became insured. 2008 c19 s29 Issuance and Contents of Policy Issuance of policy 699 (1) An insurer entering into a contract must (a) issue a policy, and (b) furnish to the insured the policy and a copy of the insured’s application. (2) Subject to subsection (3), the provisions in (a) the application, (b) the policy, (c) any document attached to the policy when issued, and (d) any amendment to the contract agreed on in writing after the policy is issued constitute the entire contract. (3) In the case of a contract made by a fraternal society, the policy, the Act or instrument of incorporation of the society, its constitution, bylaws and rules and the amendments made from time to time to any of them, the application for the contract and the medical statement of the applicant constitute the entire contract. (4) Except in the case of a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, an insurer, on request, must furnish to the insured or a claimant under the contract a copy of (a) the entire contract as set out in subsection (2) or (3), as applicable, and (b) any written statement or other record provided to the insurer as evidence of insurability under the contract. (5) In the case of a contract of group insurance, an insurer (a) on request, must furnish to a group person insured or claimant under the contract a copy of (i) the group person insured’s application, and (ii) any written statement or other record, not otherwise part of the application, provided to the insurer as evidence of insurability of the group person insured under the contract; (b) on request and reasonable notice, must permit a group person insured or claimant under the contract to examine, and must furnish to that person, a copy of the policy of group insurance. (6) In the case of a contract of creditor’s group insurance, an insurer (a) on request, must furnish to a debtor insured or claimant under the contract a copy of (i) the debtor insured’s application, and (ii) any written statement or other record, not otherwise part of the application, provided to the insurer as evidence of insurability of the debtor insured under the contract; (b) on request and reasonable notice, must permit a debtor insured or claimant under the contract to examine, and must furnish to that person, a copy of the policy of creditor’s group insurance. (7) An insurer may charge a reasonable fee to cover its expenses in furnishing copies of documents under subsection (4), (5) or (6), other than the first copy furnished to each person. (8) Access to the documents described in subsections (5)(b) and (6)(b) does not extend (a) to information contained in those documents that would reveal personal information, as defined in the Personal Information Protection Act , about a person without that person’s consent, other than information about (i) the group person insured or debtor insured in respect of whom the claim is made, or (ii) the person who requests the information, or (b) to information prescribed by the regulations. (9) A claimant’s access to documents under subsections (4) to (6) extends only to information that is relevant to (a) a claim under the contract, or (b) a denial of such a claim. 2008 c19 s29 Particulars in policy 700 (1) This section does not apply to a contract (a) of group insurance, (b) of creditor’s group insurance, or (c) made by a fraternal society. (2) An insurer must set out in the policy the following: (a) the name or a sufficient description of the insured and of the person insured; (b) the amount, or the method of determining the amount, of the insurance money payable, and the conditions under which it becomes payable; (c) the amount, or the method of determining the amount, of the premium and the period of grace, if any, within which it may be paid; (d) the conditions on which the contract may be reinstated if it lapses; (e) the term of the insurance or the method of determining the dates on which the insurance starts and terminates; (f) the following statement: Every action or proceeding against an insurer for the recovery of insurance money payable under the contract is absolutely barred unless commenced within the time set out in the Insurance Act . (3) If a policy contains a provision removing or restricting the right of the insured to designate persons to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable, the front page of the policy must include the following statement in conspicuous bold type: This policy contains a provision removing or restricting the right of the insured to designate persons to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable. 2008 c19 s29 Particulars in group policy 701 In the case of a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, an insurer must set out the following in the policy: (a) the name or a sufficient description of the insured; (b) the method of determining the persons whose lives or well‑being, or both, are insured; (c) the amount, or the method of determining the amount, of the insurance money payable, and the conditions under which it becomes payable; (d) the period of grace, if any, within which the premium may be paid; (e) the term of the insurance or the method of determining the dates on which the insurance starts and terminates; (f) in the case of a contract of group insurance, any provision removing or restricting the right of a group person insured to designate persons to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable; (g) in the case of a contract of group insurance that replaces another contract of group insurance on some or all of the group persons insured under the replaced contract, whether a designation of a group person insured, a group person insured’s personal representative or a beneficiary as one to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable under the replaced contract applies to the replacing contract; (h) the following statement: Every action or proceeding against an insurer for the recovery of insurance money payable under the contract is absolutely barred unless commenced within the time set out in the Insurance Act . 2008 c19 s29 Termination and replacement of group contract 702 (1) If a contract of group insurance or a benefit provision in a contract of group insurance is terminated, the insurer continues, as though the contract or benefit provision had remained in full force and effect, to be liable to pay to or in respect of a group person insured under the contract benefits relating to (a) loss of income because of disability, (b) death, (c) dismemberment, or (d) accidental damage to natural teeth, arising from an accident or sickness that occurred before the termination of the contract or benefit provision if the disability, death, dismemberment or accidental damage to natural teeth is reported to the insurer within the 6‑month period following the termination or a longer continuous period specified in the contract. (2) Despite subsection (1), an insurer does not remain liable under a contract or benefit provision described in that subsection to pay a benefit for loss of income for the recurrence of a disability after both of the following occur: (a) the termination of the contract or benefit provision; (b) a continuous period of 6 months, or any longer period provided in the contract, during which the group person insured was not disabled. (3) An insurer that is liable under subsection (1) to pay a benefit for loss of income as a result of the disability of a group person insured is not liable to pay the benefit for any period longer than the portion remaining, at the date of the disability, of the maximum period provided under the contract for the payment of benefits for loss of income in respect of a disability of the group person insured. (4) If a contract of group insurance, in this subsection called the “replacement contract”, is entered into within 31 days after the termination of another contract of group insurance, in this subsection called the “other contract”, and that replacement contract insures some or all of the same group persons insured as the other contract, (a) the replacement contract is deemed to provide that any person who was insured under the other contract at the time of its termination is insured under the replacement contract from and after the termination of the other contract if (i) the insurance on that person under the other contract terminated by reason only of the termination of the other contract, and (ii) the person is a member of a class eligible for insurance under the replacement contract, (b) every person who was insured under the other contract and who is insured under the replacement contract is entitled to receive credit for any deductible earned before the effective date of the replacement contract, and (c) no person who was insured under the other contract at the time of its termination may be excluded from eligibility under the replacement contract by reason only of not being actively at work on the effective date of the replacement contract, and, despite subsection (1), if the replacement contract provides that all benefits required to be paid under subsection (1) by the insurer of the other contract are to be paid instead under the replacement contract, the insurer of the other contract is not liable to pay those benefits. 2008 c19 s29 Particulars in group certificate 703 (1) In the case of a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, an insurer must issue, for delivery by the insured to each group person insured or debtor insured, a certificate or other document in which are set out the following: (a) the name of the insurer and a sufficient identification of the contract; (b) the amount, or the method of determining the amount, of insurance on the group person insured or debtor insured and on any person insured; (c) the circumstances in which the insurance terminates and the rights, if any, on termination of the insurance of (i) the group person insured, or (ii) the debtor insured and any person insured; (d) in the case of a contract of group insurance that contains a provision removing or restricting the right of the group person insured to designate persons to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable, (i) the method of determining the persons to whom or for whose benefit the insurance money is or may be payable, and (ii) the following statement in conspicuous bold type: This policy contains a provision removing or restricting the right of the group person insured to designate persons to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable. (e) in the case of a contract of group insurance that replaces another contract of group insurance on some or all of the group persons insured under the replaced contract, whether a designation of a group person insured, a group person insured’s personal representative or a beneficiary as one to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable under the replaced contract applies to the replacing contract; (f) the rights of the group person insured, the debtor insured or a claimant under the contract to obtain copies of documents under section 699(5) or (6); (g) the following statement: Every action or proceeding against an insurer for the recovery of insurance money payable under the contract is absolutely barred unless commenced within the time set out in the Insurance Act . (2) This section does not apply to a contract (a) of blanket insurance, or (b) of group insurance of a non‑renewable type issued for a term not exceeding 6 months. 2008 c19 s29 Exceptions or reductions 704 (1) Subject to section 705 and except as otherwise provided in this section, the insurer must set out in the policy every exception or reduction affecting the amount payable under the contract, either in the provision affected by the exception or reduction or under a heading such as “Exceptions” or “Reductions”. (2) If an exception or reduction affects only one provision in the policy, it must be set out in that provision. (3) If an exception or reduction is contained in an endorsement, insertion or rider, the endorsement, insertion or rider must, unless it affects all amounts payable under the contract, make reference to the provisions in the policy affected by the exception or reduction. (4) The exception or reduction mentioned in section 723 need not be set out in the policy. (5) This section does not apply to a contract (a) of group insurance, (b) of creditor’s group insurance, or (c) made by a fraternal society. 2008 c19 s29 Statutory conditions 705 Subject to section 706, (a) the conditions set out in this section are deemed to be part of every contract other than a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, and must be printed on or attached to the policy forming part of the contract under the heading “Statutory Conditions”, and (b) no variation or omission of or addition to any statutory condition not authorized by section 706 is binding on the insured. Statutory Conditions THE CONTRACT 1 The application, this policy, any document attached to this policy when issued and any amendment to the contract agreed on in writing after this policy is issued constitute the entire contract, and no agent has authority to change the contract or waive any of its provisions. MATERIAL FACTS 2 No statement made by the insured or a person insured at the time of application for the contract may be used in defence of a claim under or to avoid the contract unless it is contained in the application or any other written statements or answers furnished as evidence of insurability. CHANGES IN OCCUPATION 3(1) If after this policy is issued the person insured engages for compensation in an occupation that is classified by the insurer as more hazardous than that stated in the contract, the liability under the contract is limited to the amount that the premium paid would have purchased for the more hazardous occupation according to the limits, classification of risks and premium rates in use by the insurer at the time the person insured engaged in the more hazardous occupation. (2) If the person insured changes occupation from that stated in the contract to an occupation classified by the insurer as less hazardous and the insurer is so advised in writing, the insurer must either (a) reduce the premium rate, or (b) issue a policy for the unexpired term of the contract at the lower rate of premium applicable to the less hazardous occupation, according to the limits, classification of risks and premium rates used by the insurer at the date of receipt of advice of the change in occupation, and must refund to the insured the amount by which the unearned premium on the contract exceeds the premium at the lower rate for the unexpired term. TERMINATION OF INSURANCE 4(1) The contract may be terminated (a) by the insurer giving to the insured 15 days’ notice of termination by recorded mail or 5 days’ written notice of termination personally delivered, or (b) by the insured at any time on request. (2) If the contract is terminated by the insurer, (a) the insurer must refund the excess of premium actually paid by the insured over the prorated premium for the expired time, but in no event may the prorated premium for the expired time be less than any minimum retained premium specified in the contract, and (b) the refund must accompany the notice. (3) If the contract is terminated by the insured, the insurer must refund as soon as practicable the excess of premium actually paid by the insured over the short rate premium calculated to the date of receipt of the notice according to the table in use by the insurer at the time of termination. (4) The 15‑day period referred to in subparagraph (1)(a) of this condition starts to run on the day the recorded mail or notification of it is delivered to the insured’s postal address. NOTICE AND PROOF OF CLAIM 5(1) The insured or a person insured, or a beneficiary entitled to make a claim, or the agent of any of them, must (a) give written notice of claim to the insurer (i) by delivery of the notice, or by sending it by recorded mail, to the head office or chief agency of the insurer in the province, or (ii) by delivery of the notice to an authorized agent of the insurer in the province, not later than 30 days after the date a claim arises under the contract on account of an accident, sickness or disability, (b) within 90 days after the date a claim arises under the contract on account of an accident, sickness or disability, furnish to the insurer such proof as is reasonably possible in the circumstances of (i) the happening of the accident or the start of the sickness or disability, (ii) the loss caused by the accident, sickness or disability, (iii) the right of the claimant to receive payment, (iv) the claimant’s age, and (v) if relevant, the beneficiary’s age, and (c) if so required by the insurer, furnish a satisfactory certificate as to the cause or nature of the accident, sickness or disability for which claim is made under the contract and, in the case of sickness or disability, its duration. (2) Failure to give notice of claim or furnish proof of claim within the time required by this condition does not invalidate the claim if (a) the notice or proof is given or furnished as soon as reasonably possible, and in no event later than one year after the date of the accident or the date a claim arises under the contract on account of sickness or disability, and it is shown that it was not reasonably possible to give the notice or furnish the proof in the time required by this condition, or (b) in the case of the death of the person insured, if a declaration of presumption of death is necessary, the notice or proof is given or furnished no later than one year after the date a court makes the declaration. INSURER TO FURNISH FORMS FOR PROOF OF CLAIM 6 The insurer must furnish forms for proof of claim within 15 days after receiving notice of claim, but if the claimant has not received the forms within that time the claimant may submit his or her proof of claim in the form of a written statement of the cause or nature of the accident, sickness or disability giving rise to the claim and of the extent of the loss. RIGHTS OF EXAMINATION 7 As a condition precedent to recovery of insurance money under the contract, (a) the claimant must give the insurer an opportunity to examine the person of the person insured when and as often as it reasonably requires while a claim is pending, and (b) in the case of death of the person insured, the insurer may require an autopsy, subject to any law of the applicable jurisdiction relating to autopsies. WHEN MONEY PAYABLE OTHER THAN FOR LOSS OF TIME 8 All money payable under the contract, other than benefits for loss of time, must be paid by the insurer within 60 days after it has received proof of claim. WHEN LOSS OF TIME BENEFITS PAYABLE 9 The initial benefits for loss of time must be paid by the insurer within 30 days after it has received proof of claim, and payment must be made after that date in accordance with the terms of the contract but not less frequently than once in each succeeding 60 days while the insurer remains liable for the payments if the person insured, when required to do so, furnishes proof of continuing sickness or disability before payment. 2008 c19 s29;2016 c23 s3 Omission or variation of conditions 706 ( 1) If a statutory condition is not applicable to the benefits provided by a contract it may be omitted from the policy or varied so that it will be applicable. (2) Statutory Conditions 3 and 7 set out in section 705 may be omitted from the policy if the contract does not contain any provisions respecting the matters dealt with in those Statutory Conditions. (3) Statutory Condition 4 set out in section 705 must be omitted from the policy if the contract does not provide that it may be terminated by the insurer prior to the expiry of any period for which a premium has been accepted. (4) Statutory Conditions 3, 4 and 7 set out in section 705 and, subject to the restriction in subsection (5), Statutory Condition 5, may be varied, but if by reason of the variation the contract is less favourable to the insured, a person insured or a beneficiary than it would have been if the condition had not been varied, the statutory condition is deemed to be included in the policy in the form in which it appears in section 705. (5) Statutory Condition 5(1)(a) and (b) set out in section 705 must not be varied in policies providing benefits for loss of time. (6) Statutory Conditions 8 and 9 set out in section 705 may be varied by shortening the time periods set out in them. (7) The title of a statutory condition must be reproduced in the policy along with the statutory condition, but the number of a statutory condition may be omitted. (8) In the case of a contract made by a fraternal society, Statutory Condition 4(1)(b) and (3) set out in section 705 must not be printed on the policy. 2008 c19 s29 Notice of statutory conditions 707 In the case of a policy of accident and sickness insurance of a non‑renewable type issued for a term of 6 months or less or in relation to a ticket of travel, the statutory conditions need not be printed on or attached to the policy if the policy contains the following notice printed in conspicuous bold type: Despite any other provision contained in the contract, the contract is subject to the statutory conditions in the Insurance Act respecting contracts of accident and sickness insurance. 2008 c19 s29 Limitation of actions 708 (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (5), an action or proceeding against an insurer for the recovery of insurance money payable in the event of a person’s death must be commenced not later than the earlier of (a) 2 years after the proof of claim is furnished, and (b) 6 years after the date of death. (2) Subject to subsection (5), if a declaration has been made under section 710, an action or proceeding referred to in subsection (1) must be commenced not later than 2 years after the date of the declaration. (3) Subject to subsection (5), an action or proceeding against an insurer for the recovery of insurance money not referred to in subsection (1) must be commenced not later than 2 years after the date the claimant knew or ought to have known of the first instance of the loss or occurrence giving rise to the claim for insurance money. (4) If insurance money is not payable unless a loss or occurrence continues for a period of time specified in the contract, the date of the first instance of the loss or occurrence for the purposes of subsection (3) is deemed to be the first day after the end of that period. (5) An action or proceeding against an insurer for the recovery of insurance money payable on a periodic basis must be commenced not later than the later of (a) the last day of the applicable period under subsection (1), (2), (3) or (4) for commencing an action or proceeding, and (b) if insurance money was paid, 2 years after the date the next payment would have been payable had the insurer continued to make periodic payments. 2008 c19 s29 Declaration as to sufficiency of proof 709 (1) If an insurer admits the validity of the insurance but does not admit the sufficiency of the evidence required by Statutory Condition 5(1) set out in section 705 and there is no other question in issue except a question under section 710, the insurer or the claimant may, before or after action is brought and on at least 30 days’ notice, apply to the Court for a declaration as to the sufficiency of the evidence furnished, and the Court may make the declaration or may direct what further evidence is to be furnished and on the furnishing of the evidence may make the declaration or, in special circumstances, may dispense with further evidence and make the declaration. (2) This section applies only in respect of a claim for accidental death benefits. 2008 c19 s29 Declaration of presumption of death 710 (1) If a claimant alleges that the person whose life is insured should be presumed to be dead by reason of the person not having been heard of for 7 years, and there is no other question in issue except a question under section 709, the insurer or the claimant may, before or after action is brought and on at least 30 days’ notice, apply to the Court for a declaration as to presumption of the death, and the Court may make the declaration. (2) A declaration of presumption of death made by the Court under subsection (1) must contain particulars of the following information to the extent that those particulars have been established to the satisfaction of the Court: (a) the full name of the person presumed dead, including a maiden or married name where applicable; (b) the sex of the person presumed dead; (c) the place where death is presumed to have occurred; (d) the date on which death is presumed to have occurred; (e) whether the presumed death was accidental. 2008 c19 s29 Court order re payment of insurance money 711 (1) On making a declaration under section 709 or 710, the Court may make an order respecting the payment of the insurance money and respecting costs that it considers just, and a declaration or direction or an order made under this subsection is binding on the applicant and on all persons to whom notice of the application has been given. (2) A payment made under an order made under subsection (1) discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. 2008 c19 s29 Order stays pending action 712 Unless the Court orders otherwise, an application made under section 709 or 710 operates as a stay of any pending action with respect to the insurance money. 2008 c19 s29 Order re furnishing of further evidence 713 If the Court finds that the evidence furnished pursuant to Statutory Condition 5 set out in section 705 is not sufficient or that a presumption of death is not established, it may order that the matters in issue be decided in an action brought or to be brought, or make any other order it considers just respecting further evidence to be furnished by the claimant, publication of advertisements, further inquiry or any other matter, or respecting costs. 2008 c19 s29 Termination for non‑payment 714 (1) If a policy evidencing a contract, or a certificate evidencing the renewal of a contract, is delivered to the insured and the initial premium due under the contract or renewal has not been fully paid, (a) the contract or the renewal of it evidenced by the policy or certificate is as binding on the insurer as if the premium had been paid even if the policy or certificate was delivered by an officer or an agent of the insurer who did not have authority to deliver it, and (b) the contract may be terminated for non‑payment of the premium by the insurer giving 15 days’ notice of termination by recorded mail or 5 days’ written notice of termination personally delivered. (2) If a premium referred to in subsection (1) has not been fully paid, the insurer may do one or both of the following: (a) sue for any unpaid premium; (b) if there is a claim under the contract, except in the case of a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, deduct the amount of the unpaid premium from the amount for which the insurer is liable under the contract. (3) If a premium, other than a premium referred to in subsection (1), is not fully paid at the time it is due, the premium may be paid within (a) a period of grace of 30 days after the date the premium is due, or (b) the period of grace within which the premium may be paid, if any, specified in the contract, whichever is the longer period. (4) If the event on which the insurance money becomes payable occurs during the period of grace and before the overdue premium is paid, the contract is deemed to be in effect as if the premium had been paid at the time it was due. (5) Except in the case of a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, the amount of the overdue premium under subsection (4) may be deducted from the amount for which the insurer is liable under the contract. (6) The 15‑day period referred to in subsection (1)(b) starts to run on the day the recorded mail or notification of it is delivered to the insured’s postal address. (7) Subsections (1), (2) and (6) do not apply to a contract made by a fraternal society. 2008 c19 s29;2016 c23 s3 Formation of Contract Lack of insurable interest 715 (1) Subject to subsection (2), if at the time a contract would otherwise take effect the insured has no insurable interest, the contract is void. (2) A contract is not void for lack of insurable interest (a) if it is a contract of group insurance, or (b) if the person insured has consented in writing to the insurance. (3) If the person insured is under the age of 16 years, consent to the insurance may be given by one of the person’s guardians within the meaning of Part 2 of the Family Law Act . 2008 c19 s29 Persons insurable 716 Without restricting the meaning of “insurable interest”, a person, in this section called the “primary person”, has an insurable interest (a) in the case of a primary person who is a natural person, in his or her own life and well‑being and the lives and well‑being of (i) the primary person’s child or grandchild, (ii) the primary person’s spouse or adult interdependent partner, (iii) a person on whom the primary person is wholly or partly dependent for, or from whom the primary person is receiving, support or education, (iv) the primary person’s employee, and (v) a person in the duration of whose life or in whose well‑being the primary person has a pecuniary interest, and (b) in the case of a primary person that is not a natural person, in the lives and well‑being of (i) the primary person’s director, officer or employee, and (ii) a person in the duration of whose life or in whose well‑being the primary person has a pecuniary interest. 2008 c19 s29 Termination of contract by Court 717 (1) If (a) a person whose life or well‑being, or both, are insured under a contract is someone other than the insured, and (b) the person reasonably believes that the person’s life or health might be endangered by the insurance on that person’s life or well‑being, or both, continuing under that contract, on application of that person, the Court may make the orders the Court considers just in the circumstances. (2) Without limiting subsection (1), the orders that the Court may make under subsection (1) include (a) an order that the insurance on that person under the contract be terminated in accordance with the terms of the contract other than any terms respecting notice of termination, and (b) an order that the amount of insurance under the contract be reduced. (3) An application under subsection (1) must be made on at least 30 days’ notice to the insured, the beneficiary, the insurer and any other person the Court considers to have an interest in the contract. (4) Despite subsection (3), if the Court considers it just to do so, it may dispense with the notice in the case of a person (a) other than the insurer, or (b) if the contract is a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, the insured. (5) An order made under subsection (1) binds any person having an interest in the contract. 2008 c19 s29 Capacity of minor 718 Except in respect of the minor’s rights as beneficiary, a minor who has reached the age of 16 years has the capacity of an adult (a) to make an enforceable contract, and (b) in respect of a contract. 2008 c19 s29 Disclosure of material facts 719 (1) An applicant for insurance and a person to be insured must each disclose to the insurer in the application, on a medical examination, if any, and in any written statements or answers furnished as evidence of insurability, every fact within the applicant’s or person’s knowledge that is material to the insurance and is not so disclosed by the other. (2) Subject to sections 720 and 723 and subsection (3), a failure to disclose, or a misrepresentation of, a fact referred to in subsection (1) renders the contract voidable by the insurer. (3) A failure to disclose, or a misrepresentation of, a fact referred to in subsection (1) relating to evidence of insurability with respect to an application for (a) additional coverage under a contract, (b) an increase in insurance under a contract, or (c) any other change to insurance after the policy is issued, renders the contract voidable by the insurer, but only in relation to the addition, increase or change. 2008 c19 s29 Failure to disclose 720 (1) Subject to section 723 and subsections (2) to (4), when a contract, including renewals of the contract, or an addition, increase or change referred to in section 719(3) has been in effect for 2 years with respect to a person insured, a failure to disclose, or a misrepresentation of, a fact required by section 719 to be disclosed in respect of that person does not, in the absence of fraud, render the contract voidable.

(2) In the case of a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, a failure to disclose, or a misrepresentation of, a fact required by section 719 to be disclosed in respect to a group person insured, a person insured or a debtor insured does not render the contract voidable, but (a) if the failure to disclose or misrepresentation relates to evidence of insurability specifically requested by the insurer at the time of application for the insurance in respect of the person, the insurance in respect of that person is voidable by the insurer, and (b) if the failure to disclose or misrepresentation relates to evidence of insurability specifically requested by the insurer at the time of application for an addition, increase or change referred to in section 719(3) in respect of the person, the addition, increase or change in respect of that person is voidable by the insurer, unless the insurance, addition, increase or change has been in effect for 2 years during the lifetime of that person, in which case the insurance, addition, increase or change is not, in the absence of fraud, voidable. (3) If a claim arises from a loss incurred or a disability beginning before a contract, including renewals of it, has been in effect for 2 years with respect to the person in respect of whom the claim is made, subsection (1) does not apply to that claim. (4) If a claim arises from a loss incurred or a disability beginning before the addition, increase or change has been in effect for 2 years with respect to the person in respect of whom the claim is made, subsection (1) does not apply to that claim. 2008 c19 s29 Reinstatement of contract 721 Sections 719 and 720 apply, with all necessary modifications, to a failure to disclose or a misrepresentation at the time of reinstatement of a contract, and the period of 2 years referred to in section 720 starts to run in respect of a reinstatement from the date of reinstatement. 2008 c19 s29 Pre‑existing conditions 722 If a contract contains a general exception or reduction with respect to pre‑existing disease or physical conditions and the group person insured, person insured or debtor insured suffers or has suffered from a disease or physical condition that existed before the date the contract came into force with respect to that person and the disease or physical condition is not by name or specific description excluded from the insurance respecting that person, (a) the prior existence of the disease or physical condition is not, except in the case of fraud, available as a defence against liability in whole or in part for a loss incurred or a disability beginning after the contract, including renewals of it, has been in effect continuously for 2 years immediately before the date of loss incurred or commencement of disability with respect to that person, and (b) the prior existence of the disease or physical condition is not, except in the case of fraud, available as a defence against liability in whole or in part if the disease or physical condition was disclosed in the application for the contract. 2008 c19 s29 Misstatement of age 723 (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), if the age of the person insured has been misstated to the insurer, then, at the option of the insurer, either (a) the benefits payable under the contract may be increased or decreased to the amount that would have been provided for the same premium at the correct age, or (b) the premium may be adjusted in accordance with the correct age as of the date the person insured became insured. (2) In the case of a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, if there is a misstatement to the insurer of the age of a group person insured, person insured or debtor insured, the provisions, if any, of the contract with respect to age or misstatement of age apply. (3) If the age of a person affects the commencement or termination of the insurance, the correct age governs. 2008 c19 s29 Beneficiaries Designation of beneficiary 724 (1) Subject to subsection (4), an insured may in a contract or by a declaration designate the insured, the insured’s personal representative or a beneficiary as one to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable. (2) Subject to section 725(1), an insured may by declaration alter or revoke a designation referred to in subsection (1). (3) A designation in favour of the “heirs”, “next of kin” or “estate” of an insured, or the use of words having similar meaning in a designation, is deemed to be a designation of the personal representative of the insured. (4) Subject to the regulations, an insurer may restrict or exclude in a contract the right of an insured to designate persons to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable. (5) A contract of group insurance replacing another contract of group insurance on some or all of the group persons insured under the replaced contract may provide that a designation applicable to the replaced contract of a group person insured, a group person insured’s personal representative or a beneficiary as one to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable is deemed to apply to the replacing contract. (6) If a contract of group insurance replacing another contract of group insurance provides that a designation referred to in subsection (5) is deemed to apply to the replacing contract, (a) each certificate in respect of the replacing contract must indicate that the designation under the replaced contract has been carried forward and that the group person insured should review the existing designation to ensure it reflects the group person insured’s current intentions, and (b) as between the insurer under the replacing contract and a claimant under that contract, that insurer is liable to the claimant for any errors or omissions by the previous insurer in respect of the recording of the designation carried forward under the replacing contract. (7) If a beneficiary becomes entitled to insurance money and all or part of that insurance money remains with the insurer under a settlement option provided for in the contract or permitted by the insurer, that portion of the insurance money remaining with the insurer is deemed to be insurance money held pursuant to a contract on the life of the beneficiary, and, subject to the provisions of the settlement option, the beneficiary has the same rights and interests with respect to the insurance money that an insured has under a contract of life insurance. 2008 c19 s29 Irrevocable designation 725 (1) An insured may in a contract or by a declaration, other than a declaration that is part of a will, filed with the insurer at its head or principal office in Canada during the lifetime of the person whose life or well‑being, or both, are insured, designate a beneficiary irrevocably, and in that event the insured, while the beneficiary is living, may not alter or revoke the designation without the consent of the beneficiary, and the insurance money is not subject to the control of the insured or the claims of the insured’s creditors and does not form part of the insured’s estate. (2) If an insured purports to designate a beneficiary irrevocably in a will or in a declaration that is not filed under subsection (1), the designation has the same effect as if the insured had not purported to make it irrevocable. 2008 c19 s29;2013 c18 s23 Designation in will 726 (1) A designation in an instrument purporting to be a will is not ineffective by reason only of the fact that the instrument is invalid as a will, or that the designation is invalid as a bequest under the will. (2) Despite the Wills and Succession Act , a designation in a will is of no effect against a designation made later than the making of the will. (3) If a designation is contained in a will and subsequently the will is revoked by operation of law or otherwise, the designation is revoked. (4) If a designation is contained in an instrument that purports to be a will and the instrument, if it were valid as a will, would be revoked by operation of law or otherwise, the designation is revoked. 2008 c19 s29;2010 cW‑12.2 c115 Trustee for beneficiary 727 (1) An insured may in a contract or by a declaration appoint a trustee for a beneficiary and may alter or revoke the appointment by a declaration. (2) A payment made by an insurer to a trustee for a beneficiary discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. 2008 c19 s29 Predeceasing or disclaiming beneficiary 728 (1) If a beneficiary predeceases the person insured or group person insured, as the case may be, and no disposition of the share of the deceased beneficiary in the insurance money is provided for in the contract or by a declaration, the share is payable (a) to the surviving beneficiary, (b) if there is more than one surviving beneficiary, to the surviving beneficiaries in equal shares, or (c) if there is no surviving beneficiary, to the insured or group person insured, as the case may be, or the personal representative of the insured or group person insured. (2) If 2 or more beneficiaries are designated otherwise than alternatively but no division of the insurance money is made, the insurance money is payable to them in equal shares. (3) A beneficiary may disclaim the beneficiary’s right to insurance money by filing notice in writing with the insurer at its head or principal office in Canada. (4) A notice of disclaimer filed under subsection (3) is irrevocable. (5) Subsection (1) applies in the case of a disclaiming beneficiary or in the case of a beneficiary determined by a court to be disentitled to insurance money as if the disclaiming or disentitled beneficiary predeceased the person whose life or well‑being, or both, are insured. 2008 c19 s29 Enforcement of payment by beneficiary or trustee 729 A beneficiary may enforce for the beneficiary’s own benefit, and a trustee appointed pursuant to section 727 may enforce as trustee, the payment of insurance money made payable to the beneficiary or trustee in the contract or by a declaration in accordance with the provisions of the contract or declaration, but the insurer may set up any defence that it could have set up against the insured or the insured’s personal representative. 2008 c19 s29 Persons to whom insurance money payable 730 (1) Until an insurer receives at its head or principal office in Canada an instrument or an order of a court affecting the right to receive insurance money, or a notarial copy or a copy verified by statutory declaration of any such instrument or order, it may make payment of the insurance money and is fully discharged to the extent of the amount paid as if there were no such instrument or order. (2) Subsection (1) does not affect the rights or interests of any person other than the insurer. (3) If an assignee of a contract gives notice in writing of the assignment to the insurer at its head or principal office in Canada, the assignee has priority of interest as against (a) any assignee other than one who gave notice earlier in a like manner, and (b) a beneficiary other than one designated irrevocably as provided in section 725 before the assignee gave notice to the insurer of the assignment in the manner provided for in this subsection. (4) If a contract is assigned as security, the rights of a beneficiary under the contract are affected only to the extent necessary to give effect to the rights and interests of the assignee. (5) If a contract is assigned unconditionally and otherwise than as security, the assignee has all the rights and interests given to the insured by the contract and by this Subpart and is deemed to be the insured. (6) Unless the document by which a contract is assigned specifies otherwise, an assignment described in subsection (5) made on or after the date this section comes into force revokes (a) a designation of a beneficiary made before or after that date and not made irrevocably, and (b) a nomination referred to in section 734 made before or after that date. (7) A contract may provide that the rights or interests of the insured or, in the case of a contract of group insurance or of creditor’s group insurance, of the group person insured or debtor insured, as the case may be, are not assignable. 2008 c19 s29 Insurance money not part of estate 731 (1) If a beneficiary is designated, any insurance money payable to the beneficiary is not, from the time of the happening of the event on which it becomes payable, part of the estate of the insured and is not subject to the claims of the creditors of the insured. (2) While there is in effect a designation in favour of any one or more of a spouse or adult interdependent partner, child, grandchild or parent of the person insured or group person insured, the insurance money and the rights and interests of the insured in the insurance money and in the contract, so far as either relate to accidental death benefits, are exempt from execution or seizure under the Civil Enforcement Act or any other law in force in Alberta. 2008 c19 s29 Dealings with Contract Assignment of insurance 732 (1) If a beneficiary (a) is not designated irrevocably, or (b) is designated irrevocably but has attained the age of 18 years and consents, the insured may assign, exercise rights under or in respect of, surrender or otherwise deal with the contract as provided in the contract or in this Subpart or as may be agreed on with the insurer. (2) Despite section 725(1), if a beneficiary is designated irrevocably and has not consented as described in subsection (1)(b), the insured may exercise any rights in respect of the contract that are prescribed by regulation. (3) Subject to the terms of a consent under subsection (1)(b) or an order of the Court under subsection (4), if there is an irrevocable designation of a beneficiary under a contract, a person acquiring an interest in the contract takes that interest subject to the rights of that beneficiary. (4) When a beneficiary who is designated irrevocably is unable to provide consent under subsection (1)(b) because of legal incapacity, an insured may apply to the Court for an order permitting the insured to deal with the contract without that consent. (5) The Court may grant an order under subsection (4) on any notice and terms it considers just. 2008 c19 s29 Entitlement to dividends 733 (1) Despite the irrevocable designation of a beneficiary, the insured is entitled, before his or her death, to the dividends or bonuses declared on a contract unless the contract provides otherwise. (2) Unless the insured directs otherwise, the insurer may apply the dividends or bonuses declared on the contract for the purposes of keeping the contract in force. 2008 c19 s29 Third party policies 734 (1) Despite the Wills and Succession Act , if in a contract or declaration it is provided that a person named in the contract or declaration has, on the death of the insured, the rights and interests of the insured in the contract, (a) the rights and interests of the insured in the contract do not, on the death of the insured, form part of the insured’s estate, and (b) on the death of the insured, the person named in the contract or declaration has the rights and interests given to the insured by the contract and by this Subpart and is deemed to be the insured. (2) If a contract or declaration referred to in subsection (1) provides that, on the death of the insured, 2 or more persons named in the contract or declaration have successively on the death of each of them the rights and interests of the insured in the contract, this section applies successively, with all necessary modifications, to each of those persons and their rights and interests in the contract. (3) Despite a nomination referred to in subsection (1), the insured, before his or her death, may (a) assign, exercise rights under or in respect of, surrender or otherwise deal with the contract as if the nomination had not been made, and (b) subject to the terms of the contract, alter or revoke the nomination by declaration. 2008 c19 s29;2010 cW‑12.2 s115 Enforcement of right re group insurance 735 A group person insured may, in his or her own name, enforce a right given by a contract to the group person insured or to a person insured under the contract as a person dependent on or related to the group person insured, subject to any defence available to the insurer against the group person insured, such person insured or the insured. 2008 c19 s29 Enforcement of right re creditor’s group insurance 736 (1) A debtor insured or a debtor who is jointly liable for the debt with the debtor insured may enforce in his or her own name the creditor’s rights in respect of a claim arising in relation to the debtor insured, subject to any defence available to the insurer against the creditor or the debtor insured. (2) Subject to subsection (3), if an insurer pays insurance money in respect of a claim under subsection (1), the insurer must pay the insurance money to the creditor. (3) If satisfactory evidence is provided to the insurer that the insurance money exceeds the debt then owing to the creditor, the insurer may pay the excess directly to the debtor insured or to a debtor who is jointly liable for the debt with the debtor insured. 2008 c19 s29;2013 c18 s24 Simultaneous deaths 737 Unless a contract or a declaration otherwise provides, if a person insured or group person insured and a beneficiary die at the same time or in circumstances rendering it uncertain which of them survived the other, the insurance money is payable as if the beneficiary had predeceased the person insured or group person insured. 2008 c19 s29 Order for payment into Court 738 (1) If an insurer admits liability for insurance money, or any part of it, and it appears to the insurer that (a) there are adverse claimants, (b) the whereabouts of a person entitled to the insurance money is unknown, (c) there is no person capable of giving and authorized to give a valid discharge for the insurance money who is willing to do so, (d) there is no person entitled to the insurance money, or (e) the person to whom the insurance money is payable would be disentitled on public policy or other grounds, the insurer may apply ex parte to the Court for an order for payment of the insurance money into Court, and the Court may make an order accordingly on any notice it thinks necessary. (2) The Court may fix, without assessment, the costs incurred on or in connection with an application or order made under subsection (1) and may order the costs to be paid out of the insurance money or by the insurer or otherwise, as it considers just. (3) A payment made by an insurer under an order under subsection (1) discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. 2008 c19 s29;2009 c53 s87 Insurance money payable to minor 739 (1) If an insurer admits liability for insurance money payable to a minor and there is no person capable of giving and authorized to give a valid discharge for the insurance money who is willing to do so, the insurer may, at any time after 30 days from the date of the event on which the insurance money becomes payable, pay the money to the Public Trustee for the benefit of the minor and notify the Public Trustee of the name, date of birth and residential address of the minor. (2) A payment made by an insurer under subsection (1) discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. 2008 c19 s29 Payment to representative 740 Despite section 739, if it appears to an insurer that a representative of a beneficiary who is a minor or otherwise under a legal disability may accept payments on behalf of the beneficiary under the law of the jurisdiction in which the beneficiary resides, the insurer may make payment to the representative, and the payment discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. 2008 c19 s29 Payments not exceeding $10 000 741 Even though insurance money is payable to a person, the insurer may, if the contract so provides, but subject always to the rights of an assignee, pay an amount not exceeding $10 000 to (a) a relative of a person insured or the group person insured, or (b) a person appearing to the insurer to be equitably entitled to the insurance money by reason of having incurred expense for the maintenance, medical attendance or burial of a person insured or the group person insured, or to have a claim against the estate of a person insured or the group person insured in relation to such an expense, and the payment discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. 2008 c19 s29 Proceedings under Contract Payment of insurance money 742 (1) Subject to subsections (3) to (5), insurance money is payable in Alberta. (2) Unless a contract provides otherwise, a reference in the contract to dollars means Canadian dollars whether the contract by its terms provides for payment in Canada or elsewhere. (3) If a person entitled to receive insurance money is not resident in Alberta, the insurer may pay the insurance money to that person or to any person who is entitled to receive it on the person’s behalf by the law of the jurisdiction in which the payee resides, and the payment discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. (4) In the case of a contract of group insurance, insurance money is payable in the province or territory of Canada in which the group person insured was resident at the time the group person insured became insured. (5) If insurance money is payable under a contract to a deceased person who was not resident in Alberta at the date of the person’s death or to that person’s personal representative, the insurer may pay the insurance money to the deceased person’s personal representative as appointed under the law of the jurisdiction in which the person was resident at the date of the person’s death, and the payment discharges the insurer to the extent of the amount of the payment. 2008 c19 s29 Action for payment 743 Regardless of the place where a contract was made, a claimant who is resident in Alberta may bring an action in Alberta if the insurer was authorized to transact insurance in Alberta at the time the contract was made or is so authorized at the time the action is brought. 2008 c19 s29 Insurer giving information 744 An insurer does not incur any liability for any default, error or omission in giving or withholding information as to any notice or instrument that it has received that affects the insurance money. 2008 c19 s29 Undue prominence 745 An insurer shall not in the policy give undue prominence to any provision or statutory condition as compared to other provisions or statutory conditions unless this Subpart provides otherwise or the effect of that provision or statutory condition is to increase the premium or decrease the benefits otherwise provided for in the policy. 2008 c19 s29;2013 c18 s25 Relief from forfeiture or avoidance 746 If there has been imperfect compliance with a statutory condition as to any matter or thing done or omitted to be done by the insured, person insured or claimant with respect to the loss insured against and as a consequence the insurance is forfeited or avoided in whole or in part, and a court before which a question relating to the imperfect compliance is tried considers it inequitable that the insurance should be forfeited or avoided on that ground, the court may relieve against the forfeiture or avoidance on any terms it considers just. 2008 c19 s29 Disability benefits 747 (1) In this section, “continuing care home” means a continuing care home as defined in the Continuing Care Act . (1.1) If a contract issued after January 1, 1974 includes provision for disability benefits to be payable only during confinement of the person insured, the provision does not bind the insured, and the benefits in respect of disability under the contract during the disability are payable regardless of whether the person insured is confined or not. (2) Despite subsection (1.1), a contract of accident and sickness insurance may provide for one or more of the following: (a) early commencement of loss of income benefits based on the admission of the person insured into a hospital, continuing care home or other similar institution; (b) payment of loss of income benefits during the period of in‑patient hospitalization of the person insured or the period during which the person insured is confined to a continuing care home or other similar institution; (c) payment of daily benefits during the period of in-patient hospitalization of the person insured or the period during which the person insured is confined to a continuing care home or other similar institution; (d) payment of lump sum benefits based on the admission of the person insured into a hospital or during the period of in‑patient hospitalization or the admission into or period of confinement in a continuing care home or other similar institution. 2008 c19 s29;2022 cC‑26.7 s73;2024 c19 s8 Presumption against agency 748 An officer, agent or employee of an insurer, or a person soliciting insurance, whether or not an agent of the insurer, must not be considered to be the agent of the insured, person insured, group person insured or debtor insured, to that person’s prejudice, in respect of any question arising out of a contract. 2008 c19 s29 Regulations 749 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting the application of this Subpart to insurance described in section 697(3)(a); (b) respecting the circumstances under which an insurer may not restrict or exclude in a contract the right of an insured to designate persons to whom or for whose benefit insurance money is to be payable; (c) prescribing any matter that is required or permitted by this Subpart to be prescribed. 2008 c19 s29 Subpart 7 Transitional Transitional matters 750 (1) In this section, “former Part 5” means Part 5 of this Act as it read immediately before the coming into force of section 29 of the Insurance Amendment Act, 2008 . (2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations respecting the transition of matters under the former Part 5 to Part 5 of this Act, including, without limitation, regulations (a) exempting a contract or class of contracts in effect on the date this section comes into force from the application of any provision of Part 5 of this Act or postponing to a specified date the application of any provision of Part 5 of this Act to a contract or class of contracts in effect on the date this section comes into force; (b) respecting the continuation of the application of any provision of the former Part 5 to a contract or class of contracts in effect on the date this section comes into force. 2008 c19 s29 751 to 753 Repealed 2008 c19 s29. Part 6 Enforcement and Administration Subpart 1 Enforcement Definition 754 In this Subpart, “regulated person” means (a) a person who is required to be licensed under this Act, (b) a person who has entered into a contract of insurance referred to in section 61 or 63, (c) an insurer referred to in section 62 who reinsures contracts, (d) a person exchanging a reciprocal contract of indemnity or inter‑insurance referred to in section 79 or 80, or (e) a person who acts or offers to act as an insurance agent or adjuster. 1999 cI‑5.1 s754 Division 1 Determining Compliance and Examinations Exercising examiner ’ s powers 755 An examiner may exercise the powers in sections 758 and 759 for the following purposes: (a) to determine if there is compliance with this Act and the regulations; (b) to conduct an examination under section 756 or 757; (c) to examine any matter relating to a contract of insurance, including the settlement or adjustment of any claim made under a contract of insurance. 1999 cI‑5.1 s755 Annual examinations 756 The Minister must each year direct an examiner to examine the business or affairs of each provincial company in order to determine, for purposes related to the administration of this Act, (a) the company’s condition and ability to meet its obligations, (b) whether the company is following sound business and financial practices, (c) the procedures and standards of the management of the company, and (d) whether or not the company is in compliance with this Act, the regulations, any order under this Act and any term, condition or restriction of its licence. 1999 cI‑5.1 s756 Special examination 757 The Minister may direct an examiner to examine the business or affairs of a provincial company or its subsidiary for the purposes of (a) safeguarding the interests of the company’s policyholders, (b) safeguarding the assets of the company or of the subsidiary, or (c) determining whether the company is able to meet its obligations. 1999 cI‑5.1 s757 Demand for information 758 (1) An examiner may, for the purposes referred to in section 755, direct any of the following to provide to the examiner, within a reasonable period of time that is stipulated in the direction, any information specified by the examiner: (a) a regulated person, a subsidiary of a regulated person, a related party, within the meaning of that term in Part 2, Subpart 12, of a regulated person or a holding body corporate of a regulated person; (b) a present or former director, auditor, officer, employee or creditor of a regulated person or the regulated person’s subsidiary or holding body corporate; (c) an insured. (2) A person served with a direction under subsection (1) who has the information must provide the information in accordance with the direction. (3) Where a person served with a direction under this section does not provide the information in accordance with the direction, the Minister may on 2 days’ written notice to that person, without affecting any sanction that the person may be subject to under this Act, apply to the Court for an order under subsection (4). (4) The Court may order the person to provide the information subject to any conditions the Court considers appropriate if the Court is satisfied that the information is in the possession or under the control of the person and is relevant to a purpose referred to in section 755. (5) An examiner may copy or otherwise record any information provided under this section and must, within a reasonable time, return the originals of any documents that have been provided under this section to the person who provided them. 1999 cI‑5.1 s758 Entry into premises 759 (1) Subject to subsection (6), an examiner may, for the purposes referred to in section 755, enter at any reasonable time any premises or place of a regulated person, a subsidiary or holding body corporate of a regulated person or any other premises or place that the examiner believes on reasonable grounds contains records, documents or property of a regulated person or a subsidiary or holding body corporate of a regulated person. (2) An examiner who enters any premises or place under this section may require the owner or manager of the premises or place and any other person in the premises or at the place (a) to give the examiner all reasonable assistance and to make reasonable efforts to answer all the examiner’s questions, (b) to produce for inspection or examination all records or documents that are or may be relevant, and (c) to produce any property of the regulated person or subsidiary or holding body corporate of the regulated person. (3) An examiner may in the course of inspecting or examining records or documents under subsection (2) (a) make copies of or take notes from them, or (b) temporarily remove them. (4) Where an examiner removes records or documents under subsection (3), the examiner (a) must give a receipt for them to the person from whom they were taken, (b) may make copies of, take photographs of or otherwise record them, and (c) must, within a reasonable time, return them to the person to whom the receipt was given. (5) A person who receives a request from an examiner under this section must comply with it. (6) When the premises or place referred to in subsection (2) is a dwelling place, the examiner must not enter the dwelling place without the consent of the occupant of the dwelling place. 1999 cI‑5.1 s759 Court order 760 (1) If an examiner (a) is refused entry into any premises or place referred to in section 759, (b) is not given consent to enter a dwelling place, (c) has reasonable grounds to believe that the examiner (i) will be refused entry into any premises or place referred to in section 759, or (ii) will not be given consent to enter a dwelling place, or (d) is impeded or has reasonable grounds to believe that the examiner will be impeded in carrying out the examination, the examiner may apply to the Court for an order authorizing the examiner to enter the premises, place or dwelling place, to carry out the examination. (2) The Court may, if it considers it necessary in the circumstances, hear an interim application under subsection (1) on 2 days’ notice and make an interim order granting such relief as the Court considers appropriate pending the determination of the application. (3) An interim order under subsection (2) may be made ex parte if the Court considers it appropriate in the circumstances. (4) On hearing an application, the Court may do one or more of the following: (a) authorize the examiner to enter the premises, place or dwelling place to carry out the examination, and may authorize the use of force so long as the examiner is accompanied by a peace officer; (b) direct any occupant to assist the examiner in any manner the Court directs; (c) restrain any person from impeding the examiner from entering the premises, place or dwelling place or from carrying out the examination; (d) make its order subject to any terms or conditions that the Court considers appropriate in the circumstances; (e) award costs in respect of the matter. 1999 cI‑5.1 s760 Examiner ’ s report 761 (1) An examiner who carries out an examination under section 756 or 757 must make a written report to the Minister that sets out the examiner’s findings. (2) In the case of an examination involving a provincial company or a subsidiary or holding body corporate of a provincial company, the Minister may provide a copy of the examiner’s report to the company, subsidiary or holding body corporate. 1999 cI‑5.1 s761 Protection from liability 762 No action lies against an examiner who carries out an examination under this Division, or any person lawfully assisting an examiner, for any act done, or alleged neglect or default occurring, in good faith in the course of exercising powers or carrying out duties under the examination. 1999 cI‑5.1 s762 Division 2 Appraisal of Assets Appraisal of assets 763 (1) When a provincial company or its subsidiary takes a mortgage on real property, the lending value of the real property is for the purposes of this section the value obtained by multiplying the market value of the real property by 75% or any lower percentage that the company or its subsidiary determines to be appropriate in the circumstances. (2) If, with respect to a provincial company or its subsidiaries, the Minister considers that (a) the value placed on any of the real property owned by the company or any of its subsidiaries is too great, (b) the amount secured by a mortgage on any real property, together with interest due and accrued on the mortgage, is greater than the lending value of the real property, or (c) the market value of any other asset is less than the amount shown in the books of the company or any of its subsidiaries, the Minister may require the company to secure an appraisal of the assets by one or more competent valuators, or the Minister may arrange for the appraisal at the expense of the company. (3) If the Minister arranges for the appraisal, the provincial company must co‑operate with and provide any assistance, documents or information required by the person performing the appraisal. (4) Having regard to the appraised value, the Minister may (a) substitute the appraised value of the assets for the company’s valuation, (b) write down the value of a loan referred to in subsection (2)(b) by an amount the Minister considers appropriate, or (c) determine whether the requirements of Part 2, Subpart 10 are met, and where the Minister takes such action, the Minister must direct the company to adjust the book value of the assets or the loan accordingly. 1999 cI‑5.1 s763 Division 3 Ministerial Orders Minister ’ s order to comply 764 (1) If, in the Minister’s opinion, a person has committed or is committing any act or pursuing any course of conduct that (a) contravenes this Act or the regulations, (b) might reasonably be expected, if continued, to result in a state of affairs that would be in contravention of this Act or the regulations, (c) is a market conduct activity that has or might reasonably be expected, if continued, to prejudice or adversely affect people who are insured or are interested in acquiring insurance, (d) contravenes an undertaking given under this Act, or (e) contravenes prescribed industry guidelines, the Minister may give the person a notice under subsection (3). (2) If, in the Minister’s opinion, a provincial company is committing any act or pursuing any course of conduct that (a) places the company in a position where it is carrying on business in an unsound manner, or (b) might reasonably be expected, if continued, to prejudice or adversely affect the interests of policyholders, the Minister may give the company a notice under subsection (3). (3) If subsection (1) or (2) applies, the Minister may give a notice to the person referred to in subsection (1) or to the provincial company referred to in subsection (2) of the Minister’s intention to make a permanent order ordering the person or company to do the following: (a) to cease doing any act or pursuing any course of conduct specified in the notice; (b) to perform acts specified in the notice that, in the Minister’s opinion, are necessary to remedy the situation. (4) If a provincial company has a substantial investment in a body corporate referred to in section 421(3) and, in the Minister’s opinion, the body corporate is carrying on business in an unsound manner, the Minister may give a notice to the company of the Minister’s intention to make a permanent order ordering the company to do the following: (a) to dispose of the substantial investment within a specified time; (b) to cease doing any act or pursuing any course of conduct specified in the notice; (c) to perform acts specified in the notice that, in the Minister’s opinion, are necessary to remedy the situation. (5) If, in the Minister’s opinion, the public interest may be prejudiced or adversely affected by any delay in the issuance of a permanent order, the Minister may, without notice, make a temporary order dealing with the matters in subsection (3) or (4), and the order takes effect immediately on being made. (6) Where an order under this section would ultimately require compliance by a subsidiary whose business activities are regulated by or under or are otherwise subject to supervision under the Loan and Trust Corporations Act or the Securities Act , the Minister must not give a notice under subsection (3) or make a temporary order under subsection (5) without the prior consent in writing of the Minister responsible for the administration of the Loan and Trust Corporations Act or the Chair of the Alberta Securities Commission, as the case may be. (7) The Minister must forthwith give notice to the person or provincial company of a temporary order made under subsection (5). (8) A person or provincial company who receives (a) notice of intention under subsection (3) or (4) to make a permanent order, or (b) notice that a temporary order has been made under subsection (5) and who wishes to have a hearing must serve a written request for the hearing on the Minister within 15 days after receipt of the notice. (9) A temporary order made under subsection (5) becomes a permanent order at the end of the 15th day after it is made unless the person or provincial company to whom it is directed requests a hearing under subsection (8). (9.1) On receiving a request for a hearing under subsection (8), the Minister must appoint a person to conduct a hearing. (9.2) A person appointed to conduct a hearing must hold the hearing within 30 days of the person’s appointment or within the time agreed on by that person and the person requesting the hearing. (9.3) A person appointed to conduct a hearing may (a) make or adopt rules and procedures governing the hearing, and (b) determine whether the hearing will be in person or by means of an exchange of documents, whether in writing or electronic form. (9.4) A person appointed to conduct a hearing must, within 60 days from the date the hearing is concluded, provide the Minister with a written report recommending that a permanent order be made or that a permanent order not be made. (10) Where (a) no hearing is requested in accordance with subsection (8), or (b) a hearing is held pursuant to a request in accordance with subsection (8) and the Minister, on receiving a report under subsection (9.4), is of the opinion that a permanent order should be made, the Minister may make a permanent order, and the order takes effect immediately on being made or at a later date specified in the order. (11) Where a hearing is requested under subsection (8) in respect of a temporary order, the Minister may extend the temporary order until the hearing is concluded. (12) The Minister must give a copy of an order under this section in respect of an insurer or provincial company to each director of the insurer or company. (13) The Minister may, after giving the person or provincial company named in a permanent order under this section an opportunity to be heard, confirm, modify or revoke the order. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s764;2008 c19 s30 Compliance undertakings 765 (1) If the circumstances in section 764(1), (2) or (4) arise, the person referred to in section 764(1) and the provincial company referred to in section 764(2) or (4) may provide a compliance undertaking related to the act, course of conduct or substantial investment. (2) A compliance undertaking must be in writing and it binds the person or provincial company from the time it is approved by the Minister. (3) As long as the person or provincial company that is the subject of a compliance undertaking complies with the terms of the undertaking, no prosecution under this Act may be brought against the person or company in respect of the matters that gave rise to the undertaking. (4) The fact that a compliance undertaking is entered into does not prevent the Minister from making orders or taking other action under this Act against the person or provincial company (a) on matters not covered by the undertaking, (b) on matters covered by the undertaking where the undertaking is not complied with, (c) on matters covered by the undertaking where all the facts related to the matters covered by the undertaking were not known by the Minister at the time the undertaking was entered into, or (d) if there has been a deterioration in the condition of the person or provincial company. (5) The Minister may, on the request of the person or provincial company who is the subject of a compliance undertaking, approve an amendment of the terms of the undertaking. 1999 cI‑5.1 s765 Protecting property 766 (1) In this section, “investigated person” means (a) a provincial company referred to in subsection (2)(a), (b) or (c) and any subsidiary of that company, (b) the other person referred to in subsection (2)(c) who is conducting business with a provincial company, or (c) an insurer or reciprocal insurance exchange referred to in subsection (2)(d). (2) The Minister may issue a direction under subsection (5) (a) if the Minister is about to order an examination under section 757 of a provincial company or its subsidiary, or during or after such an examination, (b) if the Minister is about to cancel or suspend or has cancelled or suspended the licence of a provincial company, (c) if proceedings in respect of a contravention of this Act or the regulations that are connected with or that arise out of any business conducted by a provincial company or other person are about to be or have been instituted against the company or other person, or (d) if proceedings are about to be or have been instituted against any unlicensed insurer or unlicensed reciprocal insurance exchange that is undertaking insurance in Alberta or carrying on business in Alberta. (3) In the circumstances referred to in subsection (2), the Minister may apply to the Court for the appointment of a receiver, receiver‑manager or trustee to hold or manage, as the case may be, all or part of the real and personal property of the investigated person on any terms or conditions that the Court approves. (4) An application to the Court may be made ex parte if the Court considers it proper to do so. (5) If subsection (2) applies, the Minister may, in writing, (a) direct any person having on deposit or under the person’s control or for safekeeping any funds, securities or assets of the investigated person to hold the funds, securities or other assets, or (b) direct the investigated person (i) to refrain from withdrawing such funds, securities or assets from any person who has them on deposit or under its control or for safekeeping, or from otherwise dealing with them, or (ii) to hold all funds, securities or assets in the control of the investigated person, until the Minister in writing revokes the direction or consents to the release of the funds, securities or assets. (6) A direction issued under subsection (5) does not apply to funds or securities in a stock exchange clearing house or to securities in process of transfer by a transfer agent unless the direction expressly so states, and in the case of a direction to a financial institution, the direction applies only to the offices, branches or agencies of the financial institution that are named in the direction. (7) Any person named in a direction issued under subsection (5) may apply to the Minister for clarification as to the application of the direction to particular funds, securities or assets. (8) On the application of a person directly affected by a direction issued under subsection (5), the Minister may make an order on any terms and conditions the Minister considers appropriate revoking the direction or consenting to the release of any funds, securities or assets. (9) In any of the circumstances mentioned in subsection (2), the Minister may notify, in writing, the Registrar of Land Titles or the Registrar of the Metis Settlements Land Registry that action is being or is about to be taken that may affect land belonging to the investigated person referred to in the notice, and (a) the Registrar of Land Titles must register the notice against the title to the land in the name of the investigated person, and (b) the Registrar of the Metis Settlements Land Registry must record the notice against any registered interest in the name of the investigated person. (10) A notice registered under subsection (9)(a) has the same effect as a certificate of lis pendens. (11) When a notice is recorded against an interest in the Metis Settlements Land Registry under subsection (9)(b), no dealings in respect of that interest by the owner of the interest may be recorded in the Registry without the consent of the Minister until the recording of the notice is cancelled. (12) The Minister may in writing modify or cancel the notice that has been registered by the Registrar of Land Titles or recorded by the Registrar of the Metis Settlements Land Registry.

1999 cI‑5.1 s766 Order for compliance 767 (1) Where it appears to the Minister that a person has contravened (a) a consent or approval given or an order made under this Act, (b) a compliance undertaking entered into, or (c) a term or condition imposed on the licence of an insurer, the Minister may apply to the Court for an order under subsection (2). (2) The Court may grant an order (a) directing the person to comply with the consent, approval, order, undertaking or term or condition or restraining the person from contravening the consent, approval, order, undertaking or term or condition, and (b) where the person is a body corporate, directing the directors and officers of the body corporate to cause the body corporate to comply with or to cease contravening the consent, approval, order, undertaking or term or condition. 1999 cI‑5.1 s767 Division 4 Taking Control of Assets Order for possession and control 768 (1) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, without holding a hearing, order the Minister, (a) in the case of a provincial company, to take possession and control of the assets of the company, or (b) in the case of an extra‑provincial company, on the request of the regulator from the jurisdiction in which the company was incorporated, to take possession and control of the assets of the company in Alberta. (2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make an order under subsection (1)(a) only if (a) the company has defaulted on payment of any of its liabilities; (b) the company’s assets are not satisfactorily accounted for; (c) the company’s assets are not sufficient, having regard to all the circumstances, to give adequate protection to the company’s policyholders; (d) there has been a transfer or issue of shares to which section 257 applies or a purchase, acquisition or redemption to which section 244 applies and approval has not been obtained as required by those sections; (e) the company is in contravention of this Act or the regulations; (f) the company contravenes an order of the Minister or the Court under this Act. (3) The Minister must forthwith give a copy of an order made under subsection (1) to the company that is subject to the order and, in the case of a provincial company, to each director of the company. (4) An order under subsection (1) takes effect on the day it is made, and no such order may be stayed, varied or set aside by any court. (5) For the purposes of this section, the Minister may appoint a person to value and appraise the assets and liabilities of the company and to report on its condition and its ability to meet its liabilities. (6) The company must co‑operate with the person appointed under subsection (5) and provide the person with any assistance, documents or information the person requires to carry out the person’s duties. (7) Nothing in this section affects the right of the Lieutenant Governor in Council to vary or rescind, at any time, an order made under subsection (1). 1999 cI‑5.1 s768 Powers of Minister — provincial companies 769 (1) When the Minister takes possession and control of the assets of a provincial company under section 768, the Minister is responsible for the management of the business and affairs of the company and (a) must perform all the duties and functions and may exercise all the powers of the board, and (b) may perform all the duties and functions and exercise all the powers of the committees of the board, the officers, employees and agents and the participating policyholders and shareholders at general meetings. (2) The Minister generally has all the powers and must do all things that are necessary or expedient to protect the rights and interests of the policyholders, customers and creditors and to conserve the assets of the provincial company. (3) For the purposes of carrying out duties under this section, the Minister may appoint one or more persons to manage the business and affairs of the provincial company, and each person so appointed is a representative of the Minister. (4) The Minister may fix the remuneration and expenses of a person appointed under subsection (3), other than a person who is employed in the public service of Alberta or by a Provincial agency as defined in the Financial Administration Act . (5) Subject to subsection (7), the directors must not exercise any of their powers or perform any of their duties or functions while the assets of the provincial company are under the possession and control of the Minister, except to the extent that they are requested to do so in writing by the Minister. (6) A provincial company must ensure that an ordinary or special resolution or a resolution of any of the committees of the board passed while the assets of the company are under the possession and control of the Minister is approved by the Minister before it is acted on, and a resolution is ineffective until it is so approved. (7) Each director, officer and employee of a provincial company must give the Minister and any person appointed by the Minister under subsection (3) all information and assistance that they require in the performance of their duties and functions under this section. 1999 cI‑5.1 s769 Powers of Minister — extra-provincial company 770 (1) When the Minister takes possession and control of the assets of an extra‑provincial company in Alberta under section 768, the Minister holds and controls those assets on behalf of the regulator from the jurisdiction in which the company was incorporated. (2) Subject to subsection (3), the directors must not exercise any of their powers or perform any of their duties or functions in respect of the assets of the extra‑provincial company in Alberta while those assets are under the possession and control of the Minister, except to the extent that they are requested to do so by the Minister. (3) Each director, officer and employee of an extra‑provincial company must give the Minister all information and assistance that the Minister requires in the performance of the Minister’s duties and functions under this section. 1999 cI‑5.1 s770 Application to the Court 771 Despite any other provision of this Act, if the Minister has taken possession and control of the assets of a provincial company under section 768, the Minister may apply to the Court for an order (a) authorizing some other person to conduct the business of the company on the terms and conditions the Court considers appropriate, (b) authorizing and directing the sale of the assets of the company in whole or in part, (c) staying any civil proceedings against the company while the Minister is in possession and control of the assets of the company, or (d) authorizing or directing any other action the Court considers appropriate and in the best interests of the policyholders or shareholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s771 Termination of possession and control 772 (1) If the Lieutenant Governor in Council believes that a provincial company whose assets are under the Minister’s possession and control meets the requirements of this Act and that it is otherwise proper for the company to resume possession and control of its assets and the conduct of its business, the Lieutenant Governor in Council may restore to the company the possession and control of its assets, and in that case the powers of the Minister under section 769 cease. (2) If the Lieutenant Governor in Council believes that further efforts to rehabilitate a provincial company whose assets are under the Minister’s possession and control would be futile, the Lieutenant Governor in Council may (a) direct the Minister to apply to the Court for an order liquidating and dissolving the company, or (b) restore to the company the possession and control of its assets in order that the company may engage in a course of action agreed to by the Lieutenant Governor in Council, and in that case the powers of the Minister under section 769 cease. (3) If the regulator of the jurisdiction in which an extra‑provincial company has been incorporated advises the Minister that it is no longer necessary for the Minister to have possession and control of the assets of the company in Alberta, the Lieutenant Governor in Council may order that the Minister no longer has possession and control of those assets. 1999 cI‑5.1 s772 Payment of expenses of proceeding 773 The provincial or extra‑provincial company whose assets the Minister has taken possession and control of is liable to the Government for the expenses of the Government incurred in carrying out sections 768 to 772 and the Government may recover the expenses by civil action for debt. 1999 cI‑5.1 s773 Division 5 Remedial Actions Definitions 774 In this Division, (a) “action” means an action under this Act or any other law; (b) “complainant” means (i) the Minister, (ii) a registered holder or beneficial owner, or a former registered holder or beneficial owner, of a security of a provincial company or of any of its affiliates, (iii) a director or an officer or a former director or officer of a provincial company or of any of its affiliates, (iv) a participating policyholder or former participating policyholder of a provincial company, or (v) any other person who, in the opinion of the Court, is a proper person to make an application under section 775 or 776. 1999 cI‑5.1 s774 Derivative action 775 (1) Subject to subsection (2), a complainant may apply to the Court for permission to (a) bring an action in the name of and on behalf of a provincial company or any of its subsidiaries, or (b) intervene in an action to which a provincial company or any of its subsidiaries is a party, for the purpose of prosecuting, defending or discontinuing the action on behalf of the company or subsidiary. (2) No permission may be granted under subsection (1) unless the Court is satisfied that (a) the complainant has given reasonable notice to the directors of the provincial company or its subsidiary of the complainant’s intention to apply to the Court under subsection (1) if the directors of the company or its subsidiary do not bring, diligently prosecute, defend or discontinue the action, (b) the complainant is acting in good faith, and (c) it appears to be in the interests of the provincial company or its subsidiary that the action be brought, prosecuted, defended or discontinued. (3) In connection with an action brought or intervened in under this section, the Court may at any time make any order it thinks fit, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any or all of the following: (a) an order authorizing the complainant or any other person to control the conduct of the action; (b) an order giving directions for the conduct of the action; (c) an order directing that any amount adjudged payable by a defendant in the action must be paid, in whole or in part, directly to a former or present security holder of the provincial company or its subsidiary instead of to the company or its subsidiary; (d) an order requiring the provincial company or its subsidiary to pay reasonable legal fees incurred by the complainant in connection with the action. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s775;2014 c13 s49 Relief by Court from oppression or unfairness 776 (1) A complainant may apply to the Court for an order under this section. (2) Where, on an application under subsection (1), the Court is satisfied that in respect of a provincial company or any of its affiliates (a) any act or omission of the company or any of its affiliates effects or threatens to effect a result, (b) the business or affairs of the company or any of its affiliates are, have been or are threatened to be carried on or conducted in a manner, or (c) the powers of the directors of the company or any of its affiliates are, have been or are threatened to be exercised in a manner, that is oppressive or unfairly prejudicial to or that unfairly disregards the interests of any participating policyholder, security holder or creditor, the Court may make an order to rectify the matters complained of. (3) On an application under subsection (1), the Court may make any interim or final order it considers appropriate, including, without limitation, any or all of the following orders: (a) an order restraining the conduct complained of; (b) an order to regulate the company’s affairs by amending its bylaws; (c) an order appointing directors in place of or in addition to all or any of the directors then in office; (d) an order directing an issue or exchange of securities; (e) an order directing the provincial company to purchase securities of a security holder; (f) an order directing the provincial company or any other person to pay to a security holder any part of the money paid by the security holder for securities; (g) an order directing the company, subject to section 253(3), to pay a dividend to its participating policyholders or shareholders or a class of its participating policyholders or shareholders; (h) an order varying or setting aside a transaction or contract to which the provincial company is a party and compensating the company or any other party to the transaction or contract; (i) an order requiring the provincial company, within a time specified by the Court, to produce to the Court or an interested person financial statements or an accounting in any other form the Court determines; (j) an order compensating an aggrieved person; (k) an order directing rectification of the registers or other records of the provincial company; (l) an order requiring the trial of any issue; (m) an order for the liquidation and dissolution of the provincial company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s776 Notice of application 777 Where a person other than the Minister makes an application under section 775 or 776, that person must give notice of the application to the Minister, and the Minister may appear and be heard in person or by counsel. 1999 cI‑5.1 s777 Costs 778 (1) A complainant is not required to give security for costs in any application made or action brought or intervened in under section 775 or 776. (2) In an application made or an action brought or intervened in under section 775 or 776, the Court may at any time order the provincial company or its subsidiary to pay to the complainant interim costs, including legal fees and disbursements, but the complainant may be held accountable for the interim costs on final disposition of the application or action. 1999 cI‑5.1 s778 Stay, etc., of application or action 779 (1) An application made or an action brought or intervened in under section 775 or 776 must not be stayed or dismissed by reason only that it is shown that an alleged breach of a right or duty owed to the provincial company or its subsidiary has been or may be approved by the shareholders of the company or the subsidiary, but evidence of approval by the shareholders may be taken into account by the Court in making an order under section 775 or 776. (2) An application made or an action brought or intervened in under section 775 or 776 must not be stayed, discontinued, settled or dismissed for want of prosecution without the approval of the Court given on any terms the Court considers appropriate, and if the Court determines that the interests of any complainant may be substantially affected by the stay, discontinuance, settlement or dismissal, the Court may order any party to the application or action to give notice to the complainant. 1999 cI‑5.1 s779 Subpart 2 Offences and Penalties Offences 780 A person who contravenes any of the following provisions is guilty of an offence: (a) in Part 1, (i) in Subpart 1, sections 18, 25(2), 31(1), 36, 39(1) and (5), 40, 41, 43(1), (2) and (4), 44(1), 45, 46(1), 47(1), 49, 50 and 56; (ii) in Subpart 2, sections 63, 68(2), 71, 72, 73, 74(1) and 75; (iii) in Subpart 3, sections 79, 88, 91(1), 94(1) and (5), 95, 96, 98, 99, 100(1), 102, 103 and 104; (b) in Part 2, (i) in Subpart 1, sections 110(1), 112, 113(1), 114, 115, 116(1), 117 and 118; (ii) in Subpart 2, sections 132(1), 133, 135, 136, 137, 138, 140(4) and (5), 176(1), (3) and (5), 180(1), 187(3), 207, 211(1) and 213; (iii) in Subpart 3, sections 216, 217(1) and (2), 218(1), 219(1), 220(1), 221, 222(3) and (6), 223, 224 and 225; (iv) in Subpart 4, sections 232(1) and (3), 233(1), 234(3), 235(1), (2) and (3), 238(2), 241(1) and (2), 242(3), 243(1) and (4), 245(2) and (3), 246(3), 247(2), 249(3), 250(1), (2), (3) and (4), 253(2) and (3), 257(1), (2), (3) and (4), 262(1) and 263(2) and (3); (v) in Subpart 5, sections 268(a) and (b), 270, 274(2) and (3), 275(1), 276(1), 282(2), 284(1), 292(1), 294(1), 295, 296, 297, 298, 300(2) and (3), 304(1), 305(1) and (2), 306(1) and 307(2), (3), (4) and (5); (vi) in Subpart 6, sections 309(2), 310(1) and (2), 315(1) and (2), 316(2), 326(2), 327(1) and (2), 341(2), 343, 346(3) and (4), 347(3) and (4), 348, 350(2), 351(1) and 354(1) and (4); (vii) in Subpart 8, sections 372(1), 375(1), 378(1), 379, 381(2), 382(1), 383, 385(1), 386(1) and (3), 387, 388(2), 389 and 390(1) and (2); (viii) in Subpart 9, sections 393, 398(2), 401, 402, 403, 404(1), 405, 407(1), 408 and 409; (ix) in Subpart 10, sections 413(3) and 414(2) and (6); (x) in Subpart 11, sections 416(1), 417, 418(1), 419(1), 420(1), 421(1), 422, 425(1), 426, 427, 428, 429, 430 and 431(2); (xi) in Subpart 12, sections 437, 439(2), 442(1), (3), (4), (5) and (6), 444, 445(1), (3) and (5) and 446(1), (2) and (5); (xii) in Subpart 13, sections 450.2(2) and (4) and 450.3; (c) in Part 3, sections 452, 455(1), (2), (3) and (4), 457, 458(3), 460, 462(1), (2) and (3), 470(2), 473(2), 474(1), (2) and (3), 475(1) and (4), 476, 477, 478(1), 479, 481(2), 485, 486, 487, 488, 489, 490 and 491; (d) in Part 4, sections 499, 500, 501(2) and (3), 502(2), 505(2), 506, 508 and 509; (e) in Part 5, (i) in Subpart 1, sections 515(1), 531(1) and 545(3); (ii) in Subpart 2, sections 551(1) and (8), 555(3), 571(6) and 602(1); (iii) in Subpart 3, sections 614(1), (2) and (3), 615 and 616(2) and (3); (iv) in Subpart 4, sections 626, 629 and 630; (v) in Subpart 6, section 745; (f) in Part 6, Subpart 1, sections 758(2), 759(5), 768(6), 769(5), (6) and (7) and 770(2) and (3); (g) in Part 7, sections 822(2), (3), (4) and (5) and 825(4). RSA 2000 cI‑3 s780;2003 c40 s19;2008 c19 s31; 2013 c18 s26;2022 c11 s9 Offences 781 A person who (a) contravenes an order or direction made under section 21(4), 327(2), 423, 480.1, 507, 764, 766 or 788, (b) contravenes a regulation specified by the Lieutenant Governor in Council under section 790, (c) contravenes a written undertaking given under this Act, (c.1) contravenes a written procedure established by the Superintendent under section 604, (d) fails to report to the Minister or Superintendent as required by this Act, (e) being a licensed insurer, contravenes any term or condition to which a licence is subject, or (f) being a provincial company, contravenes any term or condition to which its instrument of incorporation is subject is guilty of an offence. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s781;2001 c9 s12;2003 c40 s20;2008 c19 s32; 2020 c36 s7 Statements of financial standing 782 Every person who represents orally or in writing that (a) the issue of a licence to an insurer, (b) the printing or publication of a financial statement of a provincial company in a report of the Minister, or (c) the supervision or regulation of the business of an insurer by this Act or the regulations or by the Minister is a warranty or guarantee of the financial standing of the insurer or of its ability to provide for the payment of its contracts at maturity is guilty of an offence. 1999 cI‑5.1 s782 False or deceptive statements 783 (1) A person who makes any wilfully false or deceptive statement in any register, book of account, accounting record, minute, financial statement or other record or document respecting the affairs of a licensed insurer or in any statement, return, report or reply to the Minister is guilty of an offence. (2) A director, officer or employee of a licensed insurer and every member or employee of a firm of accountants appointed as the auditor of a provincial company who (a) prepares, signs, approves or concurs in any register, book of account, accounting record, minute, financial statement or other record or document respecting the affairs of the insurer, or any statement, return, report or reply to the Minister, that the person knows to contain a false or deceptive statement, or (b) uses a record or document referred to in clause (a) with intent to deceive or mislead any person, is guilty of an offence. 1999 cI‑5.1 s783 Trafficking in life insurance policies 784 Any person, other than a licensed life company, who (a) through advertisements or other means makes it known that the person is willing to purchase life insurance policies or the benefits under those policies, or (b) traffics or trades in life insurance policies for the purpose of procuring the sale, surrender, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation of the benefits under those policies to any person is guilty of an offence. 1999 cI‑5.1 s784 Liability of directors and officers 785 If a body corporate commits an offence under this Act, then, whether or not the body corporate has been prosecuted or convicted in respect of the offence, any director or officer of the body corporate who knowingly authorizes, permits or acquiesces in the commission of the offence is guilty of the offence. 1999 cI‑5.1 s785 General penalty 786 (1) A person who is convicted of an offence is liable to a fine of not more than $200 000. (2) If an act or omission is an offence under this Act or the regulations and the act or omission is of a continuing nature, each day or part of a day that it continues constitutes a separate offence. 1999 cI‑5.1 s786 Limitation on prosecution 787 A prosecution in respect of an offence under this Act must not be commenced after 3 years from the date that the facts that constitute the alleged offence become known to the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s787 Order to comply and make restitution 788 A justice who convicts a defendant of an offence under this Act or the regulations may, in addition to any other penalty the justice may impose, order the defendant (a) to comply with, within a specified time, the provision of this Act or the regulations on which the conviction is based, and (b) on the application of an aggrieved person, to make restitution to a maximum of $100 000 for loss of or damage to property suffered by the applicant as a result of the commission of the offence. 1999 cI‑5.1 s788 Administrative penalties 789 (1) Where the Minister is of the opinion that a person has contravened a prescribed provision of this Act or the regulations or has contravened a written procedure established by the Board under section 604, the Minister may by notice in writing given to that person require that person to pay to the Government an administrative penalty by a date specified in the notice in the amount set out in the notice for each day or part of a day the contravention occurs or continues. (2) A person who pays an administrative penalty by the date specified in the notice in respect of a contravention must not be charged under this Act with an offence in respect of that contravention. (3) A notice of an administrative penalty must not be issued after 2 years from the later of (a) the date on which the contravention to which the notice relates occurred, and (b) the date on which evidence of the contravention first came to the attention of the Minister. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s789;2003 c40 s21;2008 c19 s33; 2020 c36 s8 Regulations 790 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) providing that the contravention of any provision of the regulations under this Act constitutes an offence; (b) prescribing the form and contents of notices of administrative penalties for the purpose of section 789; (c) prescribing contraventions of provisions of this Act or the regulations in respect of which an administrative penalty may be imposed and prescribing the amounts, or the manner of determining the amounts, of the administrative penalties that may be imposed, not to exceed $25 000 for each contravention; (d) respecting any other matter necessary for the administration of the system of administrative penalties. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s790;2008 c19 s34 Subpart 3 Administration, Appeals and General Matters Administration Delegation of powers 791 (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the Minister may delegate in writing any power, duty or function conferred or imposed on the Minister by this Act or the regulations to any person and may authorize the person to further delegate the power, function or duty. (2) The Minister must not delegate the power (a) to make regulations, (b) to make an order under section 764, (c) to make recommendations to the Lieutenant Governor in Council, (d) to make a direction under section 766, or (e) to make an application to the Court under section 767. (3) The only powers, duties and functions that the Minister may delegate to an insurance council are specified under section 498(m). 1999 cI‑5.1 s791 Superintendent of Insurance 792 (1) The Minister may appoint a Superintendent of Insurance and a Deputy Superintendent of Insurance. (2) The Superintendent may delegate any power, duty or function conferred or imposed on the Superintendent by this Act or the regulations to any person and may authorize the person to further delegate the power, duty or function. (3) The Deputy Superintendent of Insurance has all of the powers, duties and functions of the Superintendent. 1999 cI‑5.1 s792 Guidelines and interpretation bulletins 792.1 The Superintendent may issue guidelines and interpretation bulletins respecting the interpretation or application of this Act or any one or more regulations under this Act. 2005 c27 s17 Examiners 793 (1) The Minister may appoint one or more examiners. (2) An appointment may name an individual or the holder of an office or position to be an examiner. (3) The Superintendent and Deputy Superintendent are examiners. 1999 cI‑5.1 s793 Insurance Register 794 (1) The Minister must maintain a register known as the “Insurance Register”. (2) The Register must contain the following information with respect to insurers: (a) the name of each insurer that has been issued a licence; (b) all terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on the licence of the insurer; (c) the classes of insurance that the insurer is authorized to carry on in Alberta; (d) the name and address of the insurer’s attorney for service; (e) the address of the insurer’s chief agency in Alberta; (f) information on the suspension or cancellation of the licence of an insurer; (g) any compliance undertaking provided by an insurer; (h) any other prescribed information. (3) The Register must contain the following information with respect to special brokers: (a) the name and business address of each special broker that has been issued a special broker’s licence; (b) the classes of insurance in respect of which the special broker is authorized to transact business; (c) information on the suspension or cancellation of the licence of a special broker; (d) any other prescribed information. (4) The Register must contain the following information with respect to reciprocal insurance exchanges: (a) the name of each exchange that has been issued a licence under Part 1, Subpart 3; (b) the name and business address of the principal attorney of each exchange that has been issued a licence under Part 1, Subpart 3; (c) the classes of insurance that the exchange is authorized to undertake; (d) if an exchange has an attorney for service, the name and address of the attorney; (e) information on the suspension or cancellation of the licence of an exchange; (f) any compliance undertaking provided by an exchange; (g) any other prescribed information. (5) The Register must contain the following information with respect to insurance agents and adjusters: (a) the name and business address of each insurance agent and adjuster that has been issued a certificate of authority; (b) all terms and conditions imposed on the certificate of authority of the insurance agent or adjuster; (c) in the case of an insurance agent, the classes of insurance in respect of which the insurance agent is authorized to transact business; (d) the name and business address of the insurance agent’s or adjuster’s designated representative, if there is one; (e) information on the suspension or cancellation of a certificate of authority; (f) any compliance undertaking provided by an insurance agent or adjuster; (g) any other prescribed information. (6) The Register may be maintained in any form that the Minister considers to be appropriate so long as copies of the Register can be made. 1999 cI‑5.1 s794 Inspection and copies of Register 795 The Minister must on the request of any person (a) allow the person to inspect the information in the Insurance Register, and (b) provide a copy of the information in the Insurance Register. 1999 cI‑5.1 s795 Extension of time 796 If something is required to be done under this Act or the regulations within a certain period of time, the Minister may, on written application of the person who must do the thing, made before the expiration of the period of time, extend the time within which the thing must be done. 1999 cI‑5.1 s796 Approval and consent 797 (1) If this Act or the regulations provide for the giving of approval or consent by the Minister, the Minister may make the approval or consent subject to any terms and conditions the Minister considers appropriate. (2) An approval or consent must be in writing. (3) Before refusing an approval or consent or granting an approval or consent subject to terms and conditions, the Minister must give the person seeking the approval or consent notice of the proposed decision and an opportunity to be heard on the matter. 1999 cI‑5.1 s797 Orders, etc., binding on successors 798 An order, consent, undertaking, compliance undertaking or approval made or given under this Act, or a term, condition or restriction imposed on the licence of a licensed insurer is binding on the successors of the person or insurer to whom it relates. 1999 cI‑5.1 s798 Publication by Minister 799 (1) The Minister may authorize the publication of notices, reports, correspondence, results of hearings, sanctions, decisions and any other matter considered by the Minister to be in the public interest. (2) The Minister may prepare and publish a report respecting the insurance undertaken by each licensed insurer during the previous year. 1999 cI‑5.1 s799 Matters under oath 800 (1) The Minister may require that a document or a fact stated in a document required by this Act or the regulations to be sent to the Minister be verified by affidavit or declaration. (2) For the purposes of this Act, the Superintendent and the Deputy Superintendent may administer oaths and take and receive affidavits and declarations. 1999 cI‑5.1 s800 Fees 801 (1) The Minister may establish and charge fees for filing or issuing any licence or other document under this Act or the regulations or for any approval, consent, service or other thing given or done by or under the authority of the Lieutenant Governor in Council, the Minister or the Superintendent under this Act or the regulations. (2) Despite any other provision in this Act or the regulations, the Lieutenant Governor in Council, Minister or Superintendent may refuse to file or issue a licence or other document or give or provide an approval, consent, service or thing under this Act or the regulations unless the fee established under subsection (1) or a fine imposed on the person requesting the action on a conviction of an offence under this Act or the regulations is paid. (3) Subject to section 802, a person who is charged a fee under subsection (1) must pay the fee (a) before the filing or other thing is given or done, or (b) within the time specified by the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s801 Regulations 801.1 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations authorizing the Minister to charge and collect from reciprocal insurance exchanges, fraternal societies and insurers fees, levies or other assessments to be used to recover the costs, including capital costs, incurred in the administration of this Act and the regulations, including, without limitation, regulations respecting (a) the amount of fees, levies and other assessments, (b) the manner in which fees, levies and other assessments are to be determined, (c) the manner in which and times at which fees, levies and other assessments must be paid, (d) the imposition of interest and penalties for unpaid fees, levies and other assessments, and (e) the waiving of fees, levies and other assessments. 2008 c19 s35;2026 c8 s4(21) Penalty 802 (1) All fees imposed by this Act on an insurer or reciprocal insurance exchange become due and payable immediately on the undertaking of insurance by the insurer or reciprocal exchange and, if the fees are not paid within 30 days from the time they become due and payable, a sum equal to 50% of the fees remaining unpaid becomes a penalty that forms a part of the fees and is recoverable with the fees. (2) The President of Treasury Board and Minister of Finance may waive or reduce all or a portion of a penalty or related interest. RSA 2000 cI-3 s802;2022 c11 s10 Forms 803 (1) The Minister may establish forms for the purposes of this Act and the regulations. (2) When the Minister establishes a form under subsection (1), that form must be used for the purposes of this Act and the regulations. 1999 cI‑5.1 s803 Filing by electronic means 804 Any document that is required to be filed with or submitted to the Minister under this Act or the regulations may be filed by an electronic means and in a format approved by the Minister. 1999 cI‑5.1 s804 Priority of Government claim 805 (1) If, with respect to any provincial company, the Government pays money by way of expenditure certified by the Minister as having been incurred by the Government in the course of the Minister’s administration of this Act that directly relates to the company, the money so paid may be recovered by the Government from the company by an action in debt. (2) Claims by the Government against a provincial company in respect of any money referred to in subsection (1) rank, on the winding‑up of the company, immediately after the remuneration of the liquidator and of the receiver and manager, if any, and before any other claims. 1999 cI‑5.1 s805 Appeals Review by review board 806 (1) The Minister must serve each person who is directly affected by the following decisions with a written notice of the decision and the reasons for the decision: (a) an order of the Minister under section 21(4); (b) the Minister’s rejection of an application for licence on the basis of non‑compliance with section 25(b); (c) the Minister’s decision under section 54(6) or (7); (d) the Minister’s refusal to approve a proposed continuance under section 147(1)(b); (e) the Minister’s refusal to approve an agreement under section 161 on the basis of section 161(3)(a); (f) the Minister’s refusal to approve a voluntary liquidation and dissolution under section 187; (g) the refusal to issue or amend an instrument of incorporation in respect of a provincial company because the proposed name of the provincial company does not comply with section 211(1); (h) the refusal to licence an insurer because the name of the insurer does not comply with section 211(1); (i) the decision to issue a certificate of change of name of a provincial company under section 211(3); (j) the Minister’s refusal of consent under section 257 on the basis of section 262(2); (k) an order of the Minister under section 423; (l) the Minister’s designation, or refusal to revoke the designation, of a person as a related party under section 435; (l.1) an order of the Minister under section 480.1; (m) the making of a permanent order under section 764(10); (n) any other prescribed decision of the Minister. (2) A person who is directly affected by a decision referred to in subsection (1) and who feels aggrieved by the decision may object to the decision by serving on the Minister a notice of objection, specifying the decision objected to and the grounds for the objection, within 90 days after being served with the notice of the decision. (3) The Minister must, within 30 days after being served with a notice of objection, appoint a review board to conduct a review of the matter objected to, unless the Minister decides within that period to reverse the decision. (4) A review board consists of one person designated by the Minister as presiding officer and not fewer than 2 nor more than 4 other persons. (5) The Minister must not appoint to any review board persons who are employed in a part of the public service of Alberta under the Minister’s administration. (6) The Minister may pay fees and travelling and living expenses that the Minister considers proper to the members of a review board or to a person appointed to conduct a hearing under section 764. (7) The Minister must set a period, not exceeding 90 days, within which the review board is to conduct the review and give its written decision, and may extend that period or any extension of that period, before its expiry, by further periods not exceeding 45 days. (8) Sections 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 of the Public Inquiries Act apply to a review under this section. (9) The review board may confirm, rescind or vary the decision reviewed. (10) The review board must, forthwith after making its decision, serve a copy of its decision, including the reasons for it, on the objector and the Minister. (11) Subject to this section and the regulations, a review board may make rules governing its own procedure and business. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s806;2001 c9 s13;2008 c19 s36 Recording of evidence 807 Oral evidence taken before the Minister or before a review board established under section 806 may be recorded by a stenographer or otherwise recorded, and copies of a transcript of the evidence must be furnished to the parties to the proceeding on request and on the terms and for the same fees as are applicable to transcripts in proceedings in the Court. 1999 cI‑5.1 s807 Consent to apply to Court directly 808 (1) An objector may, in a notice of objection under section 806, apply to the Minister for consent to apply directly to the Court under section 809 without having a review conducted under section 806, and if the Minister considers the matter should go directly to the Court, the Minister may, by notice in writing to that objector, consent to a direct application to the Court. (2) Where the Minister gives consent under subsection (1), the objector waives the right to a review under section 806. (3) Where (a) any period established under section 806(7) expires without having been extended or further extended under that subsection, and (b) the review board has not made its decision, the objector has a right to elect to apply directly to the Court pursuant to section 809 or to allow the review board to give its decision after the expiration of that period. 1999 cI‑5.1 s808 Application to Court 809 (1) An objector who receives a copy of a review board’s decision under section 806, the Minister and an objector to whom section 808 applies may apply to the Court for an order under this section. (2) Where the application is made by an objector to whom section 808(1) applies, the application must be accompanied with the consent given under that subsection. (3) An application under this section must (a) be filed in the office of the clerk of the Court and served on the other persons who received a copy of the decision within 30 days after the applicant received the decision or the expiry of the period referred to in section 806(7), as the case may be, or within any longer period the Court allows, and (b) be made returnable within 90 days after the date of filing of the application. (4) On hearing the application, the Court may confirm, rescind or vary the decision of the review board and may make any other order it considers appropriate. 1999 cI‑5.1 s809 Stay 810 (1) Subject to this section, neither an objection nor an application to the Court operates as a stay of the decision objected to or appealed from. (2) The review board or the Court, as the case may be, may grant a stay in respect of a decision referred to in section 806(1)(a), (i), (l) or (m) or any other prescribed decision. (3) Where a review board decides against the Minister in the case of a decision referred to in section 806(1)(b), (g), (h), (i) or (n) and the Minister applies to the Court under section 809 in respect of the decision, the Minister need not act under the provisions referred to in those clauses pending the Court’s decision. 1999 cI‑5.1 s810 General Published notice as evidence 811 A notice published in The Alberta Gazette over the name of the Minister or Superintendent is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of the facts stated in the notice. 1999 cI‑5.1 s811 Certificate evidence 812 A certificate of the Minister or the Superintendent is admissible as evidence in any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding without proof of the signature or official character of the person appearing to have signed it, and the certificate is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of the facts set out in the certificate. 1999 cI‑5.1 s812 Copies of documents as evidence 813 Copies of, or extracts from, any book, record, instrument or document in the office of the Minister or of or from any instrument or document issued under this Act, if certified by the Minister to be true copies or extracts, have the same legal effect as the original. 1999 cI‑5.1 s813 Photocopies of documents 814 If a notice or document is required under this Act to be sent to the Minister, the Minister may accept a copy of the notice or document. 1999 cI‑5.1 s814 Court applications 815 (1) An application to the Court made under this Act or the regulations must be made in accordance with the Alberta Rules of Court . (2) The Superintendent may apply to seek the advice and direction of the Court respecting the application of this Act, the interpretation of this Act or the rights or obligations of a person to whom this Act applies. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s815;2009 c53 s86;2022 c11 s11 Confidentiality of information 816 (1) In this section, (a) “insurer information” means information that the Minister or the Minister’s officials obtain or create for the purpose of administering or enforcing this Act and the regulations and that relates to the business or affairs of an insurer, a reciprocal insurance exchange or a dissolved insurer or to an application for incorporation of a provincial company; (b) “Minister’s officials” means (i) any person acting under the Minister’s direction or authority for the purposes of the administration or enforcement of this Act and the regulations, (ii) the Superintendent and Deputy Superintendent of Insurance, and (iii) any person who exercises or performs a power, duty or function delegated under this Act or the regulations. (2) Insurer information is confidential and neither the Minister, nor the Minister’s officials, may disclose or provide insurer information to any person except in accordance with this section. (3) The Minister may disclose and provide insurer information to the Minister’s officials and the Minister’s officials may disclose and provide insurer information to the Minister and other Minister’s officials. (4) The Minister, and with the approval of the Minister, the Minister’s officials may disclose or provide insurer information to (a) the insurer, reciprocal insurance exchange or applicants applying for the incorporation of a provincial company that are the subject of the information, (b) the auditor or actuary of an insurer for the purposes of carrying out the functions of auditor or actuary, as the case may be, (c) a law enforcement authority for the purposes of law enforcement, (d) the government of any other province or territory or of Canada, or an agency of such a government for a purpose approved by the Minister, (e) any employee or member of the Alberta Securities Commission for the purposes of the administration or enforcement of the Securities Act , (f) any employee in the public service of Alberta who is involved in the administration of the Loan and Trust Corporations Act for the purposes of the administration or enforcement of that Act, (g) any employee in the public service of Alberta who is involved in the administration of the Credit Union Act for the purposes of the administration or enforcement of that Act, or (h) any prescribed person for any prescribed purpose. (5) A person to whom information is communicated or provided under subsection (3) for a specified purpose and any person acting under that person’s authority or direction or to whose notice information comes as a result of any relationship with that person may use the information only for that purpose. (6) Where, for the purposes of the administration of this Act or the regulations, the Minister receives information from the government of or a public body of Canada or any other province or territory, neither the Minister nor the Minister’s officials may disclose the information other than with the consent of that government or public body. (7) This section does not apply to disclosure or provision of insurer information when the information (a) is provided under section 761(2), (b) is disclosed or provided from the Insurance Register under section 795, or (c) is disclosed or provided in a report or other thing that is published under section 799. (8) Despite the Access to Information Act , that Act does not apply to insurer information. RSA 2000 cI-3 s816;AR 141/2025 Privileged information 816.1 Any information, document, record, statement or other thing concerning a person licensed or applying for a licence under this Act that is made or disclosed to the Minister, the Superintendent, the Deputy Superintendent or an examiner by a person other than the person licensed or applying for a licence is privileged and may not be used as evidence in any civil or administrative proceeding brought by or on behalf of that person. 2008 c19 s37 Insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit 816.2 (1) In this section, (a) “insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit” means an evaluation, review, assessment, audit, inspection or investigation conducted by or on behalf of a licensed insurer or fraternal society, either voluntarily or at the request of the Minister or the Superintendent, for the purpose of identifying or preventing non‑compliance with, or promoting compliance with or adherence to, statutes, regulations, guidelines or industry, company or professional standards; (b) “insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit document” means a document with recommendations or evaluative or analytical information prepared by or on behalf of a licensed insurer or fraternal society or the Minister or the Superintendent directly as a result of or in connection with an insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit and includes any response to the findings of an insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit, but does not include documents kept or prepared in the ordinary course of business of a licensed insurer or fraternal society for the purpose of responding to a consumer complaint. (2) Subject to subsection (6), an insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit document is privileged information and is not discoverable or admissible as evidence in any civil or administrative proceeding. (3) Subject to subsection (6), no person or entity may be required to give or produce evidence relating to an insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit or any insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit document in any civil or administrative proceeding.

(4) Disclosure of an insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit document to a person reasonably requiring access to it, including to a person acting on behalf of a licensed insurer or fraternal society with respect to the insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit, to the external auditor of the licensed insurer or fraternal society, to the board of directors of the licensed insurer or fraternal society or a committee of the licensed insurer or fraternal society or to the Minister or the Superintendent, whether voluntarily or pursuant to law, does not constitute a waiver of the privilege with respect to any other person. (5) A licensed insurer or fraternal society that prepares or causes to be prepared an insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit document may expressly waive privilege in respect of all or part of the insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit document. (6) The privileges set out in subsections (2) and (3) do not apply (a) to a proceeding commenced against a licensed insurer or fraternal society by the Minister or the Superintendent in which an insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit document has been disclosed, (b) if the privilege is asserted for fraudulent purposes, (c) in a proceeding in which a person who was involved in conducting an insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit is a party seeking admission of the insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit document in a dispute related to the person’s participation in conducting the insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit, or (d) to information referred to in an insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit document that was not prepared as a result of or in connection with an insurance compliance self‑evaluative audit. 2008 c19 s37;2022 c11 s12 Compensation Associations Agreements with compensation associations 817 The Minister may enter into agreements with compensation associations relating to a plan for the compensation by compensation associations of policyholders and eligible claimants of insolvent insurers. 1999 cI‑5.1 s817 Compensation association regulations 818 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) designating a compensation association that has entered into an agreement with the Minister under section 817 as a compensation association for one or more classes of insurance; (b) designating an insurer as being adequately covered by a plan of compensation other than that provided by reason of membership in a designated compensation association. 1999 cI‑5.1 s818 Compensation associations 819 (1) When an entity has been designated by the regulations as a compensation association for a class of insurance, every insurer, while licensed to carry on that class of insurance and for 180 days after ceasing to be licensed, is a member of that compensation association. (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to an insurer that is designated by a regulation under section 818(b) or whose business is limited to that of reinsurance. (3) Every member of a designated compensation association is bound by the bylaws and memorandum of operation of the compensation association. (4) A member of a designated compensation association must pay to the compensation association all assessments and levies made against the member by the compensation association. (5) If a member fails to pay an assessment or levy within 30 days after the mailing of the notice of the assessment or levy to the member, (a) the designated compensation association may claim the amount of the assessment or levy, with interest, as a debt due from the member, and (b) the Minister may suspend the member’s licence subject to any terms or conditions the Minister considers appropriate or cancel the member’s licence. (6) The debt due under subsection (5)(a) does not cease to be due on the termination of the member’s membership. (7) Before suspending or cancelling a member’s licence under subsection (5)(b), the Minister must notify the insurer of the proposed suspension or cancellation and provide the insurer with an opportunity to make representations to the Minister. (8) When an insurer’s licence is cancelled under subsection (5)(b), the insurer must cease to carry on business in Alberta, except so far as is necessary for the winding‑up of its business in Alberta. (9) When an insurer’s licence is suspended under subsection (5)(b), the insurer must cease to carry on business in Alberta in accordance with the terms and conditions of the suspension. 1999 cI‑5.1 s819 General Insurance OmbudService 819.1 (1) Every insurer, while licensed to undertake automobile insurance or any other prescribed class of insurance, is a member of the General Insurance OmbudService incorporated under the Canada Corporations Act (Canada) or any other entity designated by the Minister in substitution for the General Insurance OmbudService. (2) Every member of the General Insurance OmbudService is bound by the bylaws and memorandum of operation of the General Insurance OmbudService. (3) A member of the General Insurance OmbudService must pay to it all assessments and levies made against the member by the General Insurance OmbudService. (4) If a member fails to pay an assessment or levy within 30 days after the mailing of the notice of the assessment or levy to the member, (a) the General Insurance OmbudService may claim the amount of the assessment or levy, with interest, as a debt due from the member, and (b) the Minister may suspend the member’s licence subject to any terms or conditions the Minister considers appropriate or cancel the member’s licence. (5) The debt due under subsection (4)(a) does not cease to be due on the termination of the member’s membership. (6) Before suspending or cancelling a member’s licence under subsection (4)(b), the Minister must notify the insurer of the proposed suspension or cancellation and provide the insurer with an opportunity to make representations to the Minister. (7) When an insurer’s licence is cancelled under subsection (4)(b), the insurer must cease to carry on business in Alberta, except so far as is necessary for the winding‑up of its business in Alberta. (8) When an insurer’s licence is suspended under subsection (4)(b), the insurer must cease to carry on business in Alberta in accordance with the terms and conditions of the suspension. (9) If, under subsection (1), the Minister designates another entity in substitution for the General Insurance OmbudService, every insurer, while licensed to undertake automobile insurance or any other prescribed class of insurance, is a member of that entity and is not by virtue of this section a member of the General Insurance OmbudService, and all references to the General Insurance OmbudService in subsections (2) to (4) shall be read as references to that entity. 2005 c27 s18 Regulations Regulations 820 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations respecting any matter that is to be prescribed for the purposes of this Subpart. 1999 cI‑5.1 s820 Part 7 Financial Responsibility Cards Definitions 821 In this Part, (a) “licensed insurer” means an insurer that holds a licence authorizing the insurer to undertake automobile insurance; (b) “non‑Alberta policy” means an owner’s policy evidencing a contract of insurance that is not made in Alberta; (c) “unlicensed insurer” means an insurer that does not hold a licence that authorizes the insurer to undertake automobile insurance. 1999 cI‑5.1 s821 Owner ’ s policy 822 (1) In this section, “insured” means a person named as the insured in an owner’s policy. (2) Every licensed insurer that issues an owner’s policy must at the time of issue of the policy also issue and deliver to the insured a financial responsibility card and, on request by that insured, any additional copies of the card required to be provided under the regulations. (3) Every licensed insurer that issues an owner’s policy must provide to the insured the information required by the regulations relating to financial responsibility cards when the policy is being cancelled or the insured is given a notice of renewal. (4) When an insured to whom a financial responsibility card has been issued pursuant to this section ceases to be insured by the owner’s policy in respect of which the card was issued, that person must forthwith destroy the card and every copy of the card issued to that person. (5) Any insurer that has issued a financial responsibility card or an insurance agent who represents the insurer must provide to a peace officer any information requested concerning the cancellation or lapse of the owner’s policy with respect to which the financial responsibility card was issued. (6) A financial responsibility card issued pursuant to this section must be in a form approved by the Superintendent. 1999 cI‑5.1 s822 Non-Alberta policy — licensed insurer 823 A financial responsibility card that is issued by a licensed insurer in respect of a non‑Alberta policy and that is in a form approved by the Superintendent is deemed to have been issued pursuant to this Part and may be used to indicate financial responsibility in Alberta. 1999 cI‑5.1 s823 Non-Alberta policy — unlicensed insurer 824 (1) A financial responsibility card that is issued by an unlicensed insurer in respect of a non‑Alberta policy is deemed to have been issued pursuant to this Part and may be used to indicate financial responsibility in Alberta if (a) the card is in a form approved by the Superintendent or is otherwise acceptable to the Superintendent, and (b) the unlicensed insurer provides the Superintendent with a power of attorney and undertaking that meets the requirements of the regulations. (2) If an unlicensed insurer has provided the Superintendent with a power of attorney and undertaking that meets the requirements of the regulations, notice or process in any action or proceeding in Alberta against the unlicensed insurer or its insured arising out of an automobile accident in Alberta may be effectually served on the insurer or the insured, or on both of them, (a) by leaving 3 copies of the notice or process with the Superintendent, and (b) if the unlicensed insurer is not a party to the action or proceeding, by leaving with the Superintendent a written statement signed by the person who issued or caused to be issued the notice or process that sets out the full name and address of the unlicensed insurer against whose insured the action or proceeding is taken. (3) On receipt of notice or process under subsection (2), the Superintendent must forthwith mail 2 copies of it by recorded mail to the unlicensed insurer at the insurer’s address last known to the Superintendent. (4) The plaintiff in any action or proceeding against an unlicensed insurer that has provided the Superintendent with an undertaking that meets the requirements of the regulations may give evidence of the undertaking, and the undertaking is, for all purposes of the action or proceeding, deemed to be a covenant for valuable consideration made by the unlicensed insurer with the plaintiff. (5) If an unlicensed insurer that has provided the Superintendent with a power of attorney and undertaking that meets the requirements of the regulations defaults under them, no financial responsibility card issued by the unlicensed insurer may be accepted as proof of financial responsibility in Alberta so long as that default continues, and the Superintendent must forthwith notify the proper officers in charge of the registration of automobiles and the licensing of drivers in all jurisdictions in Canada, and in the United States of America where the financial responsibility cards are accepted as proof of financial responsibility, of the default. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s824;2016 c23 s3 Fund maintained by corporation 825 (1) In this section, “motor vehicle” means a motor vehicle as defined in the Traffic Safety Act . (2) A corporation is entitled to a financial responsibility card that is issued by the Superintendent if (a) the corporation is a prescribed corporation, (b) the corporation maintains a separate fund for the purpose of satisfying from that fund liabilities that the corporation may incur resulting from bodily injury to or the death of any person, or damage to property, occasioned by or arising out of the ownership, maintenance, operation or use of a motor vehicle, and (c) in the opinion of the Superintendent, the fund is adequate to satisfy all liabilities that the corporation is likely to incur, subject, in the case of each motor vehicle registered in the name of the corporation, to the limits as to amount and the accident insurance benefits specified in Part 5, Subpart 2. (3) If the Superintendent is satisfied that the requirements of subsection (2) are met, the Superintendent must issue and deliver to the corporation a financial responsibility card and, on the request of the corporation, any additional copies of the card required by the regulations to be provided. (4) When the fund of a corporation that has been issued a financial responsibility card under subsection (2) ceases to meet the requirements of subsection (2)(b) or (c), the corporation must forthwith deliver to the Superintendent for cancellation its financial responsibility card and all copies of the card issued to the corporation. RSA 2000 cI‑3 s825;2003 c42 s9;2022 c11 s13 Regulations 826 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) governing any matter with respect to the issuance of and the cancellation of financial responsibility cards; (b) respecting the provision of copies of financial responsibility cards to an insured for the purposes of section 822 and to a prescribed corporation for the purposes of section 825; (c) respecting the information that a licensed insurer must provide to an insured when the policy is being cancelled or the insured is given a notice of renewal; (d) respecting the power of attorney and undertaking that unlicensed insurers are to provide for the purposes of section 824; (e) prescribing corporations for the purposes of section 825. 1999 cI‑5.1 s826 Part 8 Transitional Provisions, Consequential Amendments, Repeals and Coming into Force Subpart 1 Transitional Provisions Definitions 827 In this Subpart, (a) “continued special Act company” means a special Act company that is continued under this Subpart; (b) “former Insurance Act ” means the Insurance Act , RSA 1980 cI‑5; (c) “special Act company” means an insurer incorporated by a special Act of the Legislature; (d) “unlicensed special Act company” means (i) Altasure Insurance Company, (ii) Innovative Insurance Corporation, (iii) Merchants and Traders Assurance Company, or (iv) a special Act company incorporated by a special Act of the Legislature that was enacted after April 1, 1999 and before this Subpart comes into force. 1999 cI‑5.1 s827 Continuation of licensed special Act companies 828 Every special Act company that holds a licence under the former Insurance Act when this Subpart comes into force is continued as a provincial company under this Act, and the Lieutenant Governor in Council must issue a certificate of continuance for each of those companies. 1999 cI‑5.1 s828 Continuation of unlicensed special Act companies 829 (1) Despite the provisions of any special Act, an unlicensed special Act company is dissolved one year after this Subpart comes into force or any longer period specified by the Lieutenant Governor in Council not exceeding one additional year unless, before the expiration of the period, the company is continued under this section. (2) An unlicensed special Act company may be continued as a provincial company if the company submits an application to the Minister that contains (a) the information, material and evidence specified by the Minister; (b) a plan for the future conduct and development of the business of the company; (c) its proposed financial year. (3) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister, issue a certificate of continuance continuing an unlicensed special Act company as a provincial company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s829 Certificate of continuance 830 (1) A certificate of continuance issued under this Subpart must set out the name of the company, its financial year and whether the company is a mutual provincial company. (2) The Lieutenant Governor in Council may set out in the certificate of continuance any term or condition that the Lieutenant Governor in Council considers appropriate to deal with the particular circumstances of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s830 Effect of certificate of continuance 831 (1) On the date set out in the certificate of continuance, (a) a continued special Act company becomes a provincial company as if it had been incorporated under Part 2, Subpart 2, Division 1, and (b) the certificate of continuance is the instrument of incorporation of the company. (2) A certificate of continuance is conclusive proof for the purposes of this Act and for all other purposes that the company has been continued under this Act on the date set out in the certificate of continuance. 1999 cI‑5.1 s831 Effect of continuation 832 When a special Act company is continued under this Subpart, (a) the property of the special Act company continues to be the property of the provincial company, (b) the provincial company continues to be liable for the obligations of the special Act company, (c) an existing cause of action or claim by or against the special Act company or any liability to prosecution is unaffected, (d) a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding pending by or against the special Act company may continue to be prosecuted by or against the provincial company, and (e) a conviction against, or any ruling, order or judgment in favour of or against, the special Act company may be enforced by or against the provincial company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s832 Application of Part 2, Subpart 2, Division 2 833 Part 2, Subpart 2, Division 2 applies, with the necessary changes, to an unlicensed special Act company that is continued under this Subpart. 1999 cI‑5.1 s833 Bylaws 834 A continued special Act company must file with the Minister a copy of all of its bylaws within 6 months of the company’s being continued. 1999 cI‑5.1 s834 Shares with nominal or par value 835 On the continuation of a special Act company under this Subpart, shares with a nominal or par value of the company are deemed to be shares without nominal or par value. 1999 cI‑5.1 s835 Paid‑up capital 836 For the purposes of section 235, the amount in the capital account for each class and series of shares of a continued special Act company is deemed to equal the paid‑up capital of each class and series of shares of the company immediately prior to the continuation of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s836 Deemed consent — significant interest 837 If on the continuation of a special Act company under this Subpart a person has a significant interest in the company, the Minister is, for the purposes of section 257, deemed to have given a consent in respect of the significant interest. 1999 cI‑5.1 s837 Voting by participating policyholder 838 Despite section 281, the holder of a participating policy that was issued by a continued special Act company before the company was continued is entitled to more than one vote, or to a fraction of a vote, at a meeting of participating policyholders or shareholders of the company in accordance with the terms of the policy or the provisions of the instrument of incorporation or the bylaws of the company that were not repealed and did not otherwise cease to have effect before the continuation of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s838 Appointment of directors and officers continued 839 Despite any other provision of this Act, the directors and officers of a special Act company that are in office when the company is continued under this Subpart remain in office until the first annual meeting of participating policyholders and shareholders of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s839 Directors ’ remuneration 840 The resolution of the participating policyholders or shareholders of a continued special Act company establishing the remuneration of the directors that was passed pursuant to section 147 of the former Insurance Act continues to have effect until the first meeting of the participating policyholders and shareholders following the continuation of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s840 Participating policies 841 Despite sections 300(1) and 309(2)(c), the directors of a continued special Act company that issues participating policies must, within 6 months after the continuation of the company, establish a policy for determining the dividends and bonuses to be paid to the participating policyholders. 1999 cI‑5.1 s841 Bylaws 842 (1) If a bylaw of a special Act company is in effect when the company is continued under this Subpart, the bylaw continues in effect until amended or repealed, unless it contravenes or is inconsistent with a provision of this Act. (2) A bylaw made by the directors of a special Act company under section 140 of the former Insurance Act and not confirmed at a general meeting of the company in accordance with section 141 of that Act before the company is continued under this Subpart continues to have effect, unless it contravenes or is inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, until the first meeting of the participating policyholders and shareholders following the continuation of the company. (3) A bylaw referred to in subsection (2) must be submitted to the participating policyholders and shareholders at the first meeting of the participating policyholders and shareholders following the continuation of the company. (4) Sections 341(3) and (4) and 342 apply in respect of a bylaw referred to in this section as if it were a bylaw made under section 341. 1999 cI‑5.1 s842 Deemed bylaws 843 (1) Any matter provided for in the special Act of a special Act company that, under this Act, would be provided for in the bylaws of a provincial company is, on the continuation of the company under this Subpart, deemed to be provided for in the bylaws of the company. (2) If a bylaw of the continued special Act company made in accordance with sections 341 and 342 amends or repeals any matter referred to in subsection (1), the bylaw prevails. 1999 cI‑5.1 s843 Auditor 844 Despite any provision in this Act, the auditor of a continued special Act company continues to be the auditor of the company until (a) the company’s first annual meeting of participating policyholders and shareholders, or (b) the office of auditor becomes vacant, whichever occurs first. 1999 cI‑5.1 s844 Actuary 845 Despite any provision in this Act, the actuary of a continued special Act company continues to be the actuary of the company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s845 Triennial solicitation of policyholders 846 Subject to section 292(2), section 292(1) applies in respect of a participating policy issued before the coming into force of section 292 and requires a provincial company, within 3 years after the coming into force of section 292 and at least once every 3 years afterwards, to do the things referred to in section 292(1) in relation to such a participating policy. 1999 cI‑5.1 s846 Continuation of licences and certificates 847 (1) The licence of an insurer under Part 2 of the former Insurance Act is continued as a licence under Part 1, Subpart 1 of this Act. (2) Despite subsection (1), the licence of a mutual benefit society that was subject to Part 14 of the former Insurance Act is cancelled. (3) The licence of a special insurance broker under the former Insurance Act is continued as a special broker’s licence under Part 1, Subpart 2 of this Act. (4) The licence of a reciprocal insurance exchange under Part 15 of the former Insurance Act is continued as a licence under Part 1, Subpart 3 of this Act. (5) The certificate of authority of an insurance agent under Part 16 of the former Insurance Act is continued as an insurance agent’s certificate of authority under Part 3 of this Act. (6) The adjuster’s certificate of an adjuster under Part 16 of the former Insurance Act is continued as an adjuster’s certificate of authority under Part 3 of this Act. 1999 cI‑5.1 s847 Application of section 501 848 Section 501 applies only to refunds paid in respect of contracts of insurance entered into or renewed after the coming into force of section 501. 1999 cI‑5.1 s848 Regulations 849 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations (a) respecting the transition of matters under the former Insurance Act to this Act; (b) respecting the continuation and licensing of special Act companies under this Act; (c) respecting the revival of a special Act company that has not been continued under this Act and whose special Act has been repealed under this Act, including (i) having the revival be effective to the date that the special Act was repealed; (ii) the winding‑up and dissolution of a revived special Act company. 1999 cI‑5.1 s849 Subpart 2 Consequential Amendments 850 to 870 (These sections make consequential amendments to other Acts. The amendments have been incorporated into those Acts.) Subpart 3 Repeals Repeal of Acts 871 The following Acts are repealed: (a) An Act to incorporate The Alberta‑Canadian Insurance Company ; (b) The Alberta Fire and Accident Insurance Company Limited, Act ; (c) An Act to incorporate The Alberta Guarantee and Fidelity Company ; (d) The Alberta Motor Association Insurance Company Act ; (e) The Alberta West Coast Insurance Corporation Act ; (f) An Act to incorporate “Alco Mutual Hail Insurance Company ”; (g) An Act to Incorporate the Calgary Fire Insurance Company ; (h) An Act to Incorporate the Canada Security Assurance Company ; (i) An Act to Incorporate the Canada West Insurance Company ; (j) Canadian Health Assurance Corporation Act ; (k) The Cardinal Life Insurance Company Act ; (l) The Cosmopolitan Life Assurance Company Act ; (m) Fair & Millikin Insurance Company Act ; (n) An Act to incorporate the Farmers’ Fire and Hail Insurance Company ; (o) An Act entitled “50‑50 Mutual Hail Insurance Society” ; (p) The Financial Life Assurance Company Act ; (q) First Canadian Insurance Corporation Act ; (r) An Act to Incorporate the Great North Insurance Company ; (s) An Act to incorporate The Home Assurance Company of Canada ; (t) Maycroft Insurance Company Limited Act ; (u) The Mennonite Mutual Relief Insurance Company Act ; (v) An Act to Incorporate the Merchants Fire Insurance Company ; (w) An Act respecting The Occidental Fire Insurance Company ; (x) Peace Hills General Insurance Company Act ; (y) An Act to incorporate The Premier Insurance Company ; (z) The Professional Life Insurance Company Act ; (aa) The Rocky Mountain General Insurance Company Act ; (bb) The Sterling Life Assurance Company Act ; (cc) The Stockgrowers’ Insurance Company of Canada Ltd. Act ; (dd) The Summit Life Assurance Company Act ; (ee) An Act to incorporate The United Assurance Company ; (ff) The United Equity Life Insurance Company Act ; (gg) An Act respecting the Wawanesa Mutual Insurance Company ; (hh) An Act to Incorporate the Western Canada Fire Insurance Company ; (ii) An Act to Incorporate the Western Union Insurance Company ; (jj) The Western Union Life Insurance Company Act ; (kk) An Act to Incorporate The Windsor Insurance Company . 1999 cI‑5.1 s871 Repeal of Acts on Proclamation 872 The following Acts are repealed on Proclamation: (a) Altasure Insurance Company Act ; (NOTE: Proclaimed repealed February 1, 2006.) (b) Innovative Insurance Corporation Act ; (NOTE: Proclaimed repealed February 1, 2006.) (c) Insurance Act , RSA 1980 cI‑5; (NOTE: RSA 1980 cI‑5 proclaimed repealed September 1, 2001.) (d) An Act to incorporate the Merchants and Traders Assurance Company ; (NOTE: Proclaimed repealed February 1, 2006.) (e) repealed 2013 cS‑19.3 s3. RSA 2000 cI-3 s872;2013 cS‑19.3 s3 Repeal of section 873 Section 413 is repealed on Proclamation. 1999 cI‑5.1 s873 (NOTE: Section 413 proclaimed repealed November 26, 2003.) Subpart 4 Coming into Force Coming into force 874 This Act, except section 414, comes into force on Proclamation. 1999 cI‑5.1 s874 (NOTE: Proclaimed in force, except sections 414, 458(3) and (4), 465, 497, 872(a), (b), (d) and (e) and 873, September 1, 2001. Section 873 proclaimed in force and section 413 proclaimed repealed November 26, 2003. Section 465 proclaimed in force April 1, 2006. Section 872(a), (b) and (d) proclaimed in force February 1, 2006.)